diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-8.txt | 6524 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-8.zip | bin | 0 -> 129159 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 1837647 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/17166-h.htm | 6691 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/cover.jpg | bin | 0 -> 13709 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il001f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 33348 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il024f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 27885 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il028f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 33417 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il034f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 25129 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il042f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 22533 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il047f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 29374 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il053f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 41652 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il057f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 22722 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il061f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 32291 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il065f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 46557 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il077f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 12766 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il082f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 39679 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il086f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 29909 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il090f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 30370 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il094f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 26101 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il099f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 24832 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il102f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 41141 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il119f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 18071 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il123f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 33554 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il127f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 25487 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il132f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 23527 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il136f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 28953 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il140f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 29544 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il147f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 35036 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il156f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 27656 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il161f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 36180 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il174f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 29411 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il182f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 45780 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il191f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 37256 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il200f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 39855 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il218f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 19645 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il227f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 55866 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il231f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 26655 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il235f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 39224 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il240f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 35880 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il257f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 45339 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il266f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 38092 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il271f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 28115 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il277f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 39092 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il282f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 30335 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il288f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 36669 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il295f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 31492 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il313f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 33646 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il319f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 25628 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il324f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 27961 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il334f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 22056 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/il340f.jpg | bin | 0 -> 24386 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/map021-tb.jpg | bin | 0 -> 38987 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166-h/images/map021.jpg | bin | 0 -> 156642 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166.txt | 6524 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 17166.zip | bin | 0 -> 129127 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 |
59 files changed, 19755 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/17166-8.txt b/17166-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0603de9 --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,6524 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of A Life of St. John for the Young +by George Ludington Weed + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: A Life of St. John for the Young + +Author: George Ludington Weed + +Release Date: November 27, 2005 [EBook #17166] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A LIFE OF ST. JOHN FOR THE YOUNG *** + + + + +Produced by Janet Blenkinship, Curtis Weyant and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net + + + + + + + +[Illustration: ST JOHN +_Domenichino Frontispiece_] + + + + +A Life of St. John + +For the Young + +BY + +GEORGE LUDINGTON WEED + +AUTHOR OF "A LIFE OF CHRIST FOR THE YOUNG," "A LIFE OF ST. PAUL FOR +THE YOUNG," "GREAT TRUTHS SIMPLY TOLD," ETC., ETC. + +PHILADELPHIA + +GEORGE W. JACOBS & CO + +103-105 SOUTH FIFTEENTH STREET + +Copyright, 1900 + +BY GEORGE W. JACOBS & CO + + + + +_PREFATORY NOTE_ + +The recorded incidents of the Life of St. John are few. Almost all those +of which we certainly know are related in the Gospels, the Acts of the +Apostles, The Epistles of St. John, and The Revelation. Some of the +traditions concerning him are in such harmony with what we do know that +we are almost ready to accept them as historic. + +The known events though few, are very distinct. They are the beautiful +fragments of a great picture. The plan of this volume does not include +those which pertain to him in common with the twelve disciples. Such a +record would practically involve the story of the life of our Lord. This +is limited to those events in which his name is mentioned, or his person +otherwise indicated; to those in which he was a certain or implied +actor; to those in which we may suppose from his character and relations +he had a special interest; to those narratives whose fulness of detail +makes the impression that they are given by an eye-witness; to those in +which a deeper impression was made on him than on his fellow-disciples, +or where he showed a deeper insight than they into the teachings of the +Lord, and is a clearer interpreter; to those records which add to, or +throw light upon, those of the other three Evangelists; and especially +to those things which reveal his peculiar relation to Jesus Christ. + +Another limitation of this volume is its adaptation, in language, +selection of subjects and general treatment, to young people, for whom +it is believed no life of John, at any rate of recent date, has been +prepared. It is designed especially for those between the ages of ten +and twenty, though the facts recorded may be of value to all. + +The attempt is made to trace the way by which John was led to, and then +by, Christ. We first see him as a boy with Jewish surroundings, taught +to expect the Messiah, then watching for His coming, then rejoicing in +finding Him, then faithful and loving in serving Him; becoming the most +loved of His chosen ones. We see the Christ through John's eyes, and +listen to the Great Teacher with his ears. Christ and John are the +central figures in the scenes here recorded. + +The full table of contents suggests the variety and scope of the topics +presented. + +In the mind of the writer the interest of many of the scenes described +has been greatly deepened by memories of the paths in which he has +followed in the footsteps of the Master and His disciple. + +The many quotations of words, phrases and texts--which are from the +Revised Version--are designed to direct the young to Scripture forms +with which they should become familiar; and sometimes to emphasize a +fact or truth, or to recall a former incident. + +Grateful acknowledgment is made especially to the works of Farrar, +Edersheim and Stalker, for facts, and germs of thought which have been +simplified in form and language for the interest and instruction of the +young, in the hope that they may thereby be led into deeper study of one +of the noblest of human lives. + G.L.W. +_Philadelphia, July, 1900_. + + + + + ~CONTENTS~ + + PAGE~ + + CHAPTER I + + A HOME IN THE BLESSED LAND, BY THE SACRED SEA + + + A Fitting Study for the Young--The Glory of all Lands--Divisions of + Palestine--Galilee--People of Galilee--Gennesaret and its + Surroundings--Comparisons--Jewish Sayings--McCheyne--Towns, Villages and + Palaces--Fisheries--Bethsaida 19 + + + CHAPTER II + + FIVE BOYS OF BETHSAIDA--RAMBLES ABOUT HOME + + Five Apostles of Jesus--Two Pair of Brothers--Salome--Brothers + Indeed--Views from a Hilltop--View of the Lake--Poetic + Description--Rambles North of the Lake--On the West--Keble's Poem--Answer + to the Poet's Question--The Sower--Object Lessons of the Great + Teacher--Mount of Beatitudes--Nature's Influence on John--Philip 24 + + + CHAPTER III + + JOHN'S ROYAL KINDRED + + Salome and Mary Sisters--John and Jesus Cousins--Visit to + Bethsaida--Visit to Nazareth--A Picture of the Boy Jesus--The Picture a + Help--A Phrase to Remember--A Kinsman of John and Jesus--Education--The + Messiah 31 + + + CHAPTER IV + + THE GREAT EXPECTATION IN JOHN'S DAY + + Prophecy Concerning the Messiah--Jewish Mistakes--Roman Conquest--Judas + of Galilee--The Five Bethsaidan Boys--John and Peter 35 + + + CHAPTER V + + EARLY INFLUENCES ON CHARACTER + + Special Influences on the Five--Scripture Students--Rabbi Like Simeon, + or a Teacher--Prophetess Like Anna--Home Teaching--From the Five to + Two--Salome and Her Sons--Review--Boyhood + Traits--Imperfections--Perfection 39 + + + CHAPTER VI + + FIRST VISIT IN JERUSALEM + + Jewish Boy at Twelve--Interest in the First Pilgrimage--John's + Journey--The Jordan Ford--City, Temple and Altar--John and Saul--Silent + Years--Parental Thoughts Concerning John 44 + + + CHAPTER VII + + JOHN'S VIEW OF THE COMING MESSIAH + + John's Old Testament Studies--First Gospel Promise--Promises to + Abraham, Isaac and Jacob--Promise to David--Mary and Immanuel--Names and + Titles of the Messiah--John's Misreading of the Old Testament--Christ's + Sufferings 48 + + + CHAPTER VIII + + JESUS THE HIDDEN MESSIAH + + The Infancy of Jesus Forgotten--Our Ignorance of Christ's + Childhood--The Boy in the Temple--The Carpenter's Silent Years 53 + + + CHAPTER IX + + "THE PROPHET OF THE MOST HIGH" + + Elizabeth and Her John--A Father's Prophecy--The Prophet in the + Wilderness--Young Men of Galilee--The Hermit--His Galilean + Disciples--His Public Ministry--His Hearers--His Preaching--St. John the + Baptist--St. John of Galilee 57 + + + CHAPTER X + + THE MESSIAH FOUND + + "Jesus from Galilee to Jordan"--Baptism of Jesus--Temptation--"Behold + the Lamb of God"--Andrew and John with the Baptist--Our First Knowledge + of John of Galilee--Parting of the Baptist and Jesus--The Two St. Johns + and Jesus--Following Jesus in the Way--Blessed Invitation + Accepted--Precious Memories--Change of Discipleship--Silence of + John--Disciples at Emmaus--Brothers Brought to Jesus--Memorials of + Andrew--John's Memories of His First Day with + Jesus--Philip--Nathanael--Jesus' First Disciples--John the Nearest + to Him 63 + + + CHAPTER XI + + JOHN A WEDDING GUEST + + Invited Guests to a Marriage Feast--Words of Mary and Jesus Concerning + Wine--Three Commands of Jesus--First Miracle--Belshazzar's + Feast--Believing Disciples--Believing Samaritans--What John Might Have + Written--First Miracle, for Innocent Joy--John and Mary at the + Feast--Mary's Thoughts of John and Her Sons--Her Thoughts of Jesus 72 + + + CHAPTER XII + + JOHN AND NICODEMUS + + Reasons for a Night Visit to Jesus--John's Possible Abode in + Jerusalem--Nicodemus Goes Thither--His Conversation With Jesus--Seven + Great Truths--Golden Text of the Bible--Golden Truth of John--Tradition + of Nicodemus 79 + + + CHAPTER XIII + + ST. JOHN AND THE SAMARITANESS + + John's Record--With the Master--Valley and Well--A Personal + Privilege--John With Jesus at the Well--Memories of the + Region--Abraham--Thoughts of the Future--A Samaritaness--Strange + Request--Living Water--Greater than Jacob--Difference in Waters--Woman's + Request--Jesus a Prophet--Place and Spirit of True Worship--"Messiah + Cometh"--John an Earnest Listener--Jesus' Revelation of Himself--Changed + Name for the Well--Wonder of the Disciples--The Samaritaness a Gospel + Messenger--Unknown Meat--John's Watchful Eye--His Story of the Well--A + Memorable Hour for Him 84 + + + CHAPTER XIV + + THE CHOSEN ONE OF THE CHOSEN THREE OF THE CHOSEN TWELVE + + Two Pair of Brothers Mending Nets--Call of Four Disciples--Fishers of + Men--A Partner in Fishing--Followers of Him--True Brothers--Family + Ties--The Twelve Chosen--First Disciples, First Apostles--The Inner + Circles--Peter and John--John--Aaron's Breastplate--Apostolic Stones 92 + + + CHAPTER XV + + JOHN IN THE HOME OF JAIRUS + + A Father's Cry--Reason for Hope--Sad Message--Strength of Faith--"Fear + Not"--Curious Crowd--The Twelve and the Three--Jealousy--Ambition--A + Coming Change--John One of Three--"Tahtha Cumi"--A Lesson for John--A + Future Scene--Influence of a Secret 97 + + + CHAPTER XVI + + JOHN A BEHOLDER OF CHRIST'S GLORY + + Family Prayer--Sayings of Men Concerning Jesus--Saying of Peter--A + Great Need--Christ's Prophecy of His Death--Apart by Themselves--Not + Tabor, but Hermon--Thoughts of the Nine and of the Three--Heavy with + Sleep--Answers to Two Prayers of Jesus--Transfigured--Moses and + Elijah--Moses' Shining Face--The Lord's Shining Figure--The Shechinah--A + Strange Proposal--Voice from the Clouds--Touch and Word of + Jesus--Descent from Hermon--A Great Secret--Peter's Memory of the + Transfiguration--John's Record--Greater than John the Baptist or + Moses--Moses and the Shechinah--Ungranted Request, but Answered + Prayer--Hermon, a Mount of Prayer 101 + + + CHAPTER XVII + + ST. JOHN'S IMPERFECTIONS + + Four Reasons for Recording Failings--Jealousy and Pride--Intolerant + Spirit--Two Questions, What? and Who?--First and Last--An Object + Lesson--The Child-Spirit--Startled Disciples--John's Confession--Lesson + Not Learned--Hospitality--Samaritan Hatred--Hospitality + Refused--Indignant Brothers--A Story of Elijah--Fiery Spirit of James + and John--Rebuked by Jesus--Ambitious Brothers--Mother's Request--Sons' + Request--Sorrowing Lord's Reply and Thoughts--Two Thrones--Though + Imperfect, a Grand Character 111 + + + CHAPTER XVIII + + JOHN AND THE FAMILY OF BETHANY + + John's View of a Family Group--His Relation to It--A Sad Message and + the Reply--The Lord's Delay and Concealed Purpose--A Possible Thought of + John's--John and Thomas--"Our Friend"--"Sleepeth"--John an + Eye-witness--Mary and Jesus--"Jesus Wept"--Mourning Disciple--Glorified + Father and Son--Jesus with Martha at the Tomb--Repeated Command, + "Arise"--The Release from the Tomb--John a Companion in Joy--John's + Memory of Mary--Lazarus' Tomb and Jesus' Cross--A + Tradition of Lazarus + 120 + + + CHAPTER XIX + + JOHN'S MEMORIAL OF MARY + + A Scene in Bethany--An Unfinished Picture--John with Manuscripts of + Matthew and Mark--A Great Event not Understood--A Joyful Meeting--A + Supper in Honor--A Fitting Place--Omitted Names--An Unnamed Woman + Named--Mary's Cruse--Interested Witnesses--An Unusual Anointing--An + Unwoven Towel--Odor of the Ointment--Judas the Grumbler--Jesus' Defence + of Mary--A Prophecy--John the Preserver of Mary's Name--Prophecy + Fulfilled--Judas and Mary--Judas and the Chief Priests--A Group of + Three--A Sublime Action--A Group of Four 128 + + + CHAPTER XX + + JOHN A HERALD OF THE KING + + The Messiah-King--The Prophetic Colt--The Lord's Need--The Lord's + Heralds--Hosannas--Disciples' Thoughts--Changed Earthly Scenes--Lamb on + Earth and in Heaven--A Prophecy Recalled--Twice a Herald 138 + + + CHAPTER XXI + + WITH THE MASTER ON OLIVET + + The Lord in His Temple--His Farewell to It--Admiring Disciples--Sad + Prophecy--The Two Pair of Brothers on Olivet--A Sacred Memory--The Poet + Milman's View from Olivet--Unanswered Question--The Coming Fall of + Jerusalem--The Poet Heber's Lament Over Jerusalem 142 + + + CHAPTER XXII + + JOHN A PROVIDER OF THE PASSOVER + + The Betrayer--A Lamb and a Place--Not Judas, but Peter and John--A + Secret Sign--The Goodman of the House--A New Friendship--Upper + Room--"Furnished"--"Prepared"--Paschal Lamb--Child Memories--John and + the Baptist--Temple Worship--Obeying Silver Trumpets--Slaying of the + Lamb--Chant and Response--Lamb and Lamps--Alone with Jesus--Jerusalem + Chamber--John and the Upper Room 148 + + + CHAPTER XXIII + + JOHN'S MEMORIES OF THE UPPER ROOM + + The Open Door of the Upper Room--Door Ajar--Revelation by John--Two + Statements by Luke--Cause of Contention--John's Relation to the + Quarrel--Sittings at the Table--John and Judas Beside Jesus--Two Things + About Jesus--Grieved Spirit--Bethany Recalled--A Great Contrast--Love + and Reproof--Lesson Ended--A Sacred Relic--A Guest an Enemy--Troubled + Spirit--"Verily, Verily"--Looking and Doubting--John's Gaze--"Is It + I?"--Peter and the Great Secret--Jesus' Hint of the Great + Secret--Meaning of the Sop--Judas and Satan--Departure of Judas--"It Was + Night"--A New Name--A New Command--Farewell Words and Prayer and + Song--Closed Door to be Opened Again 154 + + + CHAPTER XXIV + + ST. JOHN WITH JESUS IN GETHSEMANE + + An Eye-witness--Departure from the Upper + Room--Kidron--Gethsemane--Olive Trees--John's Memories--Garden + Owner--Charge to the Nine--Mt. Moriah--Final Charge--A + Prophecy--Companions in Glory and Sorrow--A Sad Change--John Beside + Jesus--Sorrowful Soul--Charge to the Three--Jesus Alone--Jesus Seen and + Heard--Garden Angel--Agonizing Prayer--Sleeping Disciples--Midnight + Scene--Sleeping for Sorrow--Awakening Call--Flesh and Spirit--Repeated + Prayer--Victory--"Arise"--Path of Prayer--Gathered Band--Lighted + Way--Empty Upper Room--John's Contrasted Memories--Betrayal + Sign--Warning Cry--Unshrinking Purpose--The Meeting--Traitor's + Kiss--Marred Visage--Repeated Question and Answer--Two Bands--One + Request--Peter's Sword--Changed Voice--A Captive and Legions of + Angels--The Fleeing Disciples 163 + + + CHAPTER XXV + + JOHN IN THE HIGH PRIEST'S PALACE + + Flight of the Nine--Captive Lord--Peter and John Following--The + Palace--Disciple Within and Disciple Without--Peter Brought In--The + First Denial--John's Watch of Peter--Peter's Tears--His + Restlessness--His Sin and John's Silence--Three Turning and + Looking--John's Pity for Peter--John and Pilate--Christ a King--"What is + Truth?"--The Mocked King--"Behold the Man"--"Behold your King"--John the + Faithful Watcher and Comforter 176 + + + CHAPTER XXVI + + JOHN THE LONE DISCIPLE AT THE CROSS + + Following the Cross--Jesus Bearing the Cross--Wearing the Thorny + Crown--Great Multitude Following--"Daughters of + Jerusalem"--Calvary--John's Memories--Group of Four Enemies--Seamless + Coat--Casting Lots--Jesus and the Gamblers--Three Marys and Salome--John + their Companion--A Contrast--Other Apostles--John and Salome--A Mother's + Love--Mary's Thoughts--Sword of Anguish--Comfort in Sorrow--Lonely + Future--Loyal Son--New Relation--Mary's Return from the Cross--Why John + Her Guardian--A Poet's Words to John--In the New Home 184 + + + CHAPTER XXVII + + JOHN THE LONE DISCIPLE AT THE CROSS--CONTINUED + + "I Thirst"--"It Is Finished"--The Bowed Head--The Women and John--His + Anxious Thoughts Relieved--Pierced Side--Two Prophecies--Prayer in + Song--Joseph of Arimathĉa--Nicodemus--Two Secret Friends of Jesus--Two + Gardens--The Stone Closing the Tomb--Two Mourners at the Tomb--John's + Thoughts on Leaving the Tomb 195 + + + CHAPTER XXVIII + + JOHN AT THE TOMB + + John and Mary Magdalene--Mary's Mistaken Inference--Her Report to Peter + and John--Their Hastening Toward the Tomb--John Alone at the + Tomb--Silent Witnesses--Peter's Entry and Discovery--John Within the + Tomb--The Rolled Napkin--Seeing and Believing--Lingering in the + Tomb--The Return from the Tomb--Weeping Mary--Silence of Angels--Mary + and the Angels--Jesus Unknown to Mary--"Mary" and "Rabboni"--John's Two + Records of Mary--Day of Days--Evening Benedictions--Pierced Side--Close + of John's Gospel 204 + + + CHAPTER XXIX + + "WHAT SHALL THIS MAN DO?" + + An Added Chapter--Old Scenes Revived--Following Peter--Stranger on the + Shore--John and Peter--John's Remembrance of the Miracle--"Fire of + Coals"--Reverent Guests--"Lovest Thou Me?"--"Feed My Lambs and + Sheep"--An Interested Listener--A Prophecy--John Following + Peter--Question and Answer--Mistake Corrected by John--Partial Answer to + Peter's Questions--A Former Hour Recalled 212 + + + CHAPTER XXX + + ST. JOHN A PILLAR-APOSTLE IN THE EARLY CHRISTIAN CHURCH + + On a Mount in Galilee--The Great Commission--Waiting for the Promised + Comforter--Words of the Baptist Recalled--A Revived Hope and a + Question--Jesus' Reply--The Ascension--Angels' Question--"The Upper + Chamber"--Luke's Lists of the Apostles--The Lord's Mother, Brethren and + Sisters--The Day of Pentecost--A Great Miracle--Pentecostal Gifts to + John--Evening Prayer--Beautiful Gate--Lame man--A Gift Better than + Alms--John Twice a Prisoner--Prison Angel--Preaching of Philip--John + Sent to Samaria--John and the Samaritaness--His Changed Spirit--Death of + James--The Pillar Apostles 219 + + + CHAPTER XXXI + + LAST DAYS + + Last Record--Meeting of Paul and John--Years of Silence--Leaving + Jerusalem--New Home in Ephesus--City and Temple--Paul and John--Churches + of Asia Minor--John in Patmos--Solitude--The Lord's Day--Aid to + Meditation--Calm and Turmoil--A Voice and a Command--A Contrast--"As One + Dead"--The Eagle--John's Three Kinds of Writings--The Revelation--John's + Gospel--His First Epistle--The Apostle of Love--His Second Epistle--The + Apostle of Childhood--"Little Children, Love one + Another"--John's Death 231 + + + CHAPTER XXXII + + A RETROSPECT + + Boyhood--The Disciple--What John Saw--What He Heard--What He Made + Known--John a Reflector of Christ--Alone in History--Our Glimpses of + Him--In Everlasting Remembrance on Earth--With His Lord in Heaven 241 + + + CHAPTER XXXIII + + LEGENDS AND TRADITIONS OF ST. JOHN + + St. John and the Robber-Chief--St. John and the Partridge--"Little + Children, Love One Another"--Miraculous Preservation from Death--The + Empty Grave--The Heaving Grave 251 + + + + + ~LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS~ + + St. John _Domenichino._ _Frontispiece_ + + Map of the Land Where St. John Lived 19 + + Sea of Galilee _Old Engraving_ 20 + + Site of Bethsaida _From Photograph_ 22 + + Calm on Galilee _From Photograph_ 26 + + Virgin, Infant Jesus and St. John + (Madonna della Sedia) _Raphael_ 32 + + Christ and St. John _Winterstein_ 35 + + Simeon and Anna in the Temple _Old Engraving_ 39 + + The Boy John _Andrea del Sarto_ 41 + + Jerusalem _Old Engraving_ 43 + + Joshua's Host Crossing the Jordan _Old Engraving_ 45 + + The Prophet Isaiah _Sargent_ 55 + + The Boy Jesus in the Temple _H. Hofmann_ 58 + + A Street Scene in Nazareth _From Photograph_ 60 + + Visit of Mary to Elisabeth _Old Engraving_ 62 + + The Wilderness of Judea _From Photograph_ 64 + + Traditional Place of Christ's Baptism _From Photograph_ 67 + + The Baptism of Jesus _Old Engraving_ 68 + + The First Disciples _Ittenbach_ 83 + + The Marriage at Cana _Old Engraving_ 85 + + Belshazzar's Feast _Old Engraving_ 87 + + The Hill of Samaria _Old Engraving_ 90 + + Jacob's Well _From Photograph_ 92 + + The Miraculous Draught of Fishes _Old Engraving_ 94 + + Raising the Daughter of Jairus _H. Hofmann_ 99 + + The Transfiguration _Old Engraving_ 106 + + Moses on Mt. Pisgah _Artist Unknown_ 109 + + Bethany _Old Engraving_ 120 + + Resurrection of Lazarus _Old Engraving_ 126 + + Triumphal Entry into Jerusalem. _Gustave Doré_ 133 + + Christ and St. John _Ary Scheffer_ 140 + + The Last Supper _Benjamin West_ 156 + + In Gethsemane _Gustave Doré_ 163 + + The Valley of Jehoshaphat _Old Engraving_ 165 + + Christ Before Caiaphas _Old Engraving_ 167 + + Christ Before Pilate (Ecce Homo) _H. Hofmann_ 170 + + Christ Bearing His Cross _H. Hofmann_ 185 + + The Virgin and St. John at the Cross _Old Engraving_ 192 + + The Descent from the Cross _Rubens_ 195 + + In the Sepulchre _H. Hofmann_ 199 + + Jesus Appearing to Mary Magdalene + (Easter Morning) _B. Plockhorst_ 202 + + The Descent of the Spirit _Old Engraving_ 206 + + St. Peter and St. John at the Beautiful Gate _Old Engraving_ 211 + + Ephesus _From Photograph_ 227 + + The Isle of Patmos _Old Engraving_ 231 + + Smyrna _Old Engraving_ 234 + + Pergamos and the Ruins of the + Church of St. John _Old Engraving_ 242 + + Ruins of Laodicea _Old Engraving_ 246 + + + + +[Illustration: MAP OF THE LAND WHERE ST. JOHN LIVED] + + + + +A Life of St. John + + + + +_CHAPTER I_ + +_A Home in the Blest Land, by the Sacred Sea_ + + "Blest land of Judĉa! Thrice hallowed in song, + Where the holiest of memories pilgrim like throng, + In the shade of thy palms, by the shores of thy sea, + On the hills of the beauty, my heart is with thee." + --_Whittier_. + + +A Galilean boy, a fisherman, a follower of Jesus, one of the twelve +Apostles, one of the favored three, the beloved one, the Apostle of +love, the Apostle of childhood, the one of all men who gave to mankind +the clearest view of Jesus Christ--such was St John. + +For young people he is a fitting study. To aid such is the purpose of +this volume. + +Let us first glance at the land where he lived, surrounded by influences +that directed his life, and moulded his character. + +Palestine was called by God Himself "The Glory of All Lands." He made it +the home of His people the Jews, who long waited for the promised time +when it should have greater glory by becoming the home of the Messiah, +the Son of God. Before He was born the Jews were conquered by the +Romans, and governed by them instead of the Jewish judges and kings. The +country was divided into three parts. The southern was called Judĉa; the +middle, Samaria; and the northern, Galilee, which was the most beautiful +part. It contained the hills of Galilee, and the plain and sea of +Gennesaret, hallowed by the presence of Jesus, and what He there did. + +At the time of which we write, two thousand years ago, Galilee was not +inhabited wholly or chiefly by Jews. Other peoples, called Gentiles, +were mixed with the Jewish race which continued to cultivate the land, +and to tend the vineyards and olive-yards, and to dwell in the +fisherman's huts and moor their boats on the sandy beach. Some Jews were +artisans, working at their trades in the smaller towns. But there were +vast crowds of foreigners whose life was a great contrast to that of the +Jews. Their customs were those of the nations to which they belonged. +They spoke their own languages. They worshiped their own false gods. +Their amusements were such as they were accustomed to in their distant +homes. This was especially true of the Romans who had theatres, chariot +races, and gladiatorial combats, by the peaceful waters of Galilee. + +[Illustration: SEA OF GALILEE _Old Engraving_ Page 21] + +There were also Greeks who had sought new homes far from their native +land. Many Arabians came from the deserts on swift horses, in roving +bands in search of plunder. They wore brightly-colored dresses, and +flashing swords and lances, carrying terror wherever they went. Egyptian +travelers came with camels loaded with spices and balm. The bazaars were +crowded with merchandise from India, Persia and Arabia. Long caravans +from Damascus passed through Galilee, with goods for the markets of +Tiberius on Lake Gennesaret, and the more distant cities of Jerusalem, +Cĉsarea and Alexandria. + +The gem of Galilee and of Palestine itself, is the Lake of Gennesaret, +or the Sea of Tiberius. Its length is twelve and three-fourths miles; +its greatest width, seven and one-fourth; its greatest depth, one +hundred and sixty feet. On the west is the beautiful Plain of Galilee. +On the east are rounded hills; and rugged mountains which rise nine +hundred feet above the waters, with grassy slopes, and rocky cliffs +barren and desolate. Bowers of olive and oleander deck the base of the +hills whose sides yield abundant harvest. Around the lake is a level +white beach of smooth sand. Gennesaret has been fittingly compared to a +sapphire set in diamonds; and to a mirror set in a frame of richness and +beauty. + +"He hath made everything beautiful," says Solomon concerning God. It is +a well-known saying of Jewish writers, "Of all the seven seas God +created, He made choice of none but the Lake of Gennesaret." It was +called the "beloved of God above all the waters of Canaan." + +The writer of this volume gratefully recalls blessed memories of +Gennesaret, wishing his young friends could view with their own eyes +those scenes which he asks them to behold through his own. Then could +they join him in singing with the saintly McCheyne, + + "How pleasant to me thy deep blue wave, + O Sea of Galilee! + For the glorious One who came to save, + Hath often stood by thee. + + * * * * * + + "O Saviour, gone to God's right hand, + Yet the same Saviour still, + Graved on Thy heart is this lovely strand, + And every fragrant hill." + +At the period of which we speak the region was full of people. Nine +large towns, each containing fifteen thousand inhabitants, bordered on +the lake. Numerous populous villages lined the shores, or nestled in the +neighboring valleys, or were perched on the hilltops. Fishermen's +huts--which were mere stone sheds--fringed the lake. They stood in every +rift of rock, and on every knoll, with their little cornfields and +vine ledges extending to the sandy beach. + +[Illustration: SITE OF BETHSAIDA _From Photograph_ Page 23] + +On the seashore, among the chief buildings, were palaces for Roman +princes, and quarters for Roman soldiers. The waters were covered with +boats for pleasure, merchandise and fishing. Four thousand floated at +one time on the narrow lake. Vast quantities of fish were caught in the +waters, supplying not only the people of Galilee, but the populous city +of Jerusalem, especially when crowded with pilgrims; and were even sent +to distant ports of the Mediterranean. We shall see John's interest in +such labors. + +On the north-western shore of Gennesaret is a beautiful bay sheltered by +hills and projecting cliffs. The sight is such as would be a fisherman's +delight--a little haven from storm, with a broad beach of sand on which +to moor his boats. There is no place like it in the region of Galilee. +Close to the water's edge, it is supposed, was the town of Bethsaida, +probably meaning House of Fish. + + + + +_CHAPTER II_ + +_Five Boys of Bethsaida--Rambles About Home_ + + "Walking by the Sea of Galilee, He saw two brethren, Simon who is + called Peter, and Andrew his brother."--_Matt._ iv. 18. + + "And going on from thence, He saw other two brethren, James the son + of Zebedee, and John his brother."--_v._ 21. + + "Philip was from Bethsaida, of the city of Andrew and + Peter."--_John_ i. 44. + + +Bethsaida was honored as being the home of five of the Apostles of +Jesus. We know nothing definitely concerning them until their manhood. +We wish we knew of their childhood. It is only because of their relation +to Jesus that they have been remembered. Had it not been for this they +would, like many other boys of Galilee, have lived on the shores of +Gennesaret, fished in its waters, died, and been forgotten. These five +Bethsaidan boys were two pairs of brothers and a friend. The names of +one pair were Andrew and Peter. They were the sons of Jonas, a +fisherman. As they grew up they were engaged with him in casting the net +and gathering fish, by day or by night, and thus securing a livelihood +without thought of change of occupation. It was a Jewish custom for +boys to learn a trade or business, which was generally that of their +fathers. + +The names of the other pair of brothers were James and John. Their +father was named Zebedee. He also was a fisherman having so much +prosperity in his business that he employed servants to help him. +Judging by what we know of the family they must have been highly +respected by the people among whom they lived. + +We do not know the exact date of John's birth. He was probably younger +than James, and several years younger than Peter. + +The mother of James and John was named Salome. We know more of her than +of her husband. She was a warm friend of Jesus, ministering to Him when +He was living, and was one of the few who cared for His dead body. Her +sons seemed to be greatly attached to her. All were of kindred spirit, +having like thoughts, feelings and plans. + +James and John were brothers indeed, companions until the death of James +separated them. The feelings of boyhood must have been greatly +strengthened in later scenes, and by influences which we shall have +occasion to notice. As we know of them as daily companions in manhood, +we think of the intimacy and affection of boyhood. It will help us to +gain an idea of their companionship, and the influences of their +surroundings, if we notice some things with which they were familiar in +the region of their home. + +Standing on one of the hills behind Bethsaida they beheld a magnificent +panorama. In the northeast Hermon rose like a mighty giant, called by +the people of the land the "Kingly Mountain." They knew it by the name +Moses had given it--"the goodly mountain." They were to know it by the +name which Peter would give in after years, "The Holy Mount," so called +for a blessed reason of which all of them were to learn. Down from its +snowy glittering sides a thousand streamlets blended in larger streams +combining in the Jordan, which flowed through marshes and Lake Merom +until it entered Gennesaret near their home. Eastward, across the lake, +the rugged cliffs of Gadara cut off their view. Perhaps at this very +hour the winds from Hermon rushed through the gorges, first ruffling the +placid waters of the lake, and then tossing them as if in rage. They +little thought of a coming time when they themselves would be tossed +upon them until they heard a voice saying, "Peace be still." And now + + "The warring winds have died away, + The clouds, beneath the glancing ray, + Melt off, and leave the land and sea + Sleeping in bright tranquillity. + Below, the lake's still face + Sleeps sweetly in th' embrace + Of mountains terraced high with mossy stone." + +[Illustration: CALM ON GALILEE _From Photograph_ Page 26] + +In another hour they watch the more quiet movements of pleasure +boats,--gay barges and royal galleys--and trading vessels, and fishing +boats,--all crowding together seemingly covering the lake. + +As it narrows in the southern distance, the Jordan commences the second +stage of its journey of one hundred and twenty miles through rugged +gorges. As it leaves the quiet lake, we can almost hear them saying to +it + + "Like an arrow from the quiver, + To the sad and lone Dead Sea, + Thou art rushing, rapid river, + Swift, and strong, and silently, + Through the dark green foliage stealing, + Like a silver ray of light." + +Descending from the hill we may follow James and John in their rambles +in the region near their home. On the northern extremity of the lake, +among the colossal reeds, and meadow grass and rushes, they watch the +little tortoises creeping among them; and the pelicans which make them +their chosen home; and the blue and white winged jays that have strayed +from the jungles through which the Jordan has pushed its way; and the +favorite turtle-doves; and the blue birds so light that one can rest on +a blade of grass without bending it; and the confiding larks and storks +which, not fleeing, seem to welcome the visitors to their haunts. Here +grow oleanders of such magnificence as is seen nowhere else in the +country, twenty feet high, sometimes in clumps a hundred feet in +circumference; and "masses of rosy red flowers, blushing pyramids of +exquisite loveliness." + +Our ramblers follow the western shore to the shallow hot stream, where +boy-like,--or manlike as I did--they burn their hands in trying to +secure pebbles from its bottom. They rest under the shade of an olive or +a palm. They gather walnuts which are in great abundance; and grapes and +figs, which can be done ten months in the year; and oranges and almonds +and pomegranates. + +They wander through meadows rich in foliage, and gay with the brightness +and richness of flowers which retain their bloom in Galilee when they +would droop in Judĉa or Samaria. + +We hear the poet Keble asking them, + + "What went ye out to see + O'er the rude, sandy lea, + Where stately Jordan flows by many a palm, + Or where Gennesaret's wave + Delights the flowers to lave, + That o'er her western slope breathe airs of balm? + + "All through the summer night, + These blossoms red and white + Spread their soft breasts unheeding to the breeze, + Like hermits watching still, + Around the sacred hill, + Where erst our Saviour watched upon His knees." + +To the poet's question James and John would answer that they "went out +to see the blue lupin and salvia, the purple hyacinth, the yellow and +white crocus, the scarlet poppy, and gladiolus, the flowering almond, +the crimson and pink anemone." + +They also saw the cultivated fields, and the sower casting his seed +which fell on the hardened pathway, or barren rocks, or bounteous soil. +They watched the birds from mountain and lake gather the scattered +grain. They thought not of the parable into which all these would be +weaved; nor of Him who would utter it in their hearing near where they +then stood. They saw the shepherds and their flocks, the sparrows and +the lilies, that became object lessons of the Great Teacher yet unknown +to them. In their rambles they may have climbed the hill, only seven +miles from their home, not thinking of the time when they would climb it +again; after which it would be forever known as the Mount of Beatitudes. + +Such were some of the charming and exciting scenes with which John was +familiar in his early life, and which would interest his refined and +observing nature, of which we know in his manhood. They must have had +an important influence in the formation of his character. + +We have spoken of five Bethsaidan boys--Andrew and Peter, James and +John--and a friend. His name was Philip. We know but little of him. What +we do know is from John. He tells us that "Philip was of Bethsaida, the +city of Andrew and Peter." Perhaps he was their special friend, and so +became one of the company of five, as he afterward became one of the +more glorious company of twelve. We shall find three of these five in a +still closer companionship. They are Peter, James and John. One of these +shall have the most glorious honor of all. It is John. + + + + +_CHAPTER III_ + +_John's Royal Kindred_ + + +It seems almost certain that Salome and Mary the mother of Jesus, were +sisters. Royal blood was in their veins. They were descendants of David. +The record of their ancestry had been carefully preserved for God's own +plans, especially concerning Mary, of which plans neither of the sisters +knew until revealed to her by an angel from God. We think of them as +faithful to Him, and ready for any service to which He might call them, +in the fisherman's home of Salome, or the carpenter's home of Mary. +Mary's character has been summed up in the words, "pure, gentle and +gracious." Salome must have had something of the same nature, which we +find again in her sons. + +If Salome and Mary were sisters, our interest in James and John deepens, +as we think of them as cousins of Jesus. This family connection may have +had something to do with their years of close intimacy; but we shall +find better reason for it than in this kinship. There was another +relation closer and holier. + +We wonder whether Jesus ever visited Bethsaida, and played with His +cousins on the seashore, and gathered shells, and dug in the sand, and +sailed on Gennesaret, and helped with His little hands to drag the net, +and was disappointed because there were no fish, or bounded with glee +because of the multitude of them. + +We wonder whether James and John visited Jesus in Nazareth, nestled +among the hills of Galilee. Did they go to the village well, the same +where children go to-day to draw water? Did James and John see how Jesus +treated His little mates, and how they treated Him--the best boy in +Nazareth? Did the cousins talk together of what their mothers had taught +them from the Scriptures, especially of The Great One whom those mothers +were expecting to appear as the Messiah? Did they go together to the +synagogue, and hear the Rabbi read the prophecies which some day Jesus, +in the same synagogue, would say were about Himself? + +Jesus was the flower of Mary's family, the flower of Nazareth, of +Galilee, of the whole land, and the whole world. Nazareth means +flowery--a fitting name for the home of Jesus. It was rightly named. So +must James and John have thought if their young cousin went with them to +gather daisies, crocuses, poppies, tulips, marigolds, mignonette and +lilies, which grow so profusely around the village. Did they ramble +among the scarlet pomegranates, the green oaks, the dark green palms, +the cypresses and olives that grew in the vale of Nazareth, and made +beautiful the hills that encircled it? Did they climb one of them, and +gain a view of the Mediterranean, and look toward the region where John +would live when his boyhood was long past, in the service of his cousin +at his side? + +[Illustration: VIRGIN, INFANT JESUS, AND ST JOHN (Madonna della Sedia) +_Raphael_ Page 31] + +A great artist, Millais, painted a picture of the boy Jesus, +representing Him as cutting His finger with a carpenter's tool, and +running to His mother to have it bound up. Did John witness any such +incident? How little did he think of a deeper wound he was yet to behold +in that same hand. + +We cannot answer such questions. These things were possible. They help +us to think of Jesus as a boy, like other boys. James and John thought +of Him as such only until long after the days of which we are speaking. + +While thinking of John and Jesus as cousins, we may also think of a +kinsman of theirs, a second cousin of whom we shall know more. John was +to have a deep interest in both of the others, and they were to have +more influence on him than all other men in the world. + +There were some things common to them all. They were Jews. According to +Jewish customs they were trained until six years of age in their own +homes. Their library was the books of the Old Testament. They learned +much of its teachings. They read the stories of Joseph, Samuel and +David. At six they went to the village school, taught by a Rabbi. Some +attention was paid to arithmetic, the history of their nation, and +natural history. But, as at their homes, the chief study was the +Scriptures. They were taught especially about One--"Of whom Moses in the +law and the prophets did write." Let us remember those words for we +shall hear them again. That One was called the Messiah--He whom we call +Jesus, the Christ, the Saviour of the world. He had not then come. _We_ +look back to the time when He did come: those boys looked forward to the +time when He _would_ come. The Messiah was the great subject in the +homes of the pious Jews, and in the synagogues where old and young +worshiped on the Sabbath. + +[Illustration: CHRIST AND ST. JOHN _Winterstein_ Page 34] + + + + +_CHAPTER IV_ + +_The Great Expectation in John's Day_ + + +Moses wrote of a promise, made centuries before the days of John, to +Abraham--that in the Messiah all the nations of the earth,--not the Jews +only--should be made happy with special blessings. Isaiah and other +prophets wrote of the time and place and circumstances of His coming, +and of the wonders He would perform. + +The Jews understood that the Messiah would descend from David. They +believed that He would sit "upon the throne of David," ruling first over +the Jews, an earthly ruler such as David had been, and then conquering +their enemies; thus being a great warrior and the king of the world. + +But they were sadly mistaken in many of their ideas of the Messiah. They +had misread many of the writings of the prophets. They had given wrong +meanings to right words. They made real what was not so intended. They +overlooked prophecies about the Messiah-King being despised, rejected +and slain, though God had commanded lambs to be slain through all those +centuries to remind them of the coming Messiah's cruel death. Each of +those lambs was a "Lamb of God." Remember that phrase; we shall meet it +again. They looked for wonders of kinds of which neither Moses nor the +prophets had written. Many did not understand what was meant by the +kingdom of God in the hearts of men, as differing from the earthly +kingdom of David. They did not understand that Messiah's kingdom would +be in the hearts of all people. + +With such mistaken views of the Messiah at the time of which we are +writing, the Jews had not only the great expectation of the centuries, +but the strong belief that Messiah was about to appear. + +A great event had happened which made them especially anxious for His +immediate coming. The Jewish nation had been conquered by the Romans. +The "Glory of All Lands" was glorious only for what it had been. Galilee +was a Roman province which, like those of Judĉa and Samaria, longed for +the expected One to free them from the Roman yoke, and show Himself to +be the great Messiah-Deliverer of the Jews. They were prepared to +welcome almost any one who claimed to be He. Such an one was at hand. + +In those days appeared a man who has been known as Judas of Galilee. He +had more zeal than wisdom. In his anger and madness at the Romans he was +almost insane. He was an eloquent man. He roused the whole Jewish +nation. Multitudes welcomed him as the promised Messiah. Thousands +gathered around him; many of them fishermen, shepherds, vine-dressers +and craftsmen of Galilee. They followed him throughout the entire land +with fire and sword, laying waste cities and homesteads, vineyards and +cornfields. Their watchword was, "We have no Lord or master, but God." + +But this rebellion against the Roman government failed. Judas himself +was slain. Villages in Galilee--Bethsaida probably one of them--became +hospitals for the wounded in battle. The whole region was one of +mourning for the dead. There was terrible disappointment concerning +Judas of Galilee. None could say of him, "We have found the Messiah." +"We have found Him, of whom Moses in the Law, and the prophets, did +write." Again think of these words; they are yet to be spoken concerning +another. + +What the five young Galileans of Bethsaida saw and heard of these events +must have made a deep impression on them. They were old enough to be +young patriots interested in their nation. Their sympathies would be +with those trying to free their people from Roman power. Perhaps their +thoughts concerning Messiah became confused by the false claims of +Judas, the pretender, and his deluded followers. + +But this did not destroy their confidence in the Scriptures. They +believed the prophecy it contained would yet be fulfilled. At this time +John is supposed to have been about twelve years of age. Had he been +older, the temperament which he afterward showed, and which sometimes +misled him, allows us to think that he might have been drawn into the +rebellion. Peter also in his fiery zeal might have drawn his mistaken +sword. They might have become comrades in war, as they did become in +peace. For many years they continued their Scripture studies, without +however gaining the full knowledge of the Messiah and His kingdom, to +which at last they attained. + +[Illustration: SIMEON AND ANNA IN THE TEMPLE _Old Engraving_ Page 39] + + + + +_CHAPTER V_ + +_Early Influences on Character_ + + +As we trace the history of the five youthful Bethsaidans, it seems +almost certain that some special influence or influences helped to shape +their characters, and to unite them in thought, purpose and effort; and +so secure marked and grand results. This union was not a mere +coincidence. Nor can it be accounted for by their being of the same +nation or town, and having the same education common to Jewish boys. +There was something which survived the mere associations of boyhood, and +continued to, or was revived in, manhood. The influence whatever it was +must have been special and powerful. What was it? In that little village +were their faithful souls praying more earnestly than others, and +searching the Scriptures more diligently, finding spiritual meanings +hidden from the common readers, and so understanding more correctly, +even though not perfectly, who was the true Messiah, and what He would +do when He came? Or, was there some rabbi in Bethsaida like Simeon in +Jerusalem, of whom it could be said, "the Holy Ghost was upon him," and +"he was waiting for the consolation of Israel"--the coming of the +Messiah? Or, was there a teacher of the synagogue school in Bethsaida, +instructing his pupils as no other teacher did? Or, was there some aged +Anna, like the prophetess in the Temple, who "served God with fastings +and prayer," who going about the village full of thoughts concerning the +Messiah, "spake of Him to all them that looked for His coming"? Or, was +it in the homes of the five that we find that special influence? Did +Jonas talk with his sons as few other fathers did, while Andrew and +Peter listened most attentively to his words? Did Zebedee and Salome, as +Jonas, prepare by teaching their sons for the coming time when the two +pairs of brothers should be in closer companionship than the family +friendship of these Galilean fishermen and business partnership could +secure? Was Peter, full of boyish enthusiasm, a leader of the little +company; or did John in quiet loveliness draw the others after himself? +Did Philip have such family training as had the other four, or was he +guided by the lights that came from their homes? + +And now in thought we disband the little circle of five, to be reunited +elsewhere after many years. We glance into the home of James and John. +We have already spoken of Salome's royal descent, and of the sympathy +between her and her sons. With what deep interest we would listen to her +teachings and watch the influence on them as they talked together of +David their ancestor, and of how they were of the same tribe and family +to which the Messiah would belong. Salome understood much about Him, +more probably than most mothers: but she was much mistaken about what +was meant by His Kingdom. She thought He would rule like David on an +earthly throne. Her sons believed as she did, and so were as sadly +mistaken. It was long before they discovered their mistake. That was in +circumstances very different from what were now in their minds. + +[Illustration: THE BOY JOHN _Andrea del Sarto_ Page 41] + +Thus far we have attempted to restore the surroundings of John in his +early days, which did much in shaping his early life, and fitting him +for the great work he was to perform. We have glanced at the country and +town in which he lived. As we see them through his eyes, he appears the +more real to us. We have watched the little circle of his intimate +friends, on whom he must have had an influence, and who influenced him. +We have glanced at his home with his parents and brothers. We have tried +to gain some idea of what and how much he had learned, especially +concerning the Messiah. We are now prepared to look at him alone, and +try to get a more distinct view of his character. + +We are not told what kind of a boy John was. We are told of many things +he said and did when he was a man. These help us to understand what he +must have been when young. Though there be great changes in us as we +grow older, some things remain the same in kind if not in degree. +Judging by certain things in John's manhood, we form an idea of his +childhood. We may think of him as a lovable boy. His feelings were +tender. He was greatly interested in events which pleased him. He was +quick and active. He was modest and generally shy, yet bold when +determined to do anything. He was not ready to tell all he felt or knew. +He was helpful in his father's business. He thought and felt and planned +much as his mother did. He was thoughtful and quick to understand, and +sought explanation of what was not easily understood. He was frank in +all he said, and abhorred dishonesty, especially in one who professed to +be good. Above all he was of a loving disposition, and this made others +love him. He was beloved because he loved. + +[Illustration: JERUSALEM _Old Engraving_ Page 44] + +Yet John was not perfect, as we shall see in another chapter. We know of +some things he said and did when a man, which help us to understand the +kinds of temptations he had in his younger days. They were such as +these; contempt for others who did not think and do as he did, judging +them unjustly and unkindly, and showing an unkind feeling toward them; a +revengeful spirit, ready to do harm for supposed injury; selfishness; +ambition--wanting to be in honor above others. His greatest temptation +was to pride. But at last he overcame such temptations. What was lovable +in childhood became more beautiful in manhood. He more nearly reached +perfection than any other of whom we know--by what influence, we shall +see. + + + + +_CHAPTER VI_ + +_First Visit to Jerusalem_ + + +At twelve years of age a Jewish boy was no longer thought of as a child, +but a youth. Before he reached that age he looked forward to an event +which seemed to him very great. It was his first visit to Jerusalem. +Peter was probably older than James or John. With boyish interest they +listened to the report of his first pilgrimage to the Holy City. When +the time came for James to accompany him, John's interest would increase +as he heard his brother's story; and much more when he could say, "Next +year I too shall see it all." And when at last he, probably the youngest +of the five Bethsaidan boys, could be one of the company, a day of +gladness indeed had come. With his father, and perhaps his mother, he +joined the caravan of pilgrims, composed chiefly of men and boys. Their +probable route was across the Jordan, then southward, through valleys +and gorges, and along mountain-sides which echoed with the Psalms which +were sung on these pilgrimages, called "Songs of Degrees." + +At Bethabara, nearly opposite Jericho, the travelers recrossed the +Jordan. There John might think of that other crossing many years +before when Joshua led the hosts of Israel between the divided waters; +and when Elijah smote them with his mantle, and there was a pathway for +him and Elisha. John was to add to his memories of the spot. At a later +day he would there witness a more glorious scene. + +[Illustration: JOSHUA'S HOST CROSSING THE JORDAN _Old Engraving_ Page 45] + +At last from the Mount of Olives, at a turn in the road, he had his +first view of the Holy City; its walls and seventy towers of great +height, and the Holy House--the Temple of God, with which in after years +he was to become familiar. There he saw for himself of what he had often +heard;--the Holy Altar and lamb of sacrifice--reminders of the coming +Messiah; the offering of incense; and the many and varied forms of +stately worship. + +At the time that John made this visit to Jerusalem, there was a +celebrated school known as that of Gamaliel, who was the most noted of +the Jewish Rabbis, or teachers. Boys were sent to him from all parts of +Palestine, and even from distant countries in which Jews lived. There +was one such boy from the town of Tarsus, in the Roman province of +Cilicia in Asia Minor. Though living in a heathen city, surrounded by +idolatry, he had received a Jewish training in his home and in the +synagogue school, until he was old enough to go to Jerusalem to be +trained to become a Rabbi. Like John he had learned much of the Old +Testament Scriptures, but it does not appear that he had the special +influences which we have imagined gave direction to the thoughts and +plans of the five boys of Galilee. In his boyhood he was known as Saul; +afterward as Paul. He and John in their early days differed in many +things; in the later days they became alike in the most important +thoughts, feelings, purposes and labors of their lives. And because of +this they became associated with each other, and are remembered together +as among the best and greatest of mankind. + +It is possible that John visited the school of Gamaliel, and that the +boy from Bethsaida and the one from Tarsus met as strangers, who would +some day meet as friends indeed. It is more probable that they worshiped +together in the temple at the feast, receiving the same impressions +which lasted and deepened through many years, and which we to-day have +in what they wrote for the good of their fellow-men. + +When John returns from Jerusalem to his home we lose even the dim sight +of him which our imagination has supplied. During the silent years that +follow we have two thoughts of him,--as a fisherman of Galilee, and as +one waiting for the coming of the Messiah. His parents' only thought of +him is a life of honest toil, a comfort in their old age, a sharer in +their prosperity, and an heir to their home and what they would leave +behind. They little think that he will be remembered when kings of their +day are forgotten; that two thousand years after, lives of him will be +written because of a higher relationship than that of mere cousinship to +Jesus; and that their own names will be remembered only because John was +their son. Only God sees in the boy playing on the seashore, and in the +fisherman of Gennesaret, the true greatness and honor into which He will +guide him. + + + + +_CHAPTER VII_ + +_John's View of the Coming Messiah_ + + +In our thoughts of Jesus we have chiefly in mind the things that +happened at the time of His birth and afterward. We read of them in the +Gospels. John had the Old Testament only, containing promises of what +was yet to happen. We have the New Testament telling of their +fulfilment. + +Thus far we have spoken of Jesus as John knew Him--as a boy in Nazareth, +the son of Mary, and his own cousin. We have also spoken of John's ideas +of the Messiah. As yet he has not thought as we do of Jesus and the +Messiah being the same person. It is not easy for us to put ourselves in +his place, and leave out of our thoughts all the Gospels tell us. But we +must do this to understand what he understood during his youth and early +manhood, respecting the Messiah _yet to come_. + +Let us imagine him looking through the Old Testament, especially the +books of Moses and the prophets, and finding what is said of Him; and +see if we can what impressions are made on this young Bible student of +prophecy. His search goes back many years. He finds the first Gospel +promise. It was made while Adam and Eve, having sinned, were yet in the +Garden of Eden. It was the promise of a Saviour to come from heaven to +earth, through whom they and their descendants could be saved from the +power of Satan and the consequences of sin. We do not know how much our +first parents understood of this coming One: but we feel assured that +they believed this promise, and through repentance and faith in this +Saviour, they at last entered a more glorious paradise than the one they +lost. That promise faded from the minds of many of their descendants and +wickedness increased. But God had not forgotten it. John could find it +renewed by him to Abraham, in the words, "In thee shall all the families +of the earth be blessed,"--meaning that the Messiah should be the +Saviour of all nations, Gentiles as well as Jews. The promise was +renewed to Isaac, the son of Abraham; and then repeated to his son +Jacob, in the same words spoken to his grandfather. Jacob on his dying +bed told Judah what God had revealed to him, that the Messiah should be +of the tribe of which Judah was the head. + +Many years later God made it known to David that the Messiah should be +one of his descendants. This was a wonder and delight to him as he +exclaimed, "Who am I, O Lord God, and what is mine house! for Thou hast +spoken of Thy servant's house for a great while to come." John must +have been taught by his mother that they were of the honored house of +David. They, in common with other Jews, believed that the "great while +to come" was near at hand. + +John read in Isaiah of her who would be the mother of the Messiah, +without thought that she was his aunt Mary. He read that she should call +her son Immanuel, meaning "God with us," without thinking this was +another name for his cousin Jesus. John would find other names +describing His character. His eye would rest on such words and phrases +as these--"Holy One;" "Most Holy;" "Most Mighty;" "Mighty to Save;" +"Mighty One of Israel;" "Redeemer;" "Your Redeemer;" "Messiah the +Prince;" "Leader;" "Lord Strong and Mighty;" "King of Glory;" "King over +all the earth." + +Most of all John would think again and again of a wonderful declaration +of Isaiah, writing as if he lived in John's day, saying, "Unto us a +child is born, unto us a Son is given; and the government shall be upon +His shoulders, and His name shall be called Wonderful Counsellor, The +Mighty God, The Everlasting Father, The Prince of Peace. Of the exercise +of His government and peace there shall be no end, upon the throne of +David." + +Had John known that these words of Isaiah referred to Jesus, he might +have repeated them, not as a prophecy, but with a present meaning, +saying, "The Child _is_ born!" As he read the prophecy of Haggai, +uttered more than five hundred years before--"The desire of all nations +shall come"--he might have exclaimed, "He _has_ come!" + +In John's reading in the Old Testament it seems strange to us that some +things made a deeper impression on him than did others, and that he +understood some things so differently from what we do, especially about +the Messiah's kingdom. He noticed the things about His power and glory, +but seems to have misread or overlooked those about the dishonor, and +suffering and death that would come upon Him. We read in the fifty-third +chapter of Isaiah, how He was to be "despised and rejected of men, a man +of sorrows and acquainted with grief, ... wounded for our transgressions +and bruised for our iniquities, ... brought as a lamb to the slaughter, +and as a sheep before his shearers, ... and make His grave with the +wicked." We know that all this happened. We think of a suffering +Saviour. We wonder that John did not have such things in his mind. But +in this he was much like his teachers, and most of the Jews. Though, as +we have imagined, his family and some others were more nearly right than +most people, even they did not have a full knowledge or correct +understanding of all that the Old Testament Scriptures taught, +concerning these things. + +But at last John learned more concerning Christ than any of them. We are +yet to see how this came to pass. For the present we leave him in +Bethsaida, increasing in wisdom and stature. So is also his cousin in +Nazareth, of whom let us gain a more distinct view before He is revealed +to John as the Messiah. + + + + +_CHAPTER VIII_ + +_Jesus the Hidden Messiah_ + + "There has been in this world one rare flower of Paradise--a holy + childhood growing up gradually into a holy manhood, and always + retaining in mature life the precious, unstained memories of + perfect innocence."--_H.B. Stowe_. + + +The aged Simeon in the Temple, with the infant Jesus in his arms, said, +"Now lettest Thou Thy servant depart, O Lord, ... in peace; for mine +eyes have seen Thy salvation"--the expected Messiah. But it was not for +Him to proclaim His having come. The aged Anna could not long speak "of +Him to all them that looked for redemption in Jerusalem," or anywhere +else. For awhile the shepherds told their wonderful story, and then +died. The angels did not continue to sing their hymn of the Nativity +over the plains of Bethlehem. The Wise Men returned to their own +country. Herod died, and none thought of the young child he sought to +kill. The hiding in Egypt was followed by a longer hiding of another +kind in Nazareth. The stories of those who gathered about the infant +cradle were soon forgotten, or repeated only to be disbelieved. Mary, +and her husband Joseph--who acted the part of an earthly father to the +heaven-born child--carried through the years the sacred secret of who +and what Jesus was. + +We long to know something of the holy childhood. We have allowed our +imagination to have a little play, but this does not satisfy our +curiosity, nor that desire which we have concerning all great men, to +know of their boyhood. What did He do? Where did He go? What was His +life at home, and in the village school? Who were His mates? How did He +appear among His brothers and sisters? So strong is a desire to know of +such things that stories have been invented to supply the place of +positive knowledge; but most of them are unsatisfactory, and unlike our +thoughts of Him. Thus much we do know, that, "He grew in wisdom and +stature" not only, but also "in favor with God and man." + +It has been finally said; "Only one flower of anecdote has been thrown +over the wall of the hidden garden, and it is so suggestive as to fill +us with intense longing to see the garden itself. But it has pleased +God, whose silence is no less wonderful than His words, to keep it +shut." That "one flower" refers to Jesus' visit to Jerusalem just as He +was passing from childhood to youth, when He tarried in the Temple with +the learned Rabbis, asking them questions with which His mind was +full, and making answers which astonished them. + +[Illustration: THE PROPHET ISAIAH _Sargent_ Page 50] + +A most interesting question arises in connection with that visit; Did +Jesus then and there learn that He was the Messiah? When He asked His +mother, "Wist ye not that I must be in My Father's house," or, "about My +Father's business?" did He have a new idea of God as His Father Who had +sent Him into the world to do the great work which the Messiah was to +perform? + +There were eighteen silent years between His first visit to Jerusalem, +and the time when, at thirty years of age, he made Himself known as the +Messiah. They were spent as a village carpenter. He was known as such. +No one suspected Him to be anything more. In His work He must have been +a model of honesty and faithfulness. We can believe that "all His works +were perfect, that never was a nail driven or a line laid carelessly, +and that the toil of that carpenter's bench was as sacred to Him as His +teachings in the Temple, because it was duty." + +In His home He was the devoted eldest son. It was of that time that the +poet sings to Mary;-- + + "O, highly favored thou, in many an hour + Spent in lone musings with thy wondrous Son, + When thou didst gaze into that glorious eye, + And hold that mighty hand within thine own. + + "Blest through those thirty years when in thy dwelling + He lived as God disguised with unknown power, + And thou His sole adorer, His best love, + Trusted, revering, waited for His hour." + --_H.B. Stowe_. + +Joseph had probably died, and the care of Mary fell especially on Jesus. +But in the carpenter's shop, in the home, and wherever He was, He had +thoughts and feelings and purposes hidden from all others. They were +such as no mere human being could have. He was alone in the world. In +silence and solitude His communions were with His Father in heaven. +Calmness and peace filled His soul. His great work was before Him, ever +present to His thought. So was His cross, and the glory which should +come to God, and the blessedness to man, when His work on earth was +done. As John long after declared, "He was in the world and the world +knew Him not." As a great King He had come from heaven, and was waiting +for a certain one to proclaim His coming. Toward that herald let us turn +and with John listen to his voice. + + + + +_CHAPTER IX_ + +_"The Prophet of the Most High"_ + + "Zacharias was filled with the Holy Ghost, and prophesied, saying, + ... "Yea, and thou, child, shalt be called the prophet of the Most + High: For thou shalt go before the face of the Lord to make ready + His ways."--_Luke_ i. 67, 76. + + "There came a man, sent from God, whose name was John. The same + came for witness, that he might bear witness of the light, that all + men might believe through him."--_John_ i. 6, 7. + + "He was the lamp that burneth and shineth."--_John_ v. 35. + + "In devotional pictures we see St. John the Evangelist and St. John + the Baptist standing together, one on each side of Christ."--_Mrs. + Jameson_. + + +Salome and Mary had a cousin named Elizabeth. Her home was not in +Galilee, but in Judĉa--the southern part of the Holy Land--probably near +Hebron, possibly near Jerusalem. She had a son also named John. He was +so called because the angel Gabriel, who had told Mary to call her son +Jesus, had said to Zacharias, an aged high priest, the husband of +Elizabeth, concerning their son, "Thou shalt call his name John." This +name means "The Gift of God." Born in their old age he seemed especially +such to them. He was a gift not only to his parents, but to his country +and mankind. While Zebedee and Salome had not been told what their John +should become, Zacharias and Elizabeth had been told the future of their +John. The angel declared, "He shall be great." Had he said only this, we +might think he meant great in power, or learning, or in other things +which men call great, but which the Lord does not. Gabriel said, "He +shall be great in the sight of the Lord." + +Mary visited the home of Elizabeth and the happy cousins praised God for +what He had revealed to them concerning their sons. + +The greatness to which Elizabeth's son was to attain was that of a +prophet--greater than Elijah, or Isaiah, or any other who had lived +before him. With exultation Zacharias said to him, "Thou, child, shalt +be called the prophet of the Most High." + +God had arranged that he should be ready to proclaim the coming One just +before the Messiah should appear among men. For this reason he was +called the Fore-runner of the Messiah. But though Jesus was in the +world, the time for His appearance as the Messiah had not yet come. + +John was greatly saddened by what he saw of the wickedness of men, even +those who professed to be the people of God, and their unfitness to +receive Him for whom they were looking. Led by the Spirit of God, John +retired to the wilderness of Judĉa, in the region of the Dead Sea and +the Jordan, for meditation and communion with God. But he was not +entirely concealed. There were a few who heard of his sanctity and +wisdom, sought instruction from him, and abode with him, becoming his +disciples. He seems to have had special influence over young men. Our +Bethsaidan boys have now grown to be such since we saw them in their +early home, and as school and fisher boys. They were now toiling at +their nets with their fathers, closer than ever in their friendship for +each other, still waiting and watching for Him whom they had been taught +from their earliest days to expect. We think of their interest in the +rumors concerning the prophet of Judĉa. + +[Illustration: THE BOY JESUS IN THE TEMPLE _H. Hofmann_ Page 54] + +As the two pair of brothers talk together, we can hear one of them +saying, "I must see and hear and know for myself. I will lay aside my +fishing, and go to the wilderness of Judĉa." To this the others reply, +as on another occasion to Peter, "We also come with thee." Leaving the +quiet shores of Gennesaret, they follow the road each has traveled +annually since twelve years of age on his way to the feast in Jerusalem. + +They met the hermit in the wilderness. His appearance was strange +indeed. His hair was long and unkempt; his face tanned with the sun and +the desert air; his body unnourished by the simple food of locusts and +wild honey. His raiment was of the coarsest and cheapest cloth of +camel's hair. His girdle was a rough band of leather, such as was worn +by the poor,--most unlike those made of fine material, and ornamented +with needlework. His whole appearance must have been a great contrast to +his gentle and refined namesake from Galilee. + +The solemn earnestness of the prophet, and the greatness of the truths +he taught, were well calculated to excite the greatest interest of the +young Galileans. They looked upon him with increasing conviction that he +was "a prophet of God." Instead of returning to their homes, they +remained in Judĉa and attached themselves to him, and became known as +his disciples. In their new service there was a new bond of union for +themselves, which--though they then knew it not--would lead to another +yet stronger. + +At last "the word of the Lord came unto" John, when he was about thirty +years old, calling him to a more public ministry. So "He came into all +the country about Jordan." Beginning in the south he moved northward +from place to place. + +Rumors concerning the new strange prophet spread rapidly. "There went +out to him Jerusalem, and all Judĉa, and all the region round about +Jordan." Shepherds left their flocks and flocked around him. Herdsmen +left their fields, and vine-dressers their vineyards, and Roman soldiers +their garrisons, for the wilderness. Rabbis left their parchments in +the synagogue, the schoolroom and the home, to hear the living voice of +a teacher greater than any one of them. Self-righteous Pharisees and +common people followed them. Some sought the preacher only from +curiosity; some to hear the truth. John's preaching was summed up in two +phrases,--"Repent ye," and "The kingdom of heaven is at hand." + +[Illustration: STREET SCENE IN NAZARETH _From Photograph_ Page 55] + +His preaching was bold, clear, earnest, and forcible. Many yielded to +the power of his preaching. They were baptized by him; for this reason +he was known as St. John the Baptist, or the Baptizer. + +John of Galilee was one of those who obeyed the injunction "Repent ye." +With all his lovable qualities which we have imagined in his +childhood--his refinement, his faithfulness in his home and synagogue, +and his honest toil--he saw that within himself which was not right in +the sight of God. He repented of his sins and sought forgiveness. A +lovely character became more lovely still, to be known as the loving and +beloved one. He was ready to welcome the Messiah of whom the Baptist +told. He had no fears that another Judas of Galilee had arisen. He +believed that the promises concerning the coming One were being +fulfilled. He was a faithful disciple of the prophet and forerunner, to +whom he must have been a great joy, but who was ready to have him, +whenever the time should come, transfer his following to the Lord of +them both. For how long a period the two Johns continued together, we do +not know, but it was drawing to its close. + +[Illustration: VISIT OF MARY TO ELISABETH _Old Engraving_ Page 58] + + + + +_CHAPTER X_ + +_The Messiah Found_ + + "They found Him not, those youths of noble soul; + Long seeking, wandering, watching on life's shore, + Reasoning, aspiring, yearning for the light. + + * * * * * + + "But years passed on; and lo! the Charmer came, + Pure, simple, sweet, as comes the silver dew, + And the world knew Him not,--He walked alone, + Encircled only by His trusting few." + --_H.B. Stowe_. + + "We"--Andrew and John--"have found the Messiah."--_Andrew to + Peter_. + + "We"--Andrew and Peter, James and John, and Philip--"have found + Him, of Whom Moses in the law, and the prophets did write, Jesus of + Nazareth."--_Philip to Nathanael_. + + +"The fulness of the time was come," not only when "God sent forth His +Son," but "when the Son should reveal Himself to the world." So Jesus +came forth from His retirement in Nazareth to enter on His public +ministry. + +"Then cometh Jesus from Galilee to Jordan, unto John to be baptized of +him." What a meeting! Probably the first in their lives. It is no marvel +that John said, "I have need to be baptized of Thee, and comest Thou to +me?" But he obeyed Jesus' bidding, "Suffer it to be so now." "So He was +baptized of John in Jordan." Then followed the prayer of the Son of God; +and then "the Spirit of God descending like a dove, and lighting upon +Him"; and then the voice of the Father, saying, "Thou art my beloved +Son: in Thee I am well pleased." Let us remember that voice: we shall +hear it again. + +And then for forty days and forty nights Jesus was hidden completely +from the face of man, alone on the Mount of Temptation, with wild +beasts, until ministering angels come to Him from heaven. + +He returned to the region where the Baptist was preaching. "John seeth +Jesus coming to him." His eye is turned away from the multitude +thronging about him, and is fastened upon Jesus only. His thought is of +Him of whom Isaiah wrote long before--"He is brought as a lamb to the +slaughter." Pointing to Jesus he exclaims, "Behold the Lamb of God which +taketh away the sin of the world!" + +The Galilean disciples were doubtless present, and were deeply moved by +their Master's exclamation. Because of their previous training in their +homes, and in the wilderness with the prophet, it must have kindled in +them deeper emotion than it did in any others of that astonished throng. +But it was to become deeper still. This was especially true of two of +them. + +[Illustration: THE WILDERNESS OF JUDEA _From Photograph_ Page 59] + +The next day, probably a Sabbath, was to become a memorable day in the +history of the two and of their master. It was a morning hour. We think +of the three as alone, before the multitudes had gathered, or the day's +ministry of preaching and baptizing had begun. They walked along the +bank of the river communing together of Him whom they had seen the day +before. In the distance John saw the Figure again. In awe and reverence, +and with a fixed gaze, "John was standing, and two of his disciples; and +he looked upon Jesus as He walked, and saith, Behold, the Lamb of God!" +The exclamation was in part that which they had heard in the presence of +the multitude; but that was not enough. It was as if John had said, +"Behold the Messiah for whom our nation has waited so long; Him of whom +our Scriptures have told us; Who has been the theme in our homes from +childhood; of whom I have been the prophet and herald. He it is of whom +I have taught you, my disciples, as you have followed me in the +wilderness until I now can bid you behold Him. Henceforth follow Him." + +John says that one of the two was Andrew. There is no doubt that the +other was himself. We shall notice in his writings that he never uses +his own name. This incident is our first definite knowledge of him. All +we have said hitherto is what we think must have been true, judging from +circumstances of which we do know, and from his character revealed +after this time. + +We long to know whether "Jesus as He walked" came near the Baptist, and +with what salutation they met, and what were their parting words, for +this seems to be the last time of their meeting. If Mary and Salome were +sisters, and Elizabeth was their cousin--as we use the term--John of +Galilee and Jesus were related to John the Baptist in the same way. But +there was a closer relationship than that of family. In this Jesus was +the connecting link between the two Johns. "One on each side of +Christ"--this was their joy and their glory. One was the last prophet to +proclaim His coming: the other was to be the last evangelist to tell the +story of His life on the earth. + +When the Baptist the second time uttered the cry, "Behold the Lamb of +God!" "the two disciples heard Him speak and followed Jesus." Their old +master saw them turn from him without a jealous, but with a gladsome +thought. Encouraged by him, and drawn by Jesus, with reverential awe, in +solemn silence or with subdued tone, they timidly walked in the +footsteps of the newly revealed Master. The quickened ear before them +detected their footsteps or conversation. "Jesus turned and saw them +following," as if to welcome their approach, and give them courage. He +then asked them a question, "What seek ye?" It was not asked because +He was ignorant, but to encourage them in familiar conversation, as He +did at other times. Their answer was another question, "Rabbi, where +abidest Thou?" They longed for a fuller opportunity than that on the +road to be taught by Him. "Come and see," was His welcome reply. "They +came and saw where He dwelt, and abode with Him that day." First by a +look, then a question, then an invitation, then hospitality, they were +drawn to Him, and into His service. + +[Illustration: TRADITIONAL PLACE OF CHRIST'S BAPTISM +_From Photograph_ Page 63] + +Often in after years must Andrew and John have recalled that walk with +Jesus, and "rehearsed the things that happened," and said one to +another, "Was not our heart burning within us while He spake to us in +the way?" So afterward did other two, of Emmaus, when "Jesus Himself +drew near and went with them." But the eyes of Andrew and John were not +"holden that they should not know Him." The pleasing dream of years was +past: they were wakening to a glorious reality. Their following of Him +in that hour has been claimed to be "the beginning of the Christian +Church." + +That day of abiding with Jesus was the first of many days these +disciples spent with Him, knowing Him more and more perfectly, and the +truth which He alone could reveal. They were then passing from the +school of the Baptist to that of the Greatest Teacher. What was said in +those sacred hours? John has reported other private interviews with +Jesus, but concerning this one his lips are sealed. Did he tell of his +surprise and joy to learn that He, Jesus, the son of his aunt, Mary, was +the Messiah of whom his mother, Salome, had taught him from his early +days? Were there any memories of childhood--of the sandy beach of +Bethsaida, or the hills of Nazareth; or, were all such thoughts buried +in newer and deeper question? Was there any hint of their future +relation too sacred for others then to know? Was this the beginning of +that sweet intimacy so private then, but of which the whole world should +hear in all coming time? + +After the evening meal in Emmaus the two disciples there "rose up the +same hour, and returned to Jerusalem," with joyful and quickened steps +to report the glad tidings of what they had seen and heard. Andrew and +John were to be of the number who, in three years, would hail these +disciples from Emmaus. Like them, Andrew and John hastened away from the +sheltering booth on the Jordan bank on a like errand. But they went not +together, nor to an assembled company. They each went in search of his +own brother--Andrew for Peter, and John for James. Andrew found his +brother first. Afterward John found his: so we infer from his narrative. +Each carried the same tidings, "_We have found the Messiah!_" + +[Illustration: THE BAPTISM OF JESUS _Old Engraving_ Page 64] + +Andrew is thought to have asked leave to bring his brother. "He +brought him to Jesus." When John wrote that simple statement, he did not +think how much was included in it concerning Peter and his own relation +to him. As little did Andrew think to what the promptings of his +brotherly affection would lead. His mission seems to have been that of +bringing others to Christ--his own brother, the lad with five loaves and +two fishes, and certain Greeks who desired to see Jesus. John only has +made note of these three incidents. In so doing he has given to us the +key to the character of his friend, and caused him to be held in +everlasting remembrance. Andrew is remembered in the cross that bears +his name; in his anniversary day; in the choice of him for the patron +saint of Scotland; in orders of knighthood, and in Christian societies +of brotherhood named after him, as an example and inspiration to the +noblest of Christian endeavor--that of bringing old and young to Christ. + +It is John alone who wrote of that memorable day on the Jordan. His +impressions were deep and lasting. The record of them is so fresh and +minute that we seem to be perusing a notebook which was in his hands +when these events were transpiring. His memory is distinct of the exact +location of each; of the attitudes and movements of the actors,--as when +"John stood," and "Jesus walked," and "Jesus turned"; of the fixed and +earnest look of Jesus--as on Andrew and John in the way, and Peter in +the place of His abode. John remembered the words of the Baptist, and of +his two disciples, and of Jesus. He remembered the day not only, but +that "it was about the tenth hour when he accepted the invitation to +come and see where Jesus was tarrying." + +All these pictures hung unfading on the walls of John's memory. This was +not strange. It was the day and the hour for which he looked through all +his early years, and to which he looked back in his latest. Then was the +beginning of a most blessed relationship, alone in the history of +mankind; that which was to make his name immortal, and radiant with a +halo which encircles none other. + +"The day following, Jesus would go forth into Galilee, and findeth +Philip, and saith unto him, Follow Me. Now Philip was of Bethsaida, the +city of Andrew and Peter." So writes John, recalling to us the Galilean +group of Bethsaidan boys. When we became familiar with their names, +there was no prospect that the two pairs of brothers and their friend +would head the roll of disciples of the Messiah for whom they were +looking. But such a day had come. We know not that Philip had a brother +whom he could bring to Jesus, as did Andrew and John, but he was as full +of wonder and joy as they. Like them he must go in search of some one +to whom he could repeat their exclamation. The search was not long. John +tells the result. "Philip findeth Nathanael and saith unto him, We have +found Him." But this simple declaration is not enough for Philip. He +recalls those Scripture scrolls in his home and the Rabbi's school, and +the synagogue, that told of the coming Messiah, and so he exclaims, "We +have found Him of whom Moses and the Law, and the Prophets did +write"--thus repeating the phrase we were to remember till we should +hear it again. Nathanael, coming to Jesus declared in wonder and +admiration, "Thou art the Son of God; Thou art the King of Israel." His +name was added to those of the Galilean group. + +The disciples now numbered five or six--Andrew, John, Peter, Philip, +Nathanael, and probably James. These were one half of a completed circle +to surround Jesus. All but one of them were of the Bethsaidan band. John +has drawn lifelike pictures of them, more complete than those of the +other apostles,--except that of Judas, whom he contrasts with all the +rest. We have thought of James and John as nearest to Jesus in kinship. +We are already beginning to think of John as nearest in discipleship. + + + + +_CHAPTER XI_ + +_John a Wedding Guest_ + + "There was a marriage in Cana of Galilee; and the mother of Jesus + was there: and Jesus also was bidden, and His disciples to the + marriage." + + "The mother of Jesus saith unto Him, They have no wine." + + "The ruler of the feast tasted the water now become wine." + + "This beginning of His signs did Jesus in Cana of Galilee, and + manifested His glory; and His disciples believed on Him."--_John_ + ii. 1-3, 9, 11. + + +Again John notices the very day on which occurred a remarkable event, of +which he had a vivid recollection. It was the third, as is probable, +after the departure of Jesus from Jordan for Galilee. + +He was invited to a wedding in Cana. His disciples were invited also, we +may suppose out of respect to Him. James and John might have been there +without the rest. It is possible that they were relatives of the family, +as their aunt Mary is thought to have been. She was there caring for the +guests, and what had been provided for them. The marriage feast lasted +several days. Jesus and His disciples were not present at the beginning. +After their arrival, Mary discovered that the wine had given out. Like +the sister of another Mary, in whose house Jesus was a guest, she was +troubled because it looked as if the family had not provided for all the +company. She had probably been a widow for several years, and as Jesus +was her oldest Son, she had gone to Him for advice and help when in +trouble at home. So now "when they wanted wine, the mother of Jesus +saith unto Him, They have no wine." We are not to suppose that she +intended to ask Him to do a miracle. Perhaps she simply said, "What +shall we do?" as many a housekeeper has said when in doubt. He made a +reply which seems harsh and unkind, unless we understand His meaning, +and imagine His words to have been spoken in a kind tone, and with a +kind and loving look. She was not offended by His reply. Thinking He +might do something--she knew not what--she said unto the servants, +"Whatsoever He saith unto you, do it." + +It might be said of Him at this time, as it was at another, "He knew +Himself what He would do." He gave three simple commands to the +servants. The first was, "Fill the water-pots with water." They did as +Mary had said, and obeyed Him. Watching them until the jars were full, +He said, "Draw out now and bear unto the ruler of the feast." This was +probably a special friend of the family, who with Mary was directing it. +While Jesus' command was being obeyed, His first miracle was performed. +"When the ruler had 'tasted the water now become wine, and knew not +whence it was,' ... he called the bridegroom," and in a playful joke +praised the goodness of the wine which he imagined had purposely been +kept to the last. + +"The water now become wine" is the brief statement of the first of the +thirty-six recorded miracles of our Lord. It was seen by the six +disciples. They witnessed the first of the miracles since those in the +days of Daniel, of which they had read in their Scriptures, one of the +last of which was at the impious feast of Belshazzar. There the holy +cups from Jerusalem were used in praising false gods of silver and gold, +in the hands of the king and his lords, as they read the handwriting on +the wall, interpreted by Daniel. How different the feast in Cana. There +was no fear there. When the disciples saw the cup in the hands of the +hilarious governor, and heard his playful words, they were not in a +sportive mood. Theirs was that of astonishment and reverence at the +miracle. No Daniel was needed to interpret the meaning of that water +changed into wine. John tells us what they understood thereby--that +"Jesus manifested His glory." He showed the power which belongs to God +only. + +John immediately adds, "And His disciples believed on Him." This is the +first time they are spoken of as such. As yet they were disciples only. +At the end of the blessed week in which they had "found the Messiah," +there had been formed a close companionship which was to become closer +still. But the time had not yet come for them to leave their homes and +business, and attend Him wherever He went. They were not yet Apostles. +The marriage feast had become to them more than a social festival. Their +Lord had intended that it should be so. Their faith in Him on the +Jordan, was strengthened in Cana. + +"This _beginning_ of miracles," says John. What was this beginning? It +was not the healing of the sick, nor raising of the dead, nor supplying +a hungry company with bread, nor furnishing a necessary drink. There was +no display. Jesus stretched forth no rod over the water-jars, as did +Moses over the waters of the Nile when the same Divine power changed +them into like color, but different substance, and with a different +purpose. The first manifestation of His glory was for "the increase of +innocent joy." + +When John had read the story of Jesus in the first three Gospels, and +found no record of this miracle, did he not feel that there had been a +great omission which he must supply? Nowhere else does Jesus appear just +as He did at that feast, though other incidents of His life are in +harmony with it. It is sometimes said He "graced" that marriage feast, +as royalty does by mere presence. But He did more. He entered into the +innocent festivities, and helped to their success. A glance into that +village home is a revelation of Jesus in social life, and His interests +in human friendships and relations. + +We must remember that it was only innocent pleasures that He helped to +increase, in which alone we can seek the presence of His Spirit, and on +which alone we can ask His blessing. + +This marriage feast must have been of special interest to John, if, as +is supposed, the family was related to Mary and probably to him. This +would seem to be her first meeting with Jesus since He bid her farewell +in Nazareth, and left the home of thirty years, to be such no longer. + +Did not Mary, mother-like, call John aside from the festive scene and +say to him, "What has happened at the Jordan? tell me all about it." I +seem to hear John saying to her; "It is a wonderful story. Of some +things I heard, and some I both saw and heard. You know of the ministry +of your cousin Elizabeth's son John--of his preaching and baptizing. +Jesus was baptized by him. Immediately they both had a vision of 'the +Spirit of God descending upon Him; and lo! a voice from heaven saying, +This is My beloved Son.' Then John was certain who Jesus was. He told +the people about the vision, saying, 'I saw and bear record that this +is the Son of God.' And one day when my friend Andrew and I were with +him, he pointed us to Jesus saying, 'Behold the Lamb of God,' whom we +followed, first to His abode on the Jordan, and then here to Cana. We +were disciples of John, but now are _His_ disciples, and ever shall be. +You know, aunt Mary, how from childhood I had thought of Him as my +cousin Jesus, and loved Him for His goodness. From what my mother has +told me, which she must have learned from you, there has been some +beautiful mystery about Him. It is all explained now. Hereafter, I shall +love Him more than ever, but I shall think of Him, not so much as my +cousin Jesus, as the Messiah for whom we were looking, and as the Son of +God." + +How the mother-heart of Mary must have throbbed as she listened to her +nephew John's story of Jesus on the Jordan. How it must have gone out +toward him, because of his thoughts about her son, and his love for Him. +How grieved she must have been as she thought of her own sons who did +not believe as John did concerning their brother Jesus. The time was to +come when Jesus would make her think of John, not so much as a nephew, +as a son. + +In that festive hour, Mary too learned the lesson that human +relationships to Jesus, however beautiful, were giving way to other and +higher. The words He had spoken to her at the feast, like those He had +uttered in the Temple in His boyhood, and the things that had happened +on the Jordan, showed her that henceforth she should think, not so much +of Jesus as the Son of Mary, as the Son of God. + +In thoughts she must have revisited the home of Elizabeth, whose walls, +more than thirty years before, had echoed with her own song, "My soul +doth magnify the Lord, and my spirit hath rejoiced in God my Saviour." + + + + +_CHAPTER XII_ + +_John and Nicodemus_ + + "There was a man of the Pharisees, named Nicodemus, a ruler of the + Jews: the same came unto Him by night." + + "We speak that we do know, and bear witness of that we have + seen."--_John_ iii. 1, 2, 11. + + "There is Nicodemus, who visited Jesus by night--to the + astonishment of St. John--but who was soon afterward Jesus' + friend."--_John Watson_. + + "The report of what passed reads, more than almost any other in the + gospels, like notes taken at the time by one who was present. We + can almost put it again into the form of brief notes.... We can + scarcely doubt that it was the narrator John who was the witness + that took the notes."--_Alfred Edersheim_. + + +Three incidents mentioned by John only comprise all we know of +Nicodemus. In each of them he refers to him as coming to Jesus by night. +That visit seems to have made a deep impression on John. We may think of +Him as present at the interview between the Pharisee and the "Teacher +come from God." + +We are not told why Nicodemus came at a night hour. Perhaps he thought +he could make sure of a quiet conversation, such as he could not have in +the daytime. Perhaps he did not want to appear too friendly to Jesus +until he knew more about Him, though he already had a friendly feeling +toward Him. Perhaps he was afraid of the Sanhedrin, the highest Jewish +Court. Most of its members hated Jesus and had commenced their +opposition to Him, which was continued during His life, and resulted in +His death. Not so felt Nicodemus, though a member. At a later day he +opposed their unjust treatment of Him. If he did not think of Jesus as +the Messiah, he yet thought of Him as a prophet, "a teacher come from +God." He was anxious to know more. So cautiously and timidly he sought +Jesus in the night. + +We suppose that, at the time of Jesus' death, John had a home in +Jerusalem. It has been thought possible that when and before he became a +disciple of Jesus he had an abode there, attending to the business +connected with the sale of fish from his home in Galilee. There Jesus +might be found in the guest-chamber on the roof of the oriental house +which was reached by an outside stair. Nicodemus had no invitation, such +as Andrew and John had to Jesus' abode on the Jordan, but he had an +equal welcome to John's home, whither he had come on a like errand, +though with different views of Jesus, to learn of Him. He sees still +burning in the upper chamber the night lamp of Him whom he is to know as +"the light of the world." He ascends the stair, stands at the door and +knocks; and it is opened. Apparently without lengthy salutation, or +introduction, he makes known his errand in the single sentence, "Rabbi, +we know that Thou art a teacher come from God, for no man can do these +signs that Thou doest, except God be with Him." He might have added, +"What shall I do?" Jesus gave a very solemn answer to his +question,--"Except a man be born anew, he cannot see the kingdom of +God." He taught him that doing certain things, and not doing others, was +not enough; he must _be_ good. To be good there must be a change of +spirit. As a child has a beginning of its earthly life, he must have the +beginning of a spiritual life, or he cannot be fitted for the kingdom of +God in this world or that which is to come. That great change comes +"from above," from God Himself. + +Listen to some of the wonderful truths Jesus taught to Nicodemus. They +are for us as well as for him. 1. Those who do not have this change of +spirit must "perish." 2. But none need to perish, for "eternal life" has +been provided. 3. This life is through the suffering and death of the +"Son" of God. 4. God "gave His only begotten Son" to do all this. 5. God +did this because He "so loved the world." 6. This "eternal life" can be +had only by "believing on" the Son of God. 7. "Whosoever" so believes +may have eternal life. + +All this is included in one sentence: + +"God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that +whosoever believeth on Him should not perish, but have eternal life." + +This is the golden text of St. John's Gospel, and of the whole Bible. +Through all the ages it has sounded, and will sound to the end of time, +as the gospel itself. + +John must have been a most attentive listener to all that Jesus said. +This was at the beginning of His Lord's ministry. Fresh truths easily +impressed him. They were the buddings of which he was to see the bloom, +of whose fruitage he would partake most abundantly, and which he would +give to others long after the echo of the Great Teacher's words had died +in the chamber where he and Nicodemus heard them. + +It was long after that nightly visit that John wrote his account of it, +including the golden text whose keyword was _Love_. It is supposed that +he wrote his Epistle about the same time. That text was so present in +his thought that he repeated it in almost the same words: "Herein was +the Love of God manifested in us, that God hath sent His only begotten +Son into the world, that we might live through Him." + +At the close of his long life, in which he had learned much of the power +and justice and holiness and goodness of God, it seemed to him that all +these were summed up in the one simple saying, "God is love." + +[Illustration: THE FIRST DISCIPLES _Ittenbach_ Page 67] + +When John bade Nicodemus good-night, he could not look forward to the +time, nor to the place where we see them together again. John the lone +apostle with Nicodemus and his Lord at the beginning of His ministry, is +the lone apostle at the cross. Then and there, he recalls the first +meeting of the three as he beholds the Rabbi approaching. This is his +record; "Then came also Nicodemus, who at the first came to Jesus by +night." + +There is a tradition concerning Nicodemus that after the Resurrection of +Jesus, his faith in Him was strengthened. The "teacher come from God" he +now believed to be the Son of God. The timid Rabbi became a bold +follower of the Lord whom he once secretly sought. For this he was no +longer permitted to be a ruler of the Jews. He was hated, beaten, and +driven from Jerusalem. At last he was buried by the side of the first +martyr Stephen, who had baptized and welcomed him into the fellowship of +the Christian Band. + + + + +_CHAPTER XIII_ + +_St. John and the Samaritaness_ + + "He cometh to a city of Samaria, called Sychar.... Jacob's well was + there. Jesus therefore, being wearied with His journey, sat thus on + the well. There cometh a woman of Samaria to draw water. Jesus said + unto her, Give Me to drink."--_John_ iv. 5-7. + + "Probably John remained with the Master. They would scarcely have + left Him alone especially in that place; and the whole narrative + reads like one who had been present at what passed."--_Edersheim._ + + +The vale of Sychar is one of the most interesting spots in the Holy +Land. Jacob's well is one of the sacred sights about whose identity +there is no dispute. I count the Sabbath when my tent overshadowed it +one of the most memorable of my life. It was a privilege to read on the +spot John's story of the Master tarrying there, and of the truths there +revealed. + +John tells us that Jesus, on His way from Judĉa to Galilee, passed +through Samaria, arrived at Jacob's well, and "being wearied with His +journey sat thus on the well," while His disciples went "away unto the +city to buy food." + +It is not necessary to suppose that all of the six went to the +neighboring city. Probably John remained with the Master. His narrative +is one of the most distinct word-paintings in the whole Gospel story. +He writes like one who saw and heard all that passed, not only when the +other disciples were with him, but also and especially what happened +when they were absent from the well. + +[Illustration: THE MARRIAGE AT CANA _Old Engraving_ Page 72] + +John tells us that Jesus "was wearied with His journey." The observing, +tender-hearted disciple saw and remembered his Master's weariness. In +this simple, brief record, he reminds us of Jesus' humanity, and so how +much He was like ourselves. How much of his Lord's weariness and +suffering the sympathizing disciple was yet to witness. + +We may think of John alone with Jesus, seated in an alcove which +sheltered them from the sun. They may often have been thus found in +loving companionship. With what delight would we read of those private +interviews. How sacred and precious they must have been to John. + +At the well, what subjects there were for conversation, suggested by +memories of the spot. Here Abraham had erected his first altar in Canaan +to the true God, whom Jesus was about to reveal more perfectly. This was +the parcel of ground which Jacob had bought, and in which he had buried +the false gods of his household. Here Joseph had been a wanderer seeking +his brethren. This was the place which Jacob when dying had given to his +son Joseph, on whose tomb Jesus and John looked as they talked +together. The twin mountains of Ebal and Gerizim looked down upon them, +reminders of the days of Joshua, when the two Israelitish bands called +to each other in solemn words, and the valley echoed with their loud +"Amen." Not every Jew could have the personal interest in that well, +such as the two weary travelers could claim, through the family records +of their common ancestor even to Abraham. It was not on account of John +that these records had been kept, but of the "Son of Man" at his side, +whom he had learned to look upon as "the Son of God." As they sat +together John could not look into the future, as his Master could, and +think of the time when they would be in the region together with an +unfriendly reception; nor of that other time when John would come to it +again and have a friendly reception, but with memories only of his Lord. + +[Illustration: BELSHAZZAR'S FEAST _Old Engraving_ Page 74] + +But their visit alone did not last until the return of His disciples. It +was suddenly interrupted. "There cometh a woman of Samaria to draw +water." She was no fitting companion for them. She was not prepared to +enter into their thoughts and feelings. She was an ignorant woman of the +lower order of society, sinful, and not worthy of the respect of those +who knew her. "Give me to drink," said Jesus--fatigued, hungry, thirsty. +She gazed upon Him with astonishment. She knew by His appearance and +dress that He was a Jew. She supposed that any such would be too full +of hatred and pride to ask even such a simple favor of a Samaritan. Her +answer showed her surprise. He gently spoke of her ignorance of Him, and +of a richer gift than the one He asked, and which He was ready to +bestow. It was "living water"--"the grace and truth of which He was +full." Changing her manner toward Him, and addressing Him more +respectfully, she asked, "Art _Thou_ greater than our father Jacob?" She +meant, "Surely Thou art not greater." How strange this must have sounded +to John as his eye turned from her, to Him before whom Jacob would bow +in adoration could he have joined that circle on the spot where he had +built an altar many years before. Jesus explained more fully the +difference between the water for which He had asked, and that which He +would give. He had asked a very small favor of her; He would bestow the +greatest of gifts, even eternal life. + +Not fully understanding Him, and yet believing He was some wonderful +person, she repeated His own request, but with a changed meaning,--"Sir, +give me this water." Perhaps to make her feel her sinfulness and to lead +her into a better life, He showed her that though He was a stranger, He +knew her past history. Her astonishment increased and she exclaimed, +"Sir, I perceive that Thou art a Prophet." Ashamed, she quickly changed +the subject. + +She and her people claimed that Mount Gerizim was the holy place of the +Holy Land; while the Jews said that Jerusalem was "the place where men +ought to worship." She wanted the Prophet she had so unexpectedly met to +decide between them. With calmness, solemnity and earnestness, He made a +sublime declaration to her, meant for Jews, Samaritans and all men. It +was this: "Woman, believe me, the hour cometh, when neither in this +mountain, nor yet in Jerusalem, shall ye worship the Father.... The hour +cometh, and now is, when the true worshipers shall worship the Father in +spirit and truth: for such doth the Father seek to be His worshipers. +God is a spirit: and they that worship Him must worship in spirit and +truth." + +But this did not satisfy her. It was all so new and strange, so +different from what she and her people believed, that she was not +prepared to accept it from an unknown stranger, though he seemed to be a +prophet. She thought of One greater than she thought He could be, One +who was wiser than any prophet then living, or who ever had lived, One +who she believed was to come. So, with a sigh of disappointment, her +only reply was, "I know that Messiah cometh; ... when He is come, He +will declare unto us all things." + +How the quickened ear of John must have made his heart thrill at the +name Messiah. Until a few weeks before, he too had talked of His +coming, but already had heard Him declare many things which no mere +prophet had spoken. Is he not prompted to break the silence of a mere +listener? Is not his finger already pointed toward Jesus? Are not the +words already on his tongue?--"O woman, _this is He_," when Jesus makes +the great confession he made before Pilate, saying to the Samaritaness, +"I that speak unto Thee, am He." + +So it was that He whose coming the angels in their glory announced to +the shepherds in Bethlehem, He whom the Baptist proclaimed to multitudes +on the Jordan, He whose glory was manifested to the company in Cana, +made Himself known to this low, ignorant, sinful, doubting, perplexed +stranger, in words "to which all future ages would listen, as it were +with hushed breath and on their knees." + +These words of Jesus to the woman, "I am He," closed their conversation, +so unexpected to her when she came with her water-pot, in which she had +lost all interest. Her mind and heart had been filled instead. She had +drawn from Him richer supplies than Jacob's well could ever contain. +From that hour she thought of it, not so much as Jacob's well as the +Messiah's well. + +The disciples returning from the city, coming within sight of Jesus, +"marveled that He was speaking with a woman." The people then and there +had a mistaken idea that to do so was very improper. The disciples were +the more astonished because she was a Samaritan. But they had such a +sense of His goodness, that they did not dare to ask, "Why talkest Thou +with her?" + +She was interrupted in her conversation with Jesus, by the coming of the +disciples. She left her water-pot at the well. Too full of wonder and +gratitude to stop to fill it, or to be hindered in carrying it, she +hastened to the city with the good news of what she had seen and heard. +So had Andrew and John each carried the good news to his brother saying, +"We have found the Messiah." She believed she had found Him. But the +good news seemed almost too good to be true, and she wanted the men of +the city to learn for themselves. So she put her new belief in the form +of a question, "Is not this the Christ?" A great number obeyed her call, +and believed with her that Jesus was the Messiah. + +[Illustration: THE HILL OF SAMARIA _Old Engraving_ Page 84] + +Meanwhile the disciples asked Him to eat of the food they had brought. +But His deep interest in the woman, and joy in the great change in her, +was so great that for the moment He felt no want of food. So He said to +them, "I have meat to eat that ye know not." ... "My meat is to do the +will of Him that sent Me." Never again did the disciples marvel that +their Master talked with a woman, or with a sinner of any kind. We +seem to see John, weary and hungry as his Master, but unmindful of +bodily discomforts, because of his intense interest in what is passing. +His record does not give his own experiences, but we can imagine some of +them. His watchful eye detects every movement and expression of his +companions,--the calm, earnest, loving, pitying look of Jesus; and the +excited, scornful, surprised, joyful, constantly changing looks of the +woman. He first marks her pertness of manner; then the respectful "Sir"; +then the reverence for a prophet; and at last the belief and joy in the +Messiah. + +Whether or not John was witness to all that passed at the well, or +whether Jesus gave him the minute details, or whether the Samaritaness, +during the two days that Jesus and His disciples remained in Sychar, +told Him all, his story is one of the most lifelike in the Gospels, +teaching the greatest of truths. + +If that noon hour at Jacob's well was a memorable one for the woman, it +was also for John. For him Christ was the Well of Truth. Of it he was to +drink during blessed years. Standing nearest to it of any mortal, +receiving more than any other, he was to give of it to multitudes +thirsting for the water of life. + + + + +_CHAPTER XIV_ + +_The Chosen One of the Chosen Three of the Chosen Twelve_ + + "Walking by the sea of Galilee, He saw two brethren, Simon, who is + called Peter, and Andrew his brother, casting a net into the sea, + for they were fishers. And He said unto them, Come ye after Me, and + I will make you fishers of men. And they straightway left the nets, + and followed Him. And going on from thence He saw other two + brethren, James the son of Zebedee, and John his brother, in the + boat with Zebedee their father, mending their nets, and He called + them. And they straightway left the boat and their father, and + followed Him."--_Matt._ iv. 18-22. + + "He was the Supreme Fisher, and this day He was fishing for + them."--_Stalker._ + + "When it was day, He called His disciples; and he chose from them + twelve, whom also He named apostles, Simon, whom He also named + Peter, and Andrew his brother, and James and John, and + Philip...."--_Luke_ vi. 13, 14 + + "Jesus taketh with Him Peter, and James, and John."--_Matt._ xvii. + 1. + + "One of His disciples, whom Jesus loved."--_John_ xiii. 23. + + "We know not all thy gifts, + But this Christ bids us see, + That He who so loved all, + Found more to love in thee." + + +Once more we find the two pair of brothers on the shore of Gennesaret, +not together, but within hailing distance. All night long they have +toiled at fishing without any reward. The morning has dawned. Wearied +and with the marks of labor on their persons and their garments, their +empty boats drawn upon the beach, they are mending their nets which have +been torn by the waves, and cleansing them from the sand which has been +gathered instead of the fishes they sought. + +[Illustration: JACOB'S WELL _From Photograph_ Page 91] + +Meanwhile a multitude of people in the neighboring field is listening to +the Master. The fishermen may hear His voice, but their nets must not be +left in disorder; they must be put in readiness for another trial, +which, though they know it not, will be most abundantly rewarded. + +They cannot go to Him, but He comes to them with a greeting and a +command, "Follow Me and I will make you fishers of men." + +The time had come for Him to gather His first disciples more closely +about Him for instruction and preparation and service in His kingdom. +They had seen proofs of His Messiahship. They had been with Him long +enough to know something of His work and teachings, and what was +included in His call to follow Him. They understood it meant leaving +their boats and nets by which they had earned their daily bread, and +even leaving their homes, and going with Him wherever He went, trusting +Him for support, ready to do anything to which all this would lead them. +Their belief in Him, and their love for Him, were enough to secure +immediate obedience to the new command. + +In their faithfulness in their duties in their former life, in the +carefulness in mending their nets, in the patience and perseverance +during the nights of fruitless toil, in their thoughtfulness, skill and +experience in catching fish--in such things Christ found likeness of +what He would make them to become--fishers of men. From their old +business He would teach them lessons about the new,--of His power, the +abundance of His store, and the great things they were to do for Him and +their fellow-men. Before they leave it, He makes Himself a kind of +partner with them. Having used Simon's boat for a pulpit for teaching, +He tells him to launch out into the deep and to let down his net. It +encloses a multitude of fishes. Andrew and James with their brothers +whom they had called to Jesus, the first company to follow Him from the +Jordan, are the first to do so in a new and fuller sense from the shores +of Gennesaret, where they first learned of Him. + +There is something touching in the special reference to the call of the +sons of Salome, whose relation to Mary first interested us in them. It +is said of Jesus, "He saw James the son of Zebedee and John his brother +and He called them. And they immediately left their father in the ship +with the hired servants. They forsook all and followed Him." + +[Illustration: THE MIRACULOUS DRAUGHT OF FISHES _Old Engraving_ Page 94] + +What reminders do we here have of the past! James and John, true +brothers in childhood, united in business in early life, now hand in +hand commence life anew. Having become the help, and much more the +companions of their father they must leave him to the companionship of +hired servants. But in this hour of sundering family ties, the loving +father and loving sons rejoice in Jesus as their Master whom they all +willingly obey. + +He chose twelve whom He called Apostles. Such was the glorious company, +composed of young men, the most honored in all earthly history, to be +His closest companions, His missionary family. During the remainder of +His life He would train them; and when leaving the world trust their +faithfulness and devotion in extending His kingdom. The two pair of +brothers and their early friend Philip are the first named of the +Apostles. The early Bethsaidan group composed almost one-half of the +apostolic company. But within that circle there was another. Three of +the twelve were chosen by the Lord for closer intimacy. They were to be +special witnesses of His greatest power, His most radiant glory, and His +deepest sorrow upon earth. They were Peter, James and John. Two of the +three, Peter and John, were to be united in special service for their +Lord while He was with them, and so continue after He was gone. But of +the twelve Jesus drew one closest to Himself, most loved and the most +glorious of them all: it was John. + +In seeking a reason for Christ's fixing the number of His disciples, +some have found a fancied one in the twelve precious stones of Aaron's +breastplate. The most precious stone would represent John, the chosen +one of the Great High Priest. In his own vision of the new Jerusalem +"the foundations of the wall of the city were garnished with all manner +of precious stones." "And the wall of the city had twelve foundations, +and on them twelve names of the twelve Apostles of the Lamb." It was +that Lamb of God to which he had been pointed on the Jordan, and to +which he points us as he beholds Him by the "glassy sea." As John read +those names did he not recall the day when Jesus chose twelve whom "He +named Apostles"? + + + + +_CHAPTER XV_ + +_John in the Home of Jairus_ + + "He suffered no man to follow with Him, save Peter, and James, and + John. And they came to the house of the ruler of the synagogue." + + "And taking the child by the hand, He saith unto her, Talitha cumi; + which is, being interpreted, Damsel I say unto thee, Arise. And + straightway the damsel rose up, and walked."--_Mark_ v. 37, 38, 41, + 42. + + +The first scene in which we find John as one of the favored three is in +the house of mourning. It was the home of Jairus in Capernaum. He was a +ruler of the synagogue. "He had an only daughter, about twelve years of +age, and she lay a dying." He hastened to Jesus, fell at His feet, +worshiped Him, and besought Him saying, "Come and lay Thy hands on her +that she may be healed; and she shall live." + +Did he not have in mind Peter's wife's mother, living in the same town, +and how Jesus "came and took her by the hand and lifted her up; and +immediately the fever left her"? Jesus started for the house, followed +by a throng, some doubtless full of tender sympathy for their townsman, +and some curious to see what the wonder-worker would do. + +A messenger from Jairus' home met him saying, "Thy daughter is dead; +trouble not the Master." But the father's faith in Jesus was not limited +to the power to heal. Could not the hand that had already touched the +bier of the widow's only son, be laid on his only daughter, with +life-restoring power? Could not the command spoken in Nain "I say unto +thee, arise," be repeated in Capernaum, and in like manner be obeyed? +Without heeding the messenger's question about troubling the Master, he +cried out yet more earnestly, "My daughter is even now dead; but lay Thy +hand upon her, and she shall live." But the father's entreaty was +unnecessary, for Jesus was already responding to the messenger's words +as, turning to Jairus, He said, "Fear not, only believe." + +How eagerly the curious crowd hastened toward the ruler's home, because +of a possible miracle, even raising the dead. But they were not to be +witnesses of such display of Divine power. Yet even if the throng be +excluded, might not the Twelve, following close to Jairus and Jesus, +expect admission to the home? What was the surprise and disappointment +of nine of them to be forbidden admission by Him whom they were +following. But so it was. "When He came to the house He suffered not any +man to enter in with Him, save Peter, and John and James, and the father +of the maiden, and her mother." + +[Illustration: RAISING THE DAUGHTER OF JAIRUS _H. Hofmann_ Page 99] + +This is the first we know of this distinction in the apostolic band. We +almost hear the nine saying, "Why is this?" Can it be that, in that +hour, at the door of this house of mourning, there was awakened the +feeling of jealousy which afterward appeared? Did it inspire in the +three a sense of superiority, and ambition to be higher in position than +the rest in the kingdom of their Lord? Did James and John especially +hope for promotion above the nine, and even the ten including Peter? So +it will appear. But all this was to pass away when the band better +understood the nature of their Lord's kingdom, and possessed more of His +spirit. + +The death-chamber was too sacred a place for numbers, even for the nine, +whose admittance would be more fitting than that of the hired mourners +whom Jesus excluded with them. He had His own wise reasons for the +choice of the three. We do not wonder that John was one of them. With +all his manifest failings--which he at last overcame--he was the most +like his Master. In that death-chamber the Lord was to show His +"gentleness and delicacy of feeling and action" such as John could +understand, and with which he could sympathize. + +"And taking the child by the hand, He saith unto her, Talitha, cumi." We +are glad that Mark has preserved for us the very words that must have +thrilled the heart of John. They had been interpreted, "My little lamb, +my pet lamb, rise up." In them was a lesson for John. They were a +revelation of his Master's tenderness toward childhood. It was a needed +lesson, which he finally learned. + +As John and Peter saw the returning life of the little maid, and heard +their Master's command "that something should be given her to eat," they +thought not of the time when they should stand together again near the +same spot with the same Master, Himself risen from the dead, and hear +Him utter another command, "Feed My lambs." + +As they with James followed their Lord out from the death-chamber--such +no longer--and heard His charge "that no man should know" what had +happened, the very secrecy drew more distinctly the line of the inner +circle about the three. It was not to be erased during the Lord's +earthly sojourn with the twelve. + + + + +_CHAPTER XVI_ + +_John a Beholder of Christ's Glory_ + + "We beheld His glory, glory as of the only begotten from the + Father."--_St. John_ i. 14. + + "We were eyewitnesses of His majesty. For He received from God the + Father honor and glory ... when we were with Him in the holy + mount."--2 _Peter_ i. 16-18. + + "As brightest sun, His face is bright; + His raiment, as the light, is white, + Yea, whiter than the whitest snow. + Moses, Elias, spake with Him. + Of deepest things, of terrors grim, + Of boundless bliss, and boundless woe, + Of pangs that none but Christ may know. + + "A voice sublime I panting hear, + A voice that conquers grief and fear, + Revealing all eternity; + Revealing God's beloved Son, + Born to redeem a world undone; + Filled with God's fulness from on high, + To gain God's noblest victory." + --_Trans. Kingo of Denmark._ + + +We may think of the twelve as Christ's family with whom He often prayed +apart from the multitude. One such occasion was in Cĉsarea Philippi. The +prayer was followed by two earnest and solemn questions. "He asked the +disciples, saying, Who do men say that the Son of Man is? And they said, +Some say John the Baptist; some, Elijah; and others, Jeremiah or one of +the prophets." + +How strange these sayings must have sounded to St. John and his Jordan +companions, who had been directed by the Baptist to their Messiah. Three +of them were soon to witness Elijah's tribute to Him, as being more than +the "Son of Man." Such already had He become to them. He was more +interested in the opinions of the disciples than in those of the +multitude. So He asked with emphasis, "But who say ye that I am? And +Simon Peter answered and said, Thou art the Christ, the Son of the +living God. And Jesus answered and said unto him, Blessed art thou, +Simon Bar-Jona: for flesh and blood hath not revealed it unto thee, but +My Father which is in heaven." + +But in the mind of Jesus even this blessed revelation was not enough for +His believing yet frail disciples. Even the three, the most enlightened +of the twelve, needed a clearer vision of Him and His kingdom, and +strength for trials they were to endure. So they needed His prayers. + +"From that time began Jesus to show unto His disciples how that He must +go to Jerusalem, and suffer many things, ... and be killed." He needed +prayer also for Himself. So "Jesus taketh with Him Peter, and James and +John, and bringeth them up into a high mountain apart by themselves." +The favored three, who had witnessed His power in the raising of Jairus' +daughter, were to be witnesses of his glory. Luke says He "went up into +the mountain to pray." Not Tabor,--for which mistaken tradition has +claimed the honor--but Hermon was doubtless the "high mountain." This +kingly height of the Lebanon range was a fitting place for Jesus the +King. The glittering splendor of its snows is a fitting emblem of His +character. It was the highest earthly spot on which He stood. From it He +had His most extensive views. Here He had His most exalted earthly +experience. Peter rightly named it "the Holy Mount" because of its +"glory that excelleth" all other mountains. + +We do not know the thoughts or feelings or words of the nine when Jesus +"taketh with Him the three." We wonder whether their wonder was at all +mixed with jealousy. As they saw the three "apart by themselves," their +lessening forms ascending Hermon, and at last hidden from their view by +the evening shades, can it be that the dispute began which cast a gloom +over their Lord when He descended from that mountain of glory? + +And the three themselves--what were their emotions as they looked down +upon their companions in the plain below, and upward to the height +whither their Master was bringing them. Did they whisper together +concerning the word He had just spoken--that He must die. They must have +had such mingling of feelings as they never had before. + +It was the evening after a Sabbath. At the close of the weary summer +day, after the long and steep ascent of the mountain, and in the strong +mountain air, it is no wonder that the three disciples were "weighted +with sleep." + +Luke not only tells us that Jesus went up "to pray" but also that "He +prayed." Would that John had recorded that prayer, as he did those +supplications in the Upper Room and in Gethsemane. "As we understand +it," says Edersheim, "the prayer with them had ceased, or merged into +silent prayer of each, or Jesus now prayed alone and apart." + +On the banks of the Jordan, where Jesus and the three had met, while He +"was praying, the heavens were opened," and the dove-like form descended +upon Him, and His Father's voice was heard. And now "as He prayed," +there came an answer, immediate and glorious: "He was transfigured +before them." + +The disciples though "weighted with sleep," "having remained awake, they +saw His glory, and the two men that stood with Him." It was many years +after this vision that John, speaking for the three, testified, "We saw +His glory." + +"The fashion of His countenance was altered." "His face did shine as +the sun." "His garments became exceeding white; so as no fuller on earth +can whiten them," "white as the light," "glistering," "dazzling." + +"Behold there appeared unto them Moses and Elijah talking with Him." How +did the disciples know the Lawgiver and the Prophet? We are not told. +There may have been given them some supernatural powers of discernment. +They may have known by the conversation between Jesus and His celestial +visitants, as, in earthly language with heavenly tone, they "spoke of +His departure which He was about to accomplish at Jerusalem," of which +He had told them on the plain below. + +It was that Moses who fifteen hundred years before came down from Mount +Sinai with the two tables of the law in his hands, when Aaron and the +children of Israel stood in awe before His shining face. But now He had +come, not from the mount which Paul describes as "darkness," but unto +that other whose snowy whiteness has given it the name of Lebanon. He +had come from Heaven, to yield homage to Him to whom He would sing with +us, + + "My dear Redeemer and my Lord, + I read my duty in Thy Word; + But in Thy life the Law appears, + Drawn out in living Characters." + +"The children of Israel could not look steadfastly upon Moses for the +glory of His face." In the "excellent glory" by which Peter describes +the scene on Hermon, the whole figure of His Lord was bathed in light. +But the glory of that vision was not yet complete. A cloud, brighter +than any on which the moon was shining, enwrapped Jesus and Moses and +Elijah. It was no other than the Shechinah, once more returning to the +earth,--"the symbol of Jehovah's presence." + +This cloud overshadowed the disciples. As its light gleamed upon them, +they were filled with reverential fear. They were ready to do the +heavenly visitors immediate and humble service. But the mission of the +two was ended. Their last words of comfort to Jesus had been spoken. If +they could be detained, it must be done quickly. So, awed and confused +by the strange vision, yet longing for its continuance, the disciples, +Peter being the spokesman, proposed to make booths for their Master and +His two heavenly visitors. But the two had gone, and the crown of glory +that had enveloped them spread to the disciples, filling them with yet +increasing awe. The silence that had followed Peter's call was broken. +"There came a voice out of the cloud, This is My Beloved Son; hear ye +Him." Startled by such a response, "they fell on their face and were +sore afraid." They did not dare to look about them. The Cloud of +Glory lifted. How long they lay prostrate and trembling, we do not know. +At last a hand gently touched them. It was the hand of Jesus. His voice +bid them, "Arise, and be not afraid. And when they had lifted up their +eyes they saw no man, save Jesus only." + +[Illustration: THE TRANSFIGURATION _Old Engraving_ Page 106] + +The Transfiguration was over. Its grand purpose was accomplished. Master +and disciples were prepared for the labors and trials to which they must +return. The night ended. As the morning sun glistened on the peaks of +Hermon, while darkness yet overspread the plain below, Jesus descended +with the three, to the nine awaiting their return. + +"And as they were coming down from the mountain, He charged them that +they should tell no man what things they had seen, save when the Son of +Man should have risen again from the dead. And they kept the saying, +questioning among themselves what the raising again from the dead should +mean." + +Peter's and John's memories of that vision of their Lord were ever +distinct and precious. When it was no longer a secret, Peter wrote in +ecstasy of the hour in which they "were eyewitnesses of His majesty, ... +when they were with Him in the holy mount." + +Let us notice the record by John. In the beginning of his gospel he says +"The Word was made flesh and dwelt amongst us." By this he means that +the Son of God became a man, and lived among men who witnessed His +life. But of all the events of that life which John had seen, there was +a special one in his mind, which not all men had witnessed. So he adds, +"We beheld His glory." This probably refers to the Transfiguration and +the Shechinah, which he and Peter and James had seen. And then he thinks +of how much greater Jesus was than John the Baptist, "a man sent from +God," "to bear witness of" Him. He thinks also of the great Lawgiver of +whom he says, "the Law was given through Moses; grace and truth came by +Jesus Christ." + +We imagine that ever after the Transfiguration, John thought of Moses +and the Shechinah together. Had he with his companions been permitted to +build three tabernacles or booths, "one for Moses," what delightful +visits John would have made him there, like that one which he had made +in the abode of Jesus on the banks of the Jordan. + +[Illustration: MOSES ON MT. PISGAH _Artist Unknown_ Page 109] + +I seem to hear Moses telling John something of his own history when on +the earth, and teaching him lessons from it in words like these: "This +is not the first time I have heard the Lord's voice, from out this cloud +of glory. Out of the burning bush He called me, 'Moses, Moses.' At Sinai +He said, 'Lo, I come unto thee in a thick cloud.' And again He appeared +in 'a pillar of a cloud,' and said, 'Behold thou shall sleep with thy +fathers.' I saw not that cloud again on earth until you beheld it. My +thoughts were about death. I prayed about it, not as your Master and +mine has done in preparation therefor, but that I might not then die. +This was my prayer: 'Let me go over I pray Thee and see the good land +that is beyond Jordan, that goodly mountain, and Lebanon,'--the very +mountain where we now are. But the Lord would not hear me. I prayed yet +again more earnestly, and the Lord said unto me, 'Let it suffice thee; +speak no more unto me of this matter.' From yonder mountain of Nebo He +showed me all the land we now see from Hermon; and then I died. The Lord +buried me in yonder land of Moab. No man knoweth my sepulchre unto this +day. I died, my great hope of forty years disappointed. My repeated +earnest prayer was ungranted then, but it has not been unanswered. This +'goodly' Lebanon, to which I looked from Nebo with longing eyes, is more +'goodly' now than when it sadly faded from my dying vision. You, John, +are one of the witnesses to the answer to my dying prayer. Never did the +Shechinah at Horeb, or Sinai, or the Tabernacle, seem so resplendent as +on this Mount Hermon. Here it has enwrapped Elijah and me, the favored +two whose mission Gabriel might have envied. We were sent down from +heaven to talk with Jesus concerning His death, of which He has told +you. In view of it He has lead you, the favored three hither to pray. +It was while He prayed that ye 'beheld His glory.' Not only for me, but +much more for Him, is Hermon _the_ mount--'The Holy Mount,' because the +mount of Prayer, and therefore the mount of Transfiguration." + + + + +_CHAPTER XVII_ + +_St. John's Imperfections_ + + "Master, we saw one casting out demons in Thy name; and we forbade + him, because he followeth not with us."--_John._ + + "Lord, wilt Thou that we bid fire to come down from heaven, and + consume them, even as Elijah did?"--_James and John._ + + "Grant us that we may sit, one on Thy right hand, and one on Thy + left hand, in Thy glory."--_James and John._ + + "And when the ten heard it, they began to be moved with indignation + concerning James and John."--_Mark_ x. 41. + + +John was not perfect. There were unlovely traits in his otherwise noble +character. It is not pleasant to write of his faults. We would gladly be +silent concerning them. But there are four reasons for making record of +them. 1. If we think of his virtues and not of his faults, we do not +have a just view of his character; it is one-sided; we have an imperfect +picture. 2. We see how Jesus loved him notwithstanding his +imperfections. While hating his sins he loved the man. 3. Remembering +John's faults, we give him all the more credit when we see how he +overcame them, and what he became under the example and teachings of +Jesus. 4. Having failings ourselves, we are encouraged by the full and +truthful story of John's life, to overcome our own sins. Such are good +reasons why the imperfections of good men like David and Peter and John +are recorded in the Bible. + +In speaking of John's boyhood, we hinted at some of his faults. Let us +now notice them more particularly as given by the Evangelists. Sometimes +he was evidently included when Jesus rebuked the disciples for some +wrong they had said or done. On one occasion, he alone is mentioned; on +two others he and his brother James are rebuked together. The first +recorded incident, showing imperfection, is soon after the descent from +Hermon. Jesus seems to have accompanied Peter to his home in Capernaum, +to which the other disciples followed them. The favor which Christ +showed the three in taking them to the mount may have caused a feeling +of pride in them, and of jealousy in the nine. Pride was John's +besetting sin, as we shall see. A great privilege had been granted him. +Without telling the secret of Hermon to his fellow-disciples, he may, by +improper word or act, or both, have shown a feeling of superiority, +which displeased them, as the same spirit did on another occasion. At +any rate, something led to a dispute who should be the greatest in the +kingdom which they believed their Lord was to establish. This was a sad +revelation of the ambitious spirit of these good men. It was probably on +the way to Capernaum that an incident happened in which John seems to +have been the chief actor. He exhibited a spirit of intolerance--a want +of patience and forbearance toward a man whom they met. He was a +disciple of Christ, in whose power he had such faith that he was enabled +to cast out evil spirits in His name. He was doing a good work such as +Christ gave His apostles power to do. They prided themselves in it, and +felt as if they only had a right to it. So John, speaking for the rest, +as if he had authority, forbade this man to use the power any more. On +their reaching the house of Peter, Jesus asked, "What was it that ye +disputed among yourselves by the way?" Perceiving that He knew their +thoughts, they were silent with shame, until one of them, yet +unconquered by His question of reproof, asked Him "Who is the greatest?" +He did not answer the question immediately. As if in preparation for +something special, "He sat down and called the twelve" about Him; He +uttered one reported sentence, "If any man would be first, he shall be +last of all, and minister of all." And then "He called a little child to +Him and set him in the midst of them." It was His object lesson. Through +it He rebuked and taught them. He made childhood a test of character. +With solemnity and earnestness He declared, "Verily I say unto you, +Except ye turn and become as little children, ye shall in no wise enter +into the kingdom of heaven." + +That child-spirit included simplicity, meekness, harmlessness, +obedience, dutifulness, trustfulness and, especially at this time, +humility. + +The Lord's declaration must have startled the disciples. They thought of +themselves as His chosen ones, superior to others, having special +powers, and destined to special honors which none other might claim. In +a spirit contrary to His declaration, they were contending who should be +the greatest in His kingdom. He revealed to them, then and there, the +nature of that kingdom which they had so greatly misunderstood. + +Upon one at least, Christ's lesson was not altogether lost. That was +John. He recalled his proud and unjust treatment of the humble man whom +he had forbidden to do good work in the name of Christ. He saw that his +own spirit had been contrary to that of which Christ had just spoken. He +finally confessed his fault. But the lesson of his Master was not +perfectly learned, or if learned, was not, as we shall see, perfectly +obeyed. Though the beloved, he was still an imperfect, disciple, as is +shown in another incident. + +At the time when Jesus lived, and in the country where He journeyed, +travelers were generally welcomed as guests in any home. Though +strangers, they were treated as friends. This was a necessary kindness +because there were no hotels such as we have in our day and country. + +But to this hospitality there was a noted exception. We have noticed +the hatred of the Samaritans to the Jews. This was especially shown to +pilgrims going up to Jerusalem to attend the feasts. + +Jesus was on His last journey thither. As ever, He was teaching and +healing on the way. His own heart was burdened with the thought of what +He was to endure, but He was steadfast in His purpose to reach the Holy +City, willing there to suffer and to die. Nearing the first Samaritan +village, He sent messengers before Him to prepare for Himself and His +company. Even the common hospitality was refused, and that in a most +unfriendly manner. The Master was treated as a teacher of falsehood. +Even the kind healer was not permitted to enter the village. He was a +Jew on His way to Jerusalem. In the minds of the villagers, this was +more than enough to balance all the good in Him. + +James and John especially were indignant at the unkind treatment. They +felt keenly the insult to their Lord, whom they believed was on His way +to Jerusalem to establish His Kingdom, and was worthy of the most +generous hospitality and the sincerest homage. They had a fresh +remembrance of the glory in which they had seen Him on the Holy Mount in +company with Elijah. They were reminded of that prophet's experience +more than nine hundred years before. It was this: Ahaziah, a king of +Israel, was seriously injured by a fall from the balcony of his house. +He sent to inquire of the false god Baal-zebub whether he should +recover. God sent Elijah to reprove him for his idolatry and insult to +Himself. The king sent a captain with fifty men to seize the prophet, +but they were consumed by fire from heaven. Another captain and his +fifty men were also destroyed in like manner. + +Such a punishment James and John would call down on the Samaritans. They +felt that it would be just. If fitting for the enemies of Elijah, how +much more for those of Jesus. They were ready to give the command which +God permitted Elijah to give, if Jesus would allow them to do likewise. +And so, being displeased, provoked, revengeful, with a fiery spirit, +they said to Him, "Lord, wilt Thou that we command fire to come down +from heaven, and consume them, even as Elijah did?" But Jesus "turned +and rebuked them," and said, "Ye know not what manner of spirit ye are +of." + +It was contrary to the spirit of meekness and love manifest in His +declaration to them, "The Son of Man is not come to destroy men's lives, +but to save them." And so He inspired them with another spirit, as He +quietly led them "to another village." We sadly turn to another scene in +which imperfection in the beloved disciple is especially revealed. + +The favored brothers had not yet learned perfectly the lesson of +humility which their Lord had tried to teach them. They were still +devoted to Him, following Him, loving Him. But they still misunderstood +what He said about His death, and His kingdom, in which they hoped for +the most honored places. They wanted to be assured of promotion above +their fellow-disciples. They were earnest in an unholy desire. They had +a bold, ambitious request to make of the Lord. It was the chief occasion +on which their pride was revealed. We have two accounts of it. In one of +them the mother Salome appears as the speaker. She brings her sons to +Jesus, prostrates herself before Him, and offers this petition, "Grant +that these my two sons may sit, the one on Thy right hand, and the other +on Thy left, in Thy Kingdom." She had a loving mother's pride. She was +the aunt of Jesus, and perhaps felt that because of this relationship, +her sons had a right which the other Apostles could not claim. She had +given them to His service, and had proved her own love and devotion to +Him by following Him with other women of Galilee, ministering to His +comforts. Meanwhile James and John, according to another account, +themselves urged their mother's request saying, "Grant unto us that we +may sit, one on Thy right hand, and one on Thy left hand, in Thy glory." + +Mother and sons shared in the spirit of self-seeking and +self-exaltation. But we must not forget that it was faith in Him as the +Messiah, and in His coming "glory," that led them to show it, though in +a mistaken way. + +In sorrow and tenderness, and pity for their ignorance, Jesus replied, +"Ye know not what ye ask." While His eye rested on them, His thoughts +were on another scene. It was a cross with Himself upon it, and a +malefactor on each side, instead of the brothers in their pride. As John +at last stood by it, did he recall the hour of his mistaken ambitious +request, which had never been repeated. There had been no need that the +Lord should say to him, as to Moses, "Ask me not again," yet like Moses, +he was to receive a most glorious answer in another form. In his pride, +with an earthly throne in mind, he had asked, "Grant that I may sit with +Thee in Thy glory?" Having conquered his unholy ambition there was +fulfilled in him the promise of His Lord in glory, "To him that +overcometh will I grant to sit with Me on My throne." + +The time came when there was no longer occasion for the other ten +apostles to be "moved with indignation concerning James and John," +because of their pride and ambitious seeking. This John is the disciple +whom, with all his imperfections, Jesus loved most of all; this the man +known as the most lovable of men; this the one who well-nigh reached +human perfection through his ardent and ever increasing love for Jesus; +this the one who is called _the Apostle of Love_. + + + + +_CHAPTER XVIII_ + +_John and the Family of Bethany_ + + "He entered into a certain village; and a certain woman named + Martha received him into her house. And she had a sister called + Mary, which also sat at the Lord's feet, and heard His + word."--_Luke_ x. 38, 39. + + "Now a certain man was sick, Lazarus of Bethany, of the village of + Mary and her sister Martha."--_John_ xi. 1. + + "Now Jesus loved Martha, and her sister, and Lazarus."--_v._ 5. + + "Jesus ... said, ... Lazarus is dead."--_v._ 14. + + "Jesus wept."--_v._ 35. + + "He cried with a loud voice, Lazarus, come forth. He that was dead + came forth."--_vs._ 43, 44. + + "As he (John) gives us so much more than the synoptists about the + family at Bethany, we may infer that he was a more intimate friend + of Lazarus and his sisters."--_A. Plummer, D.D._ + + +In four sentences Luke draws an unfinished picture of a family group, +whose memory has become especially precious because of what John has +added to it. His probable familiarity with the family made this +possible. No wonder if he felt that the original picture must be +enlarged and retouched. The place where that family lived had become to +him too sacred a spot to be called simply "a certain village." Martha +was more than "a certain woman," who though hospitable, was distracted +in her housekeeping. Mary was fairer than Luke had painted her. John +had seen her do more than sit at Jesus' feet. He manifestly felt that +the resurrection of Lazarus was too great an event to be omitted from +the gospel story, as it was by the other Evangelists who, when they +wrote, might have endangered the life of Him whom the Jews sought to +destroy. John's heart demanded a stronger tribute to Mary than Matthew +or Mark had given. Let him be our guide to the blessed home. With his +eyes let us see Jesus' relation to it, and with his ears listen to the +Master's words there spoken. + +[Illustration: BETHANY _Old Engraving_ Page 120] + +As he opens the door we see a family of wealth, refinement, hospitality +and affection. Its members are of kindred spirit with him: and so would +be attracted to him, and he to them. But there was a special bond of +union. "Now Jesus loved Martha and her sister and Lazarus." Such is the +tender passing remark of John who elsewhere calls himself "the disciple +whom Jesus loved." These four form a group of special objects of +Christ's affection. They ardently loved Him. We may suppose that John's +relation to the family of Bethany was closer than that of any other +disciple. This fitted him to make us familiar with their characters, and +many incidents of their home. + +John was with Jesus in Bethany in Perĉa, when there came the sad, brief, +confiding message from Mary and Martha, "Lord, behold, he whom Thou +lovest is sick." Doubtless it touched the heart of the apostle as well +as that of his Master, whose response he records: "This sickness is not +unto death, but for the glory of God, that the Son of God may be +glorified thereby." We are reminded of John's own words concerning the +change of water into wine: "This beginning of miracles did Jesus in Cana +of Galilee, and manifested forth His glory." + +Jesus' plan for Lazarus included a delay of two days in Bethany of +Perĉa. Meanwhile His heart went out toward Bethany in Judĉa. So did +John's. But, though Jesus tarried, it can be said, as on another +occasion, "He Himself knew what He would do." While John was wondering, +waiting and watching, perhaps he remembered how the nobleman's son was +healed in Capernaum when Jesus was in Cana, and thought it possible that +the messenger would be told to say to the sisters, "Thy brother liveth." + +When at last Jesus proposed to His disciples that they all go to Judĉa, +John's love may have contended for a moment with fear, as they +protested, because of danger from His enemies: but it was for a moment +only. When Jesus said, "Let us go unto him," we almost wonder that it +was not John the loving, nor Peter the bold, but Thomas the sometimes +unready, that said concerning Jesus, "Let us also go that we may die +with Him." But we imagine that John was the readiest to go, and kept +the closest to his Master in the pathway to Bethany in Judĉa. + +"Our friend Lazarus sleepeth," said Jesus. Though all of the disciples +were thus addressed, we think of John as especially including Jesus and +himself in that word "our," because of the nearness of their relation to +the afflicted family. And then that other word "sleepeth"--it must have +carried him, as well as James and Peter, back to the home of Jairus, +where they heard the same voice to which they were now listening say, +"The child is not dead but sleepeth." + +We almost wonder that the three did not turn to their fellow-disciples +and say that "Jesus had spoken of the _death_ of Lazarus," while "they +thought that He spake of taking rest in sleep." But evidently not so; +and when Jesus "said unto them plainly, Lazarus is dead," doubtless John +was the saddest of them all, because of his special interest in him. The +full record--the only one of what transpired in that sad, joyful +home--shows how closely John watched every movement of Jesus and the +sisters, and how carefully he noted what they said. We may give credit +to his memory, even with the aid which he says was promised the +disciples in their remembrance. He notes the coming of Martha to meet +Jesus, while "Mary sat still in the house;" Martha's plaintive cry, +"Lord, if Thou hadst been here, my brother had not died;" the +conversation between her and Jesus concerning the resurrection; the +sudden change from it to His asking for Mary; Martha's return to the +house and whispering in her sister's ear, "The Master is come and +calleth for thee;" the hurried obedience to the call--all these +incidents are recorded by John with the particularity and vividness of +an eyewitness. + +It appears as if Jesus would not perform the intended miracle until the +arrival of Mary. John's account of their meeting is full of pathos. He +watches her coming, notices the moment she catches sight of Him through +her tears, and her first act of falling down at His feet, and her +repetition of Martha's cry, "Lord, if thou hadst been here my brother +had not died." He looks into the faces of both as "Jesus sees her +weeping." He contrasts Mary's real and deep sorrow with the outward and +heartless outcries of pretended grief, at which Jesus "groans in +spirit," because a seeming mockery in the presence of His loving friend. +John measures the depth of the Lord's "troubled" spirit by His outward +movements. He opens to us His heart of hearts in the brief, tender +record, "Jesus wept." Where in the whole story of His life do we gain a +keener sense of His humanity, especially His tenderness and sympathy. +What a revelation we would have missed if John had been silent, but the +emotion of His own heart had been too deep to allow any such omission. +"Jesus wept." As Professor Austin Phelps declares, "The shortest verse +in the Bible is crowded with suggestions." + +While John is our guide to the tomb of Lazarus, and more than that, the +sincere mourner with the afflicted sisters, he is yet more the disciple +of Jesus, receiving new and lasting impressions of divine truth and of +his Master, which are embodied in his story. + +John recorded seven miracles of our Lord. The first was that of turning +water into wine. The last was the raising of Lazarus. In both of them He +points us to the same glorious purpose. He says that in the first, +Christ "manifested forth His glory," and that the second was "for the +glory of God, that the Son of God might be glorified thereby." And now +standing with Martha by the yet unopened tomb, John hears their Lord +remind her of His assurance that if she believed, she "should see the +glory of God." That hour had come. The Lord had commanded, "Take ye away +the stone." John was most attentive to every act of the passing scene. +His eyes glanced from the stone to his Lord. As soon as the command +concerning it was obeyed Jesus lifted His eyes upward, and said, +"Father"--calling upon Him with whom He was to be glorified. + +John had stood at the bedside of the only daughter of Jairus, and heard +the command, "Damsel, I say unto thee, Arise." By the bier of the +widow's only son he had probably heard that other, "Young man, I say +unto thee, Arise." And now standing by the open door of the tomb of the +only brother, was He not listening for a like command? He had not long +to wait. The prayer of his Lord was ended. The tone of prayer was +changed to that of command. "He cried with a loud voice, Lazarus come +forth. And he that was dead came forth." John describes his appearance. +He was "bound hand and foot with grave clothes, and his face was bound +about with a napkin." When Jesus saith unto them, "Loose him and let him +go"--away from the excitement and curiosity of the heartless +mourners--who was so ready as John to obey the command, while welcoming +his friend back to life? Who could so fittingly escort him from the +darkened tomb to the relighted home, with the sisters still weeping--but +for joy. + +In John's old age when he recalled this resurrection scene, he seems to +have had a special memory of the younger sister's sorrow. He speaks of +the "Jews which came to Mary" in the hour of her sadness. + +But His memory of that resurrection day was tinged with gloom. He traced +back, from the cross on Calvary to the tomb in Bethany, the way by which +his Lord had been led by His enemies. "From that day forth they took +counsel together for to put Him to death." + +[Illustration: THE RESURRECTION OF LAZARUS _Old Engraving_ Page 126] + +It is tradition, not John, which tells us concerning Lazarus that the +first question which he asked Christ after He was restored to life was +whether He must die again; and that being told that he must, he was +never more seen to smile. But John, better than tradition, tells of +another scene in which we imagine his smiles were not restrained. To it +let us turn. + + + + +_CHAPTER XIX_ + +_John's Memorial of Mary_ + + "When Jesus was in Bethany, ... there came unto Him a woman having + an alabaster cruse of exceeding precious ointment, and she poured + it upon his head, as He sat at meat."--_Matt._ xxvi. 6, 7. + + "Verily I say unto you, wheresoever this gospel shall be preached + in the whole world, that also which this woman hath done shall be + spoken of for a memorial of her."--_Matt._ xxvi. 13. + + "It was that Mary which anointed the Lord with ointment, and wiped + His feet with her hair."--_John_ xi. 2. + + "There is something touchingly fraternal in the momentary pleasure + which He (Christ) appears to have taken in the gift of the + alabaster box."--_Austin Phelps._ + + "Her eyes are homes of silent prayer, + Nor other thought her mind admits + But, he was dead, and there he sits, + And He that brought him back is there. + + "Then one deep love doth supersede + All other, when her ardent gaze + Rose from the living brother's face, + And rests upon the life indeed." + --_Tennyson._ + + +That is an impressive picture drawn by Saints Matthew and Mark, of a +scene in Bethany, where an unnamed woman brought a flask of ointment +which she poured on the head of Jesus, thus exciting murmuring and +indignation against her, who was defended by Him, with assurance of +perpetual remembrance of her deed. + +Yet a comparison of the accounts of these two Evangelists with the story +given by John, suggest the thought that he was not satisfied with the +picture. His remembrance of the things that happened before and after +that scene, his friendship for the family of Bethany, his understanding +of the Master's feelings and thoughts, his sense of justice to himself +and to his fellow-disciples, the omission of an important figure in the +grouping, and especially his tender sympathy for the unnamed heroine of +the story--these things demanded in his mind additions and re-touchings +to make the picture complete. + +Let us imagine ourselves before him while he is reading the manuscripts +of Matthew and Mark, long after they were written. He tells us of +incidents, unmentioned by them, that enlarge and make clearer our view +of the scene. We note the impressions we may suppose were made on him at +the time of the event, and were still fresh in his old age when he tells +the story. + +"I remember distinctly"--so he might say--"this scene in Bethany, both +what these two writers report, and what they do not. The hour was +drawing near when my Lord must die. So He had told me; but somehow I +did not understand that this must be. It seems strange to me now that I +did not, as well as one of my friends did, who realized the nearness of +the sad hour. I had arrived with Him at Bethany 'where Lazarus was which +had been dead, whom He raised from the dead.' It was a great joy to meet +again the friend whom I had welcomed from the tomb." + +It is true, as here written by Mark, that Jesus "sat at meat." But this +does not tell the whole story. The people of Bethany wished to unite in +doing Him honor: "So they made Him a supper there." It was fitting that +it should be "in the house of Simon" whom Jesus had healed from leprosy, +and who was probably a relative or special friend of the family loved by +Jesus. I wonder that their names do not appear in the story given by +these two Evangelists: I could not forget them. I remember how "Martha +served" at the table, as if in her own home, seeming more of a hostess +than a guest; and how "Lazarus was one of them that sat at the table +with Him" who had bid him rise from the tomb; and how Mary showed her +gratitude for her brother's restoration, and love for his Restorer. To +me that supper loses half its interest without the mention of these +names, so suggestive of near relation to the Lord. Here I read, "There +came unto Him a woman." That is indeed true; but I find no hint of who +this unknown woman was. Could Matthew probably present, have forgotten +it? Had Mark absent, never been told? + +Matthew says she had "an alabaster cruse of precious ointment," which +Mark explains was "spikenard very costly." This also is truly said, for +I learned that "Mary ... took a _pound_ of ointment of spikenard very +precious." This she could well afford. Some have suggested that perhaps, +like oriental girls of fashion, she had bought it in her pride, but +after coming under the influence of Jesus, had left it unused. But I am +more inclined to believe she intended it from the first as an expression +of overflowing love. + +Mark says "she broke the cruse." I remember, as she crushed the neck of +it, all eyes were turned upon her, watching her movements. Lazarus, +reclining at the table, gazed upon her with brotherly interest; and +Martha, moving around it glanced at her with sisterly affection. There +was one man whose expression was something more than curiosity. In it +there was a shade of displeasure. + +These two Evangelists tell that Mary "poured the ointment upon" and +"over" the "head" of Jesus. This was a common custom in rendering honor +and adoration. But it did not satisfy Mary, if the Lord could only say +with David, "Thou anointest my _head_." Her anointing was so profuse +that He could say,--as Matthew testifies that He did--"She poured this +ointment upon My body." But I would testify to another act, fuller yet +of meaning. She "anointed the _feet_ of Jesus." This meant far more than +the washing of feet, as an humble act of hospitality and honor. It was +an unusual act of adoration. I saw bathed in spikenard what I have since +seen bathed in blood. But that was not all. Making of her long tresses a +fine but unwoven towel, "she wiped His feet with her hair"; kneeling in +devotion where she had loved to sit in learning. + +I noticed the glowing rapture in her face, and an occasional glance into +that of her Lord, unmindful of the presence of all others, while He +looked kindly upon her. It was then that I discovered that "the house +was filled with the odor of the ointment." But, alas, not so with the +perfume of her deed. "There were some that had indignation among +themselves, ... and they murmured against her": so says Mark. "When the +disciples" saw Mary's deed "they had indignation": so says Matthew. It +is true that signs of dissatisfaction came from the group of the +disciples, but it is the voice of one of them that has ever since rung +in my ears, to whom "the unworthy grumbling should be assigned." In +justice to the disciples he should not be unnamed. Mary was still in the +act of her devotion to Jesus. "But Judas Iscariot, one of His disciples, +which should betray Him, saith, 'Why was not this ointment sold for +three hundred pence, and given to the poor?' This he said, not because +he cared for the poor"--not he--"but because he was a thief and, having +the bag, took away what was put therein." He it was who from the first +showed displeasure at Mary's act. His words were both an exclamation and +a question, a sort of soliloquy, and yet addressed to anybody who might +hear and answer: but they needed no answer. It was too late to gather up +the ointment already used, and sell it for the poor or for any other +purpose. But Judas' purpose I well understand. I see through his +hypocrisy now more clearly than I did then. + +[Illustration: TRIUMPHAL ENTRY INTO JERUSALEM _Gustave Doré_ Page 138] + +With the sharp, reproving voice of Judas, Mary glanced into his angry +face. This would have filled her with terror had she not immediately +looked into that of Jesus beaming upon her. One hand of His was over +her, as if in protection and benediction, while the other waved in a +reproving gesture. As I read how He answered the question of Judas with +another, "Why trouble ye her?" and then commanded, "Let her alone"; and +then declared, "She hath wrought a good work upon me," I recall the +changing expressions of His face, and His tones of indignation and +affection. + +I was startled by the reason He gave for letting her alone,--that she +might preserve what remained of the ointment, not for the poor, but to +be used for His burial, near at hand. + +She it was of whom I have spoken who understood better than I or any of +my fellow-apostles, that our Lord's life was nearing its end. + +I find here in the records of Matthew and Mark the assurance of the Lord +concerning the unnamed woman of whom they have written. It is this, +"Verily I say unto you, 'Wheresoever this gospel shall be preached in +the whole world, that also which this woman hath done shall be spoken of +for a memorial of her.' Let it be known that this woman was Mary of +Bethany, then at Jesus' feet. Henceforth let her name be linked with her +deed." + +Thus ends the words we have imagined St. John might have spoken with the +Gospels of Matthew and Mark in his hand. The additions to their story +are suggested by his own Gospel. He has drawn a beautiful picture of +Mary, in brighter colors and more delicate shades than has any other. To +him artists are chiefly indebted for their ideas of her. His own +character was so completely in harmony with hers that he understood what +his fellows did not. By them she was misjudged and condemned; he saw and +admired the sweetness of her spirit, and the purity and nobleness of her +motive. Upon the monument reared by other Evangelists, he inserted her +name. In her he saw a reflection of her Lord and his. His memory and +his record alone secured for her in particular the fulfilment of the +Lord's prophecy concerning the remembrance of her deed. Every Christian +home in the whole world has been, or will be, filled with the spiritual +fragrance of her offering. But the prophecy is more than fulfilled. That +which she hath done is not only "_spoken of_," for in many a home +inspired by her spirit, her name has been given as a memorial of her +whom John distinguished from all others as "that Mary which anointed the +Lord with ointment and wiped His feet with her hair." It was of Mary +that Jesus said, "She hath done what she could." + +John's picture of her is all the brighter because of his dark background +of Judas. He has forever associated their names in contrast. In his +mind, the anointing was ever suggestive of the betrayal. He remembered +how the "thief" asked his hypocritical question at the moment of the +greatest perfume; and how Judas was planning the betrayal while Mary was +meditating on the death to which it would lead. It appears almost +certain that Judas, stung by the Lord's reproof of him and defence of +Mary, ready to sell his Lord's body for a less sum than he valued the +ointment, turned from the feast in anger, hastening to the chief priest +with the cursed question and promise, "What will ye give me, and I will +deliver Him unto you?" Wheresoever the gospel is preached throughout +the whole world, that also which _this man_ hath done is spoken of--but +not for a memorial of him. + +John's picture of Mary, Judas and Jesus is a most suggestive grouping. +What harmony and contrast! What light and shade! What revelation of love +and hate, of friendship and enmity, of devotion and sacrilege! To no +other scene does Christ sustain quite the same relation. The friendship +of His first feast--that of Cana--is deeper and tenderer in His last, at +Bethany. + +There is something sublime in this Son of God having all power, pleading +with Judas that Mary might be permitted to continue her service of love +for Him. + +Add John's own likeness to the three at whom we have been looking, and +what a grouping we have--Jesus with His loved Mary, and John the most +beautiful illustration of human friendship, and Judas the _betrayer_. +Let imagination complete what no artist has attempted. + +When John recalls the odors of Mary's ointment filling the house, he +seems to catch a refrain from Solomon's song, and addresses it to +her,--"Thine ointments have a goodly fragrance; thy name is as ointment +poured forth; therefore do the maidens love thee." + +It is not the "maidens" alone, especially the Marys of Christendom, +that "love" her, but all to whom the gospel is preached, who join in +John's refrain, while thanking him for his "memorial of her." + + + + +_CHAPTER XX_ + +_John a Herald of the King_ + +PROPHECY: + + "Rejoice greatly, O daughter of Zion; shout, O daughter of + Jerusalem: behold, thy King cometh unto thee: ... lowly, and riding + upon ... a colt."--_Zech._ ix. 9. + +PROPHECY FULFILLED: + + "He sent two of his disciples, saying, Go your way into the village + over against you; in the which as ye enter ye shall find a colt + tied: ... loose him, and bring him.... And they brought him to + Jesus: and they threw their garments upon the colt, and set Jesus + thereon."--_Luke_ xix. 30, 35. + +PROPHECY UNDERSTOOD: + + "These things understood not His disciples at the first: but when + Jesus was glorified, then remembered they that these things were + written of Him, and that they had done these things unto + Him."--_John_ xii. 16. + + "Daughter of Zion! Virgin Queen! Rejoice! + Clap the glad hand and lift th' exulting voice! + He comes,--but not in regal splendor drest, + The haughty diadem, the Tyrian vest; + Not arm'd in flame, all glorious from afar, + Of hosts the chieftain, and the lord of war: + Messiah comes!--let furious discord cease; + Be peace on earth before the Prince of Peace!" + --_Heber's Palestine_. + + +Zechariah foretold the coming of Christ five hundred years before the +angels over Bethlehem heralded His birth. The prophets saw Him as the +Messiah-king, but not such a ruler as most of the Jews of Christ's day +expected. Even the disciples, believing Him to be the Messiah, had +mistaken views of His kingdom. Yet He was the King foretold by the +prophets; the Son of David who sang of Him as the "King" and as the +"Lord's anointed"; the Messiah or Christ; the king of the Jews not only, +but of all men. As such He would make a triumphal entry into the "City +of the Great King." This would not be in the pride and pomp of an +earthly conqueror, but in the "lowly" manner which Zechariah had +foretold. + +All the accounts of Jesus' journeyings leave the impression that He went +a-foot. Only once do we know that He rode; that was in fulfilment of +prophecy. That prophecy He purposed to fulfil the day after the feast of +Bethany. This was intended by Christ to be His royal and Messianic entry +into Jerusalem. The hour had come. A colt unused, and so fitted by +custom for sacred purposes, was ready for His use. Having left the +village "He sent two of His disciples to bring it to Him." These two are +understood to be Peter and John, for whose united service He would soon +call again. We may think of the owner of the colt as friendly toward +their Master. When told by the disciples, "The Lord hath need of him," +he was ready to serve Him by the loan of his beast. That +"need"--whatever the owner or the disciples thought--was not so much to +aid in Christ's journey as to make true the prophetic words concerning +Him, "Thy King cometh ... riding upon ... a colt." + +The two disciples "brought him to Jesus, and they threw their garments +upon the colt, and set Jesus thereon." + +We may think of Peter and John, having arranged for the royal ride, as +heralds of their Lord, leading the procession from Bethany, and the +first to greet with signal and shout the other coming from Jerusalem. + +Beside their King, perhaps leading the colt on which they had placed +Him, they would be the first to tread where "a very great multitude +spread their garments in the way," and others "branches from the trees," +and yet others "layers of leaves which they had cut from the +fields"--thus carpeting the road winding around the slope of Olivet. + +Were not Peter and John leaders in song when "at the descent at the +Mount of Olives the whole multitude of the disciples began to rejoice +and praise God," and especially when "the City of David" came into view? +The joyful strains were from the Psalms of David--"Hosanna to the Son of +David, Hosanna in the Highest Blessed is the kingdom that cometh, the +kingdom of our Father David. Blessed is the King that cometh in the +name of the Lord; peace in heaven, and glory in the highest." + +[Illustration: CHRIST AND ST. JOHN _Ary Scheffer_ Page 155] + +In that last strain it would almost seem as if the angelic song of +thirty-three years before, over the plain of Bethlehem, had not yet died +away, and was echoed from Olivet. + +In that hour did John and James have thoughts about sitting one on the +right hand and the other on the left in a kingdom which seemed near at +hand? Did they and the other disciples, who had been disappointed +because their Lord had refused on the shore of Galilee to be made king, +imagine that He certainly would now be willing to be crowned in +Jerusalem? + +When John wrote his account of the triumphal entry into Jerusalem, he +recalled the prophecy concerning it. It is claimed that he speaks of +himself and Peter in particular when he says, "These things understood +not the disciples at first; but when Jesus was glorified, then +remembered they that these things were written, and that they had done +these things unto Him." This was a frank confession of his own dulness +and ignorance: it is also an assurance of his later wisdom. + +We see John on the highway of Olivet, a chosen disciple to aid His Lord +in the hour of His earthly glory. We shall see him, even down to old +age, in a yet nobler sense, a Herald of the King. + + + + +_CHAPTER XXI_ + +_With the Master on Olivet_ + + "Some spake of the Temple, how it was adorned with goodly stones + and offerings."--_Luke_ xxi. 5. + + "One of His disciples saith unto Him, Master, behold, what manner + of stones and what manner of buildings! And Jesus said unto him, + Seest thou these great buildings? There shall not be left here one + stone upon another, which shall not be thrown down." + + "As He sat on the Mount of Olives over against the Temple, Peter + and James and John and Andrew asked Him privately, Tell us, when + shall these things be? and, What shall be the sign when these + things are all about to be accomplished?"--_Mark_ xiii. 1-4. + + +The Temple was the most sacred of all places, even before the Lord of +the Temple entered it. His presence became its chiefest glory. In the +hour when the waiting Simeon at last could there say "he had seen the +Lord's Christ," it had a new consecration, and a beauty which its +richness of materials and adornments had never given. In the hour when +He there said to His mother, "Wist ye not that I must be in My Father's +House?" or, "I must be about My Father's business," it was more +consecrated still. Twice He had cleansed it from the profanation of +unholy worshipers. Within it He had spoken as no man had ever done. It +had been a theatre of His divine power. + +That was a sad and solemn hour in the last week of His life when, as +Matthew says, "Jesus went out and departed from the Temple." That was +His farewell to it. With sadness He thought not only that He would never +return to it for a blessed ministry of word and healing, but that the +place itself would be destroyed. As He led His disciples from it, their +minds were also upon the Holy House: but their thoughts were not His +thoughts. They had long been familiar with its magnificence, from the +day when each of them, at twelve years of age, for the first time had +gazed upon it in wonder and admiration. We do not know why, as they were +turning away from it and walked toward Olivet, "some spake of the +Temple, how it was adorned with goodly stones and offerings," nor why +"one of His disciples saith unto Him, Master, behold what manner of +stones, and what manner of buildings!" But so they did. Doubtless they +were surprised and disappointed that the Lord did not respond with like +spirit to their enthusiastic exclamations. Were not such richness and +beauty worthy of even His admiration? Why His momentary silence? Why His +sadness of expression, as He looked toward the Temple, beholding it as +they bid Him do, but manifestly with different purpose and feeling from +what they intended? His appearance seemed most inconsistent with the +glorious view. His response was startling,--"Seest thou these great +buildings? There shall not be left here one stone upon another, which +shall not be thrown down." + +The astonished disciples were silenced, but an unspoken question was in +the minds of some of them. Christ turned aside and ascended the +mountain, taking with Him the chosen three, Peter, James and John. On +this occasion Andrew is added to the private company. Once more we see +by themselves the two pair of brothers with whom in their boyhood we +became familiar in Bethsaida. We are reminded of the days when they sat +together on the sea-shore, the time when they were watching for the +coming of the Messiah with whom they now "sat on the Mount of Olives +over against the Temple." Two days before, in the road below He had also +prophesied of the destruction of the city, as He gazed upon it through +His tears. Now He was on the summit, directly opposite the Temple, from +which the city was spread out before Him. To me it is still a delight in +thought, as it was in reality, to stand where they sat, and look down +upon the same Temple area, and think of the Holy and Beautiful House, as +it appeared before the sad prophecy had been fulfilled. + +On this spot the poet Milman makes Titus to stand just before the +destruction of Jerusalem, with determination and yet with misgiving, +looking down on the city in its pride and the Temple in its +gorgeousness, and saying: + + "Yon proud City! + As on our Olive-crowned hill we stand, + Where Kidron at our feet its scanty waters + Distills from stone to stone with gentle motion, + As through a valley sacred to sweet Peace, + How boldly doth it front us! How majestically! + Like as a luxurious vineyard, the hillside + Is hung with marble fabrics, line o'er line, + Terrace o'er terrace, nearer still, and nearer + To the blue Heavens. Here bright and sumptuous palaces, + With cool and verdant gardens interspersed; + Here towers of war that frown in massy strength; + While over all hangs the rich purple eve, + As conscious of its being her last farewell + Of light and glory to the fated city. + And as our clouds of battle, dust and smoke + Are melted into air, behold the Temple + In undisturbed and lone serenity, + Finding itself a solemn sanctuary + In the profound of Heaven! It stands before us + A mount of snow, fettered with golden pinnacles! + The very sun, as though he worshiped there, + Lingers upon the gilded cedar roofs; + And down the long and branching porticoes, + On every flowery, sculptured capital, + Glitters the homage of His parting beams. + .... The sight might almost win + The offended majesty of Rome to mercy." + +But Roman majesty was not to be won to mercy. To the Twelve, Christ had +foretold the destruction of the city. And now when the four were alone +with Him, they "asked Him privately, tell us when shall these things +be." For wise reasons Jesus did not tell. But one of them at least would +learn both when and what these things would be. This was John. His +tender and loving heart was to bleed with the horrible story of the fall +of Jerusalem. There hunger and famine would be so dire that mothers +would slay and devour their own children. Multitudes would die of +disease and pestilence. Rage and madness would make the city like a cage +of wild beasts. Thousands would be carried away into captivity. The most +beautiful youths would be kept to show the triumph of their conqueror. +Some of them would be doomed to work in chains in Egyptian mines. Young +boys and girls would be sold as slaves. Many would be slain by wild +beasts and gladiators. Saddest of all would be the Temple scenes. Though +Titus command its preservation his infuriated soldiery will not spare +it. On its altar there would be no sacrifice because no priest to offer +it. That altar would be heaped with the slain. Streams of blood would +flow through the temple courts, and thousands of women perish in its +blazing corridors. The time was to come when John, recalling his +question on Olivet and his Lord's prophecy concerning Jerusalem, could +say, + + "All is o'er, Her grandeur and her guilt." + +Was he the one of the disciples who hailed the Master, saying, "Behold +what manner of stones, and what manner of buildings!"? If so, with what +emotions he must have recalled his exclamation after the prophecy of +their destruction had been fulfilled. Outliving all his fellow-apostles +the time came when he could stand alone where once he stood with Peter +and James and Andrew, not asking questions "When shall these things be?" +and, "What shall be the sign when these things are all about to be +accomplished?" but repeating the lament of Bishop Heber over Jerusalem +in ruins: + + "Reft of thy son, amid thy foes forlorn, + Mourn, widow'd Queen; forgotten Zion, mourn. + Is this thy place, sad city, this thy throne, + Where the wild desert rears its craggy stone; + Where suns unblessed their angry luster fling, + And way-worn pilgrims seek the scanty spring? + Where now thy pomp, which kings with envy viewed? + Where now thy might which all those kings subdued? + No martial myriads muster in thy gate; + No suppliant nations in thy temple wait; + No prophet bards, thy glittering courts among, + Wake the full lyre, and swell the tide of song: + But lawless force and meagre want are there, + And the quick-darting eye of restless fear, + While cold oblivion, 'mid thy ruins laid, + Folds its dank wing beneath the ivy shade." + + + + +_CHAPTER XXII_ + +_John a Provider for the Passover_ + + "He sent Peter and John, saying, Go and make ready for us the + Passover, that we may eat."--_Luke_ xxii. 8. + + "And they went ... and they made ready the Passover."--_v._ 13. + + +The last time we saw Judas was when he left the feast of Bethany, +murmuring at Mary's deed, angry at the Lord's defence of her, and +plotting against Him. "From that time He sought opportunity to betray +Him." + +"The day ... came on which the Passover must be sacrificed." A lamb must +be provided and slain in the Temple for Jesus and His disciples. +Moreover a place must be provided for them to eat it. This preparation +would naturally fall on Judas, the treasurer of the company, whom at a +later hour the disciples thought Jesus instructed to buy some things for +the feast. The place in Jesus' mind was yet a secret, unknown to the +disciples, including Judas who could not therefore reveal it to His +enemies. Who shall be entrusted with the service which He needed, and be +in sympathy with Him in the solemn approaching hour? Not Judas. The two +who had been the heralds of the King should be His messengers. So "He +sent Peter and John saying, Go and make ready for us the Passover that +we may eat." Again and again we shall find Peter and John together in +circumstances of joy and sorrow, trial and triumph. Their first question +was a very natural one, "Where wilt Thou that we make ready?" The Lord's +secret was not at once revealed. He gave them a sign by which their +question would be answered--another proof of His divine fore-knowledge. +He told them to go into the city, entering which they would find a man +bearing a pitcher of water. Him they were to follow to the house he +entered, and tell its owner of His purpose to keep the Passover there. +In a furnished room they were to prepare for His coming. They were full +of curiosity, but had no doubt concerning the result of their errand. +They trusted Him who had entrusted them with it. + +Soon at the public fountain they were watching for the servant who +should be their guide. Having done "as Jesus appointed them," they +"found as He said unto them." As instructed they said "unto the goodman +of the house, The Master saith unto thee, Where is the guest-chamber +where I shall eat the Passover with My disciples?" + +"The goodman of the house" is the only name by which this owner has +been known. Some have thought He was Joseph of Arimathĉa; others the +Father of Saint Mark; others Mark himself. It is the name by which Jesus +has called Him; that is honor enough. Without doubt he was a friend of +the Lord. Perhaps like Nicodemus he had come to Him privately for +instruction. He was ready to do what he could for His necessities when +homeless in Jerusalem. He was ready to give Him a place of protection +when, that very night, His enemies were seeking His life. Peter and John +may never have met this unnamed disciple before. If so, it was doubtless +the beginning of an acquaintance close and tender between them and him +who was "the last host of the Lord, and the first host of His Church." + +He showed them "a large upper room." It was probably reached, as in many +oriental houses, by outside stairs. It was the choicest and most retired +room. The goodman led the disciples into it. They found it "furnished" +with a table, and couches around it on which Jesus and His company could +recline. But this probably was not all. The table was "prepared" with +some of the provisions required for the feast. These included the cakes +of unleavened bread, the five kinds of bitter herbs, and the wine mixed +with water for the four cups which it was the custom to use. + +But there was something more which Peter and John must do to "make +ready" for the feast. It was the most important thing of all. It was to +prepare the "Paschal Lamb." With such a lamb they had been familiar from +childhood. As their fathers brought it into their homes, and their +mothers roasted it, and parents and children gathered about it in solemn +worship, the Bethsaidan boys had no thought of the day when the Messiah +would bid them prepare for the feast of which He Himself would be the +host, at the only time apparently when He acted as such. + +When John was pointed by the Baptist to Jesus, he had no thought that He +would prepare the last Lamb for Him whom He was to see sacrificed as +"the Lamb of God." No wonder that Jesus sent Peter and John to make +ready, instead of Judas the usual provider, who in the same hour "sought +opportunity to betray Him." + +We follow them from the house of the goodman toward the Temple. Nearing +it they listen with mournful solemnity to the chanting of the +eighty-first Psalm, with its exhortation to praise,--"Sing aloud unto +God our strength. Blow up the trumpet in the new moon, in the time +appointed, on the solemn feast day." Then they listen for the threefold +blast of the silver trumpets. By this they know that the hour has come +for the slaying of the lambs. Peter and John enter the court of the +priests, and slay their lamb whose blood is caught by a priest in a +golden bowl, and carried to the Great Altar. + +Of this they must have been reminded a few hours later when Christ spoke +of His own blood shed for the remission of sins. John must have +remembered it when he saw and wrote of the "blood and water" that flowed +from the pierced side of his Lord. While the lamb is being slain the +priests are chanting, and the people responding, "Hallelujah: Blessed is +He that cometh in the Name of the Lord." + +The lamb of sacrifice, slain and cleansed and roasted, is carried by the +two disciples on staves to the upper room. After lighting the festive +lamps, they have obeyed their Lord's command, "Make ready the Passover." + +Meanwhile He and the remaining ten, as the sun is setting, descend the +Mount of Olives, from which He takes His last view of the holy but fated +city. The disciples follow Him, still awed by what He had told them of +its fate, and with forebodings of what awaited Him and them. Among them +was the traitor carrying his terrible secret, bent on its awful purpose +which is unknown to the nine, but well known to the Master. Thus they go +to the upper room where Peter and John are ready to receive them. + +In Jesus' message to the goodman He said, "I will keep the Passover at +thy house with My disciples." They were His family. He chose to be +alone with them. Not even the mothers Mary and Salome, nor Nicodemus on +this night, nor the family of Bethany, could be of His company. No Mary +was here to anoint His feet with ointment; nor woman who had been a +sinner to bathe them with her tears. Lazarus was not one of them that +sat with them; nor did "Martha serve." It was the twelve whom He had +chosen, and who had continued with Him. It was to His apostolic family +that He said, "With desire I have desired to eat this Passover with you +before I suffer." And so "He sat down with the twelve" alone, the only +time--as is supposed--that He ever ate the Passover meal with His +disciples. + +That room became of special interest to John. Sent by his Master to find +it, he was mysteriously guided thither. There he was welcomed by the +good owner of the house, who united with him in preparation for the most +memorable feast ever held. It is there that we see him in closest +companionship with his Lord. It was the place in Jesus' mind when He +said, "Go and make ready for us the Passover." "Where shall we go?" +asked John. He found answer when he entered that upper room. Because of +his relation thereto it has been called "St. John's Room"--more sacred +than any "Jerusalem Chamber," so named, or any "St. John's Cathedral!" + + + + +_CHAPTER XXIII_ + +_John's Memories of the Upper Room_ + + "When the hour was come, He sat down, and the apostles with + him."--_Luke_ xxii. 14. + + "There was at the table reclining in Jesus' bosom one of His + disciples, whom Jesus loved."--_John_ xiii. 23. + + +Three Evangelists leave the door of the upper room standing ajar. +Through it we can see much that is passing, and hear much that is said. +John coming after them opens it wide, thus enlarging our view and +increasing our knowledge. + +Luke says of Jesus, "He sat down and the apostles with Him." That is a +very simple statement. We might suppose all was done in quietness and +harmony. But he tells us of a sad incident which happened, probably in +connection with it. "There arose also a contention among them which of +them is accounted to be greatest." The question in dispute was possibly +the order in which they should sit at the table. They still had the +spirit of the Pharisees who claimed that such order should be according +to rank. + +We wonder how John felt. Did he have any part in that contention; or had +he put away all such ambition since the Lord had reproved him and his +brother James for it? Or was his near relation to the Lord so well +understood that there was no question by anybody where John might +sit--next to the Master? + +Let us notice the manner of sitting at meals. The table was surrounded +by a divan on which the guests reclined on their left side, with the +head nearest the table, and the feet extending outward. + +"There was at the table reclining in Jesus' bosom one of His disciples, +whom Jesus loved." This is the first time John thus speaks of himself. +He never uses his own name. His place was at the right of the Lord. +There he reclined during the meal, once changing his position, as we +shall see. Judas was probably next to Jesus on His left. This allowed +them to talk together without others knowing what they said. + +John begins his story of the upper room as a supplement to Luke's record +of the contention. He first tells two things about Jesus,--His knowledge +that His hour "was come that He should depart out of this world unto the +Father," and His great and constant love for His disciples. With these +two thoughts in mind, how grieved He must have been at the ambitious +spirit of the Apostles. He had once given them a lesson of humility, +using a little child for an object lesson. That lesson was not yet +learned; or if learned was not yet put into practice. So He gave them +another object lesson, having still more meaning than the first. + +But before making record of it John, as at the supper in Bethany, +points to Judas. We are reminded of the traitor's purpose formed while +Mary anointed and wiped Jesus' feet. So awful was that purpose, so full +of hatred and deceit, that John now tells us it was the devil himself +who "put into the heart of Judas ... to betray Him." "Humanity had +fallen, but not so low." + +John seems to have well understood his Master's thoughts and interpreted +His actions in giving the second object lesson. He noticed carefully, +and remembered long and distinctly, every act. Was there ever drawn a +more powerful picture in contrast than in these words,--"Jesus, knowing +that the Father had given all things into His hands, and that He came +forth from God, and goeth unto God, riseth from supper, and layeth aside +His garments; and He took a towel, and girded Himself. Then He poureth +water into the basin, and began to wash the disciples' feet, and to wipe +them with the towel wherewith He was girded." + +This was the service of a common slave. It is easy to imagine the silent +astonishment of the disciples. The purpose of Jesus could not be +mistaken. It was a reproof for their contention. The object lesson was +ended. John continued to closely watch His movements, as he took the +garments He had laid aside and resumed His seat at the table. The +very towel with which the Lord had girded Himself, found a lasting place +in John's memory, worthy of mention as the instrument of humble service. +What a sacred relic, if preserved, it would have become--more worthy of +a place in St. Peter's in Rome than the pretended handkerchief of +Veronica. + +[Illustration: THE LAST SUPPER _Benjamin West_ Page 158] + +Christ's treatment of one of the disciples at the feet-washing left a +deep impression on John's mind. With sadness and indefiniteness the Lord +said, "He that eateth My bread lifted up his heel against Me": one who +accepts My hospitality and partakes of the proofs of My friendship is My +enemy. For that one whoever it might be, known only to himself and to +Jesus, it was a most solemn call to even yet turn from his evil purpose. +But the faithless one betrayed no sign; nor did Jesus betray him even +with a glance which would have been a revelation to John's observant +eye. + +It is John who tells us that as they sat at the table "Jesus ... was +troubled in spirit." The apostle closest to Him in position and sympathy +would be the first to detect that special trouble, and the greatness of +it, even before the cause of it was known. But that was not long. "Jesus +said, Verily, verily, I say unto you that one of you shall betray Me." +Such is John's record of Christ's declaration. It is in His Gospel alone +that we find the double "Verily" introducing Christ's words, thus +giving a deeper emphasis and solemnity than appears in the other +Evangelists. A comparison of this declaration of Christ as given by the +four, illustrates this fact. John immediately follows this statement of +the betrayal with another, peculiar to himself. Its shows his close +observation at the time, and the permanence of his impression. What he +noticed would furnish a grand subject for the most skilful artist, +beneath whose picture might be written, "The disciples looked one on +another, doubting of whom He spake." As John gazed upon them, raising +themselves on their divans, looking first one way, then another, from +one familiar face to another, exchanging glances of inquiry and doubt, +each distrustful of himself and his fellow, he beheld what angels might +have looked upon with even deeper interest. There has been no other +occasion, nor can there be, for such facial expressions--a blending of +surprise, consternation, fear and sorrow. Was John one of those who +"began to question among themselves which of them it was that should do +this thing"? Did he take his turn as "one by one" they "began to say, +... Is it I, Lord?" If so it must have been in the faintest whisper; and +so the blessed answer, "No." But we must believe that Jesus and John +understood each other too well for any such question and answer. The +definite answer was not yet given to any one by the Master, yet with an +awful warning, He repeated His prediction of the betrayal. + +Peter was impatient to ask Jesus another question. At other times he was +bold to speak, but now he was awed into silence. Yet he felt that he +must know. The great secret must be revealed. There was one through whom +it might possibly be done. So while the disciples looked one on another, +Peter gazed on John with an earnest, inquiring look, feeling that the +beloved disciple might relieve the awful suspense. "Peter therefore +beckoneth to him, and saith unto him, Tell us who it is of whom He +speaketh." So "He, leaning back, as he was, on Jesus' breast, saith unto +Him, Lord, who is it? Jesus therefore answereth, He it is for whom I +shall dip the sop and give it him." Did John on one side of Jesus hear +the whispered question of Judas on the other, "Is it I, Rabbi?" He +watched for the sign which Jesus said He would give. The morsel was +given to Judas. That was more than a sign, more than kindness to an +unworthy guest; it was the last of thousands of loving acts to one whom +Jesus had chosen, taught and warned--yet was a traitor. Of that moment +John makes special note. Having told us that at the beginning of the +supper "the devil ... put into the heart of Judas ... to betray," he +says, "After the sop, Satan entered into him." As he saw Judas, with a +heart of stone and without a trembling hand, coolly take the morsel from +that hand of love, he realized that the evil one had indeed taken +possession of him whose heart he had stirred at the feast of Bethany. + +It must have been a relief to John when he heard the Lord bid Judas +depart, though "no man at the table knew for what intent." + +"He then having received the sop went out straightway,"--out from that +most consecrated room; out from the companionship of the Apostles in +which he had proved himself unfit to share; out from the most hallowed +associations of earth; out from the most inspiring influences with which +man was ever blessed; out from the teachings, warnings, invitations and +loving care of his only Saviour. "When Satan entered into him, he went +out from the presence of Christ, as Cain went out from the presence of +the Lord." As John spoke of the departure, no wonder he added, "It was +night." His words mean to us more than the darkness outside that room +illumined by the lamp which Peter and John had lighted. They are +suggestive of the darkness of the traitor's soul, contrasted with the +"Light of the World" in that room, to whose blessed beams he then closed +his eyes forever. Night--the darkest night--was the most fitting symbol +for the deeds to follow. Possessed by Satan, Judas went out to be +"guide to them that took Jesus." To them, two hours later, He who was +the Light of the World said, "This is your hour and the power of +darkness." + +It was when "he was gone out" that Christ called the disciples by a new +name, and gave them a new commandment. In both of them John took a +special interest which he showed long after. That name was "Little +Children." The word which Christ used had a peculiar meaning. This is +the only time we know of His ever using it. It was an expression of the +tenderest affection for His family, so soon to be orphaned by His death. +When John wrote his Epistles, he often used the same word, whose special +meaning he had learned from his Lord, to show his own love for his +fellow-Christians. + +The new commandment was this--"That ye love one another; as I have loved +you, that ye also love one another." The command itself was not new, for +it had been given through Moses, and repeated by Christ, "Thou shalt +love thy neighbor as thyself." But Christ gave the disciples a new +reason or motive for obeying it. They were to love one another because +of His love for them. As John grew older he became a beautiful example +of one who obeyed the command. In his old age he urged such obedience, +saying, "If God so loved us, we ought also to love one another." + +Through the door of the Upper Room left ajar by three Evangelists, we +catch glimpses of the group around the table of the Last Supper. Through +it as opened wide by John we hear the voice of Jesus as He utters His +farewell words. He comforts His disciples and tells of heavenly +mansions. He gives His peace in their tribulations. He promises the Holy +Spirit as a Comforter. He closes His address, even in this hour of +sadness and apparent defeat, with these wonderful words, "Be of good +cheer; I have overcome the world." + +And now as John still holds open the door, we hear the voice of prayer, +such as nowhere else has been offered. It is ended. There are moments of +silence, followed by a song of praise. Then John closes the door of the +Upper Room, which we believe was opened again as the earliest home of +the Christian Church. There we shall see him again with those who, +because of his experience with his Lord in that consecrated place, gave +him the name of "The Bosom Disciple." + +[Illustration: IN GETHSEMANE _Gustave Doré_ Page 163] + + + + +_CHAPTER XXIV_ + +_With Jesus in Gethsemane_ + + "He went forth with His disciples over the brook Kidron, where was + a garden."--_John_ xviii. 1. + + "Then cometh Jesus with them unto a place called Gethsemane, and + saith unto His disciples, Sit ye here while I go yonder and + pray."--_Matt._ xxvi. 36. + + "And He taketh with Him Peter and James and John, ... and He saith + unto them, ... abide ye here, and watch."--_Mark_ xiv. 33, 34. + + "And He went forward a little, and fell on the ground, and prayed." + _v._ 35. + + +John was our leader to the Upper Room. And now he guides us from it, +saying, "Jesus ... went forth with His disciples." That phrase "went +forth" may suggest to us much more than mere departure. The banquet of +love was over. The Lord's cup of blessing and remembrance had been drunk +by His "little children," as He affectionately called them. He was now +to drink the cup the Father was giving His Son--a mysterious cup of +sorrow. It was probably at the midnight hour that Jesus "went forth" the +last time from Jerusalem, which He had crowned with His goodness, but +which had crowned Him with many crowns of sorrow. + +Other Evangelists tell us that He went "to the Mount of Olives," "to a +place called Gethsemane." John shows us the way thither, and what kind +of a place it was. Jesus went "over the ravine of the Kidron," in the +valley of Jehoshaphat. At this season of the year it was not, as at +other times, a dry water-bed, but a swollen, rushing torrent, fitting +emblem of the waters of sorrow through which He was passing. Whether the +name Kidron refers to the dark color of its waters, or the gloom of the +ravine through which they flow, or the sombre green of its overshadowing +cedars, it will ever be a reminder of the darker gloom that overshadowed +John and His Master, as they crossed that stream together to meet the +powers of darkness in the hour which Jesus called their own. + +The garden of Gethsemane was an enclosed piece of ground. We are not to +think of it as a garden of flowers, or of vegetables, but as having a +variety of flowering shrubs, and of fruit-trees, especially olive. It +might properly be called an orchard. On the spot now claimed to be the +garden, there are several very old gnarled olive-trees. Having stood +beneath them, I would be glad to believe that they had sheltered my +Lord. But I remember that when the prophecy concerning Jerusalem was +fulfilled, the most sacred trees of our world were destroyed. + +[Illustration: THE VALLEY OF JEHOSHAPHAT _Old Engraving_ Page 164] + +Who was the owner of that sacred garden? He must have known what +happened there "ofttimes." Perhaps, like the "goodman of the house" in +Jerusalem, he was a disciple of Jesus, and provided this quiet retreat +for the living Christ, in the same spirit with which Joseph of Arimathĉa +provided a garden for Him when He was dead. To these two gardens John is +our only guide. From the one he fled with Peter in fear and sadness: to +the other he hastened with Peter in anxiety followed by gladness. + +When at the foot of Hermon, Jesus left nine of His disciples to await +His return. Now one was no longer "numbered among" them, as Peter +afterward said of him "who was guide to them that took Jesus." At the +entrance to the garden Jesus paused and said to eight, "Sit ye here +while I go yonder and pray." So had Abraham nineteen hundred years +before, pointing to Mount Moriah, visible from Olivet in the moonlight, +said "unto his young men, Abide ye here ... and I and the lad will go +yonder and worship." + +That very night Jesus was to ascend that very Mount on His way as a +sacrifice, without any angel to stay the sacrificial hand. + +At the garden gate there was no formal farewell, but a solemn final +charge, "Pray that ye enter not into temptation." Jesus knew that the +hour had come in which should be fulfilled Zechariah's prophecy. Sadly +He had declared in the Upper Room, "All ye shall be offended because of +Me this night; for it is written, I will smite the Shepherd, and the +sheep of the flock shall be scattered abroad." + +He dreads to be entirely alone. He longs for companionship. He craves +sympathy. In whose heart is it the tenderest and deepest? There is no +guessing here. The names are already on our lips. Answer is found in the +home of Jairus and on Hermon. Those whom He had led into the one, and +"apart" onto the other, He would have alone with Him in the garden. So +"He taketh with Him Peter and James and John." These companions of His +glory shall also be of His sorrow. + +As Jesus advanced into the garden, the three discovered a change in +Him--a contrast to the calmness of the Upper Room and the assurances of +victory with which He had left it. He "began to be sore amazed and +sorrowful and troubled," and "to be very heavy." We have seen John +apparently quicker than others to detect his Lord's thoughts and +emotions. We imagine him walking closest to His side, and watching as +closely every change of His countenance and every motion that revealed +the inward struggle. And so when Jesus broke the silence, he was +somewhat prepared to hear Him say to the three, "My soul is exceeding +sorrowful even unto death." + +[Illustration: CHRIST BEFORE CAIAPHAS _Old Engraving_ Page 176] + +The moment had come when He must deny Himself even the little comfort +and strength of the immediate presence of the three. So saying, "Tarry +ye here and watch with Me," He turned away. They must not follow Him to +the spot of His greatest conflict. There He must be alone, beyond the +reach of human help, however strong or loving. Even that which He had +found in the few moments since leaving the garden entrance must end. +Their eyes followed Him where they might not follow in His steps. It was +not far. "He went forward a little." "He was parted from them about a +stone's cast"--probably forty or fifty yards. This separation implies +sorrow. They were near enough to watch His every movement as He "kneeled +down" and "fell on His face to the ground" They were near enough to hear +the passionate cry of love and agony, "O, My Father." This is the only +time we know of His using this personal pronoun in prayer to His Father. +He thus showed the intensity of His feeling, and longing for that +sympathy and help which the Father alone could give. + +On Hermon the glories of the Transfiguration were almost hidden from the +three disciples by their closing eyes. And now weariness overcame them +in the garden. They too fell to the ground, but not in prayer. They +tarried indeed, but could no longer watch. + +They had seen Moses and Elijah with their Lord on the Holy Mount, but +probably did not see the blessed watcher in the garden when "there +appeared unto Him an angel from heaven strengthening Him" in body and +soul. So had angels come and ministered unto the Lord of angels and men +in the temptation in the wilderness. + +"Being in agony He prayed more earnestly" until mingled blood and sweat +fell upon the ground. The heavenly visitants on Mount Hermon in glory +had talked with Him of His decease now at hand. The cup of sorrow was +fuller now than then. He prayed the Father that if possible it might +pass from Him. Then the angel must have told Him that this could not be +if He would become the Saviour of men. He uttered the words whose +meaning we cannot fully know, "Not My will, but Thine, be done." + +The angelic presence did not make Him unmindful of the three. "He rose +up from His prayer," and turned from the spot moistened by the drops of +His agony. With the traces of them upon His brow, "He came unto the +disciples." How much of pathos in the simple record, "He found them +sleeping." Without heavenly or earthly companionship, His loneliness is +complete. + + "'Tis midnight; and from all around, + The Saviour wrestles 'lone with fears; + E'en that disciple whom He loved, + Heeds not His Master's griefs and tears." + +The head that reclined so lovingly on the bosom of the Lord in the Upper +Room now wearily rests on the dewy grass of Gethsemane. The eyes that +looked so tenderly into His, and the ear that listened so anxiously for +His whisper, are closed. + +As Jesus stood by the three recumbent forms held by deep sleep, and +gazed by the pale moonlight into their faces which showed a troubled +slumber, He knew they "were sleeping for sorrow." In silence He looked +upon them until His eye fastened--not on the beloved John--but on him +who an hour ago had boasted of faithfulness to His Lord. The last +utterance they had heard before being lost in slumber was that of +agonizing prayer to the Father. The first that awakened them was sad and +tender reproof--"Simon, sleepest _thou_? Couldest thou not watch one +hour?" In the Master's words and tones were mingled reproach and +sympathy. In tenderness He added, "The spirit indeed is willing, but the +flesh is weak." Because of the spirit He pardoned the flesh. The +question, "Why sleep ye?" was to the three, as well as the charge, "Rise +and pray, that ye enter not into temptation." + +Let imagination fill out the outline drawn by the Evangelists:--"He +went away again the second time and prayed; He came and found them +asleep again; He left them and went away again and prayed the third +time; and He cometh a third time and saith unto them, 'Sleep on now and +take your rest.'" If we may suppose any period of rest, it was soon +broken by the cry, "Arise, let us be going; behold he that betrayeth Me +is at hand." They need "watch" no longer. Their Lord's threefold +struggle was over. He was victor in Gethsemane, even as John beheld Him +three years before, just after His threefold conflict in the wilderness. + +As they rose from the ground the inner circle that had separated them, +not only from the other Apostles but from all other men, was erased. We +do not find them alone with their Lord again. They rose and joined the +eight at the garden gate. + +Recalling Gethsemane we sing to Jesus, + + "Thyself the path of prayer hast trod." + +The most sacred path of prayer in all the world was in Gethsemane. It +was only "a stone's cast" in length. The Lord trod it six times in +passing between the place where He said to the three, "tarry ye here," +and that where He "kneeled down and prayed." One angel knows the spot. +Would that he could reveal it unto us. + +[Illustration: CHRIST BEFORE PILATE (Ecce Homo) _H. Hofmann_ Page 182] + +When Jesus was praying and the three were sleeping, Judas reported +himself at the High-Priestly Palace, ready to be the guide of the band +to arrest his Master. There were the Temple-guard with their staves, and +soldiers with their swords, and members of the Sanhedrin, ready to aid +in carrying out the plot arranged with the betrayer. It was +midnight--fit hour for their deed of darkness. The full moon shone +brightly in the clear atmosphere; yet they bore torches and lamps upon +poles, to light up any dark ravine or shaded nook in which they imagined +Jesus might be hiding. If any cord of love had ever bound Judas to his +Master, it was broken. That very night he had fled from the Upper Room, +which became especially radiant with love after his departure. To that +room we believe he returned with his murdering band. But the closing +hymn had been sung, and the Passover lamps extinguished two or three +hours before. The consecrated place was not to be profaned with +murderous intent. Another place must be sought for the victim of hate +and destruction. + +John in his old age recalled precious memories of it, because Jesus +ofttimes resorted thither with His disciples. But he had a remembrance +of another kind. It is when speaking of this midnight hour that he says, +"Judas also which betrayed Him knew the place." Thither he led his +band--to Gethsemane. + +"Lo, he that betrayeth Me is at hand," said + +Jesus to the three, as He saw the gleams of the torches of the coming +multitude. His captors were many, but His thought was especially on +one--His betrayer. Again John reads for us the mind of Jesus, as he did +when the "Lord and Master washed the disciples' feet." He would have us +understand the calmness of the fixed purpose of Jesus to meet without +shrinking the terrible trial before Him, and to do this voluntarily--not +because of any power of His approaching captors. "Knowing all things +that were coming upon Him," He "went forth" to meet them--especially him +who at that moment was uppermost in His thought. John now understood +that last, mysterious bidding of the Lord to Judas, with which He +dismissed him from the table--"That thou doest, do quickly." He now +"knew for what intent He spake this unto him." It was not to buy things +needed for the feast, nor to give to the poor. It was to betray Him. + +What a scene was that--Jesus "going forth," the three following Him; and +Judas in advance, yet in sight of his band, coming to meet Him. + +"Hail, Rabbi," was the traitor's salute. And then on this solemn +Passover night, in this consecrated place, just hallowed by angelic +presence, interrupting the Lord's devotions, rushing upon holiness and +infinite goodness, with pretended fellowship and reverence, profaning +and repeating--as if with gush of emotion--the symbol of affection, +Judas covered the face of Jesus with kisses. + +How deep the sting on this "human face divine," already defaced by the +bloody sweat, and to be yet more by the mocking reed, and smiting hand +and piercing thorn. The vision of the prophet seven hundred years before +becomes a reality--"His visage was so marred more than any man." "But +nothing went so close to His heart as the profanation of this kiss." + +According to John's account, Judas' kiss was an unnecessary signal. +Jesus Himself leaving the traitor, advanced toward the band, with a +question which must have startled the Apostles, as well as the traitor +and his company--"Whom seek ye?" The contemptuous reply, "Jesus of +Nazareth," did not disturb His calmness as He said, "I am He," and +repeated His question, "Whom seek ye?" Nor was that infinite calmness +disturbed by the deeper contempt in the repeated answer, "Jesus of +Nazareth." They had come with weapons of defence, but they were as +useless as the betrayal kiss, especially when some of them, awed by His +presence and words, "went backward and fell to the ground." + +We have seen Jesus going forward from His company and meeting Judas +going forward from his. We must now think of Judas joining his band, and +the eleven disciples surrounding their Lord. John has preserved the +only request made of the captors by the Master. It was not for Himself, +but for His disciples;--"If therefore ye seek Me, let these go their +way." + +Three Evangelists tell that one of the disciples struck a servant of the +high priest and cut off an ear. Luke the physician says it was the right +ear, and that Christ touched it and healed it. John gives the disciple's +name, which it was not prudent for the other Evangelists to do when +Peter, who struck the blow, was still living. He also preserves the name +of the servant, Malchus--the last one on whom he saw the Great Physician +perform a healing act, showing divine power and compassion. John records +the Lord's reproof to Peter, "Put up thy sword into the sheath; the cup +which My Father hath given Me, shall I not drink it?" Can this firm +voice be the same which an hour ago, a stone's cast from these two +disciples, said beseechingly, "O My Father, if it be possible, let this +cup pass from Me." Yea, verily, for He had added to the prayer, "Not as +I will, but as Thou wilt." + +Thus does John's record concerning Peter testify to the triumph of his +Lord. But he also notes the immediate effect of Peter's mistaken zeal. +The captain and officers "bound Him." That was a strange, humiliating +sight, especially in connection with the Lord's words to Peter while +returning the sword to its sheath, "Thinkest thou that I cannot beseech +My Father, and He shall even now send Me more than twelve legions of +angels?" Wonderful words! fitting to be the last of the Lord's +utterances to a disciple in Gethsemane. With burning and just +indignation at His being bound, Jesus turned to His captors, saying, +"Are ye come out as against a robber, to seize Me?" As they closed +around Him His disciples were terrified with the fear of a like fate. +"And they all left Him and fled." Prophecy was fulfilled; the Shepherd +was smitten; the sheep were scattered. + +Without the voice of friend or foe, the garden of Olivet was silent. One +had left it who, outliving his companions, gives us hints of his lone +meditations. The beloved disciple cherished memories of joyous yet sad +Gethsemane. He it was who longest remembered, and who alone preserved +the prophecy in the Upper Room, so soon fulfilled--"Ye shall be +scattered every man to his own, and shall leave Me alone." + +In George Herbert's words we hear the Master cry, + + "All My disciples fly! fear put a bar + Betwixt My friends and Me; they leave the star + Which brought the Wise Men from the East from far. + Was ever grief like Mine!" + + + + +_CHAPTER XXV_ + +_John in the High Priest's Palace_ + + "And they that had taken Jesus led Him away to the house of + Caiaphas the high priest, where the scribes and the elders were + gathered together."--_Matt._ xxvi. 57. + + "Simon Peter followed Jesus, and so did another disciple. That + disciple ... entered in with Jesus into the court of the high + priest; but Peter was standing at the door without. So the other + disciple ... went out ... and brought in Peter."--_John_ xviii. 15, + 16. + + "Everywhere we find these two Apostles, Peter and John, in great + harmony together."--_Chrysostom._ + + "Bow down before thy King, My soul! + Earth's kings, before Him bow ye down; + Before Him monarchs humbly roll,-- + Height, might, and splendor, throne and crown. + He in the mystic Land divine + The sceptre wields with valiant hand. + In vain dark, evil powers combine,-- + He, victor, rules the better Land." + --_Ingleman.--Trans. Hymns of Denmark._ + + "It is probable that St. John attended Christ through all the weary + stages of His double trial--before the ecclesiastical and the civil + authorities--and that, after a night thus spent, he accompanied the + procession in the forenoon to the place of execution, and witnessed + everything that followed."--_Stalker._ + + +We know not what became of nine of the disciples fleeing from +Gethsemane; whether they first hid among the bushes and olive-trees, +and escaped into the country; or took refuge in the neighboring tombs; +or stole their way to some secret room where the goodman of the house +furnished them protection; or scattered in terror each in his lonely +way. + +The captive Lord was dragged along the highway where Peter and John had +been for a single hour the Heralds of the King. Over the Kidron, up the +slope of Moriah, through the gate near the sacred Temple, along the +streets of the Holy City, He was led as a robber to the high-priestly +palace. + +Three Evangelists tell us, "Peter followed afar off." But love soon +overcame his fears. He was not long alone. John says, "Simon Peter +followed Jesus and so did another disciple." We cannot doubt who was +Peter's companion as he turned from his flight. They "went both +together," as two days later they ran on another errand. In the shadows +of the olive-trees along the roadside, or of the houses of the city, +they followed the hurrying band which they overtook by the time it +reached the palace gate. John did not "outrun Peter," who was probably +the leader. But at the gate they were separated. + +We must not think that this palace was like an American house. The +entrance to it was through a great arched gateway. This was closed with +a large door or gate, in which there was a small entrance called a +wicket gate, through which people passed. These gates opened into a +broad passage or square court. Around it on three sides the house was +built. All rooms upstairs and down looked into it. One large room, +forming one side, was separated from it, not by a wall, but by a row of +pillars. Being thus opened it was easy to see what was passing in the +room or the court. + +"That disciple," who accompanied Peter to the gate, "was known unto the +high priest and entered in with Jesus into the court of the high priest. +But Peter was standing at the door without." John was doubtless familiar +with the place and the servants, and went in with the crowd. He kept as +near as he could to his Master during the dark hours of His trial, as he +was to do during the yet darker hours at the cross. + +But the disciple within could not forget the one without. They must not +be separated in their common sorrow. Peter too must show by his presence +his continued love for his Master. He must have opportunity to show in +the palace something of the faithfulness of which he had boasted in the +Upper Room, though it had faltered in Gethsemane. + +"Then went out that other disciple which was known unto the high priest +and spake unto her that kept the door, and brought in Peter." That +doorkeeper was not Rhoda--she who with a different spirit joyfully +answered Peter's knocking at another door--but was a pert maiden who, +sympathizing with the enemies of Jesus, "saith unto Peter, Art thou also +one of this man's disciples?" She understood that John was such. Her +contempt was aimed at them both. But it was not her question so much as +Peter's answer--"I am not"--that startled John. Was it for this denial +that he had gained admission for his friend? It would have been better +far if Peter had been kept "standing at the door without" though "it was +cold," than to be brought into the court of temptation and sin, where he +"sat with the servants" in his curiosity "to see the end," warming +himself at the fire they had kindled. + +Meanwhile we think of John hastening back to the judgment hall, from +which he anxiously watched the movements of Peter "walking in the +counsel of the ungodly, and standing in the way of sinners, and sitting +in the seat of the scornful." + +Poor Peter! He fears to look into any man's face, or to have any one +look into his. He has obeyed the Master's bidding, "Put up thy sword +into the sheath," but Malchus has not forgotten it; nor has his kinsman +who saw Peter in the garden with Jesus,--though he may have forgotten +the healing of Malchus' ear by his prisoner. + +Three Evangelists tell how Peter "sat" with the enemies of Jesus. John +tells how at different times he "stood" among them. Thus does he report +as an eye-witness, and show his own watchfulness of Peter's +restlessness;--of the conflicting emotions of shame and fear, the +scornful frown, the enforced and deceiving smile, the defiant look, the +vain effort to appear indifferent, and the storm of anger. Amazed at the +first denial, shocked at the second, horrified at the third, what were +John's feelings when one was "with an oath," and with another "he began +to curse and to swear." But concerning this climax of Peter's sin, John +is silent. It finds no place in his story. + +At last "the Lord turned and looked upon Peter," either from the hall, +or as He was being led from it. At the same moment, Peter turned and +looked upon Him. We imagine John turning and looking upon them both, +marking the grief of the one, and the sense of guilt and shame of the +other. But he knew the loving, though erring disciple so well that he +need not be told that when "Peter went out" "he wept bitterly." We +almost see John himself weeping bitterly over his friend's fall; then +comforting him when they met again, with assurances of the Lord's love +and forgiveness. John's next record of their being together shows them +united in feeling, purpose and action for their Lord. + +There was another toward whom John's watchful eyes turned during the +long and painful watches of that night. The picture of him is not +complete without this Apostle's records. + +"Art thou the King of the Jews?" asked Pilate of Jesus. Such John had +thought Him to be. For three years he had waited to see Him assume His +throne. He has preserved the Lord's answer,--"My kingdom is not of this +world." This declaration contained a truth to which even the favored +disciple had been partly blind. Was he not ready to ask with Pilate, +though with different spirit and purpose, "Art thou a King then?" The +Lord's answer must have meant more to the listening Apostle than to the +captious and heedless Governor. It was a declaration of the true +kingship of the Messiah-King,--"To this end have I been born, and to +this end am I come into the world, that I should bear witness unto the +truth." + +"What is truth?" asked Pilate in a careless manner, not caring for an +answer. "What is truth?" was the great question whose answer the Apostle +continued to seek, concerning the King and the kingdom of Him whom He +had heard say, "I am the Truth." + +In that night he saw the Messiah-King crowned, but with thorns. He saw +the purple robe upon Him, but it was the cast-off garment of a Roman +Governor. A reed, given Him for a sceptre, was snatched from His hand to +smite Him on His head. Instead of pouring holy oil of kingly +consecration, as upon David's head, His enemies "spit upon Him." It was +in mockery that they bowed the knee before Him saying, "Hail King of the +Jews." + +There are two scenes with which John alone has made us familiar. One is +described in these words:--"Then came Jesus forth, wearing the crown of +thorns, and the purple robe. And Pilate saith, Behold the man!" Did not +that word "Behold," recall to John another scene--that on the Jordan +when he looked upon this same Jesus as the Lamb of God, whom His enemies +were about to offer unwittingly, when He offered Himself not unwillingly +a sacrifice upon the cross? The Baptist's exclamation had been in +adoration and joyfulness: Pilate's was in pity and sadness. It was an +appeal to humanity, but in vain. There was no pity in that maddened +throng. Pilate turned in bitterness toward those whom he hated, but +whose evil deeds he did not dare to oppose. So in irony "Pilate ... +brought forth Jesus ... and he saith unto the Jews, Behold your King!" + +John was the only one who heard the three cries of "Behold"--one at the +beginning, the others at the close of the Lord's ministry. How much he +had beheld and heard and learned between, concerning "the Lamb," "the +Man," and "the King." + +The only earthly throne on which John saw Him sit was one of mockery. +He did not ask to sit with Him. It was a sad yet blessed privilege to be +with Him during that night of agony--the only friendly witness to +probably all of His sufferings. While John's eyes were turned often and +earnestly toward Peter and Pilate, they were yet more on the Lord. When +he went in with Jesus into the palace, and while he tarried with Him, he +could _do_ nothing--only _look_. No angel was there as in Gethsemane to +strengthen the Man of sorrows, but did He not often look for sympathy +toward that one who had leaned lovingly upon Him a few hours before? Was +not John's mere waking presence among His foes in the palace, a solace +which slumber had denied Him in the garden? John's eyes were not heavy +now. There was no need of the Lord's bidding, "Tarry ye here and watch +with Me." Love made him tarry and watch more than "one hour"--even +through all the watches of the night. Then he was the Lord's only human +friend--the one silent comforter. + + + + +_CHAPTER XXVI_ + +_John the Lone Disciple at the Cross_ + + "When they came unto the place which is called Calvary, there they + crucified Him."--_Luke_ xxiii. 33. + + "At Calvary poets have sung their sweetest strains, and artists + have seen their sublimest visions."--_Stalker._ + + "Now to sorrow must I tune my song, + And set my harp to notes of saddest woe, + Which on our dearest Lord did seize ere long, + Dangers, and snares, and wrongs, and worse than so, + Which He for us did freely undergo: + Most perfect Hero, tried in heaviest plight + Of labors huge and hard, too hard for human wight." + --_Milton.--The Passion._ + + +Even careful students of the life of John are not together in their +attempts to follow him on the day of crucifixion. Some think they find +evidence, chiefly in his silence concerning certain events, that after +hearing the final sentence of Pilate condemning Christ to be crucified, +he left the palace and joined the other disciples and faithful women and +the mother of Jesus, and reported what he had seen and heard during the +night; and at some hour during the day visited Calvary, and returning to +the city brought the women who stood with him at the cross: and +witnessed only what he minutely or only describes. Other students think +he followed Jesus from the palace to the cross, remaining near Him and +witnessing all that transpired. This is certainly in keeping with what +we should expect from his peculiar relation to Christ. It is in harmony +with what we do know of his movements that day. So we are inclined to +follow him as a constant though silent companion of Jesus, feeling that +in keeping near him we are near to his Lord and ours. This we now do in +the "Dolorous Way," along which Jesus is hurried from the judgment-seat +of Pilate to the place of execution. + +[Illustration: CHRIST BEARING HIS CROSS _H. Hofmann_ Page 185] + +It is John who uses the one phrase in the Gospels which furnishes a +tragic subject for artists, and poets and preachers, on which +imagination dwells, and excites our sympathies as does no other save the +crucifixion itself. His phrase is this,--"Jesus ... bearing the cross +for Himself." We notice this all the more because of the silence of the +other Evangelists, all of whom tell of one named Simon who was compelled +to bear the cross. As John read their story, there was another picture +in his mind, too fresh and vivid not to be painted also. He recalled the +short distance that Christ carried the cross alone, weakened by the +agonies of the garden and the scourging of the palace, until, exhausted, +He fell beneath the burden. We are not told that the crown of thorns +had been removed, though the purple robe of mockery had been. So this +added to His continued pain. As John looked upon those instruments of +suffering he heard the banter and derision of shame that always +accompanied them. + +There followed Jesus "a great multitude of the people," whose morbid +curiosity would be gratified by the coming tragedy. But there were +others--"women who bewailed and lamented Him." + +It is surmised that at the moment when Jesus could bear His cross no +longer, and was relieved by Simon, He turned to the weeping "Daughters +of Jerusalem" following Him, and in tenderest sympathy told of the +coming days of sorrow for them and their city, of which He had told John +and his companions on Olivet. + +John says that Jesus "went out ... unto the place called the place of a +skull, which is called in Hebrew Golgotha." The place was also called +Calvary. We do not certainly know the sacred spot, though careful +students think it is north of the city, near the Damascus gate, near the +gardens of the ancient city, and tombs that still remain. We think of +John revisiting it again and again while he remained in Jerusalem, and +then in thought in his distant home where he wrote of it. "There," says +John, "they crucified Jesus, and with Him two others, on either side +one, and Jesus in the midst." How few his words, but how full of +meaning. We long to know more of John's memories of that day--of all +that he saw and felt and did. They were such in kind and number as none +other than he did or could have. + +There were two contrasted groups of four each around the cross, to which +John calls special attention. One, the nearest to it, was composed of +Roman soldiers, to whom were committed the details of the +crucifixion--the arrangement of the cross, the driving of the nails, and +the elevation of the victim upon it. + +Having stripped Jesus of His clothing, according to custom they divided +it among themselves; the loose upper garment or toga to one, the +head-dress to another, the girdle to another, and the sandals to the +last. John watched the division--"to every soldier a part." But his +interest was chiefly in the under-garment such as Galilean peasants +wore. This must have been a reminder of the region from which he and +Jesus had come. He thinks it worth while to describe it as "without +seam, woven from the top throughout." Perhaps to him another +reminder--of Mary or Salome or other ministering women by whose loving +hands it had been knit. If ever a garment, because of its associations, +could be called holy, surely it is what John calls "the coat" of Jesus. +Even without miraculous power, it would be the most precious of relics. +We notice John's interest in it as he watches the soldiers' +conversation of banter or pleasantry or quarrel, in which it might +become worthless by being torn asunder. He remembered their parleying, +and the proposal in which it ended,--"Let us not rend it, but cast lots +for it whose it shall be." How far were their thoughts from his when +their words recalled to him the prophecy they were unconsciously +fulfilling,--"They part My garments among them, and upon My vesture do +they cast lots." + +With what pity did Jesus look down upon the lucky soldier--so he would +be called--sporting with the coat which had protected Him from the night +winds of Gethsemane. How He longed to see in the bold and heartless +heirs to His only earthly goods, the faith of her, who timidly touched +the hem of His garment. What a scene was that for John to behold! What a +scene for angels who had sung the glories of Jesus' birth, now looking +down upon His dying agonies of shame--and upon the gambling dice of His +murderers! No marvel John added to the almost incredible story, "These +things ... the soldiers did." + +It is at this point that we notice a sudden transition in John's +narrative. He points us from the unfriendly group of four, to another of +the same number; saying as if by contrast, "_But_ there were standing by +the cross of Jesus His mother, and His mother's sister, Mary the wife +of Clopas and Mary Magdalene." By "His mother's sister" we understand +Salome. + +The centurion had charge of the plundering soldiers; John was the +guardian of the sympathizing women. He had a special interest in that +group, containing his mother and aunt, and probably another relative in +Mary the wife of Clopas. Mary Magdalene was not of this family +connection, though of kindred spirit. So must John have felt as she +stood with him at the cross, and at a later hour when we shall see them +together again. + +In the days of the boyhood of John and Jesus, we thought of their +mothers as sisters, and of parents and children as looking for the +coming Messiah. None thought of the possibilities of this hour when they +would meet in Jerusalem at the cross. By it stands John the only one of +the Apostles. Judas has already gone to "his own place." If Peter is +following at all it is afar off. The rest have not rallied from their +flight enough to appear after their flight. James the brother of John is +not with him. As their mother looks upon Jesus between two robbers, does +she recall her ambitious request, "Command that these my two sons may +sit, one on Thy right hand, and one on Thy left hand"? She understands +now the fitness of the reply she had received,--"Ye know not what ye +ask"? + +But Salome and John are loyal to the uncrowned King. Though they may +not share the glory of His throne, they are yet ready to stand beneath +the shameful shadow of His cross. + +But another is there,--drawn by a yet stronger cord of affection. She +heads John's list of the women "by the cross of Jesus--His mother," +whose love is so deep that it cannot forego witnessing the sight that +fills her soul with agony. Yes, Mary, thou art there. + + "Now by that cross thou tak'st thy final station, + And shar'st the last dark trial of thy Son; + Not with weak tears or woman's lamentation, + But with high, silent anguish, like His own." + --_H.B. Stowe_. + +As she stands there we seem to read her thoughts: "Can that be He, my +babe of Bethlehem, my beautiful boy of Nazareth, in manhood my joy and +my hope! Are those hands the same that have been so lovingly held in +mine; those arms, outstretched and motionless, the same that have so +often been clasped around me! Oh! that I might staunch His wounds, and +moisten His parched lips, and gently lift that thorny crown from His +bleeding brow." + +But this cannot be. There is being fulfilled Simeon's prophecy, uttered +as he held her infant in his arms,--a foreboding which has cast a +mysterious shadow on the joys of her life. + + "Beside the cross in tears + The woeful mother stood, + Bent 'neath the weight of years, + And viewed His flowing blood; + Her mind with grief was torn, + Her strength was ebbing fast, + And through her heart forlorn, + The sword of Anguish passed." + +She can only draw yet nearer to His cross and give the comfort of a +mother's look, and perhaps receive the comfort of a look from Him, +and--oh, if it can be--a word of comfort from His lips for the +mother-heart. Perhaps for a moment her thoughts are on the future,--her +lonely life, without the sympathy of her other sons who believed not on +their brother. Oh! that they were like John, to her already more of a +son than they. + +In childhood Jesus had been "subject" to her: in youth and manhood He +had been faithful to her. In the Temple He had thought of her as His +mother, and of God as His Father. But no exalted relation, no greatness +to which He had attained on earth, had made Him disloyal to her. While +claiming to be the Son of God, He was still the loving son of Mary. Such +He would show Himself to be on the cross. We thank John for the record +of that moment when "Jesus ... saw His mother." "The people stood +beholding" Him, but His eyes were not on them; nor on those passing by +His cross wagging their heads, nor the malefactor at His side reviling +Him; nor on the chief priest and scribes, the elders and soldiers +mocking Him; nor the rulers deriding Him. His thought was not on them, +nor even on Himself in His agonies, as His eyes rested keenly on His +mother. It was a deep, tender, earnest gaze. + +John tells that Jesus also "saw" "the disciples standing by, whom He +loved." The Lord turned His head from His mother to His disciple. This +could be His only gesture pointing them one to the other. + +The prayer for His murderers had apparently been uttered when His hands +were pierced, before the cross was raised. He may have spoken once after +it was elevated, before He saw the two special objects of His love. His +eyes met His mother's. She saw Him try to speak. The utterance of His +parched lips, with gasping breath, was brief, full of meaning and +tenderness--"Woman! behold, thy son!" Then turning toward John He said, +"Behold! thy mother!" + +In these words Jesus committed His mother to John without asking whether +he would accept the charge. + +"From that hour the disciple took her unto his own home." It is a +question whether or not the phrase, "from that hour," is to be taken +literally. It may be that the blessed words, "mother" and "son," were as +a final benediction, after which John led her away, and then returned +to the cross. Or, it may be that the mother-heart compelled her to +witness the closing scenes. + +[Illustration: THE VIRGIN AND ST. JOHN AT THE CROSS _Old Engraving_ + Page 193] + +If we pause long enough to inquire why John was chosen to be trusted +with this special charge, we can find probable answer. Jesus' "brethren" +did not then believe on Him. Mary's heart would go out toward him who +did, especially as he was her kindred as well as of a kindred spirit. +His natural character, loving and lovable, made him worthy of the trust. +Apparently he was better able to support her than were any other of the +Apostles, and perhaps even than her sons. He seems to have been the only +Apostle or relative of Mary who had a home in Jerusalem, where she +certainly would choose to dwell among the followers of the Lord. Above +all John was the beloved disciple of Mary's beloved son. So to him we +can fittingly say: + + "As in death He hung, + His mantle soft on thee He flung + Of filial love, and named the son; + When now that earthly tie was done, + To thy tried faith and spotless years + Consigned His Virgin Mother's tears." + --_Isaac Williams_.--Trans. An. Latin Hymn. + +Blessed John. When Jesus called His own mother "thy mother," didst thou +not almost hear Him call thee "My brother"? + +One tradition says that John cared for Mary in Jerusalem for twelve +years, until her death, before his going to Ephesus. Another tradition +is that she accompanied him thither and was buried there. What a home +was theirs, ever fragrant with the memory of Him whom they had loved +until His death. No incidents in His life, from the hour of brightness +over Bethlehem to that of darkness over Calvary, was too trivial a thing +for their converse. That home in Jerusalem became what the one in +Nazareth had been, the most consecrated of earth. What welcomes there of +Christians who could join with Mary as she repeated her song of +thirty-three years before, "My soul doth magnify the Lord, and my spirit +hath rejoiced in God my Saviour." Of her we shall gain one more distinct +view--the only one. + +[Illustration: THE DESCENT FROM THE CROSS _Rubens_ Page 200] + + + + +_CHAPTER XXVII_ + +_John the Lone Disciple at the Cross--Continued_ + + Three sayings on the cross reported by John: + + "Woman, behold, thy son! Behold, thy mother!" + + "I thirst." + + "It is finished." + + --_John_ xix. 26, 27, 28, 30. + + +Of the seven sayings of Christ on the cross, three are preserved by John +only; one of love, another of suffering, and another of triumph. The +first is that to Mary and John himself. The second is the cry, "I +thirst"--the only one of the seven concerning the Lord's bodily +sufferings. John was a most observing eyewitness, as is shown by the +details of the narrative,--the "vessel _full_ of vinegar," the "sponge +filled with vinegar," and the hyssop on which it was placed, the +movements of the soldiers as they put it to Christ's lips, and the +manner in which He received it. He was willing to accept it to revive +His strength to suffer, when "He would not drink" the "wine mingled with +gall" that would relieve Him from the pain He was willing to endure. The +end was drawing near. The thirst had long continued. He had borne it +patiently for five long hours. Why did He at last utter the cry, "I +thirst"? John gives the reason. A prophecy was being fulfilled, and +Jesus would have it known. It was this: "In My thirst they gave Me +vinegar to drink." So "Jesus, ... that the Scripture might be fulfilled, +saith, 'I thirst.'" + +John watched Him as He took His last earthly draught. It was probably of +the sour wine for the use of the soldiers on guard. What varied +associations he had with wine,--the joyful festivities of Cana, the +solemnities of the Upper Room, and the sadness of Calvary. + +When Jesus therefore had received the vinegar, He said, "It is +finished." This is the third of the sayings of Jesus on the cross +preserved by John, who was a special witness to the chief doings of his +Lord on the earth. So the declaration meant more to him than to any +other who heard it. Yet it had a fulness of meaning which even he could +not fully know. Jesus' life on earth was finished. He had perfectly +obeyed the commandments of God. The types and prophecies concerning Him +had been fulfilled. His revelation of truth was completed. The work of +man's redemption was done. On the cross He affirmed what John said He +declared in the Upper Room to His Father: "I have glorified Thee on the +earth, having accomplished the work Thou hast given Me to do." + +All four Evangelists tell of the moment when Jesus yielded up His life, +but John alone of the act that accompanied it as the signal thereof, +which his observant eye beheld. "He bowed His head,"--not as the +helpless victim of the executioner's knife upon the fatal block, but as +the Lord of Life who had said, "No one taketh it away from Me, but I lay +it down of Myself." + +John makes mention of another incident without which the story of the +crucifixion would be incomplete. Mary Magdalene and other loving women +had left the cross, but were gazing toward it as they "stood afar off." +John remained with the soldiers who were watching the bodies of the +crucified. "The Jews, ... that the bodies should not remain upon the +cross upon the Sabbath, asked of Pilate that their legs might be +broken"--to hasten death--"and that they might be taken away." As John +saw the soldiers "break the legs of the first and of the other which was +crucified with" Jesus, with what a shudder did he see them approach His +cross; but what a relief to him when they "saw that He was dead already, +and brake not His legs." + +In a single clause John pictures a scene ever vivid in Christian +thought. He knew that Jesus "gave up His spirit" when "He bowed His +head." The executioners pronounced Him dead. "Howbeit one of the +soldiers"--to make this certain beyond dispute--"with a spear pierced +His side, and straightway there came out blood and water." There was now +no pain to excite the Apostle's sympathy, and yet he reports the +incident as being of special importance. He calls attention to the fact +that he was an eye-witness, and that there was something in it that +should affect others as well as himself. He says, "He that hath seen +hath borne witness, and his witness is true; and he knoweth that he +saith true, that ye also may believe." He explains why these incidents +so deeply impressed him. They recalled two prophecies of the Old +Testament. One was this, "A bone of Him shall not be broken." This +reminded John of the Paschal Lamb which should be perfect in body; and +of Jesus as the Lamb of God, by which name He had been called when +pointed out to him as the Messiah. All through life Jesus had been +preserved from accident that would have broken a bone, and in death even +from the intended purpose that would have defeated the fulfilment of the +prophecy. + +The other prophecy was this,--"They shall look on Him whom they +pierced." Because of what John saw and tells, we pray in song, + + "Let the water and the blood + From Thy riven side which flowed, + Be of sin the double cure: + Cleanse me from its guilt and power." + +[Illustration: IN THE SEPULCHRE _H. Hofmann_ Page 201] + +John once more furnishes a contrast between Jesus' foes and friends. He +says that the Jews asked Pilate that the bodies of the crucified might +be taken away. This was to the dishonored graves of malefactors. John +more fully than the other Evangelists tells of Joseph of Arimathĉa who +"besought Pilate that he might take away the body of Jesus"--for +honorable burial. Other Evangelists tell of his being "rich," "a +counsellor of honorable estate," "a good man and a righteous," who "had +not consented to" the "counsel and deed" of the Sanhedrin of which he +was a member, because he "was Jesus' disciple." Mark says, "He boldly +went in unto Pilate and asked for the body of Jesus." He had summoned +courage so to do. Hitherto as John explains he had been "a disciple of +Jesus, but secretly for fear of the Jews." John implies that Joseph was +naturally timid like Nicodemus. As Pilate had delivered Jesus to His +open enemies to be crucified, he delivered the crucified body to Joseph, +the once secret but now open friend. The Jews "led him"--the living +Christ--"away to crucify Him." Joseph "came" and tenderly "took away His +body" from the cross. + +"There came also Nicodemus," says John, "he who at the first came to Him +by night." Yes, that night which John could not forget, in which to this +same Nicodemus Jesus made known the Gospel of God's love, manifested in +the gift of His Son whose body in that hour these timid yet emboldened +members of the Sanhedrin took down from the cross. They were sincere +mourners with him who watched their tender care as they "bound it in +linen cloths with the spices" for burial, with no thought of a +resurrection. + +Perhaps Joseph and Nicodemus recalled moments in the Sanhedrin when they +whispered together, speaking kindly of Jesus, but were afraid to defend +Him aloud; thus silently giving a seeming consent to evil deeds because +timidity concealed their friendship. But at last the very enmity and +cruelty of His murderers emboldened them as they met at the cross. + +It is John who tells us that Jesus the night before His crucifixion went +"where was a garden into which He entered," and who also says, "Now in +the place where He was crucified there was a garden." The one was ever +more suggestive to him of a coming trial; the other of that trial past. +"There," in the garden--probably that of Joseph--John says "they laid +Jesus." There also were laid John's hopes, which seemed forever buried +when Joseph "rolled a great stone to the door of the sepulchre, and +departed." What a contrast in his thoughts and feelings between the +rolling _away_ of the stone from the tomb of Lazarus, and the rolling +_to_ that of Jesus. The one told him of resurrection; but the other of +continued death; for as he afterward confessed, "as yet" he and Peter +"knew not that Jesus must rise from the dead." + +Two mourners at least lingered at the closed tomb. "Mary Magdalene was +there, and the other Mary, sitting over against the sepulchre" of their +Lord, after they "beheld where He was laid." John's parting from them at +that evening hour was in sadness which was to be deepened when he met +Mary Magdalene again. + +It is not easy for us to put ourselves in the place of John, as he turns +from the tomb toward his lonely home. _We_ know what happened afterward, +but he did not know what would happen, though his Lord had tried to +teach him. He is repeating to himself the words he had heard from the +cross, "It is finished," but he is giving them some difference of +meaning from that which Jesus intended. He is walking slowly and sadly +through the streets of Jerusalem, dimly lighted by the moon that shone +in Gethsemane the night before upon him and his living Lord. We imagine +him saying to himself:--"Truly it is finished: all is over now. How +disappointed I am. I do not believe He intended to deceive me, yet I +have been deceived. From early childhood I looked, as I was taught to +do, for the coming of the Messiah. On Jordan I thought I had found Him. +He chose me for one of His twelve, then one of the three, then the one +of His special love. What a joy this has been, brightening for three +years my hopes and expectations. I have seen Him work miracles, even +raising the dead. I have seen Him defeat the plots of evil men against +Him, and did not believe any power on earth could destroy Him. I have +watched to see Him the great and glorious King. But to-day instead of +this I have seen Him crucified as the feeblest and worst of men. I do +remember now how Moses and Elijah, when we were with them on the Holy +Mount, talked with Him of 'His departure which He was about to +accomplish at Jerusalem.' But I did not understand them, nor even +Himself when, just before we ascended the Mount, He told us 'how that He +must go to Jerusalem and suffer many things, ... and be killed.' I do +not wonder that Peter then said to Him, 'Be it far from Thee, Lord,' +though the Lord was right in rebuking him. Can it be only last night He +said, 'Tarry with Me.' How gladly would I do it now. But He is dead, and +buried out of my sight. Oh that I might see Him rise, as I did the +daughter of Jairus. Oh that I might roll away the stone from His tomb as +I helped to do from that of Lazarus, and see Him come forth. How gladly +would I 'loose Him' from His 'grave-bands' and remove the 'napkin bound +about His face.' I know it was a mean and shameful taunt of His revilers +when they said, 'If Thou art the Son of God, come down from the +cross.' But why did He not do it? I remember how once He said concerning +His life, 'no one taketh it away from Me.' But have not Pilate and the +Jews taken it away? I shall never lean upon His bosom again. But this I +know--He loved me, and I loved Him, and love Him still. The mysteries +are great, but the memories of Him will be exceedingly precious +forever." + +[Illustration: JESUS APPEARING TO MARY MAGDALENE (Easter Morning) + _B. Plockhorst_ Page 209] + +Poor John. He forgot those other words of His Lord concerning His +life,--"I have power to lay it down, and I have power to take it again." +The Lord had done the one already: He was soon to do the other, though +His sorrowing disciple understood it not. Meanwhile we leave him, +resting if possible from the weariness of the garden and the palace and +Calvary, during that Friday night, which was to be followed by a day of +continued sadness, and that by another night of sorrowful restlessness. + + + + +_CHAPTER XXVIII_ + +_John at the Tomb_ + + "Now on the first day of the week cometh Mary Magdalene early, + while it was yet dark, unto the tomb, and seeth the stone taken + away from the tomb. She runneth therefore, and cometh to Simon + Peter, and to the other disciple, whom Jesus loved. + + "Peter therefore went forth, and the other disciple, and they went + toward the tomb. + + "Simon Peter ... entered into the tomb. + + "Then entered in therefore the other disciple also, ... and he saw + and believed."--_John_ xx. 1, 2, 3, 6, 8. + + "Let us take John for our instructor in the swiftness of love, and + Peter for our teacher in courage."--_Stalker_. + + "Oh, sacred day, sublimest day! + Oh, mystery unheard! + Death's hosts that claimed Him as their prey + He scattered with a word; + And from the tomb He valiant came; + And ever blessed be His name." + --_Kingo. Trans. Hymns of Denmark_. + + "Mine eye hath found that sepulchral rock + That was the casket of Heav'n's richest store." + --_Milton_.--_The Passion_. + + +Of the women who visited the tomb of Jesus on the morning of the +Resurrection, John was especially interested in Mary Magdalene, from +whom seven demons had gone out, probably in his presence; thus giving +him opportunity to see the marvelous change from a most abject +condition, to grateful devotion to her Healer, perhaps beyond that of +any other one whom He healed. John long remembered her starting on her +errand "while it was yet dark." So he remembered Judas starting when "it +was night" on his errand, of which Mary's was the sad result. One was a +deed of love which no darkness hindered: the other was a deed of hate +which no darkness prevented or concealed. + +John had a special reason for remembering Mary. When she had seen that +the stone was taken away from the tomb, it had a different meaning to +her from what it did when she and John saw it on Friday evening. And +when she "found not the body of the Lord Jesus," she imagined that +either friends had borne it away, or foes had robbed the tomb. In +surprise, disappointment and anxiety, her first impulse was to make it +known--to whom else than to him who had sorrowed with her at the +stone-closed door? So she "ran"--not with unwomanly haste, but with the +quickened step of woman's love--"to Simon Peter and to the other +disciple whom Jesus loved." They were both loved, but not in the fuller +sense elsewhere applied to John. Astonished at her early call, startled +at the wildness of her grief, sharing her anxiety, "they ran both +together" "toward the tomb" from which she had so hastily come. But it +was an uneven race. John, younger and nimbler, "outran Peter and came +first to the tomb." "Yet entered he not in." Reverence and awe make him +pause where love has brought him. For a few moments he is alone. His +earnest gaze confirms the report of Mary that somebody has "taken away +the Lord." He can only ask, Who? Why? Where? No angel gives answer. +Still his gaze is rewarded. "He seeth the linen cloths lying." These are +silent witnesses that the precious body has not been hastily and rudely +snatched away by unfriendly hands, such as had mangled it on the cross. + +Peter arriving, everywhere and evermore impulsive, enters at once where +John fears to tread. He discovers what John had not seen,--"the napkin +that was upon His head, not lying with the linen cloths, but rolled up +in a place by itself." John does not tell whose head, so full is he of +the thought of his Lord. + +"Then entered in therefore that other disciple also," says John of +himself, showing the influence of his bolder companion upon him. Though +the napkin escaped his notice from without the tomb, it found a +prominent place in his memory after he saw it. Who but an eye-witness +would give us such details? What does he mean us to infer from the +"rolled" napkin put away, if not the calmness and carefulness and +triumph of the Lord of Life as He tarried in His tomb long enough to lay +aside the bandages of death. When he saw the careful arrangement of the +grave-cloths, "he believed" that Jesus had risen. We are not to infer +from his mention of himself only that Peter did not share in this +belief. We can believe that Luke does not complete the story when he +says that Peter "departed to his home wondering at that which was come +to pass." As they came down from the Mount of Transfiguration they were +"questioning among themselves what the rising again from the dead should +mean." As they came from the tomb they questioned no longer. + +[Illustration: THE DESCENT OF THE HOLY SPIRIT _Old Engraving_ Page 224] + +We long for a yet fuller record than that which John has given of what +passed when he and Peter were within the tomb. He frankly tells us that +"as yet they knew not the Scriptures, that He must rise again from the +dead." Neither prophecy, nor the Scriptures, nor the Lord's repeated +declarations, had prepared them for this hour of fulfilment. + +We imagine them lingering in the tomb, talking of the past, recalling +the words of their Lord, illumined in the very darkness of His +sepulchre, and both wondering what the future might reveal. At last they +left the tomb together. There was no occasion now for John to outrun +Peter. They were calm and joyful. There was nothing more to see or to +do. "So the disciples went away again unto their own home." + +"But Mary was standing without at the tomb weeping." In these words John +turns our thoughts from himself to her who had summoned him and Peter, +and then followed them. After they had left the sepulchre she continued +standing, bitterly weeping. She could not refrain from seeking that +which she had told the disciples was not there. Her gaze was "at the +very cause of her grief." "She stooped and looked into the tomb" as John +had done. + +From the infancy of Jesus to His death there was no ministry of angels +to men, though they ministered to Him. "The Master being by, it behooved +the servant to keep silence." But the angelic voices that proclaimed His +birth, were heard again after His resurrection. According to John's +minute description Mary "beholdeth two angels in white sitting, one at +the head, and one at the feet, where the body of Jesus had lain." The +angelic silence was broken by them both, with the question, "Woman, why +weepest thou"--so bitterly and continuously? They might have added, "It +is all without a cause." Her answer was quick and brief; and without any +fear of the shining ones who lightened the gloomy tomb, and were ready +to lighten her darkened spirit. Her reply was the echo of her own words +to Peter and John, slightly changed to show her personal loss;--"Because +they have taken away my Lord, and I know not where they have laid +Him."--Am I not wretched indeed? Is there not a cause? Why should I +check my tears? + +To answer was needless. Were not the angels in the blessed secret which +was immediately revealed? Were they not glancing from within the tomb, +over her bowed head, to the gently moving form without? Did Mary become +suddenly conscious of some presence as "she turns herself back, and +beholdeth Jesus standing, and knew not that it was Jesus"? His question +seemed an echo of the angelic voices, "Woman, why weepest thou?" with +the added question, "Whom seekest thou?" This was the first utterance of +the risen Lord. In the garden, at this early hour, who--so thought +Mary--can this be but the gardener? As such she addressed Him, "Sir, If +_thou_ hast borne Him hence, tell me where thou hast laid Him, and I +will take Him away." We can hardly restrain a smile when we see how the +strength of her love made her unmindful of the weakness that would +attempt to "take Him away." + +"Jesus saith unto her, Mary." That name, that familiar voice, that +loving tone, sent a thrill through her heart which the name "woman" had +failed to excite. More completely "she turned herself, and saith unto +Him, Rabboni," with all the devotion of her impassioned soul. + +Let us recall John's account of Mary's report of her first visit to the +tomb, full of sadness--"_They have taken away the Lord_," and then in +contrast place by its side his record of her second report, full of +gladness--"Mary Magdalene, cometh and telleth the disciples, _I have +seen the Lord_." The one was a mistaken inference; the other a blessed +reality. Between these two utterances on the same day what revelations +to them both. But the end was not yet. + +"When therefore it was evening, on that day, the first day of the week, +and when the doors were shut where the disciples were, for fear of the +Jews, Jesus came and stood in the midst, and saith unto them, Peace be +unto you." So John describes the first meeting of Jesus with the +disciples after His resurrection. He gives hints of some things of which +other Evangelists are silent. With emphasis he notes "that day" as the +day of days whose rising sun revealed resurrection glory. That "evening" +must have recalled the last one on which they had been together. Then +the Lord had said unto them, "Peace I leave with you." But the +benediction had seemed almost a mockery, because of the sorrow which +followed. But now it was repeated with a renewed assurance of His power +to bestow it. Through fear of the Jews they had closed the doors of +probably the same Upper Room where they had been assembled before. These +doors were no barrier to His entry, any more than the stone to His +leaving His tomb. + +[Illustration: ST. PETER AND ST. JOHN AT THE BEAUTIFUL GATE + _Old Engraving_ Page 225] + +As John alone preserved the incident of the pierced side, he alone tells +how Jesus "showed unto them His ... side," and said to Thomas, at the +next meeting, "Reach hither thy hand and thrust it into My side;" and +how this was followed by Thomas' believing exclamation, "My Lord, and my +God." With this and the Lord's beatitude for other believing ones, John +originally ended his story of the Lord, in these words,--"Many other +signs therefore did Jesus in the presence of His disciples which are not +written in this book: but these are written, that ye may believe that +Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God; and that believing ye may have life +in His name." + + + + +_CHAPTER XXIX + +"What Shall This Man Do_?" + + "Jesus manifested Himself again to the disciples at the Sea of + Tiberias."--_John_ xxi. 1. + + "There were together Simon Peter ... and the sons of + Zebedee."--_v_. 2. + + "Peter, turning about, seeth the disciple whom Jesus loved + following."--_v._ 20. + + "Peter ... saith to Jesus, Lord, and What shall this man do?"--_v_. + 21. + + +The twenty-first chapter of John's Gospel is without doubt an addition, +written some time after the original Gospel was finished. Why this +addition? To answer the question we must recall the things of which the +addition tells. They are of special interest in our studies of Peter and +John. + +In our last chapter we were with John in Jerusalem. From there he +carries us to the Sea of Tiberias. He tells us that he and his brother +James, and Peter, with four others, "were there together." They were +near their childhood home, where they had watched for the Messiah, and +where, when He had appeared He called them to leave their fishing +employment, and to become fishers of men. They had been saddened by His +death, then gladdened by His resurrection. He had told them to meet Him +in Galilee. And now they were waiting for His coming. They were within +sight of a boat from which perhaps some day they had fished. Peter, ever +active and ready to do something, said to his companions, "I go +a-fishing." As John had followed him into the tomb, he and the others +followed him to the boat saying, "We also come with thee." Let John +himself tell what happened. "They went forth and entered into the boat; +and that night they took nothing. But when day was now breaking, Jesus +stood on the beach: howbeit the disciples knew not that it was Jesus. +Jesus therefore saith unto them, Children, have ye aught to eat? They +answered Him, No. And He said unto them, Cast the net on the right side +of the boat, and ye shall find. They cast therefore, and now they were +not able to draw it for the multitude of fishes." + +Once more we are to find Peter and John the prominent figures, and see +the difference between them, John being the first to understand, and +Peter the first to act. When John saw the multitude of fishes he +remembered the same thing had happened before at the beginning of +Christ's ministry. Looking toward the land, and whispering to Peter, he +said, "It is the Lord." "So when Simon Peter heard that it was the +Lord, he girt his coat about him"--out of reverence for his Master--"and +cast himself into the sea," and swam or waded about one hundred yards to +the beach. The other disciples followed in the boat, dragging the net +with the fishes. John remembered their great size, and the number "an +hundred and fifty and three." He says, "When they got out upon the land, +they see a fire of coals there." Did it not remind him of another "fire +of coals" of which he had already written, kindled in the court of the +high-priestly palace where "Peter stood and warmed himself," and near +which he denied his Lord three times? If he did not recall that scene +immediately, he did very soon. + +Jesus invited the disciples to eat of the meal he had prepared. As they +did so they were filled with awe and reverence, "knowing that it was the +Lord." In the light of the palace fire, "the Lord turned and _looked_ +upon Peter"--that only. But in the morning light on the seashore, "when +they had broken their fast, Jesus _saith_ to Simon Peter, Lovest thou +Me?" Three times, with some difference of meaning, gently and solemnly +He asked the question as many times as Peter had denied Him. On Peter's +first assurance of his love Christ gave him a new commission, "Feed My +lambs." This was a humble work,--not so exalted as it is now--a test of +Peter's fitness for Apostleship. He was ready to accept it; and thus he +showed his fitness for the enlarged commission, "Feed My sheep." + +With what intense interest John must have listened to the conversation +between his friend and their Lord. Was he not as ready as Peter to say, +"Lord, Thou knowest all things; Thou knowest that I love Thee"? In the +end John fulfilled the commission, "Feed My lambs," better than either +Peter or any of the other Apostles. Of them all he had the most of the +child-like spirit. He may fittingly be called the Apostle of Childhood. + +Peter was told by the Lord something about his own future,--how in +faithful service for his Master he would be persecuted, and "by what +manner of death he should glorify God." By this his crucifixion is +apparently meant. As John listened, perhaps he wondered what his own +future would be. He was ready to share in service with Peter. Was he not +also ready to share in his fate, whatever it might be? + +"Follow Me," said Jesus to Peter. They seem to have started together +away from the group. John felt that he must not be thus separated from +his friend and his Lord. Though he had not been invited to join them, he +started to do so, as if the command to Peter had been also for himself. +"Peter, turning about, seeth the disciple whom Jesus loved following; +which also leaned back on His breast at the supper, and said, Lord, who +is he that betrayeth Thee?" As Peter at the supper beckoned unto John to +ask that question concerning Judas, is it not possible that John now +beckoned to Peter to ask Christ concerning himself? However this may be, +"Peter, seeing him, saith to Jesus, Lord, what shall this man do?" or, +as it is interpreted, "Lord--and this man, what?" It is as if he had +said, "Will John also die a martyr's death, as you have said I shall +die?" It is not strange that he wanted to know the future of his friend. +But he did not receive the answer he sought, for "Jesus saith unto him, +If I will that he tarry till I come, what is that to thee?" + +These words may mean that John would live to old age and escape +martyrdom, which became true. But this was not the meaning which +Christians of his day put into them. They had the mistaken idea that +Christ, having ascended to Heaven, would soon come again. They also +believed that John would live until Christ's second coming. "This saying +therefore went forth among the brethren, that that disciple should not +die." John was unwilling to have this mistake concerning Christ's words +repeated over and over wherever he was known. So he determined to +correct the false report by adding what is the twenty-first chapter of +His Gospel, telling just what Christ did say, and the circumstances in +which He uttered the words to Peter concerning John. His testimony is +this:--"Jesus said not unto him, he shall not die; but, If I will that +he tarry till I come, what is that to thee? Follow thou Me." + +Peter became the suffering; John the waiting disciple, "tarrying" a long +time, even after his friend was crucified, and all his fellow-Apostles +had died, probably by martyrdom. + +But after all that John wrote to correct the mistaken report concerning +His death, tradition would not let him die. It affirmed that although he +was thrown into a caldron of boiling oil at Rome, and though he was +compelled to drink hemlock, he was unharmed; and that though he was +buried, the earth above his grave heaved with his breathing, as if, +still living, he was tarrying until Christ should return. + +"What shall this man"--John--"do?" asked Peter. He found partial answer +in what they did together for the early Christian Church, until John saw +"by what manner of death Peter should glorify God." And then that church +found yet fuller answer in John's labors for it while alone he "tarried" +long among them. + +When John tells us that Peter turned and saw him following, we recall +the hour when Andrew and he timidly walked along the Jordan banks, and +"Jesus turned and saw them following," and welcomed their approach and +encouraged them in familiar conversation. How changed is all now! John +does not ask as before, "Where dwellest Thou?" Nor does Jesus bid him +"Come and see." He who has become the favored disciple is now better +prepared than then to serve his Master, following in the path they had +trod together, and having an abiding sense of the blessed though unseen +Presence, until his Lord shall bid him, "Come and see" My heavenly +abode, and evermore "be with Me where I am," and share at last, without +unholy ambition, the glory of My Throne." + + + + +_CHAPTER XXX_ + +_St. John a Pillar-Apostle in the Early Christian Church_ + + "James and Cephas and John, they who are reputed to be + pillars."--_Paul. Gal._ ii. 9. + + "They went up into the upper chamber where they were abiding; both + Peter and John and James and Andrew, Philip, ..."--_Acts_ i. 13. + + "When the day of Pentecost was now come, they were all together in + one place."--_Acts_ ii. 1. + + "An angel of the Lord by night opened the prison doors, and brought + them out."--_Acts_ v. 19. + + "Now when the Apostles which were in Jerusalem heard that Samaria + had received the word of the Lord, they sent unto them Peter and + John."--_Acts_ viii. 14. + + "He (Herod) killed James the brother of John with the + sword."--_Acts_ xii. 2. + + +The next place where we may think of John with his Lord was on a +mountain in Galilee. At least once before His death, and twice after His +resurrection, He directed His Disciples to meet Him there. For what +purpose? Evidently to receive His final commission. + +"Jesus came to them and spake unto them, saying, All authority hath been +given unto Me in Heaven and on earth. Go ye therefore, and make +disciples of all the nations, baptizing them into the name of the Father +and of the Son and of the Holy Ghost: teaching them to observe all +things whatsoever I commanded you: and lo, I am with you alway, even +unto the end of the world." + +But the disciples were not yet prepared to fulfil this commission. So He +appointed another meeting, to be held in Jerusalem, where He met them, +"speaking of the things pertaining to the kingdom of God." Here the +command on the mountain was limited by another--not to depart from +Jerusalem immediately. "Wait" said He, "for the promise of the Father +which you heard from Me." That promise we find in John's record:--"I +will pray the Father, and He shall give you another Comforter, that He +may abide with you forever." "The Comforter, which is the Holy Ghost, +shall teach you all things." "He shall testify of Me." In the +fulfilment of that promise, the disciples were to find the preparation +to "go" and "preach." For that preparation they were to "wait." + +Jesus then reminds them of the assurance given by John the Baptist +concerning Himself:--"He shall baptize you with the Holy Ghost." Once +more John is carried back to the Jordan, and reminded of the time when +he and Jesus had been baptized. All those former scenes must have been +recalled when Jesus at the final meeting in Jerusalem declared, "John +truly baptized with water, but ye shall be baptized with the Holy Ghost +not many days hence." + +These words revived in the disciples the hope which had died in them +when Jesus died upon the cross. So, with yet mistaken ideas, they asked, +"Lord, wilt Thou at this time restore again the kingdom to Israel?" John +and the rest of the Bethsaidan band, who had heard the Baptist say that +the kingdom of God was at hand, hoped that "at this time" it would +appear. But, as when Jesus gave no direct answer to the two pairs of +brothers on Olivet concerning the time of the destruction of Jerusalem, +or to Peter's question concerning John's future, so now He avoided a +direct answer to this last question. He reminded them of something more +important for them than knowledge of the future: that was their own +duty,--not to reign, but to be witnesses for Him, first in Jerusalem, +then throughout Judĉa, then in Samaria, then "unto the uttermost parts +of the earth." Yet this could not be until they had "received power +after that the Holy Ghost had come upon them." This was promised them: +they did not clearly understand what was meant: they were waiting to +see. + +"He led them out until they were over against Bethany,"--well-remembered +Bethany. From there Jesus had made His triumphal entry into the City of +the Great King: from there He would make a more glorious entry into the +New Jerusalem. John was not His herald now. He, with the other ten, was +"led" by Him to witness His departure. + +As He ascended Olivet the last time, did He not give a parting glance +down the slope into the village below, His eye resting on the home of +those He loved, made radiant for us by the search-light thrown upon it +by the loved disciple at His side? In thought did He not say, "Lazarus, +Martha, Mary, farewell." + +The lifted hands, the parting blessing, the luminous cloud, and the +vanishing form--such is the brief story of the Ascension. + +"Ye men of Galilee, why stand ye looking into Heaven?" The questioners +were two angels. Without waiting for answer, they gave promise of Jesus' +return. "Then returned the disciples unto Jerusalem from the Mount +called Olivet." Whither bound? We are told, "They went up into _the_ +upper chamber." No longer simply "_A_ large upper room" to which Jesus +had told Peter and John they would be guided. Were they not now the +guide of the nine thither, to the place where they had six weeks before +"prepared" for the Passover? Did not the goodman of the house give the +Disciples a second welcome, and offer it to them as a temporary place +for the Christian Church? So it would appear, for again we are told, +"they were there abiding." Once more Luke gives their names, in the +Acts as he did in his Gospel. All except Judas answered, in that upper +room, to the roll call of the company scattered from Gethsemane, but +reunited in a closer union. In each of Luke's lists he begins with the +Bethsaidan band. But he does not preserve the same order. In the latter +he begins, not with the two pairs of brothers as such--Peter and Andrew, +James and John,--but with the Apostles whom Christ had drawn into His +inner circle, Peter, John and James, naming first the two who were +already becoming the acknowledged leaders of the Christian band. In that +list we find the name of Andrew recorded the last time in Holy Writ. + +But the eleven were not alone: others resorted thither for the same +purpose. What was that purpose? and who were some of them? This is the +answer:--"These all with one accord continued steadfastly in prayer, +with the women, and Mary the Mother of Jesus, and with His brethren." + +It is here, for the last time, that we read of Mary, in the Gospels. In +what better place could we bid her farewell than in the room consecrated +by the presence of her Son. How we rejoice with her that in that place +the longing of her heart must have been satisfied as she joined "with +one accord in prayer ... with His brethren"--her sons who during His +life had not believed on Him. What a welcome to that room did they +receive from John, their adopted brother! May we not indulge the thought +that among "the women" were her own daughters; and that we hear her +joyfully asking the once carping question of the Jews concerning "the +carpenter's son," but with changed meaning, saying, "His _sisters_, are +they not all with us?" If so "His Mother called Mary," "and His +brethren," "and His sisters," and John the adopted son and brother, were +at last a blessed family indeed. Mary on her knees with her children +around her, rejoicing in God her Saviour, of whom she had sung in the +infancy of her Son--that certainly is a fitting scene to be the last in +which we behold the Mother of Jesus. + +"When the day of Pentecost was now come, they were all together in one +place." They were united in feeling, purpose and devotion, in the "one +place," the home of the early Church. + +The hour had come for the fulfilment of the promise of their Lord, for +which they were to tarry in Jerusalem and wait. There was a great +miracle,--a sound from Heaven as of the rushing of a mighty wind which +filled the house. Flame-like tongues, having the appearance of fire +rested on the heads of the disciples, who were "all filled with the Holy +Ghost." He gave them utterance as they spoke in languages they had not +known before. Crowds of foreigners in the city "were confounded because +that every man heard them speaking in his own language." + +On the morning of that day the Church numbered one hundred and twenty. +"There were added unto them in that day about three thousand souls." + +St. John was one of those filled with the Holy Ghost, according to the +prophecy he had heard by the Baptist, and the promise by Christ. On him +rested a fiery tongue. To him the Spirit gave utterance, perhaps in the +languages of those among whom he was to labor in Asia Minor, from where +some of these strangers had come. He was in full sympathy with that +Christian company, an actor with them, a leader of them, a pillar for +them strong and immovable. + +But the Upper Room was not the only place where John worshiped. The +Temple was still a sanctuary where such as he communed with God. The +hour for the evening prayer was nearing when "Peter and John were going +up into the Temple." They reached the Beautiful Gate, which Josephus +describes as made of Corinthian brass, surpassing in beauty other temple +gates, even those which were overlaid with silver and gold. By it they +saw what doubtless they had often seen before, a lame man who, during +most of the forty years of his life, had been daily brought thither. His +weakness was a great contrast to the massive strength of the pillar +against which he leaned, as he counted the long hours and the coins he +received in charity. His haggard appearance and ugly deformity were a +greater contrast to the richness and symmetry of the gate which was so +fittingly "called Beautiful." + +Was there something especially benignant in the faces of the two +Apostles, that encouraged the poor creature to hail them as he saw them +"about to go into the Temple"? They were willingly detained. "Peter, +fastening his eyes on him, with John, said, 'Look on us.'" A gift was +bestowed richer far than that for which he had hoped. They were full of +joy themselves, and of pity for him, and of a sense of the power of +their Lord, so often exercised in their presence. Therefore the command, +"In the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, walk." + +That was a strange sight to those who had long known the beggar, as he +held Peter with one hand and John with the other, as if leading them +into the Temple, into which he entered, "walking, and leaping, and +praising God." + +The glad shout of the healed man attracted a crowd around him, "greatly +wondering." The Apostles declared that the miracle was by no power of +their own, but by that of Jesus who had been killed, but had risen from +the dead. For this they were arrested and put in prison--strange place +for such men and for such a reason. On the next day they were brought +before the rulers who demanded by what power they had done this thing. +Again the disciples declared it was in the name of Jesus Christ of +Nazareth, whom the Jews crucified, but whom God had raised from the +dead. The rulers were amazed when "they saw the boldness of Peter and +John." They had known the power of Jesus' words: they saw a like power +in the words of the Apostles, whom they were assured had been with Him +and been aided by Him. But this did not check their rage, which was +increased as they saw how many believed the Apostles. The three thousand +converts on the day of Pentecost were increased to five thousand. + +[Illustration: EPHESUS _From Photograph_ Page 232] + +As leaders of the Christian company Peter and John were again put into +prison--into the public jail for malefactors. But the divine power which +had been used through them was now used for them. A solemn warning was +given to the daring wickedness of the rulers. When they thought their +prisoners kept "with all safety," in the darkness, behind bolted doors, +"an angel of the Lord by night opened the prison doors, and brought them +out, and said, 'Go ye, and stand and speak in the temple to the people +all the words of this Life.'" + +We know not the manner in which he led them out as he invisibly opened +and closed the doors through which they passed, to obey without fear +the heavenly bidding. With consternation the rulers heard a messenger +declare, in words almost echoing the angel's command, "Behold the men +whom ye put in prison are in the temple standing and teaching the +people." + +Persecution scattered Christians who fled from Jerusalem, telling +wherever they went, of Christ as the Saviour. A deacon named Philip +preached in Samaria with great effect. "Now when the Apostles which were +at Jerusalem heard that Samaria had received the word of God, they sent +unto them Peter and John, who, when they were come down, prayed for them +that they might receive the Holy Ghost." + +These two were chosen because they had taken the most active part in +establishing the church in Jerusalem, and were specially fitted for +similar work elsewhere. With what peculiar feelings John must have +entered Samaria. He must have recalled a day when hot and weary he had +journeyed thither with his Lord and met the Samaritaness at the well. +Perhaps he now met her again, and together they talked over that +wonderful conversation which made her the first missionary to her +people, many of whom declared, "We know that this is indeed the Saviour +of the world." + +Did John on this visit enter into "a village of the Samaritans"--the +same where he had said, "Lord, wilt Thou that we bid fire to come down +from heaven and consume them?" Is it of them that it is now said he +"prayed for them"? His fire of indignation and revenge had changed to +the fire of love. The pentecostal flames had rested on his head. + +Once more--only once--we find the names of James and John together. One +short sentence, full of pathos, of injustice and cruelty, of affection +and sorrow, tells a story of the early Church: Herod "killed James the +brother of John with the sword." He was the first martyr of the +Apostles. The smaller circle of the three, and the larger one of the +twelve, is broken. For these brothers we may take up David's lamentation +over Saul and Jonathan, slightly changed, and say, "They were lovely and +pleasant in their lives: but in their death they were divided,"--for +through half a century John mourned the loss of his loved companion from +childhood. + +After James--one of the three whom Paul named pillars--had fallen, the +other two, Peter and John, stood for awhile side by side in strength and +beauty. To each of them he might have given the name Jachin by which one +of the pillars of Solomon's temple was called, meaning, "whom God +strengthens." Peter was the next to fall, after which John long stood +alone, until at last the three whom first we saw by the Sea of Galilee, +stood together by the glassy sea, in each of them fulfilled the promise +made through John, by their Lord,--"He that overcometh, I will make him +a pillar in the Temple of my God, and he shall go out thence no more." + +[Illustration: THE ISLE OF PATMOS _Old Engraving_ Page 233] + + + + +_CHAPTER XXXI_ + +_Last Days_ + + "I John ... was in the isle that is called Patmos, for the word of + God, and the testimony of Jesus.... And I heard behind me a great + voice, as of a trumpet saying, What thou seest, write in a book, + and send it to the seven churches."--_Rev._ i. 9-11. + + "Since I, whom Christ's mouth taught, was bidden teach, + I went, for many years, about the world, + Saying, 'It was so; so I heard and saw,' + Speaking as the case asked; and men believed. + Afterward came the message to myself + In Patmos Isle. I was not bidden teach, + But simply listen, take a book and write, + Nor set down other than the given word, + With nothing left to my arbitrament + To choose or change; I wrote, and men believed." + + +From Samaria John with Peter "returned to Jerusalem." This is the last +record of him in the Acts. We have but little information concerning him +after that event. He suddenly disappears. We have two glimpses of him +which are historic, and several through shadowy traditions. + +There was a very important meeting in Jerusalem to settle certain +questions in which the early Church was greatly interested, and about +which there had been much difference in judgment and feeling. St. Paul +was present. He says that St. John was there, one of the three +Pillar-Apostles who gave to him and Barnabas "the right hands of +fellowship." This is the only time of which we certainly know of the +meeting of these two Apostles; though we have imagined the possibility +of John's visiting the school of Gamaliel, and worshiping in the Temple +when young Saul was in Jerusalem. From this time, A.D., 50, we +lose sight of John and do not see him again until A.D., 68, in +the Isle of Patmos. As his Lord was hidden eighteen years, from the time +of His boyhood visit to Jerusalem until He entered on His public +ministry, so long His disciple is concealed from our view. Leaving +Jerusalem he probably never returned. Why he left we do not know. It may +have been because of persecutions. Perhaps the death of Mary relieved +him from the charge we may believe he had faithfully kept, and thus made +it possible for him to go about like other Apostles to preach the +Gospel. If so we have no hint in what direction he went. He may have +gone directly to Ephesus. On reaching it perhaps he found a welcome from +some who had heard him speak in their own language on the day of +Pentecost. It was a populous city, wealthy and wicked. Its magnificent +Temple of Diana was one of the seven wonders of the world. Its ruins +give us a hint of its former glory. + +All the traditions of early times make Ephesus the home of St. John in +the latter part of his life. From it as a centre he ministered to the +Churches of Asia Minor. + +Gospel truth found its way thither, even before Paul made it the centre +of his third missionary tour. He was driven from it, but he left the +foundation of a Christian Church, upon which John builded. There were +like foundations in at least six other important cities of Asia +Minor--Smyrna, Pergamum, Thyatira, Sardis, Philadelphia and Laodicea. + +The silence of the latter half of St. John's life is broken but once, +and that by himself. He tells us that he "was in the isle that is called +Patmos." It was not far from Ephesus, within a day's sail. It is a huge +rock, rugged and barren, only a few miles in length. + +Why was John in Patmos? He says, "for the word of God and the testimony +of Jesus." What does he mean by this? Perhaps that he was led thither by +circumstances of which we do not know, or by the guidance of the Spirit +of God, who there would make wonderful revelations to him. But more +probably he was banished thither for the preaching of the Gospel of +Jesus, and for being a faithful follower of Him, notwithstanding the +persecutions of Nero or Domitian. As told in an ancient Latin hymn,-- + + "To desert islands banished, + With God the exile dwells, + And sees the future glory + His mystic writing tells." + +The grotto of La Scala may have been the spot from which he looked out +upon the Ĉgean Sea, and upward into the heavens, communing in solitude +with his own thoughts, or with his Lord for whom he was there. Patmos +was for this a fitting place, whether he had gone there from his own +choice, or had been driven thither by the cruelty of his persecutor. In +such solitude did Milton muse, and Bunyan dream. + +It was the "Lord's Day," says John. He alone, and at this time only, +uses that name with which we have become familiar, though it may have +been in common use among the early Christians. It meant much to John, +even more than to us. It was a reminder of the day when he looked into, +and then entered, the tomb of his Lord, and believed that He had risen +from the dead. + +His meditations may have been aided by Old Testament Manuscripts, his +only companions; especially that of Daniel, in which it is claimed "the +spirit and imagery of the Book of Revelation is steeped." + +What a contrast there was between the peaceful waves of Gennesaret, +creeping silently upon the sandy beach of his childhood home, and the +breakers dashing upon the rocky coast of his exile abode in his old +age! How suggestive of the calm and turmoil of his life! + +[Illustration: SMYRNA _Old Engraving_ Page 233] + +But his musings were suddenly broken by "a great voice, as of a +trumpet," giving a command--"What thou seest, write in a book." He says, +"I turned to see the voice that spake with me." He beheld his Lord in +greater grandeur than he had seen Him on earth, even on Hermon. As he +gazed upon the divine figure he must have exclaimed, + + "Can this be He who used to stray, + A pilgrim on the world's highway, + Oppressed by power, and mocked by pride, + The Nazarene, the Crucified!" + +We do not wonder that he says,--"When I saw Him, I fell at His feet as +one dead." So had Paul done when the Lord appeared to him at Damascus. +John adds, "He laid His right hand upon me, saying, Fear not." The words +seem almost an echo from the Holy Mount,--"Jesus came and touched them, +and said, Arise, and be not afraid." + +The command to John was renewed, to write--of things which he had seen, +and what he was yet to behold. The early Christians called him the +Eagle, meaning that of all the sacred writers he had the loftiest +visions of divine truth. + +John's writings are of three kinds, the Book of The Revelation of the +secret purposes of God; his Gospel; and his three Epistles or letters. + +Although The Revelation is the last of the books of the Bible, it is +probably the first of those by John. It contains messages from the Lord +in Heaven to the seven churches in Asia, which we have mentioned, +concerning their virtues and their failings. To each was given a special +promise of reward to those who overcame sin, and were faithful to +Christ. From this Revelation of John we get our imagery of Heaven, +helping us to understand something of its glory. + +His Gospel is supposed to have been written next. Why did he write it? +As we have noticed, Matthew, Mark and Luke had already written their +Gospels. But there was abundant reason for John's writing the fourth +Gospel. We need not doubt the tradition that he was urged to do so by +the disciples, elders and bishops of the early Church. They had heard +him tell much concerning Christ of which the first three Evangelists had +not told. These things were too precious to be forgotten, or to be +changed by frequent repetition after his lips were silent. That must be +soon, for he was very old, having long passed the limit of human age. +They had listened to the story of the early call of the disciples, and +of the first miracle at Cana, and of the night visit of Nicodemus to +Jesus, and of the talk by the well of Samaria with the Samaritaness, and +of the washing of the disciples' feet, and of many other things which +Jesus said and did of which no one had written. In John's talks with +Christians, and his preaching in their churches, he explained fully and +simply the teachings of Jesus, as no one else had done, or could do. +They longed for a record of them, that they might read it themselves, +and leave it to their children, and those who never could hear the words +from his lips. + +So St. John wrote his Gospel, giving to his first readers his great +reason,--"These are written that ye may believe that Jesus is the +Christ, the Son of God; and that believing ye may have life in His +name." + +For the writing of his first Epistle he also gives a reason, +saying,--"That which we have heard, that which we have seen with our +eyes, that which we beheld, and our hands handled concerning the word of +life, ... that ... declare we unto you also, that ye also may have +fellowship with us." + +Through these words John draws us very near to his Lord and ours, Whom +we behold through his eyes, and hear through his ears. We almost feel +the grasp of a divine yet human hand. + +The great theme is the love of God, or as Luther expresses it, "The main +substance of this Epistle relates to love." John's Gospel abounds in +declarations and illustration of this greatest of truths, but it does +not contain the phrase in this Epistle in which he sums up the whole +Gospel, "GOD IS LOVE." Because of John's deep sense of God's +love, and because of the depth of his own love, the Beloved Apostle is +called, The Apostle of Love. + +John's second Epistle should be of special interest to the young. From +it we infer that there were two Christian homes, in each of which John +took delight. The mothers were sisters. His letter is addressed to "The +elect lady"--or as she is sometimes called the Lady Electa--and her +children. John tells of his love and that of others for them,--Mother +and children--because of their Christian character. He tells of his +great joy because of the children "walking in the truth"--living as +children should live who have learned of the teachings of Christ. + +From the group of children around him in the home where he wrote, he +sends messages to their aunt, saying, "The children of thine elect +sister salute thee." How the children of Electa must have prized that +letter! How little they thought that nineteen hundred years after they +received it, other children would read it, and think how happy were +those who had the Apostle John for their friend. + +This letter is one of the things that revealed his child-like spirit. We +remember the time when he did not have that spirit. At last he did have +it because he became so much like his Master who loved the little ones, +and taught His disciples to do the same. + +John thought of the child-spirit as the Christ-spirit, whether it was in +the old or the young. He called all who had it children. He called those +to whom he ministered in his old age his little children. This he does +in the last sentence of his last letter to the Christian church,--"My +little children, guard yourselves from idols." + +Because of his own child-like spirit and his seeking to cultivate it in +others, and because of his manifest interest in children, he may be +called the Apostle of Childhood. + +There is a beautiful tradition concerning him, that in his old age, when +he was too feeble to walk to the church or to preach, he was carried +thither, and said again and again,--"Little children, love one another." +Some said, "Master, why dost thou always say this?" He replied, "It is +the Lord's command, and if this alone is done, it is enough." Of his +death at the probable age of about one hundred nothing is known. It is +claimed that there is a sacred spot somewhere among the tangled thickets +of Mt. Prion which looks down on Ephesus where his body was laid. + +There is a tradition, inconsistent with the supposition that Mary died +in Jerusalem, that she accompanied John to Ephesus and was buried near +him; her eyes having been closed by him on whom her Son had looked with +dimming vision, commending her to his loving care. + +No magnificent tomb marks the place of John's burial. None is needed. +But there are richer and abundant memorials of St. John the Divine--an +imperishable name because that of the Beloved Disciple of Him Whose name +is above every name. + + + + +_CHAPTER XXXII_ + +_A Retrospect_ + + +How wonderful and charming a history is that of St. John! Our glimpses +of him have been few and often-times indistinct; but they have been +enough in number and clearness to reveal a noble and lovable character. + +We saw him first on the sea-shore of Gennesaret, not differing from any +other Galilean boy. We watched him playing and fishing with his +Bethsaidan companions, none of them thinking of how long their +friendship would be continued, or in what new and strange circumstances +of joy and sorrow, hope and fear, disappointment and glad surprises, +that companionship would become closer and closer. + +We saw John in his rambles about his home, amid scenes beautiful in +themselves, which became sacred because of what he there beheld and +heard. + +We discovered his relationship to a child in Nazareth whom he did not +know at first as the most wonderful being in the world. + +We entered his home and visited the school where he was taught of Him +who was called the coming Messiah; but who had already come, though his +parents and teachers knew it not. + +We followed him as a Jewish boy into the Temple, whose glories were to +become more glorious in his manhood by what he beheld therein. + +We saw him on the Jordan, standing with his kindred and namesake, who +pointed him to Jesus as the Messiah for whom he had been looking. From +that hour we have known him as a disciple of Jesus, later as one of his +twelve Apostles, then one of the chosen three, then the one--the beloved +Disciple. + +Through his eyes we have beheld the wonderful works of our Lord: with +his ears we have heard the most wonderful words ever spoken to man. We +have caught glimpses of him in most wonderful scenes which he was almost +the only one to behold--amid the glories of the transfiguration, in the +death-chamber changed to that of life, in the shadows of Gethsemane. + +We have learned through John the sacredness of human friendships, made +closer and holier by friendship with the loved and loving Lord. He has +been our guide to the Upper Room of joy and sadness; to the Priestly +Palace of suffering and of shame; to the cross of agony and death; to +the tomb of surprise and exaltation; to the mount of final blessing and +ascension. + +[Illustration: PERGAMOS AND THE RUINS OF THE CHURCH OF ST. JOHN + _Old Engraving_ Page 233] + +John saw what kings and prophets longed to see, but died without the +sight--the Messiah come. He witnessed probably all the miracles of +Jesus, from his first in Cana as a guest, to his last on the sea-shore +as a host--the signs of divine power inspired by pity and love. He +looked upon the enthusiastic but mistaken throng who in Galilee would +force upon Jesus an unwelcome crown; then upon the multitudes who hailed +him with hosannas on Olivet; then the maddened crowd who shouted through +the streets of Jerusalem, "Crucify Him." He witnessed Christ's movements +when the multitudes gathered about Him for instruction and healing, and +when he withdrew from them to pray. His eyes were dazzled by the +brightness of the transfiguration as he looked upon the form which at +last was enshrouded in darkness on Calvary. With another vision he +beheld that form in Heaven itself. + +On the Jordan he beheld Jesus as the Lamb of God which was to be offered +as a sacrifice. He saw the cross become His altar of sacrifice, and then +in Heaven discerned Him as the "Lamb as it had been slain." He was +witness of Christ's joys and sorrows, shame and suffering, humiliation +and exaltation, entering into them more fully than did any other human +being. + +From the hour in which John stood with the Baptist who told him to +behold Jesus, his eye was upon Him, until, because there was no more +for him to behold of his Lord on earth, the angels asked, "Why stand ye +gazing?" Having seen Him "lifted up" on a beclouded cross, he saw Him +"taken up" as a glorious "cloud received Him out of sight." + +John heard wondrous things. He became familiar with his Lord's voice, +its tones of instruction and exhortation, warning and reproof, +invitation and affection, forgiveness and benediction, prayer and +praise, depression and agony, joy and triumph. He was no careless +listener to the words spoken to Jesus--those of inquiry and pleading, +hypocrisy and contempt, mockery and deceit, hatred and love. Beside his +Lord, he heard saintly voices, and the voice of the Father. + +Much that John saw and heard when with his Lord he has made known. We +imagine some things were too tender and sacred for others' ears: +concerning such his lips were sealed. Other things were too precious for +silence: of such he is the most distinct echo. His Gospel is often a +commentary on the other three. He was an eye-witness of most of the +events of which he tells. His Gospel is rich with illuminated texts. +Having the best understanding of "the words of the Lord Jesus," he is +the fullest reporter of His teachings. Having the deepest insight into +the heart of hearts of his Lord, he is its clearest revealer. While many +others grasped separate truths, he placed them side by side in harmony +and unity, and thus held them up and revealed them to mankind. His +Lord's words were the most sacred treasures of his memory: his greatest +joy was to bring them forth for others to view and admire, that they too +might be inspired thereby to "love and good works." Without erasing +aught from the pictures drawn by his fellow-Evangelists, he has added +to, and filled in, and re-touched with a sympathizing hand. So familiar +had he become with his Lord's countenance, with all its varied +expressions, and so skilful was he in reproducing them, that his +composite portrait is the most beautiful and impressive of all attempts +to portray "the human face divine." + +Standing outside of some grand cathedral, before its stained window, we +mark the figures with their rich depth of color. Passing within we see +the same figures, but the outline is more distinct; the colors are +richer, and with more harmonious blending. So sometimes we seem to stand +with the three Evangelists outside the Gospel Cathedral; and then with +John within. + +Like Ruth in the field of Boaz he followed the reapers--the first three +Evangelists in the field of their Lord,--to "glean even among the +sheaves." He "gleaned in the field until evening," the close of the long +day of his life, "and beat out that he had gleaned," and gave it to +others. There was not need for them to ask him, "Where hast thou +gleaned?" There was only one field from which such harvest could be +gathered. Rather could they say as Naomi to Ruth, "Blessed is he that +did take knowledge of thee." + +There have been more noted illustrations of change in character than is +furnished in St. John. His early life was not profligate like that of +John Newton or John Bunyan. And yet the change in him was marked enough +to furnish an exhibition of contrast, showing the power of Christ's +teachings and example upon him, until he reached an unwonted degree of +perfection. He combined the noblest traits of the loftiest manhood and +womanhood, with the simplicity of childhood. His human kinship to Jesus +illustrated but faintly the closer and tenderer relation formed by the +transforming of his spirit into the likeness of Christ. This was more +royal than any merely human relationship. It was the closest relation of +which we know of the perfect Christ with imperfect man. We have watched +the changes in John's spirit, and seen his imperfections smoothed away, +and his character so polished that it became the brightest reflector of +the image of Jesus Christ. Yet from the first there were budding virtues +in him which Mary Magdalene's supposed gardener brought to perfection. + +[Illustration: RUINS OF LAODICEA _Old Engraving_ Page 233] + +In history John stands and must ever stand alone. He was one of the +two who first accepted the call of Christ to come to Him: he was the +last of the Apostles to repeat, in another and yet as true a sense, that +invitation to multitudes of men. He was one of those two who first saw +what may be called the beginning of the Christian Church, in the little +booth by the Jordan: and the last one of the Twelve to remember its +fuller establishments in the Upper Chamber of Jerusalem. He was the last +man who had seen the last prophet who told of the coming Messiah; and +was the last Evangelist to tell that He had come. He was one of the +three who were the last to behold the Shechinah, and to whom came the +voice of God the Father. + +John was the lone disciple in the palace of the high priest, witnessing +the injustice, mockery, and cruelty before Pilate; the last one with +whom the Lord spoke and on whom His eye rested before His death. He was +the lone disciple to gaze upon the cross and witness the dying agonies; +the first to look into the deserted tomb; the first of whom we are told +that he believed the Lord had risen therefrom. The last survivor of the +Apostolic band, he had the fullest opportunity to witness the fulfilment +of prophecies of which he was a careful student and clear interpreter. +He saw the sad close of the Jewish dispensation, and the glorious +beginning of Christianity. He saw the Holy City overthrown, as Christ +declared to Him on Olivet that it would be, and had a vision of the New +Jerusalem of which the old was a consecrated type, at last profaned. + +Of the golden Apostolic chain he was the last link binding the Church to +its Lord. He was the last known human kindred of the Son of Man. The +last words of inspiration were spoken to and recorded by him. He was the +latest prophet, historian, and Evangelist. One of the first to say, "I +have seen the Messiah," he was the last to say, "I have seen the Lord." + +We have caught glimpses of St. John in the early days of Christianity, +as a light and a pillar, a teacher and a guide. Sometimes for years +together he has been hidden from our view, and then has emerged with a +yet brighter halo around his head. We have watched him on a lonely isle +gazing into heaven, beholding glories of which he gives us hints, but +which he tells us he cannot fully describe. + +Because of his relation to the Lord, the fisher boy unknown beyond the +hamlet of Bethsaida two thousand years ago is "spoken of" as truly as +Mary of Bethany, whose memory he especially has made sacred and +perpetual. Wherever the Gospel is preached he too is remembered, honored +and loved. + +Because of his relation to the Lord, towns in lands of which he never +knew, bear his name; in which people are taught by his words and +inspired by his spirit. In them many a family is known by the name St. +John. Rivers in their flow bear his name from generation to generation +on earth, while he points men to the pure river "proceeding out of the +throne of God and the Lamb," which was "showed" him in Patmos. Societies +for fraternal fellowship and mutual helpfulness are called after him. +St. John's day has a sacred place in the calendar. Many a rural chapel +and stately city church are reminders of him. The richness of his +graces, and the yet future of his saintly influence, are symbolized in +the yet unfinished temple of surpassing grandeur in the City of New +York,--"The Cathedral of St. John the Divine." + +From all these earthly scenes in which we have beheld him, to which +history and tradition have pointed us, and from those things which are +memorials of him, we turn to the Heavenly scenes which he bids us behold +as they were revealed to him. Thither we follow him after all his trials +and labors and triumphs of earth. With reverence and gladness for him, +we listen to the voice of the Lord saying to him what He had told him to +say to the Churches of Asia:--"Because thou didst overcome I give thee +'to eat of the tree of life, which is in the midst of the Paradise of +God.' Thou shalt 'not be hurt with the second death.' I give thee 'a +white stone, and upon the stone a new name written.' I give thee 'the +morning star.' 'I will in no wise blot thy name out of the book of life! +I make you a pillar in the temple of My God.' O John, rememberest thou +thy petition and that of thy brother who has long been with Me,--'Grant +unto us that we may sit, one on Thy right hand, and one on Thy left hand +in Thy glory'? Thou thoughtest that 'glory' was an earthly throne, which +thou never sawest. But thou hast overcome thy pride and ambition, thy +jealous and revengeful spirit. Thou hast triumphed over those who were +thine enemies because thou wast My friend. Thou didst see My agonies and +victories in Gethsemane and on Calvary. Thou didst take up My cry on My +cross concerning My work on earth, and sound it forth,--'It is +finished.' Dost thou remember My final promise to him that overcometh, +which I made from this My true throne of glory, through thee, 'in the +isle that is called Patmos'--precious name even here because of thy +'testimony for' Me. That promise I now fulfil in thee. O John, one of My +chosen Twelve on earth; yea more, one of My chosen three; yet more, My +beloved one, here in Heaven, now, 'Sit down with Me on My throne, as I +also overcame and sat down with My Father in His throne.'" + + + + +_CHAPTER XXXIII_ + +_Legends and Traditions of St. John_ + + +After closing the history of St. John, we linger over the traditions +that cluster about his later years. They reveal the feelings of the +early Church toward him who was the last of the Apostolic band, and the +last who had seen their Lord. + +There is one legend so beautiful, so much like him, that we can almost +believe it as having a fitting place in his history. It belongs to the +time when he preached in the magnificent Church which Christians had +reared for him in Ephesus. We may not credit the story that on his brow +he wore a golden plate engraven with the inscription, "Holiness to the +Lord," but we can almost imagine it written there. His memorable +appearance and his tender manner, the loving voice with which he told +the story of his Lord, fastened all eyes upon him, and opened all ears +to his message of salvation. There was one, a young man, who standing in +the distance, looked and listened with such eager interest as to attract +the attention of the Apostle. In repentance and faith he found the peace +which nothing else can give. He was baptized and numbered with the +Ephesian Christians. St. John took special interest in him, training him +in Christian doctrine, and preparing him for a useful life. When the +hour for John's banishment came, in his anxiety for the youth, he +committed him to the care of the Bishop of the place, whom he charged to +be faithful in teaching and spiritual guidance. + +But the youth was exposed to many temptations from the heathen about +him. Their songs and dances and wine again charmed him as they did +before he heard the preaching of John. He yielded to their influences, +and renounced his profession of Christianity. In the absence of the +Apostle, the reproofs of the Bishop only maddened him. He no longer +attended the services of the Church, or sought the companionship of +Christians. Having entered the paths of sin, he wandered farther and +farther therein. At last he committed a crime against the government. In +fear of punishment he fled from Ephesus, and joined a company of robbers +and bandits in the wild ravines of the mountains. Though young in years, +he was so cunning and bold in crime that he became the leader of the +band. Inspired by his daring spirit they were ready for deeds of +violence that made them the terror of the whole region. + +On John's return from his exile in Patmos to Ephesus, he longed to know +of the welfare of the young disciple, who had been to him as an adopted +son, ever present to his mind and heart in his lonely island. The +Bishop, with downcast eyes, sorrow and shame, declared, "He is dead." +"How?" asked John, "and by what death?" "He is dead to God," said the +Bishop. "He has turned out wicked and abandoned, and at last a robber." + +John rent his garments as a sign of distress. Weeping he cried with a +loud lamentation, "Alas! alas! to what a guardian have I trusted our +brother!" The tender, faithful heart of the aged Apostle yearned for the +young man. He was ready to say, "How can I give thee up!" He knew the +mercy of God, and the power of love, human and divine; and determined +that the robber-chieftain should know it too. + +Immediately he procured a horse and guide, and rode toward the +stronghold of the robbers. It was in a wild mountainous ravine, with +rushing torrents and rugged rocks overgrown with brushwood and luxuriant +herbage. It was a place of grandeur, and yet of gloom--a fitting haunt +for the robber-band. Few travelers passed that way, and that hurriedly +and in terror. + +At last the Apostle and his guide heard from behind the rocks the hoarse +shouts of revelry. But he heeded them not, so intent was he on his +errand. He was seeking the prodigal, his adopted son--who was not +seeking the loving father. He drew the reins of his horse, while he +told his guide that their journey was ended, and prayed for themselves +and for him whom they sought. His nearness was discovered by one of the +band, who led him to the rest, and bound his guide. There was a great +contrast between the old man with his snowy locks and beard, in his +humble garb; and the younger, the wild looking bandit with his streaming +hair and loose white kilt; between the defenceless captive, and his +captors armed with Roman swords, long lances, and bows and arrows before +which he seemed perfectly powerless. + +As he looked upon their hardened features they looked into his benignant +face, and stood awed in his presence. Their rough manner, words and +tones were changed by his smile and even friendly greeting. He made no +resistance. His only motion was a wave of his hand. It was mightier than +sword or lance or bow. His only request was, "Take me to your captain." +Over-awed by the dignity of his manner and his calmness, the captors +obeyed their captive and silently led him to their chief. In an open +space the tall handsome young man was seated on his horse, wearing +bright armor and breastplate, and holding the spear of a warrior. At a +glance he recognized his old master, instructor and guide, who had been +to him as a father. His first thought was, "Why should this holy man +seek me?" He answered his own question, saying to himself, "He has come +with just and angry threatenings which I well deserve." John had been +called "a son of thunder." As such the trembling chief thought of him, +ready to hear him pronounce an awful woe. So with a mingled cry of fear +and anguish, he turned his horse and would have fled--a strange sound +and sight for his fellow-robbers. + +But St. John had no thunder tones for him, no threats of coming +punishment. The kind shepherd had found the sheep that had been lost. +The father had found the prodigal, without waiting for the wanderer's +return. John sprang toward him. He held out his arms in an affectionate +manner. He called him by tender names. With earnest entreaty he +prevailed on him to stop and listen. As young Saul, when near Damascus +caught sight of Jesus and heard His voice, dropped from his horse to the +ground; so did the young chieftain at the sight and voice of St. John. +With reverence he kneeled before him, and in shame bowed his head to the +ground. Like Peter who had denied the same Lord, the young man wept +bitterly. His cries of self-reproach and his despair echoed strangely in +that rocky defile. As St. John had wept for him, he wept for himself. +Those were truly penitential tears. John still spoke encouragingly. The +young man lifted his head and embraced the knees of the Apostle, +sobbing out, "No hope, no pardon." Then remembering the deeds of his +right hand, defiled with blood, he hid it beneath his robe. St. John +fell on his knees before him and enfolded him in his arms. He grasped +the hand that had been hidden, and bathed it in tears as if he would +wash away its bloody stains, and then kissed it, in thought of the good +he said it should yet perform. + +That hand cast away the sword it had wielded in murder, and lovingly, +gratefully held that of John, as the Apostle, and the robber-chief now +penitent and forgiven, together left the wilderness; within sight of the +astonished band; some of whom were greatly touched by what they had seen +and heard, while others were ready to scoff at what they called the +weakness of their leader. + +Another tradition is a beautiful illustration of the tenderness and +sympathy which we may judge was increasingly manifest in St. John's +character, the spirit of the Lord "whose tender mercies are over all His +works," the spirit St. John had seen in his Master who noticed the +sparrow falling to the ground. True it is, + + "He prayeth well who loveth well + Both man, and bird, and beast. + He prayeth best who loveth best + All things, both great and small; + For the dear Lord who loveth us, + He made and loveth all." + +There was a young tame partridge in which St. John took delight and +found recreation in many an hour from which he had turned from labor for +rest. A young hunter anxiously seeking the great Apostle was surprised +to find him in what seemed a frivolous employment. He doubted for a +moment whether this could be he. John asked, "What is that thing which +thou carriest in thy hand?" "A bow," replied the hunter. "Why then is it +unstrung?" said John. "Because," was the answer, "were I to keep it +always strung it would lose its spring and become useless." "Even so," +replied the Apostle, "be not offended at my brief relaxation, which +prevents my spirit from waxing faint." + +We have already alluded to a tradition which is perhaps the best known +of all, and universally accepted. In Ephesus, in extreme old age, too +infirm to walk, St. John was carried as a little child to the church +where he had so long preached. In feebleness his ministry had ended. The +last sermon as such had been preached. He could no longer repeat the +words of Christ he had heard on the mountain, and the sea-shore, and in +the Temple. He could no longer tell of the wonders of which he was the +only surviving witness. In Christians he saw the child-spirit, whether +in old or young. In his old age he was a father to all such as none +other could claim to be. His great theme --his only theme--was love. So +his only words, again and again repeated as he faced the congregation +were "Little children, love one another." And when asked why he repeated +the same thing over and over, he told them it was the Lord's command, +and if they obeyed it, that was enough. + +Traditions alone tell of St. John's death. One claims that as his +brother James was the first of the Apostles to suffer martyrdom, he was +the last. Others tell of miraculous preservation from death;--that he +was thrown into a caldron of boiling oil, and drank hemlock, without any +effect upon him. Sometimes he is pictured as holding a cup from which a +viper, representing poison, is departing without doing him any harm. + +There is still another story concerning his death. On the last Lord's +Day of his life, after the Holy Communion, he told some of his disciples +to follow him with spades. Leading them to a place of burial, he bid +them dig a grave into which he placed himself, and they buried him up to +the neck. Then in obedience to his command they placed a cloth over his +face and completed the burial. With weeping they turned away and +reported what had been done. But his disciples felt that, not the grave, +but the great church was the fitting place for his burial. So with +solemn service they went to bring his body thither. But on reaching the +grave they found it empty, as he and Peter had found the tomb of their +Lord on Easter morning. Then they remembered the words of Christ to +Peter concerning John, "If I will that he abide till I come, what is +that to thee?" + +But there is another tradition stranger still. People refused to believe +that St. John was dead, even though he had been supposed to be, and had +been buried. For centuries his grave was shown at Ephesus. Pilgrims +visiting it beheld a wonderful sight. The ground above it rose and fell, +as if the great Apostle were still breathing as he had done for one +hundred years, while treading the earth which now guarded his immortal +sleep. + +Such stories seem strange to us when we remember the chapter he wrote to +correct a mistake made by those who misunderstood his Master's word, and +believed that he would not die until the Lord returned to the earth. + +He probably escaped martyrdom which befell his fellow-Apostles. Dying, +probably in Ephesus, we think of him as peacefully entering the mansions +of which he had heard his Lord tell in far-off Jerusalem nearly seventy +years before. + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of A Life of St. John for the Young +by George Ludington Weed + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A LIFE OF ST. JOHN FOR THE YOUNG *** + +***** This file should be named 17166-8.txt or 17166-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/7/1/6/17166/ + +Produced by Janet Blenkinship, Curtis Weyant and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/17166-8.zip b/17166-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..417c799 --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-8.zip diff --git a/17166-h.zip b/17166-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..631fa17 --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h.zip diff --git a/17166-h/17166-h.htm b/17166-h/17166-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..603befd --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/17166-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,6691 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" /> + <title> + The Project Gutenberg eBook of A Life of St John for the Young by George Ludington Weed. + </title> + <style type="text/css"> +/*<![CDATA[ XML blockout */ +<!-- + p { margin-top: .75em; + text-align: justify; + margin-bottom: .75em; + } + h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 { + text-align: center; /* all headings centered */ + clear: both; + } + hr { width: 33%; + margin-top: 2em; + margin-bottom: 2em; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + clear: both; + } + + img {border:0;} + table {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;} + + body{margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; + } + + .author {text-align: right; margin-right: 15%;} + .linenum {position: absolute; top: auto; left: 4%;} /* poetry number */ + .blockquot{margin-left: 5%; margin-right: 10%;} + .pagenum {position: absolute; left: 92%; font-size: smaller; visibility: hidden; text-align: right;} /* page numbers */ + + + .bb {border-bottom: solid 2px;} + .bl {border-left: solid 2px;} + .bt {border-top: solid 2px;} + .br {border-right: solid 2px;} + .bbox {border: solid 2px;} + + .center {text-align: center;} + .smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} + .u {text-decoration: underline;} + + .caption {font-weight: bold;} + + .figcenter {margin: auto; text-align: center;} + + .figleft {float: left; clear: left; margin-left: 0; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-top: + 1em; margin-right: 1em; padding: 0; text-align: center;} + + .figright {float: right; clear: right; margin-left: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em; + margin-top: 1em; margin-right: 0; padding: 0; text-align: center;} + // --> + /* XML end ]]>*/ + </style> + </head> +<body> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of A Life of St. John for the Young +by George Ludington Weed + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: A Life of St. John for the Young + +Author: George Ludington Weed + +Release Date: November 27, 2005 [EBook #17166] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A LIFE OF ST. JOHN FOR THE YOUNG *** + + + + +Produced by Janet Blenkinship, Curtis Weyant and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net + + + + + + +</pre> + + +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/cover.jpg" alt="cover" title="cover" /></div> +<p><a name="il001f" id="il001f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il001f.jpg" alt="St John" title="St John" /></div> + +<h4><span class="smcap">St John</span>—<i>Domenichino</i></h4> + +<h1>A Life of St. John</h1> + +<h2>For the Young</h2> + +<h3>BY</h3> + +<h3>GEORGE LUDINGTON WEED</h3> + +<p class='center'><span class="smcap">Author of "A Life of Christ for the Young," "A Life of St. Paul for +the Young," "Great Truths Simply Told," etc., etc.</span></p> + +<p class='center'>PHILADELPHIA</p> + +<p class='center'>GEORGE W. JACOBS & CO</p> + +<p class='center'>103-105 <span class="smcap">South Fifteenth Street</span></p> + +<p class='center'>Copyright, 1900</p> + +<p class='center'><span class="smcap">By George W. Jacobs & Co</span></p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_1" id="Page_1"></a>[Pg 1]</span></p> +<h2><i>PREFATORY NOTE</i></h2> + +<p>The recorded incidents of the Life of St. John are few. Almost all those +of which we certainly know are related in the Gospels, the Acts of the +Apostles, The Epistles of St. John, and The Revelation. Some of the +traditions concerning him are in such harmony with what we do know that +we are almost ready to accept them as historic.</p> + +<p>The known events though few, are very distinct. They are the beautiful +fragments of a great picture. The plan of this volume does not include +those which pertain to him in common with the twelve disciples. Such a +record would practically involve the story of the life of our Lord. This +is limited to those events in which his name is mentioned, or his person +otherwise indicated; to those in which he was a certain or implied +actor; to those in which we may suppose from his character and relations +he had a special interest; to those narratives whose fulness of detail +makes the impression that they are given by an eye-witness; to those in +which a deeper impression was made on him than on his fellow-disciples, +or where he showed a deeper insight than they into the teachings <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_2" id="Page_2"></a>[Pg 2]</span>of the +Lord, and is a clearer interpreter; to those records which add to, or +throw light upon, those of the other three Evangelists; and especially +to those things which reveal his peculiar relation to Jesus Christ.</p> + +<p>Another limitation of this volume is its adaptation, in language, +selection of subjects and general treatment, to young people, for whom +it is believed no life of John, at any rate of recent date, has been +prepared. It is designed especially for those between the ages of ten +and twenty, though the facts recorded may be of value to all.</p> + +<p>The attempt is made to trace the way by which John was led to, and then +by, Christ. We first see him as a boy with Jewish surroundings, taught +to expect the Messiah, then watching for His coming, then rejoicing in +finding Him, then faithful and loving in serving Him; becoming the most +loved of His chosen ones. We see the Christ through John's eyes, and +listen to the Great Teacher with his ears. Christ and John are the +central figures in the scenes here recorded.</p> + +<p>The full table of contents suggests the variety and scope of the +topics presented.</p> + +<p>In the mind of the writer the interest of many of the scenes described +has been greatly deepened by memories of the paths in which he has +followed in the footsteps of the Master and His disciple.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_3" id="Page_3"></a>[Pg 3]</span>The many quotations of words, phrases and texts—which are from the +Revised Version—are designed to direct the young to Scripture forms +with which they should become familiar; and sometimes to emphasize a +fact or truth, or to recall a former incident.</p> + +<p>Grateful acknowledgment is made especially to the works of Farrar, +Edersheim and Stalker, for facts, and germs of thought which have been +simplified in form and language for the interest and instruction of the +young, in the hope that they may thereby be led into deeper study of one +of the noblest of human lives.</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">G.L.W.</span><br /> +</p> + +<p><i>Philadelphia, July, 1900</i>.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_4" id="Page_4"></a>[Pg 4]</span></p><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5"></a>[Pg 5]</span></p> +<h2><b>CONTENTS</b><br /><br /></h2> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6"></a>[Pg 6]</span></p><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7"></a>[Pg 7]</span></p><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8"></a>[Pg 8]</span></p><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9"></a>[Pg 9]</span></p><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10"></a>[Pg 10]</span></p><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11"></a>[Pg 11]</span></p><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12"></a>[Pg 12]</span></p><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13"></a>[Pg 13]</span></p><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14"></a>[Pg 14]</span></p> + +<table border="0" cellpadding="1" width="80%" cellspacing="0" summary="TABLE OF CONTENTS"> +<tr><th>CHAPTER I</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>A HOME IN THE BLESSED LAND, BY THE SACRED SEA</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>A Fitting Study for the Young—The Glory of all Lands—Divisions of</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Palestine—Galilee—People of Galilee—Gennesaret and its</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Surroundings—Comparisons—Jewish Sayings—McCheyne—Towns,</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Villages and Palaces—Fisheries—Bethsaida</td><td align='left'><a href='#Page_19'>19</a></td></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>CHAPTER II</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>FIVE BOYS OF BETHSAIDA—RAMBLES ABOUT HOME</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Five Apostles of Jesus—Two Pair of Brothers—Salome—Brothers</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Indeed—Views from a Hilltop—View of the Lake—Poetic</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Description—Rambles North of the Lake—On the West—Keble's</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Poem—Answer to the Poet's Question—The Sower—Object Lessons of</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>the Great Teacher—Mount of Beatitudes—Nature's Influence on</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>John—Philip</td><td align='left'><a href='#Page_24'>24</a></td></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>CHAPTER III</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>JOHN'S ROYAL KINDRED</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Salome and Mary Sisters—John and Jesus Cousins—Visit to</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Bethsaida—Visit to Nazareth—A Picture of the Boy Jesus—The</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Picture a Help—A Phrase to Remember—A Kinsman of John and</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Jesus—Education—The Messiah</td><td align='left'><a href='#Page_31'>31</a></td></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>CHAPTER IV</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>THE GREAT EXPECTATION IN JOHN'S DAY</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Prophecy Concerning the Messiah—Jewish Mistakes—Roman</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Conquest—Judas of Galilee—The Five Bethsaidan Boys—John and</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Peter</td><td align='left'><a href='#Page_35'>35</a></td></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>CHAPTER V</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>EARLY INFLUENCES ON CHARACTER</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Special Influences on the Five—Scripture Students—Rabbi Like</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Simeon, or a Teacher—Prophetess Like Anna—Home Teaching—From the</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Five to Two—Salome and Her Sons—Review—Boyhood</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Traits—Imperfections—Perfection</td><td align='left'><a href='#Page_39'>39</a></td></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>CHAPTER VI</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>FIRST VISIT IN JERUSALEM</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Jewish Boy at Twelve—Interest in the First Pilgrimage—John's</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Journey—The Jordan Ford—City, Temple and Altar—John and</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Saul—Silent Years—Parental Thoughts Concerning John</td><td align='left'><a href='#Page_44'>44</a></td></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>CHAPTER VII</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>JOHN'S VIEW OF THE COMING MESSIAH</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>John's Old Testament Studies—First Gospel Promise—Promises to</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Abraham, Isaac and Jacob—Promise to David—Mary and</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Immanuel—Names and Titles of the Messiah—John's Misreading of the</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Old Testament—Christ's Sufferings</td><td align='left'><a href='#Page_48'>48</a></td></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>CHAPTER VIII</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>JESUS THE HIDDEN MESSIAH</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>The Infancy of Jesus Forgotten—Our Ignorance of Christ's</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Childhood—The Boy in the Temple—The Carpenter's Silent Years</td><td align='left'><a href='#Page_53'>53</a></td></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>CHAPTER IX</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>"THE PROPHET OF THE MOST HIGH"</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Elizabeth and Her John—A Father's Prophecy—The Prophet in the</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Wilderness—Young Men of Galilee—The Hermit—His Galilean</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Disciples—His Public Ministry—His Hearers—His Preaching—St.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>John the Baptist—St. John of Galilee</td><td align='left'><a href='#Page_57'>57</a></td></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>CHAPTER X</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>THE MESSIAH FOUND</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Jesus from Galilee to Jordan"—Baptism of</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Jesus—Temptation—"Behold the Lamb of God"—Andrew and John with</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>the Baptist—Our First Knowledge of John of Galilee—Parting of the</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Baptist and Jesus—The Two St. Johns and Jesus—Following Jesus in</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>the Way—Blessed Invitation Accepted—Precious Memories—Change of</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Discipleship—Silence of John—Disciples at Emmaus—Brothers</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Brought to Jesus—Memorials of Andrew—John's Memories of His First</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Day with Jesus—Philip—Nathanael—Jesus' First Disciples—John the</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Nearest to Him</td><td align='left'><a href='#Page_63'>63</a></td></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>CHAPTER XI</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>JOHN A WEDDING GUEST</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Invited Guests to a Marriage Feast—Words of Mary and Jesus</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Concerning Wine—Three Commands of Jesus—First</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Miracle—Belshazzar's Feast—Believing Disciples—Believing</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Samaritans—What John Might Have Written—First Miracle, for</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Innocent Joy—John and Mary at the Feast—Mary's Thoughts of John</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>and Her Sons—Her Thoughts of Jesus</td><td align='left'><a href='#Page_72'>72</a></td></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>CHAPTER XII</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>JOHN AND NICODEMUS</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Reasons for a Night Visit to Jesus—John's Possible Abode in</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Jerusalem—Nicodemus Goes Thither—His Conversation With</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Jesus—Seven Great Truths—Golden Text of the Bible—Golden Truth</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>of John—Tradition of Nicodemus</td><td align='left'><a href='#Page_79'>79</a></td></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>CHAPTER XIII</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>ST. JOHN AND THE SAMARITANESS</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>John's Record—With the Master—Valley and Well—A Personal</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Privilege—John With Jesus at the Well—Memories of the</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Region—Abraham—Thoughts of the Future—A Samaritaness—Strange</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Request—Living Water—Greater than Jacob—Difference in</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Waters—Woman's Request—Jesus a Prophet—Place and Spirit of True</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Worship—"Messiah Cometh"—John an Earnest Listener—Jesus'</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Revelation of Himself—Changed Name for the Well—Wonder of the</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Disciples—The Samaritaness a Gospel Messenger—Unknown</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Meat—John's Watchful Eye—His Story of the Well—A Memorable Hour</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>for Him</td><td align='left'><a href='#Page_84'>84</a></td></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>CHAPTER XIV</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>THE CHOSEN ONE OF THE CHOSEN THREE OF THE CHOSEN TWELVE</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Two Pair of Brothers Mending Nets—Call of Four Disciples—Fishers</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>of Men—A Partner in Fishing—Followers of Him—True</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Brothers—Family Ties—The Twelve Chosen—First Disciples, First</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Apostles—The Inner Circles—Peter and John—John—Aaron's</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Breastplate—Apostolic Stones</td><td align='left'><a href='#Page_92'>92</a></td></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>CHAPTER XV</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>JOHN IN THE HOME OF JAIRUS</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>A Father's Cry—Reason for Hope—Sad Message—Strength of</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Faith—"Fear Not"—Curious Crowd—The Twelve and the</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Three—Jealousy—Ambition—A Coming Change—John One of</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Three—"Tahtha Cumi"—A Lesson for John—A Future Scene—Influence</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>of a Secret</td><td align='left'><a href='#Page_97'>97</a></td></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>CHAPTER XVI</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>JOHN A BEHOLDER OF CHRIST'S GLORY</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Family Prayer—Sayings of Men Concerning Jesus—Saying of Peter—A</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Great Need—Christ's Prophecy of His Death—Apart by</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Themselves—Not Tabor, but Hermon—Thoughts of the Nine and of the</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Three—Heavy with Sleep—Answers to Two Prayers of</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Jesus—Transfigured—Moses and Elijah—Moses' Shining Face—The</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Lord's Shining Figure—The Shechinah—A Strange Proposal—Voice</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>from the Clouds—Touch and Word of Jesus—Descent from Hermon—A</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Great Secret—Peter's Memory of the Transfiguration—John's</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Record—Greater than John the Baptist or Moses—Moses and the</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Shechinah—Ungranted Request, but Answered Prayer—Hermon, a Mount</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>of Prayer</td><td align='left'><a href='#Page_101'>101</a></td></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>CHAPTER XVII</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>ST. JOHN'S IMPERFECTIONS</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Four Reasons for Recording Failings—Jealousy and Pride—Intolerant</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Spirit—Two Questions, What? and Who?—First and Last—An Object</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Lesson—The Child-Spirit—Startled Disciples—John's</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Confession—Lesson Not Learned—Hospitality—Samaritan</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Hatred—Hospitality Refused—Indignant Brothers—A Story of</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Elijah—Fiery Spirit of James and John—Rebuked by Jesus—Ambitious</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Brothers—Mother's Request—Sons' Request—Sorrowing Lord's Reply</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>and Thoughts—Two Thrones—Though Imperfect, a Grand Character</td><td align='left'><a href='#Page_111'>111</a></td></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>CHAPTER XVIII</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>JOHN AND THE FAMILY OF BETHANY</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>John's View of a Family Group—His Relation to It—A Sad Message</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>and the Reply—The Lord's Delay and Concealed Purpose—A Possible</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Thought of John's—John and Thomas—"Our Friend"—"Sleepeth"—John</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>an Eye-witness—Mary and Jesus—"Jesus Wept"—Mourning</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Disciple—Glorified Father and Son—Jesus with Martha at the</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Tomb—Repeated Command, "Arise"—The Release from the Tomb—John a</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Companion in Joy—John's Memory of Mary—Lazarus' Tomb and Jesus'</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Cross—A Tradition of Lazarus</td><td align='left'><a href='#Page_120'>120</a></td></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>CHAPTER XIX</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>JOHN'S MEMORIAL OF MARY</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>A Scene in Bethany—An Unfinished Picture—John with Manuscripts of</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Matthew and Mark—A Great Event not Understood—A Joyful Meeting—A</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Supper in Honor—A Fitting Place—Omitted Names—An Unnamed Woman</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Named—Mary's Cruse—Interested Witnesses—An Unusual Anointing—An</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Unwoven Towel—Odor of the Ointment—Judas the Grumbler—Jesus'</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Defence of Mary—A Prophecy—John the Preserver of Mary's</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Name—Prophecy Fulfilled—Judas and Mary—Judas and the Chief</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Priests—A Group of Three—A Sublime Action—A Group of Four</td><td align='left'><a href='#Page_128'>128</a></td></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>CHAPTER XX</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>JOHN A HERALD OF THE KING</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>The Messiah-King—The Prophetic Colt—The Lord's Need—The Lord's</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Heralds—Hosannas—Disciples' Thoughts—Changed Earthly</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Scenes—Lamb on Earth and in Heaven—A Prophecy Recalled—Twice a</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Herald</td><td align='left'><a href='#Page_138'>138</a></td></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>CHAPTER XXI</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>WITH THE MASTER ON OLIVET</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>The Lord in His Temple—His Farewell to It—Admiring Disciples—Sad</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Prophecy—The Two Pair of Brothers on Olivet—A Sacred Memory—The</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Poet Milman's View from Olivet—Unanswered Question—The Coming</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Fall of Jerusalem—The Poet Heber's Lament Over Jerusalem</td><td align='left'><a href='#Page_142'>142</a></td></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>CHAPTER XXII</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>JOHN A PROVIDER OF THE PASSOVER</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>The Betrayer—A Lamb and a Place—Not Judas, but Peter and John—A</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Secret Sign—The Goodman of the House—A New Friendship—Upper</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Room—"Furnished"—"Prepared"—Paschal Lamb—Child Memories—John</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>and the Baptist—Temple Worship—Obeying Silver Trumpets—Slaying</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>of the Lamb—Chant and Response—Lamb and Lamps—Alone with</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Jesus—Jerusalem Chamber—John and the Upper Room</td><td align='left'><a href='#Page_148'>148</a></td></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>CHAPTER XXIII</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>JOHN'S MEMORIES OF THE UPPER ROOM</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>The Open Door of the Upper Room—Door Ajar—Revelation by John—Two</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Statements by Luke—Cause of Contention—John's Relation to the</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Quarrel—Sittings at the Table—John and Judas Beside Jesus—Two</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Things About Jesus—Grieved Spirit—Bethany Recalled—A Great</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Contrast—Love and Reproof—Lesson Ended—A Sacred Relic—A Guest</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>an Enemy—Troubled Spirit—"Verily, Verily"—Looking and</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Doubting—John's Gaze—"Is It I?"—Peter and the Great</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Secret—Jesus' Hint of the Great Secret—Meaning of the Sop—Judas</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>and Satan—Departure of Judas—"It Was Night"—A New Name—A New</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Command—Farewell Words and Prayer and Song—Closed Door to be</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Opened Again</td><td align='left'><a href='#Page_154'>154</a></td></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>CHAPTER XXIV</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>ST. JOHN WITH JESUS IN GETHSEMANE</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>An Eye-witness—Departure from the Upper</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Room—Kidron—Gethsemane—Olive Trees—John's Memories—Garden</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Owner—Charge to the Nine—Mt. Moriah—Final Charge—A</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Prophecy—Companions in Glory and Sorrow—A Sad Change—John Beside</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Jesus—Sorrowful Soul—Charge to the Three—Jesus Alone—Jesus Seen</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>and Heard—Garden Angel—Agonizing Prayer—Sleeping</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Disciples—Midnight Scene—Sleeping for Sorrow—Awakening</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Call—Flesh and Spirit—Repeated Prayer—Victory—"Arise"—Path of</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Prayer—Gathered Band—Lighted Way—Empty Upper Room—John's</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Contrasted Memories—Betrayal Sign—Warning Cry—Unshrinking</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Purpose—The Meeting—Traitor's Kiss—Marred Visage—Repeated</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Question and Answer—Two Bands—One Request—Peter's Sword—Changed</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Voice—A Captive and Legions of Angels—The Fleeing Disciples</td><td align='left'><a href='#Page_163'>163</a></td></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>CHAPTER XXV</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>JOHN IN THE HIGH PRIEST'S PALACE</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Flight of the Nine—Captive Lord—Peter and John Following—The</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Palace—Disciple Within and Disciple Without—Peter Brought In—The</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>First Denial—John's Watch of Peter—Peter's Tears—His</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Restlessness—His Sin and John's Silence—Three Turning and</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Looking—John's Pity for Peter—John and Pilate—Christ a</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>King—"What is Truth?"—The Mocked King—"Behold the Man"—"Behold</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>your King"—John the Faithful Watcher and Comforter</td><td align='left'><a href='#Page_176'>176</a></td></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>CHAPTER XXVI</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>JOHN THE LONE DISCIPLE AT THE CROSS</th></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Following the Cross—Jesus Bearing the Cross—Wearing the Thorny</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Crown—Great Multitude Following—"Daughters of</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Jerusalem"—Calvary—John's Memories—Group of Four</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Enemies—Seamless Coat—Casting Lots—Jesus and the Gamblers—Three</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Marys and Salome—John their Companion—A Contrast—Other</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Apostles—John and Salome—A Mother's Love—Mary's Thoughts—Sword</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>of Anguish—Comfort in Sorrow—Lonely Future—Loyal Son—New</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Relation—Mary's Return from the Cross—Why John Her Guardian—A</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Poet's Words to John—In the New Home</td><td align='left'><a href='#Page_184'>184</a></td></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>CHAPTER XXVII</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>JOHN THE LONE DISCIPLE AT THE CROSS—CONTINUED</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"I Thirst"—"It Is Finished"—The Bowed Head—The Women and</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>John—His Anxious Thoughts Relieved—Pierced Side—Two</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Prophecies—Prayer in Song—Joseph of Arimathæa—Nicodemus—Two</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Secret Friends of Jesus—Two Gardens—The Stone Closing the</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Tomb—Two Mourners at the Tomb—John's Thoughts on Leaving the Tomb</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'><a href='#Page_195'>195</a></td></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>CHAPTER XXVIII</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>JOHN AT THE TOMB</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>John and Mary Magdalene—Mary's Mistaken Inference—Her Report to</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Peter and John—Their Hastening Toward the Tomb—John Alone at the</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Tomb—Silent Witnesses—Peter's Entry and Discovery—John Within</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>the Tomb—The Rolled Napkin—Seeing and Believing—Lingering in the</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Tomb—The Return from the Tomb—Weeping Mary—Silence of</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Angels—Mary and the Angels—Jesus Unknown to Mary—"Mary" and</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Rabboni"—John's Two Records of Mary—Day of Days—Evening</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Benedictions—Pierced Side—Close of John's Gospel</td><td align='left'><a href='#Page_204'>204</a></td></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>CHAPTER XXIX</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>"WHAT SHALL THIS MAN DO?"</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>An Added Chapter—Old Scenes Revived—Following Peter—Stranger on</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>the Shore—John and Peter—John's Remembrance of the Miracle—"Fire</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>of Coals"—Reverent Guests—"Lovest Thou Me?"—"Feed My Lambs and</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Sheep"—An Interested Listener—A Prophecy—John Following</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Peter—Question and Answer—Mistake Corrected by John—Partial</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Answer to Peter's Questions—A Former Hour Recalled</td><td align='left'><a href='#Page_212'>212</a></td></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>CHAPTER XXX</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>ST. JOHN A PILLAR-APOSTLE IN THE EARLY CHRISTIAN CHURCH</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>On a Mount in Galilee—The Great Commission—Waiting for the</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Promised Comforter—Words of the Baptist Recalled—A Revived Hope</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>and a Question—Jesus' Reply—The Ascension—Angels' Question—"The</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Upper Chamber"—Luke's Lists of the Apostles—The Lord's Mother,</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Brethren and Sisters—The Day of Pentecost—A Great</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Miracle—Pentecostal Gifts to John—Evening Prayer—Beautiful</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Gate—Lame man—A Gift Better than Alms—John Twice a</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Prisoner—Prison Angel—Preaching of Philip—John Sent to</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Samaria—John and the Samaritaness—His Changed Spirit—Death of</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>James—The Pillar Apostles</td><td align='left'><a href='#Page_219'>219</a></td></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>CHAPTER XXXI</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>LAST DAYS</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Last Record—Meeting of Paul and John—Years of Silence—Leaving</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Jerusalem—New Home in Ephesus—City and Temple—Paul and</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>John—Churches of Asia Minor—John in Patmos—Solitude—The Lord's</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Day—Aid to Meditation—Calm and Turmoil—A Voice and a Command—A</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Contrast—"As One Dead"—The Eagle—John's Three Kinds of</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Writings—The Revelation—John's Gospel—His First Epistle—The</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Apostle of Love—His Second Epistle—The Apostle of</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Childhood—"Little Children, Love one Another"—John's Death</td><td align='left'><a href='#Page_231'>231</a></td></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>CHAPTER XXXII</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>A RETROSPECT</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Boyhood—The Disciple—What John Saw—What He Heard—What He Made</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Known—John a Reflector of Christ—Alone in History—Our Glimpses</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>of Him—In Everlasting Remembrance on Earth—With His Lord in</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Heaven</td><td align='left'><a href='#Page_241'>241</a></td></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>CHAPTER XXXIII</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><th>LEGENDS AND TRADITIONS OF ST. JOHN</th></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>St. John and the Robber-Chief—St. John and the Partridge—"Little</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Children, Love One Another"—Miraculous Preservation from</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Death—The Empty Grave—The Heaving Grave</td><td align='left'><a href='#Page_251'>251</a></td></tr> +</table> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15"></a>[Pg 15]</span></p> +<h2><b>LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS</b></h2> + +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" width="80%" cellspacing="0" summary="LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS"> +<tr><td align='left'>St. John</td><td align='left'><i>Domenichino.</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il001f'>frontis</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Map of the Land Where St. John Lived</td><td> </td><td align='right'><a href='#map021'>19</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Sea of Galilee</td><td align='left'><i>Old Engraving</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il024f'>20</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Site of Bethsaida</td><td align='left'><i>From Photograph</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il028f'>22</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Calm on Galilee</td><td align='left'><i>From Photograph</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il034f'>26</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Virgin, Infant Jesus and St. John (Madonna della Sedia)</td><td align='left'><i>Raphael</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il042f'>32</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Christ and St. John</td><td align='left'><i>Winterstein</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il047f'>35</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Simeon and Anna in the Temple</td><td align='left'><i>Old Engraving</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il053f'>39</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>The Boy John</td><td align='left'><i>Andrea del Sarto</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il057f'>41</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Jerusalem</td><td align='left'><i>Old Engraving</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il061f'>43</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Joshua's Host Crossing the Jordan</td><td align='left'><i>Old Engraving</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il065f'>45</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>The Prophet Isaiah</td><td align='left'><i>Sargent</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il077f'>55</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>The Boy Jesus in the Temple</td><td align='left'><i>H. Hofmann</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il082f'>58</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>A Street Scene in Nazareth</td><td align='left'><i>From Photograph</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il086f'>60</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Visit of Mary to Elisabeth</td><td align='left'><i>Old Engraving</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il090f'>62</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>The Wilderness of Judea</td><td align='left'><i>From Photograph</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il094f'>64</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Traditional Place of Christ's Baptism</td><td align='left'><i>From Photograph</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il099f'>67</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>The Baptism of Jesus</td><td align='left'><i>Old Engraving</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il102f'>68</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>The First Disciples</td><td align='left'><i>Ittenbach</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il119f'>83</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>The Marriage at Cana</td><td align='left'><i>Old Engraving</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il123f'>85</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Belshazzar's Feast</td><td align='left'><i>Old Engraving</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il127f'>87</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>The Hill of Samaria</td><td align='left'><i>Old Engraving</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il132f'>90</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Jacob's Well</td><td align='left'><i>From Photograph</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il136f'>92</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>The Miraculous Draught of Fishes</td><td align='left'><i>Old Engraving</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il140f'>94</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Raising the Daughter of Jairus</td><td align='left'><i>H. Hofmann</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il147f'>99</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>The Transfiguration</td><td align='left'><i>Old Engraving</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il156f'>106</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Moses on Mt. Pisgah</td><td align='left'><i>Artist Unknown</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il161f'>109</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Bethany</td><td align='left'><i>Old Engraving</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il174f'>120</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16"></a>[Pg 16]</span></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Resurrection of Lazarus</td><td align='left'><i>Old Engraving</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il182f'>126</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Triumphal Entry into Jerusalem.</td><td align='left'><i>Gustave Doré</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il191f'>133</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Christ and St. John</td><td align='left'><i>Ary Scheffer</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il200f'>140</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>The Last Supper</td><td align='left'><i>Benjamin West</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il218f'>156</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>In Gethsemane</td><td align='left'><i>Gustave Doré</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il227f'>163</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>The Valley of Jehoshaphat</td><td align='left'><i>Old Engraving</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il231f'>165</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Christ Before Caiaphas</td><td align='left'><i>Old Engraving</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il235f'>167</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Christ Before Pilate (Ecce Homo)</td><td align='left'><i>H. Hofmann</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il240f'>170</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Christ Bearing His Cross</td><td align='left'><i>H. Hofmann</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il257f'>185</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>The Virgin and St. John at the Cross</td><td align='left'><i>Old Engraving</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il266f'>192</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>The Descent from the Cross</td><td align='left'><i>Rubens</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il271f'>195</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>In the Sepulchre</td><td align='left'><i>H. Hofmann</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il277f'>199</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Jesus Appearing to Mary Magdalene</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>(Easter Morning)</td><td align='left'><i>B. Plockhorst</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il282f'>202</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>The Descent of the Spirit</td><td align='left'><i>Old Engraving</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il288f'>206</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>St. Peter and St. John at the Beautiful Gate</td><td align='left'><i>Old Engraving</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il295f'>211</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Ephesus</td><td align='left'><i>From Photograph</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il313f'>227</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>The Isle of Patmos</td><td align='left'><i>Old Engraving</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il319f'>231</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Smyrna</td><td align='left'><i>Old Engraving</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il324f'>234</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Pergamos and the Ruins of the</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Church of St. John </td><td align='left'><i>Old Engraving</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il334f'>242</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Ruins of Laodicea</td><td align='left'><i>Old Engraving</i></td><td align='right'><a href='#il340f'>167</a></td></tr> +</table> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17"></a>[Pg 17]</span><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18"></a>[Pg 18]</span></p> +<p><a name="map021" id="map021"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><a href="images/map021.jpg"><img src="images/map021-tb.jpg" alt="Map of the Land Where St. John Lived" title="Map of the Land Where St. John Lived" /></a></div> + +<h4><span class="smcap">Map of the Land Where St. John Lived</span></h4> +<p><br /><br /><br /></p> +<h1><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19"></a>[Pg 19]</span>A Life of St. John</h1> +<p><br /><br /><br /></p> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><i>CHAPTER I</i></h2> + +<h4><i>A Home in the Blest Land, by the Sacred Sea</i></h4> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"Blest land of Judæa! Thrice hallowed in song,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Where the holiest of memories pilgrim like throng,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">In the shade of thy palms, by the shores of thy sea,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">On the hills of the beauty, my heart is with thee."</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 19em;">—<i>Whittier</i>.</span><br /> +</p> + + +<p>A Galilean boy, a fisherman, a follower of Jesus, one of the twelve +Apostles, one of the favored three, the beloved one, the Apostle of +love, the Apostle of childhood, the one of all men who gave to mankind +the clearest view of Jesus Christ—such was St John.</p> + +<p>For young people he is a fitting study. To aid such is the purpose of +this volume.</p> + +<p>Let us first glance at the land where he lived, surrounded by influences +that directed his life, and moulded his character.</p> + +<p>Palestine was called by God Himself "The Glory of All Lands." He made it +the home of His people the Jews, who long waited for the promised time +when it <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20"></a>[Pg 20]</span>should have greater glory by becoming the home of the Messiah, +the Son of God. Before He was born the Jews were conquered by the +Romans, and governed by them instead of the Jewish judges and kings. The +country was divided into three parts. The southern was called Judæa; the +middle, Samaria; and the northern, Galilee, which was the most beautiful +part. It contained the hills of Galilee, and the plain and sea of +Gennesaret, hallowed by the presence of Jesus, and what He there did.</p> + +<p>At the time of which we write, two thousand years ago, Galilee was not +inhabited wholly or chiefly by Jews. Other peoples, called Gentiles, +were mixed with the Jewish race which continued to cultivate the land, +and to tend the vineyards and olive-yards, and to dwell in the +fisherman's huts and moor their boats on the sandy beach. Some Jews were +artisans, working at their trades in the smaller towns. But there were +vast crowds of foreigners whose life was a great contrast to that of the +Jews. Their customs were those of the nations to which they belonged. +They spoke their own languages. They worshiped their own false gods. +Their amusements were such as they were accustomed to in their distant +homes. This was especially true of the Romans who had theatres, chariot +races, and gladiatorial combats, by the peaceful waters of Galilee.</p> + +<p><a name="il024f" id="il024f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il024f.jpg" alt="Sea of Galilee" title="Sea of Galilee" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">Sea of Galilee</span>—<i>Old Engraving</i><br /><a href='#Page_21'><i>Page 21</i></a></h4> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21"></a>[Pg 21]</span>There were also Greeks who had sought new homes far from their native +land. Many Arabians came from the deserts on swift horses, in roving +bands in search of plunder. They wore brightly-colored dresses, and +flashing swords and lances, carrying terror wherever they went. Egyptian +travelers came with camels loaded with spices and balm. The bazaars were +crowded with merchandise from India, Persia and Arabia. Long caravans +from Damascus passed through Galilee, with goods for the markets of +Tiberius on Lake Gennesaret, and the more distant cities of Jerusalem, +Cæsarea and Alexandria.</p> + +<p>The gem of Galilee and of Palestine itself, is the Lake of Gennesaret, +or the Sea of Tiberius. Its length is twelve and three-fourths miles; +its greatest width, seven and one-fourth; its greatest depth, one +hundred and sixty feet. On the west is the beautiful Plain of Galilee. +On the east are rounded hills; and rugged mountains which rise nine +hundred feet above the waters, with grassy slopes, and rocky cliffs +barren and desolate. Bowers of olive and oleander deck the base of the +hills whose sides yield abundant harvest. Around the lake is a level +white beach of smooth sand. Gennesaret has been fittingly compared to a +sapphire set in diamonds; and to a mirror set in a frame of richness and +beauty.</p> + +<p>"He hath made everything beautiful," says Solomon <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22"></a>[Pg 22]</span>concerning God. It is +a well-known saying of Jewish writers, "Of all the seven seas God +created, He made choice of none but the Lake of Gennesaret." It was +called the "beloved of God above all the waters of Canaan."</p> + +<p>The writer of this volume gratefully recalls blessed memories of +Gennesaret, wishing his young friends could view with their own eyes +those scenes which he asks them to behold through his own. Then could +they join him in singing with the saintly McCheyne,</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"How pleasant to me thy deep blue wave,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4em;">O Sea of Galilee!</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">For the glorious One who came to save,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4em;">Hath often stood by thee.</span><br /><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"O Saviour, gone to God's right hand,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4em;">Yet the same Saviour still,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Graved on Thy heart is this lovely strand,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4em;">And every fragrant hill."</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>At the period of which we speak the region was full of people. Nine +large towns, each containing fifteen thousand inhabitants, bordered on +the lake. Numerous populous villages lined the shores, or nestled in the +neighboring valleys, or were perched on the hilltops. Fishermen's +huts—which were mere stone sheds—fringed the lake. They stood in every +rift of rock, and on every knoll, with their little cornfields and +vine ledges extending to the sandy beach.</p> + +<p><a name="il028f" id="il028f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il028f.jpg" alt="Site of Bethsaida" title="Site of Bethsaida" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">Site of Bethsaida</span>—<i>From Photograph</i><br /><a href='#Page_23'><i>Page 23</i></a></h4> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23"></a>[Pg 23]</span>On the seashore, among the chief buildings, were palaces for Roman +princes, and quarters for Roman soldiers. The waters were covered with +boats for pleasure, merchandise and fishing. Four thousand floated at +one time on the narrow lake. Vast quantities of fish were caught in the +waters, supplying not only the people of Galilee, but the populous city +of Jerusalem, especially when crowded with pilgrims; and were even sent +to distant ports of the Mediterranean. We shall see John's interest in +such labors.</p> + +<p>On the north-western shore of Gennesaret is a beautiful bay sheltered by +hills and projecting cliffs. The sight is such as would be a fisherman's +delight—a little haven from storm, with a broad beach of sand on which +to moor his boats. There is no place like it in the region of Galilee. +Close to the water's edge, it is supposed, was the town of Bethsaida, +probably meaning House of Fish.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24"></a>[Pg 24]</span></p> +<h2><i>CHAPTER II</i></h2> + +<h4><i>Five Boys of Bethsaida—Rambles About Home</i></h4> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>"Walking by the Sea of Galilee, He saw two brethren, Simon who is +called Peter, and Andrew his brother."—<i>Matt.</i> iv. 18.</p> + +<p>"And going on from thence, He saw other two brethren, James the son +of Zebedee, and John his brother."—<i>v.</i> 21.</p> + +<p>"Philip was from Bethsaida, of the city of Andrew and +Peter."—<i>John</i> i. 44.</p></div> + + +<p>Bethsaida was honored as being the home of five of the Apostles of +Jesus. We know nothing definitely concerning them until their manhood. +We wish we knew of their childhood. It is only because of their relation +to Jesus that they have been remembered. Had it not been for this they +would, like many other boys of Galilee, have lived on the shores of +Gennesaret, fished in its waters, died, and been forgotten. These five +Bethsaidan boys were two pairs of brothers and a friend. The names of +one pair were Andrew and Peter. They were the sons of Jonas, a +fisherman. As they grew up they were engaged with him in casting the net +and gathering fish, by day or by night, and thus securing a livelihood +without thought of <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25"></a>[Pg 25]</span>change of occupation. It was a Jewish custom for +boys to learn a trade or business, which was generally that of their +fathers.</p> + +<p>The names of the other pair of brothers were James and John. Their +father was named Zebedee. He also was a fisherman having so much +prosperity in his business that he employed servants to help him. +Judging by what we know of the family they must have been highly +respected by the people among whom they lived.</p> + +<p>We do not know the exact date of John's birth. He was probably younger +than James, and several years younger than Peter.</p> + +<p>The mother of James and John was named Salome. We know more of her than +of her husband. She was a warm friend of Jesus, ministering to Him when +He was living, and was one of the few who cared for His dead body. Her +sons seemed to be greatly attached to her. All were of kindred spirit, +having like thoughts, feelings and plans.</p> + +<p>James and John were brothers indeed, companions until the death of James +separated them. The feelings of boyhood must have been greatly +strengthened in later scenes, and by influences which we shall have +occasion to notice. As we know of them as daily companions in manhood, +we think of the intimacy and affection of boyhood. It will help us to +gain an idea <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26"></a>[Pg 26]</span>of their companionship, and the influences of their +surroundings, if we notice some things with which they were familiar in +the region of their home.</p> + +<p>Standing on one of the hills behind Bethsaida they beheld a magnificent +panorama. In the northeast Hermon rose like a mighty giant, called by +the people of the land the "Kingly Mountain." They knew it by the name +Moses had given it—"the goodly mountain." They were to know it by the +name which Peter would give in after years, "The Holy Mount," so called +for a blessed reason of which all of them were to learn. Down from its +snowy glittering sides a thousand streamlets blended in larger streams +combining in the Jordan, which flowed through marshes and Lake Merom +until it entered Gennesaret near their home. Eastward, across the lake, +the rugged cliffs of Gadara cut off their view. Perhaps at this very +hour the winds from Hermon rushed through the gorges, first ruffling the +placid waters of the lake, and then tossing them as if in rage. They +little thought of a coming time when they themselves would be tossed +upon them until they heard a voice saying, "Peace be still." And now</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"The warring winds have died away,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">The clouds, beneath the glancing ray,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Melt off, and leave the land and sea</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Sleeping in bright tranquillity.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">Below, the lake's still face</span><br /><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_034" id="Page_034"></a>[Pg 034]</span><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_035" id="Page_035"></a>[Pg 035]</span><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_036" id="Page_036"></a>[Pg 036]</span> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">Sleeps sweetly in th' embrace</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Of mountains terraced high with mossy stone."</span><br /> +</p> + +<p><a name="il034f" id="il034f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il034f.jpg" alt="Calm on Galilee" title="Calm on Galilee" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">Calm on Galilee</span>—<i>From Photograph</i><br /><a href='#Page_26'><i>Page 26</i></a></h4> + +<p>In another hour they watch the more quiet movements of pleasure +boats,—gay barges and royal galleys—and trading vessels, and fishing +boats,—all crowding together seemingly covering the lake.</p> + +<p>As it narrows in the southern distance, the Jordan commences the second +stage of its journey of one hundred and twenty miles through rugged +gorges. As it leaves the quiet lake, we can almost hear them saying to +it</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"Like an arrow from the quiver,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">To the sad and lone Dead Sea,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Thou art rushing, rapid river,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">Swift, and strong, and silently,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Through the dark green foliage stealing,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">Like a silver ray of light."</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>Descending from the hill we may follow James and John in their rambles +in the region near their home. On the northern extremity of the lake, +among the colossal reeds, and meadow grass and rushes, they watch the +little tortoises creeping among them; and the pelicans which make them +their chosen home; and the blue and white winged jays that have strayed +from the jungles through which the Jordan has pushed <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28"></a>[Pg 28]</span>its way; and the +favorite turtle-doves; and the blue birds so light that one can rest on +a blade of grass without bending it; and the confiding larks and storks +which, not fleeing, seem to welcome the visitors to their haunts. Here +grow oleanders of such magnificence as is seen nowhere else in the +country, twenty feet high, sometimes in clumps a hundred feet in +circumference; and "masses of rosy red flowers, blushing pyramids of +exquisite loveliness."</p> + +<p>Our ramblers follow the western shore to the shallow hot stream, where +boy-like,—or manlike as I did—they burn their hands in trying to +secure pebbles from its bottom. They rest under the shade of an olive or +a palm. They gather walnuts which are in great abundance; and grapes and +figs, which can be done ten months in the year; and oranges and almonds +and pomegranates.</p> + +<p>They wander through meadows rich in foliage, and gay with the brightness +and richness of flowers which retain their bloom in Galilee when they +would droop in Judæa or Samaria.</p> + +<p>We hear the poet Keble asking them,</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 4em;">"What went ye out to see</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4.3em;">O'er the rude, sandy lea,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Where stately Jordan flows by many a palm,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4.3em;">Or where Gennesaret's wave</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4.3em;">Delights the flowers to lave,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">That o'er her western slope breathe airs of balm?</span><br /> +<br /><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_038" id="Page_038"></a>[Pg 038]</span> +<span style="margin-left: 4em;">"All through the summer night,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4.3em;">These blossoms red and white</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Spread their soft breasts unheeding to the breeze,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4.3em;">Like hermits watching still,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4.3em;">Around the sacred hill,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Where erst our Saviour watched upon His knees."</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>To the poet's question James and John would answer that they "went out +to see the blue lupin and salvia, the purple hyacinth, the yellow and +white crocus, the scarlet poppy, and gladiolus, the flowering almond, +the crimson and pink anemone."</p> + +<p>They also saw the cultivated fields, and the sower casting his seed +which fell on the hardened pathway, or barren rocks, or bounteous soil. +They watched the birds from mountain and lake gather the scattered +grain. They thought not of the parable into which all these would be +weaved; nor of Him who would utter it in their hearing near where they +then stood. They saw the shepherds and their flocks, the sparrows and +the lilies, that became object lessons of the Great Teacher yet unknown +to them. In their rambles they may have climbed the hill, only seven +miles from their home, not thinking of the time when they would climb it +again; after which it would be forever known as the Mount of Beatitudes.</p> + +<p>Such were some of the charming and exciting scenes with which John was +familiar in his early life, and which would interest his refined and +observing <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30"></a>[Pg 30]</span>nature, of which we know in his manhood. They must have had +an important influence in the formation of his character.</p> + +<p>We have spoken of five Bethsaidan boys—Andrew and Peter, James and +John—and a friend. His name was Philip. We know but little of him. What +we do know is from John. He tells us that "Philip was of Bethsaida, the +city of Andrew and Peter." Perhaps he was their special friend, and so +became one of the company of five, as he afterward became one of the +more glorious company of twelve. We shall find three of these five in a +still closer companionship. They are Peter, James and John. One of these +shall have the most glorious honor of all. It is John.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31"></a>[Pg 31]</span></p> +<h2><i>CHAPTER III</i></h2> + +<h4><i>John's Royal Kindred</i></h4> + + +<p>It seems almost certain that Salome and Mary the mother of Jesus, were +sisters. Royal blood was in their veins. They were descendants of David. +The record of their ancestry had been carefully preserved for God's own +plans, especially concerning Mary, of which plans neither of the sisters +knew until revealed to her by an angel from God. We think of them as +faithful to Him, and ready for any service to which He might call them, +in the fisherman's home of Salome, or the carpenter's home of Mary. +Mary's character has been summed up in the words, "pure, gentle and +gracious." Salome must have had something of the same nature, which we +find again in her sons.</p> + +<p>If Salome and Mary were sisters, our interest in James and John deepens, +as we think of them as cousins of Jesus. This family connection may have +had something to do with their years of close intimacy; but we shall +find better reason for it than in this kinship. There was another +relation closer and holier.</p> + +<p>We wonder whether Jesus ever visited Bethsaida, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32"></a>[Pg 32]</span>and played with His +cousins on the seashore, and gathered shells, and dug in the sand, and +sailed on Gennesaret, and helped with His little hands to drag the net, +and was disappointed because there were no fish, or bounded with glee +because of the multitude of them.</p> + +<p><a name="il042f" id="il042f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il042f.jpg" alt="Virgin, Infant Jesus, and St John" title="Virgin, Infant Jesus, and St John" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">Virgin, Infant Jesus, and St John</span> (Madonna +della Sedia)—<i>Raphael</i><br /><a href='#Page_31'><i>Page 31</i></a></h4> + +<p>We wonder whether James and John visited Jesus in Nazareth, nestled +among the hills of Galilee. Did they go to the village well, the same +where children go to-day to draw water? Did James and John see how Jesus +treated His little mates, and how they treated Him—the best boy in +Nazareth? Did the cousins talk together of what their mothers had taught +them from the Scriptures, especially of The Great One whom those mothers +were expecting to appear as the Messiah? Did they go together to the +synagogue, and hear the Rabbi read the prophecies which some day Jesus, +in the same synagogue, would say were about Himself?</p> + +<p>Jesus was the flower of Mary's family, the flower of Nazareth, of +Galilee, of the whole land, and the whole world. Nazareth means +flowery—a fitting name for the home of Jesus. It was rightly named. So +must James and John have thought if their young cousin went with them to +gather daisies, crocuses, poppies, tulips, marigolds, mignonette and +lilies, which grow so profusely around the village. Did they ramble +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33"></a>[Pg 33]</span>among the scarlet pomegranates, the green oaks, the dark green palms, +the cypresses and olives that grew in the vale of Nazareth, and made +beautiful the hills that encircled it? Did they climb one of them, and +gain a view of the Mediterranean, and look toward the region where John +would live when his boyhood was long past, in the service of his cousin +at his side?</p> + +<p>A great artist, Millais, painted a picture of the boy Jesus, +representing Him as cutting His finger with a carpenter's tool, and +running to His mother to have it bound up. Did John witness any such +incident? How little did he think of a deeper wound he was yet to behold +in that same hand.</p> + +<p>We cannot answer such questions. These things were possible. They help +us to think of Jesus as a boy, like other boys. James and John thought +of Him as such only until long after the days of which we are speaking.</p> + +<p>While thinking of John and Jesus as cousins, we may also think of a +kinsman of theirs, a second cousin of whom we shall know more. John was +to have a deep interest in both of the others, and they were to have +more influence on him than all other men in the world.</p> + +<p>There were some things common to them all. They were Jews. According to +Jewish customs they were trained until six years of age in their own +homes.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34"></a>[Pg 34]</span> Their library was the books of the Old Testament. They learned +much of its teachings. They read the stories of Joseph, Samuel and +David. At six they went to the village school, taught by a Rabbi. Some +attention was paid to arithmetic, the history of their nation, and +natural history. But, as at their homes, the chief study was the +Scriptures. They were taught especially about One—"Of whom Moses in the +law and the prophets did write." Let us remember those words for we +shall hear them again. That One was called the Messiah—He whom we call +Jesus, the Christ, the Saviour of the world. He had not then come. <i>We</i> +look back to the time when He did come: those boys looked forward to the +time when He <i>would</i> come. The Messiah was the great subject in the +homes of the pious Jews, and in the synagogues where old and young +worshiped on the Sabbath.</p> + +<p><a name="il047f" id="il047f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il047f.jpg" alt="Christ and St. John" title="Christ and St. John" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">Christ and St. John</span>—<i>Winterstein</i><br /><a href='#Page_34'><i>Page 34</i></a></h4> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35"></a>[Pg 35]</span></p> +<h2><i>CHAPTER IV</i></h2> + +<h4><i>The Great Expectation in John's Day</i></h4> + + +<p>Moses wrote of a promise, made centuries before the days of John, to +Abraham—that in the Messiah all the nations of the earth,—not the Jews +only—should be made happy with special blessings. Isaiah and other +prophets wrote of the time and place and circumstances of His coming, +and of the wonders He would perform.</p> + +<p>The Jews understood that the Messiah would descend from David. They +believed that He would sit "upon the throne of David," ruling first over +the Jews, an earthly ruler such as David had been, and then conquering +their enemies; thus being a great warrior and the king of the world.</p> + +<p>But they were sadly mistaken in many of their ideas of the Messiah. They +had misread many of the writings of the prophets. They had given wrong +meanings to right words. They made real what was not so intended. They +overlooked prophecies about the Messiah-King being despised, rejected +and slain, though God had commanded lambs to be slain through all those +centuries to remind them of the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36"></a>[Pg 36]</span>coming Messiah's cruel death. Each of +those lambs was a "Lamb of God." Remember that phrase; we shall meet it +again. They looked for wonders of kinds of which neither Moses nor the +prophets had written. Many did not understand what was meant by the +kingdom of God in the hearts of men, as differing from the earthly +kingdom of David. They did not understand that Messiah's kingdom would +be in the hearts of all people.</p> + +<p>With such mistaken views of the Messiah at the time of which we are +writing, the Jews had not only the great expectation of the centuries, +but the strong belief that Messiah was about to appear.</p> + +<p>A great event had happened which made them especially anxious for His +immediate coming. The Jewish nation had been conquered by the Romans. +The "Glory of All Lands" was glorious only for what it had been. Galilee +was a Roman province which, like those of Judæa and Samaria, longed for +the expected One to free them from the Roman yoke, and show Himself to +be the great Messiah-Deliverer of the Jews. They were prepared to +welcome almost any one who claimed to be He. Such an one was at hand.</p> + +<p>In those days appeared a man who has been known as Judas of Galilee. He +had more zeal than wisdom. In his anger and madness at the Romans he was +almost insane. He was an eloquent man. He roused the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37"></a>[Pg 37]</span>whole Jewish +nation. Multitudes welcomed him as the promised Messiah. Thousands +gathered around him; many of them fishermen, shepherds, vine-dressers +and craftsmen of Galilee. They followed him throughout the entire land +with fire and sword, laying waste cities and homesteads, vineyards and +cornfields. Their watchword was, "We have no Lord or master, but God."</p> + +<p>But this rebellion against the Roman government failed. Judas himself +was slain. Villages in Galilee—Bethsaida probably one of them—became +hospitals for the wounded in battle. The whole region was one of +mourning for the dead. There was terrible disappointment concerning +Judas of Galilee. None could say of him, "We have found the Messiah." +"We have found Him, of whom Moses in the Law, and the prophets, did +write." Again think of these words; they are yet to be spoken concerning +another.</p> + +<p>What the five young Galileans of Bethsaida saw and heard of these events +must have made a deep impression on them. They were old enough to be +young patriots interested in their nation. Their sympathies would be +with those trying to free their people from Roman power. Perhaps their +thoughts concerning Messiah became confused by the false claims of +Judas, the pretender, and his deluded followers.</p> + +<p>But this did not destroy their confidence in the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38"></a>[Pg 38]</span> Scriptures. They +believed the prophecy it contained would yet be fulfilled. At this time +John is supposed to have been about twelve years of age. Had he been +older, the temperament which he afterward showed, and which sometimes +misled him, allows us to think that he might have been drawn into the +rebellion. Peter also in his fiery zeal might have drawn his mistaken +sword. They might have become comrades in war, as they did become in +peace. For many years they continued their Scripture studies, without +however gaining the full knowledge of the Messiah and His kingdom, to +which at last they attained.</p> + +<p><a name="il053f" id="il053f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il053f.jpg" alt="Simeon and Anna in the Temple" title="Simeon and Anna in the Temple" /></div> + +<h4><span class="smcap">Simeon and Anna in the Temple</span>—<i>Old Engraving</i><br /><a href='#Page_39'><i>Page 39</i></a></h4> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39"></a>[Pg 39]</span></p> +<h2><i>CHAPTER V</i></h2> + +<h4><i>Early Influences on Character</i></h4> + + +<p>As we trace the history of the five youthful Bethsaidans, it seems +almost certain that some special influence or influences helped to shape +their characters, and to unite them in thought, purpose and effort; and +so secure marked and grand results. This union was not a mere +coincidence. Nor can it be accounted for by their being of the same +nation or town, and having the same education common to Jewish boys. +There was something which survived the mere associations of boyhood, and +continued to, or was revived in, manhood. The influence whatever it was +must have been special and powerful. What was it? In that little village +were their faithful souls praying more earnestly than others, and +searching the Scriptures more diligently, finding spiritual meanings +hidden from the common readers, and so understanding more correctly, +even though not perfectly, who was the true Messiah, and what He would +do when He came? Or, was there some rabbi in Bethsaida like Simeon in +Jerusalem, of whom it could be said, "the Holy Ghost was upon him," and +"he was waiting for the consolation of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40"></a>[Pg 40]</span> Israel"—the coming of the +Messiah? Or, was there a teacher of the synagogue school in Bethsaida, +instructing his pupils as no other teacher did? Or, was there some aged +Anna, like the prophetess in the Temple, who "served God with fastings +and prayer," who going about the village full of thoughts concerning the +Messiah, "spake of Him to all them that looked for His coming"? Or, was +it in the homes of the five that we find that special influence? Did +Jonas talk with his sons as few other fathers did, while Andrew and +Peter listened most attentively to his words? Did Zebedee and Salome, as +Jonas, prepare by teaching their sons for the coming time when the two +pairs of brothers should be in closer companionship than the family +friendship of these Galilean fishermen and business partnership could +secure? Was Peter, full of boyish enthusiasm, a leader of the little +company; or did John in quiet loveliness draw the others after himself? +Did Philip have such family training as had the other four, or was he +guided by the lights that came from their homes?</p> + +<p>And now in thought we disband the little circle of five, to be reunited +elsewhere after many years. We glance into the home of James and John. +We have already spoken of Salome's royal descent, and of the sympathy +between her and her sons. With what deep interest we would listen to her +teachings and <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41"></a>[Pg 41]</span>watch the influence on them as they talked together of +David their ancestor, and of how they were of the same tribe and family +to which the Messiah would belong. Salome understood much about Him, +more probably than most mothers: but she was much mistaken about what +was meant by His Kingdom. She thought He would rule like David on an +earthly throne. Her sons believed as she did, and so were as sadly +mistaken. It was long before they discovered their mistake. That was in +circumstances very different from what were now in their minds.</p> + +<p><a name="il057f" id="il057f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il057f.jpg" alt="The Boy John" title="The Boy John" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">The Boy John</span>—<i>Andrea del Sarto</i><br /><a href='#Page_41'><i>Page 41</i></a></h4> + +<p>Thus far we have attempted to restore the surroundings of John in his +early days, which did much in shaping his early life, and fitting him +for the great work he was to perform. We have glanced at the country and +town in which he lived. As we see them through his eyes, he appears the +more real to us. We have watched the little circle of his intimate +friends, on whom he must have had an influence, and who influenced him. +We have glanced at his home with his parents and brothers. We have tried +to gain some idea of what and how much he had learned, especially +concerning the Messiah. We are now prepared to look at him alone, and +try to get a more distinct view of his character.</p> + +<p>We are not told what kind of a boy John was. We are told of many things +he said and did when he was <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42"></a>[Pg 42]</span>a man. These help us to understand what he +must have been when young. Though there be great changes in us as we +grow older, some things remain the same in kind if not in degree. +Judging by certain things in John's manhood, we form an idea of his +childhood. We may think of him as a lovable boy. His feelings were +tender. He was greatly interested in events which pleased him. He was +quick and active. He was modest and generally shy, yet bold when +determined to do anything. He was not ready to tell all he felt or knew. +He was helpful in his father's business. He thought and felt and planned +much as his mother did. He was thoughtful and quick to understand, and +sought explanation of what was not easily understood. He was frank in +all he said, and abhorred dishonesty, especially in one who professed to +be good. Above all he was of a loving disposition, and this made others +love him. He was beloved because he loved.</p> + +<p><a name="il061f" id="il061f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il061f.jpg" alt="Jerusalem" title="Jerusalem" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">Jerusalem</span>—<i>Old Engraving</i><br /><a href='#Page_44'><i>Page 44</i></a></h4> + +<p>Yet John was not perfect, as we shall see in another chapter. We know of +some things he said and did when a man, which help us to understand the +kinds of temptations he had in his younger days. They were such as +these; contempt for others who did not think and do as he did, judging +them unjustly and unkindly, and showing an unkind feeling toward them; a +revengeful spirit, ready to do harm for supposed injury; <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43"></a>[Pg 43]</span>selfishness; +ambition—wanting to be in honor above others. His greatest temptation +was to pride. But at last he overcame such temptations. What was lovable +in childhood became more beautiful in manhood. He more nearly reached +perfection than any other of whom we know—by what influence, we shall +see.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44"></a>[Pg 44]</span></p> +<h2><i>CHAPTER VI</i></h2> + +<h4><i>First Visit to Jerusalem</i></h4> + + +<p>At twelve years of age a Jewish boy was no longer thought of as a child, +but a youth. Before he reached that age he looked forward to an event +which seemed to him very great. It was his first visit to Jerusalem. +Peter was probably older than James or John. With boyish interest they +listened to the report of his first pilgrimage to the Holy City. When +the time came for James to accompany him, John's interest would increase +as he heard his brother's story; and much more when he could say, "Next +year I too shall see it all." And when at last he, probably the youngest +of the five Bethsaidan boys, could be one of the company, a day of +gladness indeed had come. With his father, and perhaps his mother, he +joined the caravan of pilgrims, composed chiefly of men and boys. Their +probable route was across the Jordan, then southward, through valleys +and gorges, and along mountain-sides which echoed with the Psalms which +were sung on these pilgrimages, called "Songs of Degrees."</p> + +<p>At Bethabara, nearly opposite Jericho, the travelers recrossed the +Jordan. There John might think of that <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45"></a>[Pg 45]</span>other crossing many years +before when Joshua led the hosts of Israel between the divided waters; +and when Elijah smote them with his mantle, and there was a pathway for +him and Elisha. John was to add to his memories of the spot. At a later +day he would there witness a more glorious scene.</p> + +<p><a name="il065f" id="il065f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il065f.jpg" alt="Joshua's Host Crossing the Jordan" title="Joshua's Host Crossing the Jordan" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">Joshua's Host Crossing the Jordan</span>—<i>Old +Engraving</i><br /><a href='#Page_45'><i>Page 45</i></a></h4> + +<p>At last from the Mount of Olives, at a turn in the road, he had his +first view of the Holy City; its walls and seventy towers of great +height, and the Holy House—the Temple of God, with which in after years +he was to become familiar. There he saw for himself of what he had often +heard;—the Holy Altar and lamb of sacrifice—reminders of the coming +Messiah; the offering of incense; and the many and varied forms of +stately worship.</p> + +<p>At the time that John made this visit to Jerusalem, there was a +celebrated school known as that of Gamaliel, who was the most noted of +the Jewish Rabbis, or teachers. Boys were sent to him from all parts of +Palestine, and even from distant countries in which Jews lived. There +was one such boy from the town of Tarsus, in the Roman province of +Cilicia in Asia Minor. Though living in a heathen city, surrounded by +idolatry, he had received a Jewish training in his home and in the +synagogue school, until he was old enough to go to Jerusalem to be +trained to become a Rabbi. Like John he had learned much of the Old<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46"></a>[Pg 46]</span> +Testament Scriptures, but it does not appear that he had the special +influences which we have imagined gave direction to the thoughts and +plans of the five boys of Galilee. In his boyhood he was known as Saul; +afterward as Paul. He and John in their early days differed in many +things; in the later days they became alike in the most important +thoughts, feelings, purposes and labors of their lives. And because of +this they became associated with each other, and are remembered together +as among the best and greatest of mankind.</p> + +<p>It is possible that John visited the school of Gamaliel, and that the +boy from Bethsaida and the one from Tarsus met as strangers, who would +some day meet as friends indeed. It is more probable that they worshiped +together in the temple at the feast, receiving the same impressions +which lasted and deepened through many years, and which we to-day have +in what they wrote for the good of their fellow-men.</p> + +<p>When John returns from Jerusalem to his home we lose even the dim sight +of him which our imagination has supplied. During the silent years that +follow we have two thoughts of him,—as a fisherman of Galilee, and as +one waiting for the coming of the Messiah. His parents' only thought of +him is a life of honest toil, a comfort in their old age, a sharer in +their prosperity, and an heir to their home and what they would <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47"></a>[Pg 47]</span>leave +behind. They little think that he will be remembered when kings of their +day are forgotten; that two thousand years after, lives of him will be +written because of a higher relationship than that of mere cousinship to +Jesus; and that their own names will be remembered only because John was +their son. Only God sees in the boy playing on the seashore, and in the +fisherman of Gennesaret, the true greatness and honor into which He will +guide him.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48"></a>[Pg 48]</span></p> +<h2><i>CHAPTER VII</i></h2> + +<h4><i>John's View of the Coming Messiah</i></h4> + + +<p>In our thoughts of Jesus we have chiefly in mind the things that +happened at the time of His birth and afterward. We read of them in the +Gospels. John had the Old Testament only, containing promises of what +was yet to happen. We have the New Testament telling of their +fulfilment.</p> + +<p>Thus far we have spoken of Jesus as John knew Him—as a boy in Nazareth, +the son of Mary, and his own cousin. We have also spoken of John's ideas +of the Messiah. As yet he has not thought as we do of Jesus and the +Messiah being the same person. It is not easy for us to put ourselves in +his place, and leave out of our thoughts all the Gospels tell us. But we +must do this to understand what he understood during his youth and early +manhood, respecting the Messiah <i>yet to come</i>.</p> + +<p>Let us imagine him looking through the Old Testament, especially the +books of Moses and the prophets, and finding what is said of Him; and +see if we can what impressions are made on this young Bible student of +prophecy. His search goes back many years.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49"></a>[Pg 49]</span> He finds the first Gospel +promise. It was made while Adam and Eve, having sinned, were yet in the +Garden of Eden. It was the promise of a Saviour to come from heaven to +earth, through whom they and their descendants could be saved from the +power of Satan and the consequences of sin. We do not know how much our +first parents understood of this coming One: but we feel assured that +they believed this promise, and through repentance and faith in this +Saviour, they at last entered a more glorious paradise than the one they +lost. That promise faded from the minds of many of their descendants and +wickedness increased. But God had not forgotten it. John could find it +renewed by him to Abraham, in the words, "In thee shall all the families +of the earth be blessed,"—meaning that the Messiah should be the +Saviour of all nations, Gentiles as well as Jews. The promise was +renewed to Isaac, the son of Abraham; and then repeated to his son +Jacob, in the same words spoken to his grandfather. Jacob on his dying +bed told Judah what God had revealed to him, that the Messiah should be +of the tribe of which Judah was the head.</p> + +<p>Many years later God made it known to David that the Messiah should be +one of his descendants. This was a wonder and delight to him as he +exclaimed, "Who am I, O Lord God, and what is mine house! for Thou hast +spoken of Thy servant's house for a <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50"></a>[Pg 50]</span>great while to come." John must +have been taught by his mother that they were of the honored house of +David. They, in common with other Jews, believed that the "great while +to come" was near at hand.</p> + +<p>John read in Isaiah of her who would be the mother of the Messiah, +without thought that she was his aunt Mary. He read that she should call +her son Immanuel, meaning "God with us," without thinking this was +another name for his cousin Jesus. John would find other names +describing His character. His eye would rest on such words and phrases +as these—"Holy One;" "Most Holy;" "Most Mighty;" "Mighty to Save;" +"Mighty One of Israel;" "Redeemer;" "Your Redeemer;" "Messiah the +Prince;" "Leader;" "Lord Strong and Mighty;" "King of Glory;" "King over +all the earth."</p> + +<p>Most of all John would think again and again of a wonderful declaration +of Isaiah, writing as if he lived in John's day, saying, "Unto us a +child is born, unto us a Son is given; and the government shall be upon +His shoulders, and His name shall be called Wonderful Counsellor, The +Mighty God, The Everlasting Father, The Prince of Peace. Of the exercise +of His government and peace there shall be no end, upon the throne of +David."</p> + +<p>Had John known that these words of Isaiah referred <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51"></a>[Pg 51]</span>to Jesus, he might +have repeated them, not as a prophecy, but with a present meaning, +saying, "The Child <i>is</i> born!" As he read the prophecy of Haggai, +uttered more than five hundred years before—"The desire of all nations +shall come"—he might have exclaimed, "He <i>has</i> come!"</p> + +<p>In John's reading in the Old Testament it seems strange to us that some +things made a deeper impression on him than did others, and that he +understood some things so differently from what we do, especially about +the Messiah's kingdom. He noticed the things about His power and glory, +but seems to have misread or overlooked those about the dishonor, and +suffering and death that would come upon Him. We read in the fifty-third +chapter of Isaiah, how He was to be "despised and rejected of men, a man +of sorrows and acquainted with grief, ... wounded for our transgressions +and bruised for our iniquities, ... brought as a lamb to the slaughter, +and as a sheep before his shearers, ... and make His grave with the +wicked." We know that all this happened. We think of a suffering +Saviour. We wonder that John did not have such things in his mind. But +in this he was much like his teachers, and most of the Jews. Though, as +we have imagined, his family and some others were more nearly right than +most people, even they did not have a full knowledge or correct +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52"></a>[Pg 52]</span>understanding of all that the Old Testament Scriptures taught, +concerning these things.</p> + +<p>But at last John learned more concerning Christ than any of them. We are +yet to see how this came to pass. For the present we leave him in +Bethsaida, increasing in wisdom and stature. So is also his cousin in +Nazareth, of whom let us gain a more distinct view before He is revealed +to John as the Messiah.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53"></a>[Pg 53]</span></p> +<h2><i>CHAPTER VIII</i></h2> + +<h4><i>Jesus the Hidden Messiah</i></h4> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>"There has been in this world one rare flower of Paradise—a holy +childhood growing up gradually into a holy manhood, and always +retaining in mature life the precious, unstained memories of +perfect innocence."—<i>H.B. Stowe</i>.</p></div> + + +<p>The aged Simeon in the Temple, with the infant Jesus in his arms, said, +"Now lettest Thou Thy servant depart, O Lord, ... in peace; for mine +eyes have seen Thy salvation"—the expected Messiah. But it was not for +Him to proclaim His having come. The aged Anna could not long speak "of +Him to all them that looked for redemption in Jerusalem," or anywhere +else. For awhile the shepherds told their wonderful story, and then +died. The angels did not continue to sing their hymn of the Nativity +over the plains of Bethlehem. The Wise Men returned to their own +country. Herod died, and none thought of the young child he sought to +kill. The hiding in Egypt was followed by a longer hiding of another +kind in Nazareth. The stories of those who gathered about the infant +cradle were soon forgotten, or repeated only <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54"></a>[Pg 54]</span>to be disbelieved. Mary, +and her husband Joseph—who acted the part of an earthly father to the +heaven-born child—carried through the years the sacred secret of who +and what Jesus was.</p> + +<p>We long to know something of the holy childhood. We have allowed our +imagination to have a little play, but this does not satisfy our +curiosity, nor that desire which we have concerning all great men, to +know of their boyhood. What did He do? Where did He go? What was His +life at home, and in the village school? Who were His mates? How did He +appear among His brothers and sisters? So strong is a desire to know of +such things that stories have been invented to supply the place of +positive knowledge; but most of them are unsatisfactory, and unlike our +thoughts of Him. Thus much we do know, that, "He grew in wisdom and +stature" not only, but also "in favor with God and man."</p> + +<p>It has been finally said; "Only one flower of anecdote has been thrown +over the wall of the hidden garden, and it is so suggestive as to fill +us with intense longing to see the garden itself. But it has pleased +God, whose silence is no less wonderful than His words, to keep it +shut." That "one flower" refers to Jesus' visit to Jerusalem just as He +was passing from childhood to youth, when He tarried in the Temple with +the learned Rabbis, asking them questions <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55"></a>[Pg 55]</span>with which His mind was +full, and making answers which astonished them.</p> + +<p><a name="il077f" id="il077f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il077f.jpg" alt="The Prophet Isaiah" title="The Prophet Isaiah" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">The Prophet Isaiah</span>—<i>Sargent</i><br /><a href='#Page_50'><i>Page 50</i></a></h4> + +<p>A most interesting question arises in connection with that visit; Did +Jesus then and there learn that He was the Messiah? When He asked His +mother, "Wist ye not that I must be in My Father's house," or, "about My +Father's business?" did He have a new idea of God as His Father Who had +sent Him into the world to do the great work which the Messiah was to +perform?</p> + +<p>There were eighteen silent years between His first visit to Jerusalem, +and the time when, at thirty years of age, he made Himself known as the +Messiah. They were spent as a village carpenter. He was known as such. +No one suspected Him to be anything more. In His work He must have been +a model of honesty and faithfulness. We can believe that "all His works +were perfect, that never was a nail driven or a line laid carelessly, +and that the toil of that carpenter's bench was as sacred to Him as His +teachings in the Temple, because it was duty."</p> + +<p>In His home He was the devoted eldest son. It was of that time that the +poet sings to Mary;—</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"O, highly favored thou, in many an hour</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">Spent in lone musings with thy wondrous Son,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">When thou didst gaze into that glorious eye,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">And hold that mighty hand within thine own.</span><br /> +<br /><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_079" id="Page_079"></a>[Pg 079]</span> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"Blest through those thirty years when in thy dwelling</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">He lived as God disguised with unknown power,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">And thou His sole adorer, His best love,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">Trusted, revering, waited for His hour."</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 16em;">—<i>H.B. Stowe</i>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>Joseph had probably died, and the care of Mary fell especially on Jesus. +But in the carpenter's shop, in the home, and wherever He was, He had +thoughts and feelings and purposes hidden from all others. They were +such as no mere human being could have. He was alone in the world. In +silence and solitude His communions were with His Father in heaven. +Calmness and peace filled His soul. His great work was before Him, ever +present to His thought. So was His cross, and the glory which should +come to God, and the blessedness to man, when His work on earth was +done. As John long after declared, "He was in the world and the world +knew Him not." As a great King He had come from heaven, and was waiting +for a certain one to proclaim His coming. Toward that herald let us turn +and with John listen to his voice.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57"></a>[Pg 57]</span></p> +<h2><i>CHAPTER IX</i></h2> + +<h4><i>"The Prophet of the Most High"</i></h4> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>"Zacharias was filled with the Holy Ghost, and prophesied, saying, +... "Yea, and thou, child, shalt be called the prophet of the Most +High: For thou shalt go before the face of the Lord to make ready +His ways."—<i>Luke</i> i. 67, 76.</p> + +<p>"There came a man, sent from God, whose name was John. The same +came for witness, that he might bear witness of the light, that all +men might believe through him."—<i>John</i> i. 6, 7.</p> + +<p>"He was the lamp that burneth and shineth."—<i>John</i> v. 35.</p> + +<p>"In devotional pictures we see St. John the Evangelist and St. John +the Baptist standing together, one on each side of Christ."—<i>Mrs. +Jameson</i>.</p></div> + +<p>Salome and Mary had a cousin named Elizabeth. Her home was not in +Galilee, but in Judæa—the southern part of the Holy Land—probably near +Hebron, possibly near Jerusalem. She had a son also named John. He was +so called because the angel Gabriel, who had told Mary to call her son +Jesus, had said to Zacharias, an aged high priest, the husband of +Elizabeth, concerning their son, "Thou shalt call his name John." This +name means "The Gift of God." Born in their old age he seemed especially +such to them. He was a gift not only to his parents, but to his country +and mankind. While Zebedee and Salome <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58"></a>[Pg 58]</span>had not been told what their John +should become, Zacharias and Elizabeth had been told the future of their +John. The angel declared, "He shall be great." Had he said only this, we +might think he meant great in power, or learning, or in other things +which men call great, but which the Lord does not. Gabriel said, "He +shall be great in the sight of the Lord."</p> + +<p>Mary visited the home of Elizabeth and the happy cousins praised God for +what He had revealed to them concerning their sons.</p> + +<p>The greatness to which Elizabeth's son was to attain was that of a +prophet—greater than Elijah, or Isaiah, or any other who had lived +before him. With exultation Zacharias said to him, "Thou, child, shalt +be called the prophet of the Most High."</p> + +<p>God had arranged that he should be ready to proclaim the coming One just +before the Messiah should appear among men. For this reason he was +called the Fore-runner of the Messiah. But though Jesus was in the +world, the time for His appearance as the Messiah had not yet come.</p> + +<p>John was greatly saddened by what he saw of the wickedness of men, even +those who professed to be the people of God, and their unfitness to +receive Him for whom they were looking. Led by the Spirit of God, John +retired to the wilderness of Judæa, in the region of the Dead Sea and +the Jordan, for meditation <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59"></a>[Pg 59]</span>and communion with God. But he was not +entirely concealed. There were a few who heard of his sanctity and +wisdom, sought instruction from him, and abode with him, becoming his +disciples. He seems to have had special influence over young men. Our +Bethsaidan boys have now grown to be such since we saw them in their +early home, and as school and fisher boys. They were now toiling at +their nets with their fathers, closer than ever in their friendship for +each other, still waiting and watching for Him whom they had been taught +from their earliest days to expect. We think of their interest in the +rumors concerning the prophet of Judæa.</p> + +<p><a name="il082f" id="il082f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il082f.jpg" alt="The Boy Jesus in the Temple" title="The Boy Jesus in the Temple" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">The Boy Jesus in the Temple</span>—<i>H. Hofmann</i><br /><a href='#Page_54'><i>Page 54</i></a></h4> + +<p>As the two pair of brothers talk together, we can hear one of them +saying, "I must see and hear and know for myself. I will lay aside my +fishing, and go to the wilderness of Judæa." To this the others reply, +as on another occasion to Peter, "We also come with thee." Leaving the +quiet shores of Gennesaret, they follow the road each has traveled +annually since twelve years of age on his way to the feast in Jerusalem.</p> + +<p>They met the hermit in the wilderness. His appearance was strange +indeed. His hair was long and unkempt; his face tanned with the sun and +the desert air; his body unnourished by the simple food of locusts and +wild honey. His raiment was of the coarsest and <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60"></a>[Pg 60]</span>cheapest cloth of +camel's hair. His girdle was a rough band of leather, such as was worn +by the poor,—most unlike those made of fine material, and ornamented +with needlework. His whole appearance must have been a great contrast to +his gentle and refined namesake from Galilee.</p> + +<p>The solemn earnestness of the prophet, and the greatness of the truths +he taught, were well calculated to excite the greatest interest of the +young Galileans. They looked upon him with increasing conviction that he +was "a prophet of God." Instead of returning to their homes, they +remained in Judæa and attached themselves to him, and became known as +his disciples. In their new service there was a new bond of union for +themselves, which—though they then knew it not—would lead to another +yet stronger.</p> + +<p>At last "the word of the Lord came unto" John, when he was about thirty +years old, calling him to a more public ministry. So "He came into all +the country about Jordan." Beginning in the south he moved northward +from place to place.</p> + +<p>Rumors concerning the new strange prophet spread rapidly. "There went +out to him Jerusalem, and all Judæa, and all the region round about +Jordan." Shepherds left their flocks and flocked around him. Herdsmen +left their fields, and vine-dressers their vineyards, and Roman soldiers +their garrisons, for the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61"></a>[Pg 61]</span>wilderness. Rabbis left their parchments in +the synagogue, the schoolroom and the home, to hear the living voice of +a teacher greater than any one of them. Self-righteous Pharisees and +common people followed them. Some sought the preacher only from +curiosity; some to hear the truth. John's preaching was summed up in two +phrases,—"Repent ye," and "The kingdom of heaven is at hand."</p> + +<p><a name="il086f" id="il086f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il086f.jpg" alt="Street Scene in Nazareth" title="Street Scene in Nazareth" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">Street Scene in Nazareth</span>—<i>From Photograph</i><br /><a href='#Page_55'><i>Page 55</i></a></h4> + +<p>His preaching was bold, clear, earnest, and forcible. Many yielded to +the power of his preaching. They were baptized by him; for this reason +he was known as St. John the Baptist, or the Baptizer.</p> + +<p>John of Galilee was one of those who obeyed the injunction "Repent ye." +With all his lovable qualities which we have imagined in his +childhood—his refinement, his faithfulness in his home and synagogue, +and his honest toil—he saw that within himself which was not right in +the sight of God. He repented of his sins and sought forgiveness. A +lovely character became more lovely still, to be known as the loving and +beloved one. He was ready to welcome the Messiah of whom the Baptist +told. He had no fears that another Judas of Galilee had arisen. He +believed that the promises concerning the coming One were being +fulfilled. He was a faithful disciple of the prophet and forerunner, to +whom he must have been a great joy, but who was ready to have him, +whenever the time should <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62"></a>[Pg 62]</span>come, transfer his following to the Lord of +them both. For how long a period the two Johns continued together, we do +not know, but it was drawing to its close.</p> + +<p><a name="il090f" id="il090f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il090f.jpg" alt="Visit of Mary to Elisabeth" title="Visit of Mary to Elisabeth" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">Visit of Mary to Elisabeth</span>—<i>Old Engraving</i><br /><a href='#Page_58'><i>Page 58</i></a></h4> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63"></a>[Pg 63]</span></p> +<h2><i>CHAPTER X</i></h2> + +<h4><i>The Messiah Found</i></h4> + + +<div class="blockquot"><p> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"They found Him not, those youths of noble soul;</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Long seeking, wandering, watching on life's shore,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Reasoning, aspiring, yearning for the light.</span><br /><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"But years passed on; and lo! the Charmer came,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">Pure, simple, sweet, as comes the silver dew,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">And the world knew Him not,—He walked alone,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">Encircled only by His trusting few."</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 16em;">—<i>H.B. Stowe</i>.</span> +</p> + +<p>"We"—Andrew and John—"have found the Messiah."—<i>Andrew to +Peter</i>.</p> + +<p>"We"—Andrew and Peter, James and John, and Philip—"have found +Him, of Whom Moses in the law, and the prophets did write, Jesus of +Nazareth."—<i>Philip to Nathanael</i>.</p></div> + + +<p>"The fulness of the time was come," not only when "God sent forth His +Son," but "when the Son should reveal Himself to the world." So Jesus +came forth from His retirement in Nazareth to enter on His public +ministry.</p> + +<p>"Then cometh Jesus from Galilee to Jordan, unto John to be baptized of +him." What a meeting! Probably the first in their lives. It is no marvel +that John said, "I have need to be baptized of Thee, and <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64"></a>[Pg 64]</span>comest Thou to +me?" But he obeyed Jesus' bidding, "Suffer it to be so now." "So He was +baptized of John in Jordan." Then followed the prayer of the Son of God; +and then "the Spirit of God descending like a dove, and lighting upon +Him"; and then the voice of the Father, saying, "Thou art my beloved +Son: in Thee I am well pleased." Let us remember that voice: we shall +hear it again.</p> + +<p>And then for forty days and forty nights Jesus was hidden completely +from the face of man, alone on the Mount of Temptation, with wild +beasts, until ministering angels come to Him from heaven.</p> + +<p>He returned to the region where the Baptist was preaching. "John seeth +Jesus coming to him." His eye is turned away from the multitude +thronging about him, and is fastened upon Jesus only. His thought is of +Him of whom Isaiah wrote long before—"He is brought as a lamb to the +slaughter." Pointing to Jesus he exclaims, "Behold the Lamb of God which +taketh away the sin of the world!"</p> + +<p>The Galilean disciples were doubtless present, and were deeply moved by +their Master's exclamation. Because of their previous training in their +homes, and in the wilderness with the prophet, it must have kindled in +them deeper emotion than it did in any others of that astonished throng. +But it was to become deeper still. This was especially true of two of +them.</p> + +<p><a name="il094f" id="il094f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il094f.jpg" alt="The Wilderness of Judea" title="The Wilderness of Judea" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">The Wilderness of Judea</span>—<i>From Photograph</i><br /><a href='#Page_59'><i>Page 59</i></a></h4> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65"></a>[Pg 65]</span>The next day, probably a Sabbath, was to become a memorable day in the +history of the two and of their master. It was a morning hour. We think +of the three as alone, before the multitudes had gathered, or the day's +ministry of preaching and baptizing had begun. They walked along the +bank of the river communing together of Him whom they had seen the day +before. In the distance John saw the Figure again. In awe and reverence, +and with a fixed gaze, "John was standing, and two of his disciples; and +he looked upon Jesus as He walked, and saith, Behold, the Lamb of God!" +The exclamation was in part that which they had heard in the presence of +the multitude; but that was not enough. It was as if John had said, +"Behold the Messiah for whom our nation has waited so long; Him of whom +our Scriptures have told us; Who has been the theme in our homes from +childhood; of whom I have been the prophet and herald. He it is of whom +I have taught you, my disciples, as you have followed me in the +wilderness until I now can bid you behold Him. Henceforth follow Him."</p> + +<p>John says that one of the two was Andrew. There is no doubt that the +other was himself. We shall notice in his writings that he never uses +his own name. This incident is our first definite knowledge of him. All +we have said hitherto is what we think must have been true, judging from +circumstances of which we <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66"></a>[Pg 66]</span>do know, and from his character revealed +after this time.</p> + +<p>We long to know whether "Jesus as He walked" came near the Baptist, and +with what salutation they met, and what were their parting words, for +this seems to be the last time of their meeting. If Mary and Salome were +sisters, and Elizabeth was their cousin—as we use the term—John of +Galilee and Jesus were related to John the Baptist in the same way. But +there was a closer relationship than that of family. In this Jesus was +the connecting link between the two Johns. "One on each side of +Christ"—this was their joy and their glory. One was the last prophet to +proclaim His coming: the other was to be the last evangelist to tell the +story of His life on the earth.</p> + +<p>When the Baptist the second time uttered the cry, "Behold the Lamb of +God!" "the two disciples heard Him speak and followed Jesus." Their old +master saw them turn from him without a jealous, but with a gladsome +thought. Encouraged by him, and drawn by Jesus, with reverential awe, in +solemn silence or with subdued tone, they timidly walked in the +footsteps of the newly revealed Master. The quickened ear before them +detected their footsteps or conversation. "Jesus turned and saw them +following," as if to welcome their approach, and give them courage. He +then asked them a question, "What seek ye?" It was <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67"></a>[Pg 67]</span>not asked because +He was ignorant, but to encourage them in familiar conversation, as He +did at other times. Their answer was another question, "Rabbi, where +abidest Thou?" They longed for a fuller opportunity than that on the +road to be taught by Him. "Come and see," was His welcome reply. "They +came and saw where He dwelt, and abode with Him that day." First by a +look, then a question, then an invitation, then hospitality, they were +drawn to Him, and into His service.</p> + +<p><a name="il099f" id="il099f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il099f.jpg" alt="Traditional Place of Christ's Baptism" title="Traditional Place of Christ's Baptism" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">Traditional Place of Christ's Baptism</span>—<i>From +Photograph</i><br /><a href='#Page_63'><i>Page 63</i></a></h4> + +<p>Often in after years must Andrew and John have recalled that walk with +Jesus, and "rehearsed the things that happened," and said one to +another, "Was not our heart burning within us while He spake to us in +the way?" So afterward did other two, of Emmaus, when "Jesus Himself +drew near and went with them." But the eyes of Andrew and John were not +"holden that they should not know Him." The pleasing dream of years was +past: they were wakening to a glorious reality. Their following of Him +in that hour has been claimed to be "the beginning of the Christian +Church."</p> + +<p>That day of abiding with Jesus was the first of many days these +disciples spent with Him, knowing Him more and more perfectly, and the +truth which He alone could reveal. They were then passing from the +school of the Baptist to that of the Greatest Teacher.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68"></a>[Pg 68]</span> What was said in +those sacred hours? John has reported other private interviews with +Jesus, but concerning this one his lips are sealed. Did he tell of his +surprise and joy to learn that He, Jesus, the son of his aunt, Mary, was +the Messiah of whom his mother, Salome, had taught him from his early +days? Were there any memories of childhood—of the sandy beach of +Bethsaida, or the hills of Nazareth; or, were all such thoughts buried +in newer and deeper question? Was there any hint of their future +relation too sacred for others then to know? Was this the beginning of +that sweet intimacy so private then, but of which the whole world should +hear in all coming time?</p> + +<p>After the evening meal in Emmaus the two disciples there "rose up the +same hour, and returned to Jerusalem," with joyful and quickened steps +to report the glad tidings of what they had seen and heard. Andrew and +John were to be of the number who, in three years, would hail these +disciples from Emmaus. Like them, Andrew and John hastened away from the +sheltering booth on the Jordan bank on a like errand. But they went not +together, nor to an assembled company. They each went in search of his +own brother—Andrew for Peter, and John for James. Andrew found his +brother first. Afterward John found his: so we infer from his narrative. +Each carried the same tidings, "<i>We have found the Messiah!</i>"</p> + +<p><a name="il102f" id="il102f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il102f.jpg" alt="The Baptism of Jesus" title="The Baptism of Jesus" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">The Baptism of Jesus</span>—<i>Old Engraving</i><br /><a href='#Page_64'><i>Page 64</i></a></h4> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69"></a>[Pg 69]</span>Andrew is thought to have asked leave to bring his brother. "He +brought him to Jesus." When John wrote that simple statement, he did not +think how much was included in it concerning Peter and his own relation +to him. As little did Andrew think to what the promptings of his +brotherly affection would lead. His mission seems to have been that of +bringing others to Christ—his own brother, the lad with five loaves and +two fishes, and certain Greeks who desired to see Jesus. John only has +made note of these three incidents. In so doing he has given to us the +key to the character of his friend, and caused him to be held in +everlasting remembrance. Andrew is remembered in the cross that bears +his name; in his anniversary day; in the choice of him for the patron +saint of Scotland; in orders of knighthood, and in Christian societies +of brotherhood named after him, as an example and inspiration to the +noblest of Christian endeavor—that of bringing old and young to Christ.</p> + +<p>It is John alone who wrote of that memorable day on the Jordan. His +impressions were deep and lasting. The record of them is so fresh and +minute that we seem to be perusing a notebook which was in his hands +when these events were transpiring. His memory is distinct of the exact +location of each; of the attitudes and movements of the actors,—as when +"John stood," and "Jesus walked," and "Jesus <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70"></a>[Pg 70]</span>turned"; of the fixed and +earnest look of Jesus—as on Andrew and John in the way, and Peter in +the place of His abode. John remembered the words of the Baptist, and of +his two disciples, and of Jesus. He remembered the day not only, but +that "it was about the tenth hour when he accepted the invitation to +come and see where Jesus was tarrying."</p> + +<p>All these pictures hung unfading on the walls of John's memory. This was +not strange. It was the day and the hour for which he looked through all +his early years, and to which he looked back in his latest. Then was the +beginning of a most blessed relationship, alone in the history of +mankind; that which was to make his name immortal, and radiant with a +halo which encircles none other.</p> + +<p>"The day following, Jesus would go forth into Galilee, and findeth +Philip, and saith unto him, Follow Me. Now Philip was of Bethsaida, the +city of Andrew and Peter." So writes John, recalling to us the Galilean +group of Bethsaidan boys. When we became familiar with their names, +there was no prospect that the two pairs of brothers and their friend +would head the roll of disciples of the Messiah for whom they were +looking. But such a day had come. We know not that Philip had a brother +whom he could bring to Jesus, as did Andrew and John, but he was as full +of wonder and joy as they. Like them he <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71"></a>[Pg 71]</span>must go in search of some one +to whom he could repeat their exclamation. The search was not long. John +tells the result. "Philip findeth Nathanael and saith unto him, We have +found Him." But this simple declaration is not enough for Philip. He +recalls those Scripture scrolls in his home and the Rabbi's school, and +the synagogue, that told of the coming Messiah, and so he exclaims, "We +have found Him of whom Moses and the Law, and the Prophets did +write"—thus repeating the phrase we were to remember till we should +hear it again. Nathanael, coming to Jesus declared in wonder and +admiration, "Thou art the Son of God; Thou art the King of Israel." His +name was added to those of the Galilean group.</p> + +<p>The disciples now numbered five or six—Andrew, John, Peter, Philip, +Nathanael, and probably James. These were one half of a completed circle +to surround Jesus. All but one of them were of the Bethsaidan band. John +has drawn lifelike pictures of them, more complete than those of the +other apostles,—except that of Judas, whom he contrasts with all the +rest. We have thought of James and John as nearest to Jesus in kinship. +We are already beginning to think of John as nearest in discipleship.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72"></a>[Pg 72]</span></p> +<h2><i>CHAPTER XI</i></h2> + +<h4><i>John a Wedding Guest</i></h4> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>"There was a marriage in Cana of Galilee; and the mother of Jesus +was there: and Jesus also was bidden, and His disciples to the +marriage."</p> + +<p>"The mother of Jesus saith unto Him, They have no wine."</p> + +<p>"The ruler of the feast tasted the water now become wine."</p> + +<p>"This beginning of His signs did Jesus in Cana of Galilee, and +manifested His glory; and His disciples believed on Him."—<i>John</i> +ii. 1-3, 9, 11.</p></div> + + +<p>Again John notices the very day on which occurred a remarkable event, of +which he had a vivid recollection. It was the third, as is probable, +after the departure of Jesus from Jordan for Galilee.</p> + +<p>He was invited to a wedding in Cana. His disciples were invited also, we +may suppose out of respect to Him. James and John might have been there +without the rest. It is possible that they were relatives of the family, +as their aunt Mary is thought to have been. She was there caring for the +guests, and what had been provided for them. The marriage feast lasted +several days. Jesus and His disciples were not present at the beginning. +After their arrival, Mary discovered that the wine had given out. Like +the sister of an<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73"></a>[Pg 73]</span>other Mary, in whose house Jesus was a guest, she was +troubled because it looked as if the family had not provided for all the +company. She had probably been a widow for several years, and as Jesus +was her oldest Son, she had gone to Him for advice and help when in +trouble at home. So now "when they wanted wine, the mother of Jesus +saith unto Him, They have no wine." We are not to suppose that she +intended to ask Him to do a miracle. Perhaps she simply said, "What +shall we do?" as many a housekeeper has said when in doubt. He made a +reply which seems harsh and unkind, unless we understand His meaning, +and imagine His words to have been spoken in a kind tone, and with a +kind and loving look. She was not offended by His reply. Thinking He +might do something—she knew not what—she said unto the servants, +"Whatsoever He saith unto you, do it."</p> + +<p>It might be said of Him at this time, as it was at another, "He knew +Himself what He would do." He gave three simple commands to the +servants. The first was, "Fill the water-pots with water." They did as +Mary had said, and obeyed Him. Watching them until the jars were full, +He said, "Draw out now and bear unto the ruler of the feast." This was +probably a special friend of the family, who with Mary was directing it. +While Jesus' command was <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74"></a>[Pg 74]</span>being obeyed, His first miracle was performed. +"When the ruler had 'tasted the water now become wine, and knew not +whence it was,' ... he called the bridegroom," and in a playful joke +praised the goodness of the wine which he imagined had purposely been +kept to the last.</p> + +<p>"The water now become wine" is the brief statement of the first of the +thirty-six recorded miracles of our Lord. It was seen by the six +disciples. They witnessed the first of the miracles since those in the +days of Daniel, of which they had read in their Scriptures, one of the +last of which was at the impious feast of Belshazzar. There the holy +cups from Jerusalem were used in praising false gods of silver and gold, +in the hands of the king and his lords, as they read the handwriting on +the wall, interpreted by Daniel. How different the feast in Cana. There +was no fear there. When the disciples saw the cup in the hands of the +hilarious governor, and heard his playful words, they were not in a +sportive mood. Theirs was that of astonishment and reverence at the +miracle. No Daniel was needed to interpret the meaning of that water +changed into wine. John tells us what they understood thereby—that +"Jesus manifested His glory." He showed the power which belongs to God +only.</p> + +<p>John immediately adds, "And His disciples believed <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75"></a>[Pg 75]</span>on Him." This is the +first time they are spoken of as such. As yet they were disciples only. +At the end of the blessed week in which they had "found the Messiah," +there had been formed a close companionship which was to become closer +still. But the time had not yet come for them to leave their homes and +business, and attend Him wherever He went. They were not yet Apostles. +The marriage feast had become to them more than a social festival. Their +Lord had intended that it should be so. Their faith in Him on the +Jordan, was strengthened in Cana.</p> + +<p>"This <i>beginning</i> of miracles," says John. What was this beginning? It +was not the healing of the sick, nor raising of the dead, nor supplying +a hungry company with bread, nor furnishing a necessary drink. There was +no display. Jesus stretched forth no rod over the water-jars, as did +Moses over the waters of the Nile when the same Divine power changed +them into like color, but different substance, and with a different +purpose. The first manifestation of His glory was for "the increase of +innocent joy."</p> + +<p>When John had read the story of Jesus in the first three Gospels, and +found no record of this miracle, did he not feel that there had been a +great omission which he must supply? Nowhere else does Jesus appear just +as He did at that feast, though other incidents of His life are in +harmony with it. It is some<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76"></a>[Pg 76]</span>times said He "graced" that marriage feast, +as royalty does by mere presence. But He did more. He entered into the +innocent festivities, and helped to their success. A glance into that +village home is a revelation of Jesus in social life, and His interests +in human friendships and relations.</p> + +<p>We must remember that it was only innocent pleasures that He helped to +increase, in which alone we can seek the presence of His Spirit, and on +which alone we can ask His blessing.</p> + +<p>This marriage feast must have been of special interest to John, if, as +is supposed, the family was related to Mary and probably to him. This +would seem to be her first meeting with Jesus since He bid her farewell +in Nazareth, and left the home of thirty years, to be such no longer.</p> + +<p>Did not Mary, mother-like, call John aside from the festive scene and +say to him, "What has happened at the Jordan? tell me all about it." I +seem to hear John saying to her; "It is a wonderful story. Of some +things I heard, and some I both saw and heard. You know of the ministry +of your cousin Elizabeth's son John—of his preaching and baptizing. +Jesus was baptized by him. Immediately they both had a vision of 'the +Spirit of God descending upon Him; and lo! a voice from heaven saying, +This is My beloved Son.' Then John was certain who Jesus was. He told +the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77"></a>[Pg 77]</span>people about the vision, saying, 'I saw and bear record that this +is the Son of God.' And one day when my friend Andrew and I were with +him, he pointed us to Jesus saying, 'Behold the Lamb of God,' whom we +followed, first to His abode on the Jordan, and then here to Cana. We +were disciples of John, but now are <i>His</i> disciples, and ever shall be. +You know, aunt Mary, how from childhood I had thought of Him as my +cousin Jesus, and loved Him for His goodness. From what my mother has +told me, which she must have learned from you, there has been some +beautiful mystery about Him. It is all explained now. Hereafter, I shall +love Him more than ever, but I shall think of Him, not so much as my +cousin Jesus, as the Messiah for whom we were looking, and as the Son of +God."</p> + +<p>How the mother-heart of Mary must have throbbed as she listened to her +nephew John's story of Jesus on the Jordan. How it must have gone out +toward him, because of his thoughts about her son, and his love for Him. +How grieved she must have been as she thought of her own sons who did +not believe as John did concerning their brother Jesus. The time was to +come when Jesus would make her think of John, not so much as a nephew, +as a son.</p> + +<p>In that festive hour, Mary too learned the lesson that human +relationships to Jesus, however beautiful, were <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78"></a>[Pg 78]</span>giving way to other and +higher. The words He had spoken to her at the feast, like those He had +uttered in the Temple in His boyhood, and the things that had happened +on the Jordan, showed her that henceforth she should think, not so much +of Jesus as the Son of Mary, as the Son of God.</p> + +<p>In thoughts she must have revisited the home of Elizabeth, whose walls, +more than thirty years before, had echoed with her own song, "My soul +doth magnify the Lord, and my spirit hath rejoiced in God my Saviour."</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79"></a>[Pg 79]</span></p> +<h2><i>CHAPTER XII</i></h2> + +<h4><i>John and Nicodemus</i></h4> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>"There was a man of the Pharisees, named Nicodemus, a ruler of the +Jews: the same came unto Him by night."</p> + +<p>"We speak that we do know, and bear witness of that we have +seen."—<i>John</i> iii. 1, 2, 11.</p> + +<p>"There is Nicodemus, who visited Jesus by night—to the +astonishment of St. John—but who was soon afterward Jesus' +friend."—<i>John Watson</i>.</p> + +<p>"The report of what passed reads, more than almost any other in the +gospels, like notes taken at the time by one who was present. We +can almost put it again into the form of brief notes.... We can +scarcely doubt that it was the narrator John who was the witness +that took the notes."—<i>Alfred Edersheim</i>.</p></div> + + +<p>Three incidents mentioned by John only comprise all we know of +Nicodemus. In each of them he refers to him as coming to Jesus by night. +That visit seems to have made a deep impression on John. We may think of +Him as present at the interview between the Pharisee and the "Teacher +come from God."</p> + +<p>We are not told why Nicodemus came at a night hour. Perhaps he thought +he could make sure of a quiet conversation, such as he could not have in +the daytime. Perhaps he did not want to appear too friendly to Jesus +until he knew more about Him, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80"></a>[Pg 80]</span>though he already had a friendly feeling +toward Him. Perhaps he was afraid of the Sanhedrin, the highest Jewish +Court. Most of its members hated Jesus and had commenced their +opposition to Him, which was continued during His life, and resulted in +His death. Not so felt Nicodemus, though a member. At a later day he +opposed their unjust treatment of Him. If he did not think of Jesus as +the Messiah, he yet thought of Him as a prophet, "a teacher come from +God." He was anxious to know more. So cautiously and timidly he sought +Jesus in the night.</p> + +<p>We suppose that, at the time of Jesus' death, John had a home in +Jerusalem. It has been thought possible that when and before he became a +disciple of Jesus he had an abode there, attending to the business +connected with the sale of fish from his home in Galilee. There Jesus +might be found in the guest-chamber on the roof of the oriental house +which was reached by an outside stair. Nicodemus had no invitation, such +as Andrew and John had to Jesus' abode on the Jordan, but he had an +equal welcome to John's home, whither he had come on a like errand, +though with different views of Jesus, to learn of Him. He sees still +burning in the upper chamber the night lamp of Him whom he is to know as +"the light of the world." He ascends the stair, stands at the door and +knocks; and it is opened. Apparently without <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81"></a>[Pg 81]</span>lengthy salutation, or +introduction, he makes known his errand in the single sentence, "Rabbi, +we know that Thou art a teacher come from God, for no man can do these +signs that Thou doest, except God be with Him." He might have added, +"What shall I do?" Jesus gave a very solemn answer to his +question,—"Except a man be born anew, he cannot see the kingdom of +God." He taught him that doing certain things, and not doing others, was +not enough; he must <i>be</i> good. To be good there must be a change of +spirit. As a child has a beginning of its earthly life, he must have the +beginning of a spiritual life, or he cannot be fitted for the kingdom of +God in this world or that which is to come. That great change comes +"from above," from God Himself.</p> + +<p>Listen to some of the wonderful truths Jesus taught to Nicodemus. They +are for us as well as for him. 1. Those who do not have this change of +spirit must "perish." 2. But none need to perish, for "eternal life" has +been provided. 3. This life is through the suffering and death of the +"Son" of God. 4. God "gave His only begotten Son" to do all this. 5. God +did this because He "so loved the world." 6. This "eternal life" can be +had only by "believing on" the Son of God. 7. "Whosoever" so believes +may have eternal life.</p> + +<p>All this is included in one sentence:</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82"></a>[Pg 82]</span>"God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that +whosoever believeth on Him should not perish, but have eternal life."</p> + +<p>This is the golden text of St. John's Gospel, and of the whole Bible. +Through all the ages it has sounded, and will sound to the end of time, +as the gospel itself.</p> + +<p>John must have been a most attentive listener to all that Jesus said. +This was at the beginning of His Lord's ministry. Fresh truths easily +impressed him. They were the buddings of which he was to see the bloom, +of whose fruitage he would partake most abundantly, and which he would +give to others long after the echo of the Great Teacher's words had died +in the chamber where he and Nicodemus heard them.</p> + +<p>It was long after that nightly visit that John wrote his account of it, +including the golden text whose keyword was <i>Love</i>. It is supposed that +he wrote his Epistle about the same time. That text was so present in +his thought that he repeated it in almost the same words: "Herein was +the Love of God manifested in us, that God hath sent His only begotten +Son into the world, that we might live through Him."</p> + +<p>At the close of his long life, in which he had learned much of the power +and justice and holiness and goodness of God, it seemed to him that all +these were <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83"></a>[Pg 83]</span>summed up in the one simple saying, "God is love."</p> + +<p><a name="il119f" id="il119f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il119f.jpg" alt="The First Disciples" title="The First Disciples" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">The First Disciples</span>—<i>Ittenbach</i><br /><a href='#Page_67'><i>Page 67</i></a></h4> + +<p>When John bade Nicodemus good-night, he could not look forward to the +time, nor to the place where we see them together again. John the lone +apostle with Nicodemus and his Lord at the beginning of His ministry, is +the lone apostle at the cross. Then and there, he recalls the first +meeting of the three as he beholds the Rabbi approaching. This is his +record; "Then came also Nicodemus, who at the first came to Jesus by +night."</p> + +<p>There is a tradition concerning Nicodemus that after the Resurrection of +Jesus, his faith in Him was strengthened. The "teacher come from God" he +now believed to be the Son of God. The timid Rabbi became a bold +follower of the Lord whom he once secretly sought. For this he was no +longer permitted to be a ruler of the Jews. He was hated, beaten, and +driven from Jerusalem. At last he was buried by the side of the first +martyr Stephen, who had baptized and welcomed him into the fellowship of +the Christian Band.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84"></a>[Pg 84]</span></p> +<h2><i>CHAPTER XIII</i></h2> + +<h4><i>St. John and the Samaritaness</i></h4> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>"He cometh to a city of Samaria, called Sychar.... Jacob's well was +there. Jesus therefore, being wearied with His journey, sat thus on +the well. There cometh a woman of Samaria to draw water. Jesus said +unto her, Give Me to drink."—<i>John</i> iv. 5-7.</p> + +<p>"Probably John remained with the Master. They would scarcely have +left Him alone especially in that place; and the whole narrative +reads like one who had been present at what passed."—<i>Edersheim.</i></p></div> + + +<p>The vale of Sychar is one of the most interesting spots in the Holy +Land. Jacob's well is one of the sacred sights about whose identity +there is no dispute. I count the Sabbath when my tent overshadowed it +one of the most memorable of my life. It was a privilege to read on the +spot John's story of the Master tarrying there, and of the truths there +revealed.</p> + +<p>John tells us that Jesus, on His way from Judæa to Galilee, passed +through Samaria, arrived at Jacob's well, and "being wearied with His +journey sat thus on the well," while His disciples went "away unto the +city to buy food."</p> + +<p>It is not necessary to suppose that all of the six went to the +neighboring city. Probably John remained with the Master. His narrative +is one of the most distinct <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85"></a>[Pg 85]</span>word-paintings in the whole Gospel story. +He writes like one who saw and heard all that passed, not only when the +other disciples were with him, but also and especially what happened +when they were absent from the well.</p> + +<p><a name="il123f" id="il123f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il123f.jpg" alt="The Marriage at Cana" title="The Marriage at Cana" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">The Marriage at Cana</span>—<i>Old Engraving</i><br /><a href='#Page_72'><i>Page 72</i></a></h4> + +<p>John tells us that Jesus "was wearied with His journey." The observing, +tender-hearted disciple saw and remembered his Master's weariness. In +this simple, brief record, he reminds us of Jesus' humanity, and so how +much He was like ourselves. How much of his Lord's weariness and +suffering the sympathizing disciple was yet to witness.</p> + +<p>We may think of John alone with Jesus, seated in an alcove which +sheltered them from the sun. They may often have been thus found in +loving companionship. With what delight would we read of those private +interviews. How sacred and precious they must have been to John.</p> + +<p>At the well, what subjects there were for conversation, suggested by +memories of the spot. Here Abraham had erected his first altar in Canaan +to the true God, whom Jesus was about to reveal more perfectly. This was +the parcel of ground which Jacob had bought, and in which he had buried +the false gods of his household. Here Joseph had been a wanderer seeking +his brethren. This was the place which Jacob when dying had given to his +son Joseph, on whose <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86"></a>[Pg 86]</span>tomb Jesus and John looked as they talked +together. The twin mountains of Ebal and Gerizim looked down upon them, +reminders of the days of Joshua, when the two Israelitish bands called +to each other in solemn words, and the valley echoed with their loud +"Amen." Not every Jew could have the personal interest in that well, +such as the two weary travelers could claim, through the family records +of their common ancestor even to Abraham. It was not on account of John +that these records had been kept, but of the "Son of Man" at his side, +whom he had learned to look upon as "the Son of God." As they sat +together John could not look into the future, as his Master could, and +think of the time when they would be in the region together with an +unfriendly reception; nor of that other time when John would come to it +again and have a friendly reception, but with memories only of his Lord.</p> + +<p><a name="il127f" id="il127f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il127f.jpg" alt="Belshazzar's Feast" title="Belshazzar's Feast" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">Belshazzar's Feast</span>—<i>Old Engraving</i><br /><a href='#Page_74'><i>Page 74</i></a></h4> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87"></a>[Pg 87]</span></p> +<p>But their visit alone did not last until the return of His disciples. It +was suddenly interrupted. "There cometh a woman of Samaria to draw +water." She was no fitting companion for them. She was not prepared to +enter into their thoughts and feelings. She was an ignorant woman of the +lower order of society, sinful, and not worthy of the respect of those +who knew her. "Give me to drink," said Jesus—fatigued, hungry, +thirsty. She gazed upon Him with astonishment. She knew by His +appearance and dress that He was a Jew. She supposed that +any such would be too full of hatred and pride to ask even such a simple +favor of a Samaritan. Her answer showed her surprise. He gently spoke of +her ignorance of Him, and of a richer gift than the one He asked, and +which He was ready to bestow. It was "living water"—"the grace and +truth of which He was full." Changing her manner toward Him, and +addressing Him more respectfully, she asked, "Art <i>Thou</i> greater than +our father Jacob?" She meant, "Surely Thou art not greater." How strange +this must have sounded to John as his eye turned from her, to Him before +whom Jacob would bow in adoration could he have joined that circle on +the spot where he had built an altar many years before. Jesus explained +more fully the difference between the water for which He had asked, and +that which He would give. He had asked a very small favor of her; He +would bestow the greatest of gifts, even eternal life. +</p> + +<p>Not fully understanding Him, and yet believing He was some wonderful +person, she repeated His own request, but with a changed meaning,—"Sir, +give me this water." Perhaps to make her feel her sinfulness and to lead +her into a better life, He showed her that though He was a stranger, He +knew her past history. Her astonishment increased and she exclaimed, +"Sir, I perceive that Thou art a Prophet." Ashamed, she quickly changed +the subject.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88"></a>[Pg 88]</span>She and her people claimed that Mount Gerizim was the holy place of the +Holy Land; while the Jews said that Jerusalem was "the place where men +ought to worship." She wanted the Prophet she had so unexpectedly met to +decide between them. With calmness, solemnity and earnestness, He made a +sublime declaration to her, meant for Jews, Samaritans and all men. It +was this: "Woman, believe me, the hour cometh, when neither in this +mountain, nor yet in Jerusalem, shall ye worship the Father.... The hour +cometh, and now is, when the true worshipers shall worship the Father in +spirit and truth: for such doth the Father seek to be His worshipers. +God is a spirit: and they that worship Him must worship in spirit and +truth."</p> + +<p>But this did not satisfy her. It was all so new and strange, so +different from what she and her people believed, that she was not +prepared to accept it from an unknown stranger, though he seemed to be a +prophet. She thought of One greater than she thought He could be, One +who was wiser than any prophet then living, or who ever had lived, One +who she believed was to come. So, with a sigh of disappointment, her +only reply was, "I know that Messiah cometh; ... when He is come, He +will declare unto us all things."</p> + +<p>How the quickened ear of John must have made his heart thrill at the +name Messiah. Until a few weeks <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89"></a>[Pg 89]</span>before, he too had talked of His +coming, but already had heard Him declare many things which no mere +prophet had spoken. Is he not prompted to break the silence of a mere +listener? Is not his finger already pointed toward Jesus? Are not the +words already on his tongue?—"O woman, <i>this is He</i>," when Jesus makes +the great confession he made before Pilate, saying to the Samaritaness, +"I that speak unto Thee, am He."</p> + +<p>So it was that He whose coming the angels in their glory announced to +the shepherds in Bethlehem, He whom the Baptist proclaimed to multitudes +on the Jordan, He whose glory was manifested to the company in Cana, +made Himself known to this low, ignorant, sinful, doubting, perplexed +stranger, in words "to which all future ages would listen, as it were +with hushed breath and on their knees."</p> + +<p>These words of Jesus to the woman, "I am He," closed their conversation, +so unexpected to her when she came with her water-pot, in which she had +lost all interest. Her mind and heart had been filled instead. She had +drawn from Him richer supplies than Jacob's well could ever contain. +From that hour she thought of it, not so much as Jacob's well as the +Messiah's well.</p> + +<p>The disciples returning from the city, coming within sight of Jesus, +"marveled that He was speaking with <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90"></a>[Pg 90]</span>a woman." The people then and there +had a mistaken idea that to do so was very improper. The disciples were +the more astonished because she was a Samaritan. But they had such a +sense of His goodness, that they did not dare to ask, "Why talkest Thou +with her?"</p> + +<p>She was interrupted in her conversation with Jesus, by the coming of the +disciples. She left her water-pot at the well. Too full of wonder and +gratitude to stop to fill it, or to be hindered in carrying it, she +hastened to the city with the good news of what she had seen and heard. +So had Andrew and John each carried the good news to his brother saying, +"We have found the Messiah." She believed she had found Him. But the +good news seemed almost too good to be true, and she wanted the men of +the city to learn for themselves. So she put her new belief in the form +of a question, "Is not this the Christ?" A great number obeyed her call, +and believed with her that Jesus was the Messiah.</p> + +<p><a name="il132f" id="il132f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il132f.jpg" alt="The Hill of Samaria" title="The Hill of Samaria" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">The Hill of Samaria</span>—<i>Old Engraving</i><br /><a href='#Page_84'><i>Page 84</i></a></h4> + +<p>Meanwhile the disciples asked Him to eat of the food they had brought. +But His deep interest in the woman, and joy in the great change in her, +was so great that for the moment He felt no want of food. So He said to +them, "I have meat to eat that ye know not." ... "My meat is to do the +will of Him that sent Me." Never again did the disciples marvel that +their Master talked with a woman, or with a sin<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91"></a>[Pg 91]</span>ner of any kind. We +seem to see John, weary and hungry as his Master, but unmindful of +bodily discomforts, because of his intense interest in what is passing. +His record does not give his own experiences, but we can imagine some of +them. His watchful eye detects every movement and expression of his +companions,—the calm, earnest, loving, pitying look of Jesus; and the +excited, scornful, surprised, joyful, constantly changing looks of the +woman. He first marks her pertness of manner; then the respectful "Sir"; +then the reverence for a prophet; and at last the belief and joy in the +Messiah.</p> + +<p>Whether or not John was witness to all that passed at the well, or +whether Jesus gave him the minute details, or whether the Samaritaness, +during the two days that Jesus and His disciples remained in Sychar, +told Him all, his story is one of the most lifelike in the Gospels, +teaching the greatest of truths.</p> + +<p>If that noon hour at Jacob's well was a memorable one for the woman, it +was also for John. For him Christ was the Well of Truth. Of it he was to +drink during blessed years. Standing nearest to it of any mortal, +receiving more than any other, he was to give of it to multitudes +thirsting for the water of life.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92"></a>[Pg 92]</span></p> +<h2><i>CHAPTER XIV</i></h2> + +<h4><i>The Chosen One of the Chosen Three of the Chosen Twelve</i></h4> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>"Walking by the sea of Galilee, He saw two brethren, Simon, who is +called Peter, and Andrew his brother, casting a net into the sea, +for they were fishers. And He said unto them, Come ye after Me, and +I will make you fishers of men. And they straightway left the nets, +and followed Him. And going on from thence He saw other two +brethren, James the son of Zebedee, and John his brother, in the +boat with Zebedee their father, mending their nets, and He called +them. And they straightway left the boat and their father, and +followed Him."—<i>Matt.</i> iv. 18-22.</p> + +<p>"He was the Supreme Fisher, and this day He was fishing for +them."—<i>Stalker.</i></p> + +<p>"When it was day, He called His disciples; and he chose from them +twelve, whom also He named apostles, Simon, whom He also named +Peter, and Andrew his brother, and James and John, and +Philip...."—<i>Luke</i> vi. 13, 14</p> + +<p>"Jesus taketh with Him Peter, and James, and John."—<i>Matt.</i> xvii. +1.</p> + +<p>"One of His disciples, whom Jesus loved."—<i>John</i> xiii. 23.</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"We know not all thy gifts,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">But this Christ bids us see,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">That He who so loved all,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">Found more to love in thee."</span><br /> +</p></div> + + + +<p>Once more we find the two pair of brothers on the shore of Gennesaret, +not together, but within hailing distance. All night long they have +toiled at fishing with<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93"></a>[Pg 93]</span>out any reward. The morning has dawned. Wearied +and with the marks of labor on their persons and their garments, their +empty boats drawn upon the beach, they are mending their nets which have +been torn by the waves, and cleansing them from the sand which has been +gathered instead of the fishes they sought.</p> + +<p><a name="il136f" id="il136f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il136f.jpg" alt="Jacob's Well" title="Jacob's Well" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">Jacob's Well</span>—<i>From Photograph</i><br /><a href='#Page_91'><i>Page 91</i></a></h4> + +<p>Meanwhile a multitude of people in the neighboring field is listening to +the Master. The fishermen may hear His voice, but their nets must not be +left in disorder; they must be put in readiness for another trial, +which, though they know it not, will be most abundantly rewarded.</p> + +<p>They cannot go to Him, but He comes to them with a greeting and a +command, "Follow Me and I will make you fishers of men."</p> + +<p>The time had come for Him to gather His first disciples more closely +about Him for instruction and preparation and service in His kingdom. +They had seen proofs of His Messiahship. They had been with Him long +enough to know something of His work and teachings, and what was +included in His call to follow Him. They understood it meant leaving +their boats and nets by which they had earned their daily bread, and +even leaving their homes, and going with Him wherever He went, trusting +Him for support, ready to do anything to which all this would lead them. +Their belief in Him, and their love for Him, were <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94"></a>[Pg 94]</span>enough to secure +immediate obedience to the new command.</p> + +<p>In their faithfulness in their duties in their former life, in the +carefulness in mending their nets, in the patience and perseverance +during the nights of fruitless toil, in their thoughtfulness, skill and +experience in catching fish—in such things Christ found likeness of +what He would make them to become—fishers of men. From their old +business He would teach them lessons about the new,—of His power, the +abundance of His store, and the great things they were to do for Him and +their fellow-men. Before they leave it, He makes Himself a kind of +partner with them. Having used Simon's boat for a pulpit for teaching, +He tells him to launch out into the deep and to let down his net. It +encloses a multitude of fishes. Andrew and James with their brothers +whom they had called to Jesus, the first company to follow Him from the +Jordan, are the first to do so in a new and fuller sense from the shores +of Gennesaret, where they first learned of Him.</p> + +<p>There is something touching in the special reference to the call of the +sons of Salome, whose relation to Mary first interested us in them. It +is said of Jesus, "He saw James the son of Zebedee and John his brother +and He called them. And they immediately left their father in the ship +with the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95"></a>[Pg 95]</span>hired servants. They forsook all and followed Him."</p> + +<p><a name="il140f" id="il140f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il140f.jpg" alt="The Miraculous Draught of Fishes" title="The Miraculous Draught of Fishes" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">The Miraculous Draught of Fishes</span>—<i>Old Engraving</i><br /><a href='#Page_94'><i>Page 94</i></a></h4> + +<p>What reminders do we here have of the past! James and John, true +brothers in childhood, united in business in early life, now hand in +hand commence life anew. Having become the help, and much more the +companions of their father they must leave him to the companionship of +hired servants. But in this hour of sundering family ties, the loving +father and loving sons rejoice in Jesus as their Master whom they all +willingly obey.</p> + +<p>He chose twelve whom He called Apostles. Such was the glorious company, +composed of young men, the most honored in all earthly history, to be +His closest companions, His missionary family. During the remainder of +His life He would train them; and when leaving the world trust their +faithfulness and devotion in extending His kingdom. The two pair of +brothers and their early friend Philip are the first named of the +Apostles. The early Bethsaidan group composed almost one-half of the +apostolic company. But within that circle there was another. Three of +the twelve were chosen by the Lord for closer intimacy. They were to be +special witnesses of His greatest power, His most radiant glory, and His +deepest sorrow upon earth. They were Peter, James and John. Two of the +three, Peter and John, were to be <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96"></a>[Pg 96]</span>united in special service for their +Lord while He was with them, and so continue after He was gone. But of +the twelve Jesus drew one closest to Himself, most loved and the most +glorious of them all: it was John.</p> + +<p>In seeking a reason for Christ's fixing the number of His disciples, +some have found a fancied one in the twelve precious stones of Aaron's +breastplate. The most precious stone would represent John, the chosen +one of the Great High Priest. In his own vision of the new Jerusalem +"the foundations of the wall of the city were garnished with all manner +of precious stones." "And the wall of the city had twelve foundations, +and on them twelve names of the twelve Apostles of the Lamb." It was +that Lamb of God to which he had been pointed on the Jordan, and to +which he points us as he beholds Him by the "glassy sea." As John read +those names did he not recall the day when Jesus chose twelve whom "He +named Apostles"?</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97"></a>[Pg 97]</span></p> +<h2><i>CHAPTER XV</i></h2> + +<h4><i>John in the Home of Jairus</i></h4> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>"He suffered no man to follow with Him, save Peter, and James, and +John. And they came to the house of the ruler of the synagogue."</p> + +<p>"And taking the child by the hand, He saith unto her, Talitha cumi; +which is, being interpreted, Damsel I say unto thee, Arise. And +straightway the damsel rose up, and walked."—<i>Mark</i> v. 37, 38, 41, +42.</p></div> + + +<p>The first scene in which we find John as one of the favored three is in +the house of mourning. It was the home of Jairus in Capernaum. He was a +ruler of the synagogue. "He had an only daughter, about twelve years of +age, and she lay a dying." He hastened to Jesus, fell at His feet, +worshiped Him, and besought Him saying, "Come and lay Thy hands on her +that she may be healed; and she shall live."</p> + +<p>Did he not have in mind Peter's wife's mother, living in the same town, +and how Jesus "came and took her by the hand and lifted her up; and +immediately the fever left her"? Jesus started for the house, followed +by a throng, some doubtless full of tender sympathy for their townsman, +and some curious to see what the wonder-worker would do.</p> + +<p>A messenger from Jairus' home met him saying,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98"></a>[Pg 98]</span> "Thy daughter is dead; +trouble not the Master." But the father's faith in Jesus was not limited +to the power to heal. Could not the hand that had already touched the +bier of the widow's only son, be laid on his only daughter, with +life-restoring power? Could not the command spoken in Nain "I say unto +thee, arise," be repeated in Capernaum, and in like manner be obeyed? +Without heeding the messenger's question about troubling the Master, he +cried out yet more earnestly, "My daughter is even now dead; but lay Thy +hand upon her, and she shall live." But the father's entreaty was +unnecessary, for Jesus was already responding to the messenger's words +as, turning to Jairus, He said, "Fear not, only believe."</p> + +<p>How eagerly the curious crowd hastened toward the ruler's home, because +of a possible miracle, even raising the dead. But they were not to be +witnesses of such display of Divine power. Yet even if the throng be +excluded, might not the Twelve, following close to Jairus and Jesus, +expect admission to the home? What was the surprise and disappointment +of nine of them to be forbidden admission by Him whom they were +following. But so it was. "When He came to the house He suffered not any +man to enter in with Him, save Peter, and John and James, and the father +of the maiden, and her mother."</p> + +<p><a name="il147f" id="il147f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il147f.jpg" alt="Raising the Daughter of Jairus" title="Raising the Daughter of Jairus" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">Raising the Daughter of Jairus</span>—<i>H. Hofmann</i><br /><a href='#Page_99'><i>Page 99</i></a></h4> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99"></a>[Pg 99]</span>This is the first we know of this distinction in the apostolic band. We +almost hear the nine saying, "Why is this?" Can it be that, in that +hour, at the door of this house of mourning, there was awakened the +feeling of jealousy which afterward appeared? Did it inspire in the +three a sense of superiority, and ambition to be higher in position than +the rest in the kingdom of their Lord? Did James and John especially +hope for promotion above the nine, and even the ten including Peter? So +it will appear. But all this was to pass away when the band better +understood the nature of their Lord's kingdom, and possessed more of His +spirit.</p> + +<p>The death-chamber was too sacred a place for numbers, even for the nine, +whose admittance would be more fitting than that of the hired mourners +whom Jesus excluded with them. He had His own wise reasons for the +choice of the three. We do not wonder that John was one of them. With +all his manifest failings—which he at last overcame—he was the most +like his Master. In that death-chamber the Lord was to show His +"gentleness and delicacy of feeling and action" such as John could +understand, and with which he could sympathize.</p> + +<p>"And taking the child by the hand, He saith unto her, Talitha, cumi." We +are glad that Mark has preserved for us the very words that must have +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100"></a>[Pg 100]</span>thrilled the heart of John. They had been interpreted, "My little lamb, +my pet lamb, rise up." In them was a lesson for John. They were a +revelation of his Master's tenderness toward childhood. It was a needed +lesson, which he finally learned.</p> + +<p>As John and Peter saw the returning life of the little maid, and heard +their Master's command "that something should be given her to eat," they +thought not of the time when they should stand together again near the +same spot with the same Master, Himself risen from the dead, and hear +Him utter another command, "Feed My lambs."</p> + +<p>As they with James followed their Lord out from the death-chamber—such +no longer—and heard His charge "that no man should know" what had +happened, the very secrecy drew more distinctly the line of the inner +circle about the three. It was not to be erased during the Lord's +earthly sojourn with the twelve.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101"></a>[Pg 101]</span></p> +<h2><i>CHAPTER XVI</i></h2> + +<h4><i>John a Beholder of Christ's Glory</i></h4> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>"We beheld His glory, glory as of the only begotten from the +Father."—<i>St. John</i> i. 14.</p> + +<p>"We were eyewitnesses of His majesty. For He received from God the +Father honor and glory ... when we were with Him in the holy +mount."—2 <i>Peter</i> i. 16-18.</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"As brightest sun, His face is bright;</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">His raiment, as the light, is white,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4em;">Yea, whiter than the whitest snow.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Moses, Elias, spake with Him.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Of deepest things, of terrors grim,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4em;">Of boundless bliss, and boundless woe,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4em;">Of pangs that none but Christ may know.</span><br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"A voice sublime I panting hear,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">A voice that conquers grief and fear,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4em;">Revealing all eternity;</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Revealing God's beloved Son,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Born to redeem a world undone;</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4em;">Filled with God's fulness from on high,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4em;">To gain God's noblest victory."</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 15em;">—<i>Trans. Kingo of Denmark.</i></span><br /> +</p></div> + + +<p>We may think of the twelve as Christ's family with whom He often prayed +apart from the multitude. One such occasion was in Cæsarea Philippi. The +prayer was followed by two earnest and solemn ques<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102"></a>[Pg 102]</span>tions. "He asked the +disciples, saying, Who do men say that the Son of Man is? And they said, +Some say John the Baptist; some, Elijah; and others, Jeremiah or one of +the prophets."</p> + +<p>How strange these sayings must have sounded to St. John and his Jordan +companions, who had been directed by the Baptist to their Messiah. Three +of them were soon to witness Elijah's tribute to Him, as being more than +the "Son of Man." Such already had He become to them. He was more +interested in the opinions of the disciples than in those of the +multitude. So He asked with emphasis, "But who say ye that I am? And +Simon Peter answered and said, Thou art the Christ, the Son of the +living God. And Jesus answered and said unto him, Blessed art thou, +Simon Bar-Jona: for flesh and blood hath not revealed it unto thee, but +My Father which is in heaven."</p> + +<p>But in the mind of Jesus even this blessed revelation was not enough for +His believing yet frail disciples. Even the three, the most enlightened +of the twelve, needed a clearer vision of Him and His kingdom, and +strength for trials they were to endure. So they needed His prayers.</p> + +<p>"From that time began Jesus to show unto His disciples how that He must +go to Jerusalem, and suffer many things, ... and be killed." He needed +prayer also for Himself. So "Jesus taketh with Him<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103"></a>[Pg 103]</span> Peter, and James and +John, and bringeth them up into a high mountain apart by themselves." +The favored three, who had witnessed His power in the raising of Jairus' +daughter, were to be witnesses of his glory. Luke says He "went up into +the mountain to pray." Not Tabor,—for which mistaken tradition has +claimed the honor—but Hermon was doubtless the "high mountain." This +kingly height of the Lebanon range was a fitting place for Jesus the +King. The glittering splendor of its snows is a fitting emblem of His +character. It was the highest earthly spot on which He stood. From it He +had His most extensive views. Here He had His most exalted earthly +experience. Peter rightly named it "the Holy Mount" because of its +"glory that excelleth" all other mountains.</p> + +<p>We do not know the thoughts or feelings or words of the nine when Jesus +"taketh with Him the three." We wonder whether their wonder was at all +mixed with jealousy. As they saw the three "apart by themselves," their +lessening forms ascending Hermon, and at last hidden from their view by +the evening shades, can it be that the dispute began which cast a gloom +over their Lord when He descended from that mountain of glory?</p> + +<p>And the three themselves—what were their emotions as they looked down +upon their companions in the plain below, and upward to the height +whither <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104"></a>[Pg 104]</span>their Master was bringing them. Did they whisper together +concerning the word He had just spoken—that He must die. They must have +had such mingling of feelings as they never had before.</p> + +<p>It was the evening after a Sabbath. At the close of the weary summer +day, after the long and steep ascent of the mountain, and in the strong +mountain air, it is no wonder that the three disciples were "weighted +with sleep."</p> + +<p>Luke not only tells us that Jesus went up "to pray" but also that "He +prayed." Would that John had recorded that prayer, as he did those +supplications in the Upper Room and in Gethsemane. "As we understand +it," says Edersheim, "the prayer with them had ceased, or merged into +silent prayer of each, or Jesus now prayed alone and apart."</p> + +<p>On the banks of the Jordan, where Jesus and the three had met, while He +"was praying, the heavens were opened," and the dove-like form descended +upon Him, and His Father's voice was heard. And now "as He prayed," +there came an answer, immediate and glorious: "He was transfigured +before them."</p> + +<p>The disciples though "weighted with sleep," "having remained awake, they +saw His glory, and the two men that stood with Him." It was many years +after this vision that John, speaking for the three, testified, "We saw +His glory."</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105"></a>[Pg 105]</span>"The fashion of His countenance was altered." "His face did shine as +the sun." "His garments became exceeding white; so as no fuller on earth +can whiten them," "white as the light," "glistering," "dazzling."</p> + +<p>"Behold there appeared unto them Moses and Elijah talking with Him." How +did the disciples know the Lawgiver and the Prophet? We are not told. +There may have been given them some supernatural powers of discernment. +They may have known by the conversation between Jesus and His celestial +visitants, as, in earthly language with heavenly tone, they "spoke of +His departure which He was about to accomplish at Jerusalem," of which +He had told them on the plain below.</p> + +<p>It was that Moses who fifteen hundred years before came down from Mount +Sinai with the two tables of the law in his hands, when Aaron and the +children of Israel stood in awe before His shining face. But now He had +come, not from the mount which Paul describes as "darkness," but unto +that other whose snowy whiteness has given it the name of Lebanon. He +had come from Heaven, to yield homage to Him to whom He would sing with +us,</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"My dear Redeemer and my Lord,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">I read my duty in Thy Word;</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">But in Thy life the Law appears,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">Drawn out in living Characters."</span><br /> +</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106"></a>[Pg 106]</span>"The children of Israel could not look steadfastly upon Moses for the +glory of His face." In the "excellent glory" by which Peter describes +the scene on Hermon, the whole figure of His Lord was bathed in light. +But the glory of that vision was not yet complete. A cloud, brighter +than any on which the moon was shining, enwrapped Jesus and Moses and +Elijah. It was no other than the Shechinah, once more returning to the +earth,—"the symbol of Jehovah's presence."</p> + +<p>This cloud overshadowed the disciples. As its light gleamed upon them, +they were filled with reverential fear. They were ready to do the +heavenly visitors immediate and humble service. But the mission of the +two was ended. Their last words of comfort to Jesus had been spoken. If +they could be detained, it must be done quickly. So, awed and confused +by the strange vision, yet longing for its continuance, the disciples, +Peter being the spokesman, proposed to make booths for their Master and +His two heavenly visitors. But the two had gone, and the crown of glory +that had enveloped them spread to the disciples, filling them with yet +increasing awe. The silence that had followed Peter's call was broken. +"There came a voice out of the cloud, This is My Beloved Son; hear ye +Him." Startled by such a response, "they fell on their face and were +sore afraid." They <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107"></a>[Pg 107]</span>did not dare to look about them. The Cloud of +Glory lifted. How long they lay prostrate and trembling, we do not know. +At last a hand gently touched them. It was the hand of Jesus. His voice +bid them, "Arise, and be not afraid. And when they had lifted up their +eyes they saw no man, save Jesus only."</p> + +<p><a name="il156f" id="il156f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il156f.jpg" alt="The Transfiguration" title="The Transfiguration" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">The Transfiguration</span>—<i>Old Engraving</i><br /><a href='#Page_106'><i>Page 106</i></a></h4> + +<p>The Transfiguration was over. Its grand purpose was accomplished. Master +and disciples were prepared for the labors and trials to which they must +return. The night ended. As the morning sun glistened on the peaks of +Hermon, while darkness yet overspread the plain below, Jesus descended +with the three, to the nine awaiting their return.</p> + +<p>"And as they were coming down from the mountain, He charged them that +they should tell no man what things they had seen, save when the Son of +Man should have risen again from the dead. And they kept the saying, +questioning among themselves what the raising again from the dead should +mean."</p> + +<p>Peter's and John's memories of that vision of their Lord were ever +distinct and precious. When it was no longer a secret, Peter wrote in +ecstasy of the hour in which they "were eyewitnesses of His majesty, ... +when they were with Him in the holy mount."</p> + +<p>Let us notice the record by John. In the beginning of his gospel he says +"The Word was made flesh and dwelt amongst us." By this he means that +the Son of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108"></a>[Pg 108]</span> God became a man, and lived among men who witnessed His +life. But of all the events of that life which John had seen, there was +a special one in his mind, which not all men had witnessed. So he adds, +"We beheld His glory." This probably refers to the Transfiguration and +the Shechinah, which he and Peter and James had seen. And then he thinks +of how much greater Jesus was than John the Baptist, "a man sent from +God," "to bear witness of" Him. He thinks also of the great Lawgiver of +whom he says, "the Law was given through Moses; grace and truth came by +Jesus Christ."</p> + +<p>We imagine that ever after the Transfiguration, John thought of Moses +and the Shechinah together. Had he with his companions been permitted to +build three tabernacles or booths, "one for Moses," what delightful +visits John would have made him there, like that one which he had made +in the abode of Jesus on the banks of the Jordan.</p> + +<p><a name="il161f" id="il161f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il161f.jpg" alt="Moses on Mt. Pisgah" title="Moses on Mt. Pisgah" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">Moses on Mt. Pisgah</span>—<i>Artist Unknown</i><br /><a href='#Page_109'><i>Page 109</i></a></h4> + +<p>I seem to hear Moses telling John something of his own history when on +the earth, and teaching him lessons from it in words like these: "This +is not the first time I have heard the Lord's voice, from out this cloud +of glory. Out of the burning bush He called me, 'Moses, Moses.' At Sinai +He said, 'Lo, I come unto thee in a thick cloud.' And again He appeared +in 'a pillar of a cloud,' and said, 'Behold thou <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109"></a>[Pg 109]</span>shall sleep with thy +fathers.' I saw not that cloud again on earth until you beheld it. My +thoughts were about death. I prayed about it, not as your Master and +mine has done in preparation therefor, but that I might not then die. +This was my prayer: 'Let me go over I pray Thee and see the good land +that is beyond Jordan, that goodly mountain, and Lebanon,'—the very +mountain where we now are. But the Lord would not hear me. I prayed yet +again more earnestly, and the Lord said unto me, 'Let it suffice thee; +speak no more unto me of this matter.' From yonder mountain of Nebo He +showed me all the land we now see from Hermon; and then I died. The Lord +buried me in yonder land of Moab. No man knoweth my sepulchre unto this +day. I died, my great hope of forty years disappointed. My repeated +earnest prayer was ungranted then, but it has not been unanswered. This +'goodly' Lebanon, to which I looked from Nebo with longing eyes, is more +'goodly' now than when it sadly faded from my dying vision. You, John, +are one of the witnesses to the answer to my dying prayer. Never did the +Shechinah at Horeb, or Sinai, or the Tabernacle, seem so resplendent as +on this Mount Hermon. Here it has enwrapped Elijah and me, the favored +two whose mission Gabriel might have envied. We were sent down from +heaven to talk with Jesus concerning His death, of which He has told +you. In <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110"></a>[Pg 110]</span>view of it He has lead you, the favored three hither to pray. +It was while He prayed that ye 'beheld His glory.' Not only for me, but +much more for Him, is Hermon <i>the</i> mount—'The Holy Mount,' because the +mount of Prayer, and therefore the mount of Transfiguration."</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111"></a>[Pg 111]</span></p> +<h2><i>CHAPTER XVII</i></h2> + +<h4><i>St. John's Imperfections</i></h4> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>"Master, we saw one casting out demons in Thy name; and we forbade +him, because he followeth not with us."—<i>John.</i></p> + +<p>"Lord, wilt Thou that we bid fire to come down from heaven, and +consume them, even as Elijah did?"—<i>James and John.</i></p> + +<p>"Grant us that we may sit, one on Thy right hand, and one on Thy +left hand, in Thy glory."—<i>James and John.</i></p> + +<p>"And when the ten heard it, they began to be moved with indignation +concerning James and John."—<i>Mark</i> x. 41.</p></div> + + +<p>John was not perfect. There were unlovely traits in his otherwise noble +character. It is not pleasant to write of his faults. We would gladly be +silent concerning them. But there are four reasons for making record of +them. 1. If we think of his virtues and not of his faults, we do not +have a just view of his character; it is one-sided; we have an imperfect +picture. 2. We see how Jesus loved him notwithstanding his +imperfections. While hating his sins he loved the man. 3. Remembering +John's faults, we give him all the more credit when we see how he +overcame them, and what he became under the example and teachings of +Jesus. 4. Having failings ourselves, we are encouraged by the full and +truthful story of John's life, to overcome our own sins. Such are good +reasons why <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112"></a>[Pg 112]</span>the imperfections of good men like David and Peter and John +are recorded in the Bible.</p> + +<p>In speaking of John's boyhood, we hinted at some of his faults. Let us +now notice them more particularly as given by the Evangelists. Sometimes +he was evidently included when Jesus rebuked the disciples for some +wrong they had said or done. On one occasion, he alone is mentioned; on +two others he and his brother James are rebuked together. The first +recorded incident, showing imperfection, is soon after the descent from +Hermon. Jesus seems to have accompanied Peter to his home in Capernaum, +to which the other disciples followed them. The favor which Christ +showed the three in taking them to the mount may have caused a feeling +of pride in them, and of jealousy in the nine. Pride was John's +besetting sin, as we shall see. A great privilege had been granted him. +Without telling the secret of Hermon to his fellow-disciples, he may, by +improper word or act, or both, have shown a feeling of superiority, +which displeased them, as the same spirit did on another occasion. At +any rate, something led to a dispute who should be the greatest in the +kingdom which they believed their Lord was to establish. This was a sad +revelation of the ambitious spirit of these good men. It was probably on +the way to Capernaum that an incident happened in which John seems to +have been <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113"></a>[Pg 113]</span>the chief actor. He exhibited a spirit of intolerance—a want +of patience and forbearance toward a man whom they met. He was a +disciple of Christ, in whose power he had such faith that he was enabled +to cast out evil spirits in His name. He was doing a good work such as +Christ gave His apostles power to do. They prided themselves in it, and +felt as if they only had a right to it. So John, speaking for the rest, +as if he had authority, forbade this man to use the power any more. On +their reaching the house of Peter, Jesus asked, "What was it that ye +disputed among yourselves by the way?" Perceiving that He knew their +thoughts, they were silent with shame, until one of them, yet +unconquered by His question of reproof, asked Him "Who is the greatest?" +He did not answer the question immediately. As if in preparation for +something special, "He sat down and called the twelve" about Him; He +uttered one reported sentence, "If any man would be first, he shall be +last of all, and minister of all." And then "He called a little child to +Him and set him in the midst of them." It was His object lesson. Through +it He rebuked and taught them. He made childhood a test of character. +With solemnity and earnestness He declared, "Verily I say unto you, +Except ye turn and become as little children, ye shall in no wise enter +into the kingdom of heaven."</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114"></a>[Pg 114]</span>That child-spirit included simplicity, meekness, harmlessness, +obedience, dutifulness, trustfulness and, especially at this time, +humility.</p> + +<p>The Lord's declaration must have startled the disciples. They thought of +themselves as His chosen ones, superior to others, having special +powers, and destined to special honors which none other might claim. In +a spirit contrary to His declaration, they were contending who should be +the greatest in His kingdom. He revealed to them, then and there, the +nature of that kingdom which they had so greatly misunderstood.</p> + +<p>Upon one at least, Christ's lesson was not altogether lost. That was +John. He recalled his proud and unjust treatment of the humble man whom +he had forbidden to do good work in the name of Christ. He saw that his +own spirit had been contrary to that of which Christ had just spoken. He +finally confessed his fault. But the lesson of his Master was not +perfectly learned, or if learned, was not, as we shall see, perfectly +obeyed. Though the beloved, he was still an imperfect, disciple, as is +shown in another incident.</p> + +<p>At the time when Jesus lived, and in the country where He journeyed, +travelers were generally welcomed as guests in any home. Though +strangers, they were treated as friends. This was a necessary kindness +because there were no hotels such as we have in our day and country.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115"></a>[Pg 115]</span>But to this hospitality there was a noted exception. We have noticed +the hatred of the Samaritans to the Jews. This was especially shown to +pilgrims going up to Jerusalem to attend the feasts.</p> + +<p>Jesus was on His last journey thither. As ever, He was teaching and +healing on the way. His own heart was burdened with the thought of what +He was to endure, but He was steadfast in His purpose to reach the Holy +City, willing there to suffer and to die. Nearing the first Samaritan +village, He sent messengers before Him to prepare for Himself and His +company. Even the common hospitality was refused, and that in a most +unfriendly manner. The Master was treated as a teacher of falsehood. +Even the kind healer was not permitted to enter the village. He was a +Jew on His way to Jerusalem. In the minds of the villagers, this was +more than enough to balance all the good in Him.</p> + +<p>James and John especially were indignant at the unkind treatment. They +felt keenly the insult to their Lord, whom they believed was on His way +to Jerusalem to establish His Kingdom, and was worthy of the most +generous hospitality and the sincerest homage. They had a fresh +remembrance of the glory in which they had seen Him on the Holy Mount in +company with Elijah. They were reminded of that prophet's experience +more than nine hundred years before. It <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116"></a>[Pg 116]</span>was this: Ahaziah, a king of +Israel, was seriously injured by a fall from the balcony of his house. +He sent to inquire of the false god Baal-zebub whether he should +recover. God sent Elijah to reprove him for his idolatry and insult to +Himself. The king sent a captain with fifty men to seize the prophet, +but they were consumed by fire from heaven. Another captain and his +fifty men were also destroyed in like manner.</p> + +<p>Such a punishment James and John would call down on the Samaritans. They +felt that it would be just. If fitting for the enemies of Elijah, how +much more for those of Jesus. They were ready to give the command which +God permitted Elijah to give, if Jesus would allow them to do likewise. +And so, being displeased, provoked, revengeful, with a fiery spirit, +they said to Him, "Lord, wilt Thou that we command fire to come down +from heaven, and consume them, even as Elijah did?" But Jesus "turned +and rebuked them," and said, "Ye know not what manner of spirit ye are +of."</p> + +<p>It was contrary to the spirit of meekness and love manifest in His +declaration to them, "The Son of Man is not come to destroy men's lives, +but to save them." And so He inspired them with another spirit, as He +quietly led them "to another village." We sadly turn to another scene in +which imperfection in the beloved disciple is especially revealed.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117"></a>[Pg 117]</span>The favored brothers had not yet learned perfectly the lesson of +humility which their Lord had tried to teach them. They were still +devoted to Him, following Him, loving Him. But they still misunderstood +what He said about His death, and His kingdom, in which they hoped for +the most honored places. They wanted to be assured of promotion above +their fellow-disciples. They were earnest in an unholy desire. They had +a bold, ambitious request to make of the Lord. It was the chief occasion +on which their pride was revealed. We have two accounts of it. In one of +them the mother Salome appears as the speaker. She brings her sons to +Jesus, prostrates herself before Him, and offers this petition, "Grant +that these my two sons may sit, the one on Thy right hand, and the other +on Thy left, in Thy Kingdom." She had a loving mother's pride. She was +the aunt of Jesus, and perhaps felt that because of this relationship, +her sons had a right which the other Apostles could not claim. She had +given them to His service, and had proved her own love and devotion to +Him by following Him with other women of Galilee, ministering to His +comforts. Meanwhile James and John, according to another account, +themselves urged their mother's request saying, "Grant unto us that we +may sit, one on Thy right hand, and one on Thy left hand, in Thy glory."</p> + +<p>Mother and sons shared in the spirit of self-seeking <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118"></a>[Pg 118]</span>and +self-exaltation. But we must not forget that it was faith in Him as the +Messiah, and in His coming "glory," that led them to show it, though in +a mistaken way.</p> + +<p>In sorrow and tenderness, and pity for their ignorance, Jesus replied, +"Ye know not what ye ask." While His eye rested on them, His thoughts +were on another scene. It was a cross with Himself upon it, and a +malefactor on each side, instead of the brothers in their pride. As John +at last stood by it, did he recall the hour of his mistaken ambitious +request, which had never been repeated. There had been no need that the +Lord should say to him, as to Moses, "Ask me not again," yet like Moses, +he was to receive a most glorious answer in another form. In his pride, +with an earthly throne in mind, he had asked, "Grant that I may sit with +Thee in Thy glory?" Having conquered his unholy ambition there was +fulfilled in him the promise of His Lord in glory, "To him that +overcometh will I grant to sit with Me on My throne."</p> + +<p>The time came when there was no longer occasion for the other ten +apostles to be "moved with indignation concerning James and John," +because of their pride and ambitious seeking. This John is the disciple +whom, with all his imperfections, Jesus loved most of all; this the man +known as the most lovable <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119"></a>[Pg 119]</span>of men; this the one who well-nigh reached +human perfection through his ardent and ever increasing love for Jesus; +this the one who is called <i>the Apostle of Love</i>.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120"></a>[Pg 120]</span></p> +<h2><i>CHAPTER XVIII</i></h2> + +<h4><i>John and the Family of Bethany</i></h4> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>"He entered into a certain village; and a certain woman named +Martha received him into her house. And she had a sister called +Mary, which also sat at the Lord's feet, and heard His +word."—<i>Luke</i> x. 38, 39.</p> + +<p>"Now a certain man was sick, Lazarus of Bethany, of the village of +Mary and her sister Martha."—<i>John</i> xi. 1.</p> + +<p>"Now Jesus loved Martha, and her sister, and Lazarus."—<i>v.</i> 5.</p> + +<p>"Jesus ... said, ... Lazarus is dead."—<i>v.</i> 14.</p> + +<p>"Jesus wept."—<i>v.</i> 35.</p> + +<p>"He cried with a loud voice, Lazarus, come forth. He that was dead +came forth."—<i>vs.</i> 43, 44.</p> + +<p>"As he (John) gives us so much more than the synoptists about the +family at Bethany, we may infer that he was a more intimate friend +of Lazarus and his sisters."—<i>A. Plummer, D.D.</i></p></div> + + +<p>In four sentences Luke draws an unfinished picture of a family group, +whose memory has become especially precious because of what John has +added to it. His probable familiarity with the family made this +possible. No wonder if he felt that the original picture must be +enlarged and retouched. The place where that family lived had become to +him too sacred a spot to be called simply "a certain village." Martha +was more than "a certain woman," who though hospitable, was distracted +in her housekeeping. Mary <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121"></a>[Pg 121]</span>was fairer than Luke had painted her. John +had seen her do more than sit at Jesus' feet. He manifestly felt that +the resurrection of Lazarus was too great an event to be omitted from +the gospel story, as it was by the other Evangelists who, when they +wrote, might have endangered the life of Him whom the Jews sought to +destroy. John's heart demanded a stronger tribute to Mary than Matthew +or Mark had given. Let him be our guide to the blessed home. With his +eyes let us see Jesus' relation to it, and with his ears listen to the +Master's words there spoken.</p> + +<p><a name="il174f" id="il174f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il174f.jpg" alt="Bethany" title="Bethany" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">Bethany</span>— <i>Old Engraving</i><br /><a href='#Page_120'><i>Page 120</i></a></h4> + + +<p>As he opens the door we see a family of wealth, refinement, hospitality +and affection. Its members are of kindred spirit with him: and so would +be attracted to him, and he to them. But there was a special bond of +union. "Now Jesus loved Martha and her sister and Lazarus." Such is the +tender passing remark of John who elsewhere calls himself "the disciple +whom Jesus loved." These four form a group of special objects of +Christ's affection. They ardently loved Him. We may suppose that John's +relation to the family of Bethany was closer than that of any other +disciple. This fitted him to make us familiar with their characters, and +many incidents of their home.</p> + +<p>John was with Jesus in Bethany in Peræa, when there came the sad, brief, +confiding message from Mary and Martha, "Lord, behold, he whom Thou +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122"></a>[Pg 122]</span>lovest is sick." Doubtless it touched the heart of the apostle as well +as that of his Master, whose response he records: "This sickness is not +unto death, but for the glory of God, that the Son of God may be +glorified thereby." We are reminded of John's own words concerning the +change of water into wine: "This beginning of miracles did Jesus in Cana +of Galilee, and manifested forth His glory."</p> + +<p>Jesus' plan for Lazarus included a delay of two days in Bethany of +Peræa. Meanwhile His heart went out toward Bethany in Judæa. So did +John's. But, though Jesus tarried, it can be said, as on another +occasion, "He Himself knew what He would do." While John was wondering, +waiting and watching, perhaps he remembered how the nobleman's son was +healed in Capernaum when Jesus was in Cana, and thought it possible that +the messenger would be told to say to the sisters, "Thy brother liveth."</p> + +<p>When at last Jesus proposed to His disciples that they all go to Judæa, +John's love may have contended for a moment with fear, as they +protested, because of danger from His enemies: but it was for a moment +only. When Jesus said, "Let us go unto him," we almost wonder that it +was not John the loving, nor Peter the bold, but Thomas the sometimes +unready, that said concerning Jesus, "Let us also go that we may die +with Him." But we imagine that John was <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123"></a>[Pg 123]</span>the readiest to go, and kept +the closest to his Master in the pathway to Bethany in Judæa.</p> + +<p>"Our friend Lazarus sleepeth," said Jesus. Though all of the disciples +were thus addressed, we think of John as especially including Jesus and +himself in that word "our," because of the nearness of their relation to +the afflicted family. And then that other word "sleepeth"—it must have +carried him, as well as James and Peter, back to the home of Jairus, +where they heard the same voice to which they were now listening say, +"The child is not dead but sleepeth."</p> + +<p>We almost wonder that the three did not turn to their fellow-disciples +and say that "Jesus had spoken of the <i>death</i> of Lazarus," while "they +thought that He spake of taking rest in sleep." But evidently not so; +and when Jesus "said unto them plainly, Lazarus is dead," doubtless John +was the saddest of them all, because of his special interest in him. The +full record—the only one of what transpired in that sad, joyful +home—shows how closely John watched every movement of Jesus and the +sisters, and how carefully he noted what they said. We may give credit +to his memory, even with the aid which he says was promised the +disciples in their remembrance. He notes the coming of Martha to meet +Jesus, while "Mary sat still in the house;" Martha's plaintive cry, +"Lord, if Thou <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124"></a>[Pg 124]</span>hadst been here, my brother had not died;" the +conversation between her and Jesus concerning the resurrection; the +sudden change from it to His asking for Mary; Martha's return to the +house and whispering in her sister's ear, "The Master is come and +calleth for thee;" the hurried obedience to the call—all these +incidents are recorded by John with the particularity and vividness of +an eyewitness.</p> + +<p>It appears as if Jesus would not perform the intended miracle until the +arrival of Mary. John's account of their meeting is full of pathos. He +watches her coming, notices the moment she catches sight of Him through +her tears, and her first act of falling down at His feet, and her +repetition of Martha's cry, "Lord, if thou hadst been here my brother +had not died." He looks into the faces of both as "Jesus sees her +weeping." He contrasts Mary's real and deep sorrow with the outward and +heartless outcries of pretended grief, at which Jesus "groans in +spirit," because a seeming mockery in the presence of His loving friend. +John measures the depth of the Lord's "troubled" spirit by His outward +movements. He opens to us His heart of hearts in the brief, tender +record, "Jesus wept." Where in the whole story of His life do we gain a +keener sense of His humanity, especially His tenderness and sympathy. +What a revelation we would have missed if John had been silent, but the +emotion <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125"></a>[Pg 125]</span>of His own heart had been too deep to allow any such omission. +"Jesus wept." As Professor Austin Phelps declares, "The shortest verse +in the Bible is crowded with suggestions."</p> + +<p>While John is our guide to the tomb of Lazarus, and more than that, the +sincere mourner with the afflicted sisters, he is yet more the disciple +of Jesus, receiving new and lasting impressions of divine truth and of +his Master, which are embodied in his story.</p> + +<p>John recorded seven miracles of our Lord. The first was that of turning +water into wine. The last was the raising of Lazarus. In both of them He +points us to the same glorious purpose. He says that in the first, +Christ "manifested forth His glory," and that the second was "for the +glory of God, that the Son of God might be glorified thereby." And now +standing with Martha by the yet unopened tomb, John hears their Lord +remind her of His assurance that if she believed, she "should see the +glory of God." That hour had come. The Lord had commanded, "Take ye away +the stone." John was most attentive to every act of the passing scene. +His eyes glanced from the stone to his Lord. As soon as the command +concerning it was obeyed Jesus lifted His eyes upward, and said, +"Father"—calling upon Him with whom He was to be glorified.</p> + +<p>John had stood at the bedside of the only daughter <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126"></a>[Pg 126]</span>of Jairus, and heard +the command, "Damsel, I say unto thee, Arise." By the bier of the +widow's only son he had probably heard that other, "Young man, I say +unto thee, Arise." And now standing by the open door of the tomb of the +only brother, was He not listening for a like command? He had not long +to wait. The prayer of his Lord was ended. The tone of prayer was +changed to that of command. "He cried with a loud voice, Lazarus come +forth. And he that was dead came forth." John describes his appearance. +He was "bound hand and foot with grave clothes, and his face was bound +about with a napkin." When Jesus saith unto them, "Loose him and let him +go"—away from the excitement and curiosity of the heartless +mourners—who was so ready as John to obey the command, while welcoming +his friend back to life? Who could so fittingly escort him from the +darkened tomb to the relighted home, with the sisters still weeping—but +for joy.</p> + +<p>In John's old age when he recalled this resurrection scene, he seems to +have had a special memory of the younger sister's sorrow. He speaks of +the "Jews which came to Mary" in the hour of her sadness.</p> + +<p>But His memory of that resurrection day was tinged with gloom. He traced +back, from the cross on Calvary to the tomb in Bethany, the way by which +his Lord had been led by His enemies. "From that <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127"></a>[Pg 127]</span>day forth they took +counsel together for to put Him to death."</p> + +<p><a name="il182f" id="il182f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il182f.jpg" alt="The Resurrection of Lazarus" title="The Resurrection of Lazarus" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">The Resurrection of Lazarus</span>—<i>Old Engraving</i><br /><a href='#Page_126'><i>Page 126</i></a></h4> + +<p>It is tradition, not John, which tells us concerning Lazarus that the +first question which he asked Christ after He was restored to life was +whether He must die again; and that being told that he must, he was +never more seen to smile. But John, better than tradition, tells of +another scene in which we imagine his smiles were not restrained. To it +let us turn.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128"></a>[Pg 128]</span></p> +<h2><i>CHAPTER XIX</i></h2> + +<h4><i>John's Memorial of Mary</i></h4> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>"When Jesus was in Bethany, ... there came unto Him a woman having +an alabaster cruse of exceeding precious ointment, and she poured +it upon his head, as He sat at meat."—<i>Matt.</i> xxvi. 6, 7.</p> + +<p>"Verily I say unto you, wheresoever this gospel shall be preached +in the whole world, that also which this woman hath done shall be +spoken of for a memorial of her."—<i>Matt.</i> xxvi. 13.</p> + +<p>"It was that Mary which anointed the Lord with ointment, and wiped +His feet with her hair."—<i>John</i> xi. 2.</p> + +<p>"There is something touchingly fraternal in the momentary pleasure +which He (Christ) appears to have taken in the gift of the +alabaster box."—<i>Austin Phelps.</i></p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"Her eyes are homes of silent prayer,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">Nor other thought her mind admits</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">But, he was dead, and there he sits,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">And He that brought him back is there.</span><br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"Then one deep love doth supersede</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">All other, when her ardent gaze</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">Rose from the living brother's face,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">And rests upon the life indeed."</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 12em;">—<i>Tennyson.</i></span><br /> +</p></div> + + +<p>That is an impressive picture drawn by Saints Matthew and Mark, of a +scene in Bethany, where an unnamed woman brought a flask of ointment +which she poured on the head of Jesus, thus exciting murmuring <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129"></a>[Pg 129]</span>and +indignation against her, who was defended by Him, with assurance of +perpetual remembrance of her deed.</p> + +<p>Yet a comparison of the accounts of these two Evangelists with the story +given by John, suggest the thought that he was not satisfied with the +picture. His remembrance of the things that happened before and after +that scene, his friendship for the family of Bethany, his understanding +of the Master's feelings and thoughts, his sense of justice to himself +and to his fellow-disciples, the omission of an important figure in the +grouping, and especially his tender sympathy for the unnamed heroine of +the story—these things demanded in his mind additions and re-touchings +to make the picture complete.</p> + +<p>Let us imagine ourselves before him while he is reading the manuscripts +of Matthew and Mark, long after they were written. He tells us of +incidents, unmentioned by them, that enlarge and make clearer our view +of the scene. We note the impressions we may suppose were made on him at +the time of the event, and were still fresh in his old age when he tells +the story.</p> + +<p>"I remember distinctly"—so he might say—"this scene in Bethany, both +what these two writers report, and what they do not. The hour was +drawing near when my Lord must die. So He had told me; but somehow<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130"></a>[Pg 130]</span> I +did not understand that this must be. It seems strange to me now that I +did not, as well as one of my friends did, who realized the nearness of +the sad hour. I had arrived with Him at Bethany 'where Lazarus was which +had been dead, whom He raised from the dead.' It was a great joy to meet +again the friend whom I had welcomed from the tomb."</p> + +<p>It is true, as here written by Mark, that Jesus "sat at meat." But this +does not tell the whole story. The people of Bethany wished to unite in +doing Him honor: "So they made Him a supper there." It was fitting that +it should be "in the house of Simon" whom Jesus had healed from leprosy, +and who was probably a relative or special friend of the family loved by +Jesus. I wonder that their names do not appear in the story given by +these two Evangelists: I could not forget them. I remember how "Martha +served" at the table, as if in her own home, seeming more of a hostess +than a guest; and how "Lazarus was one of them that sat at the table +with Him" who had bid him rise from the tomb; and how Mary showed her +gratitude for her brother's restoration, and love for his Restorer. To +me that supper loses half its interest without the mention of these +names, so suggestive of near relation to the Lord. Here I read, "There +came unto Him a woman." That is indeed true; but I find no hint of who +this unknown woman was. Could Matthew <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131"></a>[Pg 131]</span>probably present, have forgotten +it? Had Mark absent, never been told?</p> + +<p>Matthew says she had "an alabaster cruse of precious ointment," which +Mark explains was "spikenard very costly." This also is truly said, for +I learned that "Mary ... took a <i>pound</i> of ointment of spikenard very +precious." This she could well afford. Some have suggested that perhaps, +like oriental girls of fashion, she had bought it in her pride, but +after coming under the influence of Jesus, had left it unused. But I am +more inclined to believe she intended it from the first as an expression +of overflowing love.</p> + +<p>Mark says "she broke the cruse." I remember, as she crushed the neck of +it, all eyes were turned upon her, watching her movements. Lazarus, +reclining at the table, gazed upon her with brotherly interest; and +Martha, moving around it glanced at her with sisterly affection. There +was one man whose expression was something more than curiosity. In it +there was a shade of displeasure.</p> + +<p>These two Evangelists tell that Mary "poured the ointment upon" and +"over" the "head" of Jesus. This was a common custom in rendering honor +and adoration. But it did not satisfy Mary, if the Lord could only say +with David, "Thou anointest my <i>head</i>." Her anointing was so profuse +that He could say,—as Matthew testifies that He did—"She poured this +oint<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132"></a>[Pg 132]</span>ment upon My body." But I would testify to another act, fuller yet +of meaning. She "anointed the <i>feet</i> of Jesus." This meant far more than +the washing of feet, as an humble act of hospitality and honor. It was +an unusual act of adoration. I saw bathed in spikenard what I have since +seen bathed in blood. But that was not all. Making of her long tresses a +fine but unwoven towel, "she wiped His feet with her hair"; kneeling in +devotion where she had loved to sit in learning.</p> + +<p>I noticed the glowing rapture in her face, and an occasional glance into +that of her Lord, unmindful of the presence of all others, while He +looked kindly upon her. It was then that I discovered that "the house +was filled with the odor of the ointment." But, alas, not so with the +perfume of her deed. "There were some that had indignation among +themselves, ... and they murmured against her": so says Mark. "When the +disciples" saw Mary's deed "they had indignation": so says Matthew. It +is true that signs of dissatisfaction came from the group of the +disciples, but it is the voice of one of them that has ever since rung +in my ears, to whom "the unworthy grumbling should be assigned." In +justice to the disciples he should not be unnamed. Mary was still in the +act of her devotion to Jesus. "But Judas Iscariot, one of His disciples, +which should betray Him, saith, 'Why was <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133"></a>[Pg 133]</span>not this ointment sold for +three hundred pence, and given to the poor?' This he said, not because +he cared for the poor"—not he—"but because he was a thief and, having +the bag, took away what was put therein." He it was who from the first +showed displeasure at Mary's act. His words were both an exclamation and +a question, a sort of soliloquy, and yet addressed to anybody who might +hear and answer: but they needed no answer. It was too late to gather up +the ointment already used, and sell it for the poor or for any other +purpose. But Judas' purpose I well understand. I see through his +hypocrisy now more clearly than I did then.</p> + +<p><a name="il191f" id="il191f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il191f.jpg" alt="Triumphal Entry into Jerusalem" title="Triumphal Entry into Jerusalem" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">Triumphal Entry into Jerusalem</span>—<i>Gustav Doré</i><br /><a href='#Page_138'><i>Page 138</i></a></h4> +<p>With the sharp, reproving voice of Judas, Mary glanced into his angry +face. This would have filled her with terror had she not immediately +looked into that of Jesus beaming upon her. One hand of His was over +her, as if in protection and benediction, while the other waved in a +reproving gesture. As I read how He answered the question of Judas with +another, "Why trouble ye her?" and then commanded, "Let her alone"; and +then declared, "She hath wrought a good work upon me," I recall the +changing expressions of His face, and His tones of indignation and +affection.</p> + +<p>I was startled by the reason He gave for letting her alone,—that she +might preserve what remained of the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134"></a>[Pg 134]</span>ointment, not for the poor, but to +be used for His burial, near at hand.</p> + +<p>She it was of whom I have spoken who understood better than I or any of +my fellow-apostles, that our Lord's life was nearing its end.</p> + +<p>I find here in the records of Matthew and Mark the assurance of the Lord +concerning the unnamed woman of whom they have written. It is this, +"Verily I say unto you, 'Wheresoever this gospel shall be preached in +the whole world, that also which this woman hath done shall be spoken of +for a memorial of her.' Let it be known that this woman was Mary of +Bethany, then at Jesus' feet. Henceforth let her name be linked with her +deed."</p> + +<p>Thus ends the words we have imagined St. John might have spoken with the +Gospels of Matthew and Mark in his hand. The additions to their story +are suggested by his own Gospel. He has drawn a beautiful picture of +Mary, in brighter colors and more delicate shades than has any other. To +him artists are chiefly indebted for their ideas of her. His own +character was so completely in harmony with hers that he understood what +his fellows did not. By them she was misjudged and condemned; he saw and +admired the sweetness of her spirit, and the purity and nobleness of her +motive. Upon the monument reared by other Evangelists, he inserted her +name. In her he <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135"></a>[Pg 135]</span>saw a reflection of her Lord and his. His memory and +his record alone secured for her in particular the fulfilment of the +Lord's prophecy concerning the remembrance of her deed. Every Christian +home in the whole world has been, or will be, filled with the spiritual +fragrance of her offering. But the prophecy is more than fulfilled. That +which she hath done is not only "<i>spoken of</i>," for in many a home +inspired by her spirit, her name has been given as a memorial of her +whom John distinguished from all others as "that Mary which anointed the +Lord with ointment and wiped His feet with her hair." It was of Mary +that Jesus said, "She hath done what she could."</p> + +<p>John's picture of her is all the brighter because of his dark background +of Judas. He has forever associated their names in contrast. In his +mind, the anointing was ever suggestive of the betrayal. He remembered +how the "thief" asked his hypocritical question at the moment of the +greatest perfume; and how Judas was planning the betrayal while Mary was +meditating on the death to which it would lead. It appears almost +certain that Judas, stung by the Lord's reproof of him and defence of +Mary, ready to sell his Lord's body for a less sum than he valued the +ointment, turned from the feast in anger, hastening to the chief priest +with the cursed question and promise, "What will ye give me, and I will +deliver Him unto you?" Wheresoever the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136"></a>[Pg 136]</span>gospel is preached throughout +the whole world, that also which <i>this man</i> hath done is spoken of—but +not for a memorial of him.</p> + +<p>John's picture of Mary, Judas and Jesus is a most suggestive grouping. +What harmony and contrast! What light and shade! What revelation of love +and hate, of friendship and enmity, of devotion and sacrilege! To no +other scene does Christ sustain quite the same relation. The friendship +of His first feast—that of Cana—is deeper and tenderer in His last, at +Bethany.</p> + +<p>There is something sublime in this Son of God having all power, pleading +with Judas that Mary might be permitted to continue her service of love +for Him.</p> + +<p>Add John's own likeness to the three at whom we have been looking, and +what a grouping we have—Jesus with His loved Mary, and John the most +beautiful illustration of human friendship, and Judas the <i>betrayer</i>. +Let imagination complete what no artist has attempted.</p> + +<p>When John recalls the odors of Mary's ointment filling the house, he +seems to catch a refrain from Solomon's song, and addresses it to +her,—"Thine ointments have a goodly fragrance; thy name is as ointment +poured forth; therefore do the maidens love thee."</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137"></a>[Pg 137]</span>It is not the "maidens" alone, especially the Marys of Christendom, +that "love" her, but all to whom the gospel is preached, who join in +John's refrain, while thanking him for his "memorial of her."</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138"></a>[Pg 138]</span></p> +<h2><i>CHAPTER XX</i></h2> + +<h4><i>John a Herald of the King</i></h4> + +<p><span class="smcap">Prophecy</span>:</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>"Rejoice greatly, O daughter of Zion; shout, O daughter of +Jerusalem: behold, thy King cometh unto thee: ... lowly, and riding +upon ... a colt."—<i>Zech.</i> ix. 9.</p></div> + +<p><span class="smcap">Prophecy Fulfilled</span>:</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>"He sent two of his disciples, saying, Go your way into the village +over against you; in the which as ye enter ye shall find a colt +tied: ... loose him, and bring him.... And they brought him to +Jesus: and they threw their garments upon the colt, and set Jesus +thereon."—<i>Luke</i> xix. 30, 35.</p></div> + +<p><span class="smcap">Prophecy Understood</span>:</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>"These things understood not His disciples at the first: but when +Jesus was glorified, then remembered they that these things were +written of Him, and that they had done these things unto +Him."—<i>John</i> xii. 16.</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"Daughter of Zion! Virgin Queen! Rejoice!</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Clap the glad hand and lift th' exulting voice!</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">He comes,—but not in regal splendor drest,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">The haughty diadem, the Tyrian vest;</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Not arm'd in flame, all glorious from afar,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Of hosts the chieftain, and the lord of war:</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Messiah comes!—let furious discord cease;</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Be peace on earth before the Prince of Peace!"</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 15em;">—<i>Heber's Palestine</i>.</span> +</p></div> + + + +<p>Zechariah foretold the coming of Christ five hundred years before the +angels over Bethlehem heralded His <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139"></a>[Pg 139]</span>birth. The prophets saw Him as the +Messiah-king, but not such a ruler as most of the Jews of Christ's day +expected. Even the disciples, believing Him to be the Messiah, had +mistaken views of His kingdom. Yet He was the King foretold by the +prophets; the Son of David who sang of Him as the "King" and as the +"Lord's anointed"; the Messiah or Christ; the king of the Jews not only, +but of all men. As such He would make a triumphal entry into the "City +of the Great King." This would not be in the pride and pomp of an +earthly conqueror, but in the "lowly" manner which Zechariah had +foretold.</p> + +<p>All the accounts of Jesus' journeyings leave the impression that He went +a-foot. Only once do we know that He rode; that was in fulfilment of +prophecy. That prophecy He purposed to fulfil the day after the feast of +Bethany. This was intended by Christ to be His royal and Messianic entry +into Jerusalem. The hour had come. A colt unused, and so fitted by +custom for sacred purposes, was ready for His use. Having left the +village "He sent two of His disciples to bring it to Him." These two are +understood to be Peter and John, for whose united service He would soon +call again. We may think of the owner of the colt as friendly toward +their Master. When told by the disciples, "The Lord hath need of him," +he was ready to serve Him by the loan of his beast. That<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140"></a>[Pg 140]</span> +"need"—whatever the owner or the disciples thought—was not so much to +aid in Christ's journey as to make true the prophetic words concerning +Him, "Thy King cometh ... riding upon ... a colt."</p> + +<p>The two disciples "brought him to Jesus, and they threw their garments +upon the colt, and set Jesus thereon."</p> + +<p>We may think of Peter and John, having arranged for the royal ride, as +heralds of their Lord, leading the procession from Bethany, and the +first to greet with signal and shout the other coming from Jerusalem.</p> + +<p>Beside their King, perhaps leading the colt on which they had placed +Him, they would be the first to tread where "a very great multitude +spread their garments in the way," and others "branches from the trees," +and yet others "layers of leaves which they had cut from the +fields"—thus carpeting the road winding around the slope of Olivet.</p> + +<p>Were not Peter and John leaders in song when "at the descent at the +Mount of Olives the whole multitude of the disciples began to rejoice +and praise God," and especially when "the City of David" came into view? +The joyful strains were from the Psalms of David—"Hosanna to the Son of +David, Hosanna in the Highest Blessed is the kingdom that cometh, the +kingdom of our Father David. Blessed is the King <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141"></a>[Pg 141]</span>that cometh in the +name of the Lord; peace in heaven, and glory in the highest."</p> + +<p><a name="il200f" id="il200f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il200f.jpg" alt="Christ and St. John" title="Christ and St. John" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">Christ and St. John</span>—<i>Ary Scheffer</i><br /><a href='#Page_155'><i>Page 155</i></a></h4> + +<p>In that last strain it would almost seem as if the angelic song of +thirty-three years before, over the plain of Bethlehem, had not yet died +away, and was echoed from Olivet.</p> + +<p>In that hour did John and James have thoughts about sitting one on the +right hand and the other on the left in a kingdom which seemed near at +hand? Did they and the other disciples, who had been disappointed +because their Lord had refused on the shore of Galilee to be made king, +imagine that He certainly would now be willing to be crowned in +Jerusalem?</p> + +<p>When John wrote his account of the triumphal entry into Jerusalem, he +recalled the prophecy concerning it. It is claimed that he speaks of +himself and Peter in particular when he says, "These things understood +not the disciples at first; but when Jesus was glorified, then +remembered they that these things were written, and that they had done +these things unto Him." This was a frank confession of his own dulness +and ignorance: it is also an assurance of his later wisdom.</p> + +<p>We see John on the highway of Olivet, a chosen disciple to aid His Lord +in the hour of His earthly glory. We shall see him, even down to old +age, in a yet nobler sense, a Herald of the King.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142"></a>[Pg 142]</span></p> +<h2><i>CHAPTER XXI</i></h2> + +<h4><i>With the Master on Olivet</i></h4> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>"Some spake of the Temple, how it was adorned with goodly stones +and offerings."—<i>Luke</i> xxi. 5.</p> + +<p>"One of His disciples saith unto Him, Master, behold, what manner +of stones and what manner of buildings! And Jesus said unto him, +Seest thou these great buildings? There shall not be left here one +stone upon another, which shall not be thrown down."</p> + +<p>"As He sat on the Mount of Olives over against the Temple, Peter +and James and John and Andrew asked Him privately, Tell us, when +shall these things be? and, What shall be the sign when these +things are all about to be accomplished?"—<i>Mark</i> xiii. 1-4.</p></div> + + +<p>The Temple was the most sacred of all places, even before the Lord of +the Temple entered it. His presence became its chiefest glory. In the +hour when the waiting Simeon at last could there say "he had seen the +Lord's Christ," it had a new consecration, and a beauty which its +richness of materials and adornments had never given. In the hour when +He there said to His mother, "Wist ye not that I must be in My Father's +House?" or, "I must be about My Father's business," it was more +consecrated still. Twice He had cleansed it from the profanation of +unholy worshipers. Within it He had spoken as no man had <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143"></a>[Pg 143]</span>ever done. It +had been a theatre of His divine power.</p> + +<p>That was a sad and solemn hour in the last week of His life when, as +Matthew says, "Jesus went out and departed from the Temple." That was +His farewell to it. With sadness He thought not only that He would never +return to it for a blessed ministry of word and healing, but that the +place itself would be destroyed. As He led His disciples from it, their +minds were also upon the Holy House: but their thoughts were not His +thoughts. They had long been familiar with its magnificence, from the +day when each of them, at twelve years of age, for the first time had +gazed upon it in wonder and admiration. We do not know why, as they were +turning away from it and walked toward Olivet, "some spake of the +Temple, how it was adorned with goodly stones and offerings," nor why +"one of His disciples saith unto Him, Master, behold what manner of +stones, and what manner of buildings!" But so they did. Doubtless they +were surprised and disappointed that the Lord did not respond with like +spirit to their enthusiastic exclamations. Were not such richness and +beauty worthy of even His admiration? Why His momentary silence? Why His +sadness of expression, as He looked toward the Temple, beholding it as +they bid Him do, but manifestly with different purpose and feeling from +what they intended? His appearance <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144"></a>[Pg 144]</span>seemed most inconsistent with the +glorious view. His response was startling,—"Seest thou these great +buildings? There shall not be left here one stone upon another, which +shall not be thrown down."</p> + +<p>The astonished disciples were silenced, but an unspoken question was in +the minds of some of them. Christ turned aside and ascended the +mountain, taking with Him the chosen three, Peter, James and John. On +this occasion Andrew is added to the private company. Once more we see +by themselves the two pair of brothers with whom in their boyhood we +became familiar in Bethsaida. We are reminded of the days when they sat +together on the sea-shore, the time when they were watching for the +coming of the Messiah with whom they now "sat on the Mount of Olives +over against the Temple." Two days before, in the road below He had also +prophesied of the destruction of the city, as He gazed upon it through +His tears. Now He was on the summit, directly opposite the Temple, from +which the city was spread out before Him. To me it is still a delight in +thought, as it was in reality, to stand where they sat, and look down +upon the same Temple area, and think of the Holy and Beautiful House, as +it appeared before the sad prophecy had been fulfilled.</p> + +<p>On this spot the poet Milman makes Titus to stand just before the +destruction of Jerusalem, with deter<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145"></a>[Pg 145]</span>mination and yet with misgiving, +looking down on the city in its pride and the Temple in its +gorgeousness, and saying:</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 13em;">"Yon proud City!</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">As on our Olive-crowned hill we stand,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Where Kidron at our feet its scanty waters</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Distills from stone to stone with gentle motion,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">As through a valley sacred to sweet Peace,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">How boldly doth it front us! How majestically!</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Like as a luxurious vineyard, the hillside</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Is hung with marble fabrics, line o'er line,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Terrace o'er terrace, nearer still, and nearer</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">To the blue Heavens. Here bright and sumptuous palaces,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">With cool and verdant gardens interspersed;</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Here towers of war that frown in massy strength;</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">While over all hangs the rich purple eve,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">As conscious of its being her last farewell</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Of light and glory to the fated city.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">And as our clouds of battle, dust and smoke</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Are melted into air, behold the Temple</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">In undisturbed and lone serenity,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Finding itself a solemn sanctuary</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">In the profound of Heaven! It stands before us</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">A mount of snow, fettered with golden pinnacles!</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">The very sun, as though he worshiped there,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Lingers upon the gilded cedar roofs;</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">And down the long and branching porticoes,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">On every flowery, sculptured capital,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Glitters the homage of His parting beams.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">.... The sight might almost win</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">The offended majesty of Rome to mercy."</span><br /> +</p> + + +<p>But Roman majesty was not to be won to mercy. To the Twelve, Christ had +foretold the destruction of <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146"></a>[Pg 146]</span>the city. And now when the four were alone +with Him, they "asked Him privately, tell us when shall these things +be." For wise reasons Jesus did not tell. But one of them at least would +learn both when and what these things would be. This was John. His +tender and loving heart was to bleed with the horrible story of the fall +of Jerusalem. There hunger and famine would be so dire that mothers +would slay and devour their own children. Multitudes would die of +disease and pestilence. Rage and madness would make the city like a cage +of wild beasts. Thousands would be carried away into captivity. The most +beautiful youths would be kept to show the triumph of their conqueror. +Some of them would be doomed to work in chains in Egyptian mines. Young +boys and girls would be sold as slaves. Many would be slain by wild +beasts and gladiators. Saddest of all would be the Temple scenes. Though +Titus command its preservation his infuriated soldiery will not spare +it. On its altar there would be no sacrifice because no priest to offer +it. That altar would be heaped with the slain. Streams of blood would +flow through the temple courts, and thousands of women perish in its +blazing corridors. The time was to come when John, recalling his +question on Olivet and his Lord's prophecy concerning Jerusalem, could +say,</p> + +<p class='center'>"All is o'er, Her grandeur and her guilt."</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147"></a>[Pg 147]</span>Was he the one of the disciples who hailed the Master, saying, "Behold +what manner of stones, and what manner of buildings!"? If so, with what +emotions he must have recalled his exclamation after the prophecy of +their destruction had been fulfilled. Outliving all his fellow-apostles +the time came when he could stand alone where once he stood with Peter +and James and Andrew, not asking questions "When shall these things be?" +and, "What shall be the sign when these things are all about to be +accomplished?" but repeating the lament of Bishop Heber over Jerusalem +in ruins:</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"Reft of thy son, amid thy foes forlorn,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Mourn, widow'd Queen; forgotten Zion, mourn.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Is this thy place, sad city, this thy throne,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Where the wild desert rears its craggy stone;</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Where suns unblessed their angry luster fling,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">And way-worn pilgrims seek the scanty spring?</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Where now thy pomp, which kings with envy viewed?</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Where now thy might which all those kings subdued?</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">No martial myriads muster in thy gate;</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">No suppliant nations in thy temple wait;</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">No prophet bards, thy glittering courts among,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Wake the full lyre, and swell the tide of song:</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">But lawless force and meagre want are there,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">And the quick-darting eye of restless fear,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">While cold oblivion, 'mid thy ruins laid,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Folds its dank wing beneath the ivy shade."</span><br /> +</p> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148"></a>[Pg 148]</span></p> +<h2><i>CHAPTER XXII</i></h2> + +<h4><i>John a Provider for the Passover</i></h4> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>"He sent Peter and John, saying, Go and make ready for us the +Passover, that we may eat."—<i>Luke</i> xxii. 8.</p> + +<p>"And they went ... and they made ready the Passover."—<i>v.</i> 13.</p></div> + + +<p>The last time we saw Judas was when he left the feast of Bethany, +murmuring at Mary's deed, angry at the Lord's defence of her, and +plotting against Him. "From that time He sought opportunity to betray +Him."</p> + +<p>"The day ... came on which the Passover must be sacrificed." A lamb must +be provided and slain in the Temple for Jesus and His disciples. +Moreover a place must be provided for them to eat it. This preparation +would naturally fall on Judas, the treasurer of the company, whom at a +later hour the disciples thought Jesus instructed to buy some things for +the feast. The place in Jesus' mind was yet a secret, unknown to the +disciples, including Judas who could not therefore reveal it to His +enemies. Who shall be entrusted with the service which He needed, and be +in sympathy with Him in the solemn ap<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149"></a>[Pg 149]</span>proaching hour? Not Judas. The two +who had been the heralds of the King should be His messengers. So "He +sent Peter and John saying, Go and make ready for us the Passover that +we may eat." Again and again we shall find Peter and John together in +circumstances of joy and sorrow, trial and triumph. Their first question +was a very natural one, "Where wilt Thou that we make ready?" The Lord's +secret was not at once revealed. He gave them a sign by which their +question would be answered—another proof of His divine fore-knowledge. +He told them to go into the city, entering which they would find a man +bearing a pitcher of water. Him they were to follow to the house he +entered, and tell its owner of His purpose to keep the Passover there. +In a furnished room they were to prepare for His coming. They were full +of curiosity, but had no doubt concerning the result of their errand. +They trusted Him who had entrusted them with it.</p> + +<p>Soon at the public fountain they were watching for the servant who +should be their guide. Having done "as Jesus appointed them," they +"found as He said unto them." As instructed they said "unto the goodman +of the house, The Master saith unto thee, Where is the guest-chamber +where I shall eat the Passover with My disciples?"</p> + +<p>"The goodman of the house" is the only name by <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150"></a>[Pg 150]</span>which this owner has +been known. Some have thought He was Joseph of Arimathæa; others the +Father of Saint Mark; others Mark himself. It is the name by which Jesus +has called Him; that is honor enough. Without doubt he was a friend of +the Lord. Perhaps like Nicodemus he had come to Him privately for +instruction. He was ready to do what he could for His necessities when +homeless in Jerusalem. He was ready to give Him a place of protection +when, that very night, His enemies were seeking His life. Peter and John +may never have met this unnamed disciple before. If so, it was doubtless +the beginning of an acquaintance close and tender between them and him +who was "the last host of the Lord, and the first host of His Church."</p> + +<p>He showed them "a large upper room." It was probably reached, as in many +oriental houses, by outside stairs. It was the choicest and most retired +room. The goodman led the disciples into it. They found it "furnished" +with a table, and couches around it on which Jesus and His company could +recline. But this probably was not all. The table was "prepared" with +some of the provisions required for the feast. These included the cakes +of unleavened bread, the five kinds of bitter herbs, and the wine mixed +with water for the four cups which it was the custom to use.</p> + +<p>But there was something more which Peter and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151"></a>[Pg 151]</span> John must do to "make +ready" for the feast. It was the most important thing of all. It was to +prepare the "Paschal Lamb." With such a lamb they had been familiar from +childhood. As their fathers brought it into their homes, and their +mothers roasted it, and parents and children gathered about it in solemn +worship, the Bethsaidan boys had no thought of the day when the Messiah +would bid them prepare for the feast of which He Himself would be the +host, at the only time apparently when He acted as such.</p> + +<p>When John was pointed by the Baptist to Jesus, he had no thought that He +would prepare the last Lamb for Him whom He was to see sacrificed as +"the Lamb of God." No wonder that Jesus sent Peter and John to make +ready, instead of Judas the usual provider, who in the same hour "sought +opportunity to betray Him."</p> + +<p>We follow them from the house of the goodman toward the Temple. Nearing +it they listen with mournful solemnity to the chanting of the +eighty-first Psalm, with its exhortation to praise,—"Sing aloud unto +God our strength. Blow up the trumpet in the new moon, in the time +appointed, on the solemn feast day." Then they listen for the threefold +blast of the silver trumpets. By this they know that the hour has come +for the slaying of the lambs. Peter and John enter the court of the +priests, and slay their lamb whose blood <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152"></a>[Pg 152]</span>is caught by a priest in a +golden bowl, and carried to the Great Altar.</p> + +<p>Of this they must have been reminded a few hours later when Christ spoke +of His own blood shed for the remission of sins. John must have +remembered it when he saw and wrote of the "blood and water" that flowed +from the pierced side of his Lord. While the lamb is being slain the +priests are chanting, and the people responding, "Hallelujah: Blessed is +He that cometh in the Name of the Lord."</p> + +<p>The lamb of sacrifice, slain and cleansed and roasted, is carried by the +two disciples on staves to the upper room. After lighting the festive +lamps, they have obeyed their Lord's command, "Make ready the Passover."</p> + +<p>Meanwhile He and the remaining ten, as the sun is setting, descend the +Mount of Olives, from which He takes His last view of the holy but fated +city. The disciples follow Him, still awed by what He had told them of +its fate, and with forebodings of what awaited Him and them. Among them +was the traitor carrying his terrible secret, bent on its awful purpose +which is unknown to the nine, but well known to the Master. Thus they go +to the upper room where Peter and John are ready to receive them.</p> + +<p>In Jesus' message to the goodman He said, "I will keep the Passover at +thy house with My disciples."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153"></a>[Pg 153]</span> They were His family. He chose to be +alone with them. Not even the mothers Mary and Salome, nor Nicodemus on +this night, nor the family of Bethany, could be of His company. No Mary +was here to anoint His feet with ointment; nor woman who had been a +sinner to bathe them with her tears. Lazarus was not one of them that +sat with them; nor did "Martha serve." It was the twelve whom He had +chosen, and who had continued with Him. It was to His apostolic family +that He said, "With desire I have desired to eat this Passover with you +before I suffer." And so "He sat down with the twelve" alone, the only +time—as is supposed—that He ever ate the Passover meal with His +disciples.</p> + +<p>That room became of special interest to John. Sent by his Master to find +it, he was mysteriously guided thither. There he was welcomed by the +good owner of the house, who united with him in preparation for the most +memorable feast ever held. It is there that we see him in closest +companionship with his Lord. It was the place in Jesus' mind when He +said, "Go and make ready for us the Passover." "Where shall we go?" +asked John. He found answer when he entered that upper room. Because of +his relation thereto it has been called "St. John's Room"—more sacred +than any "Jerusalem Chamber," so named, or any "St. John's Cathedral!"</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154"></a>[Pg 154]</span></p> +<h2><i>CHAPTER XXIII</i></h2> + +<h4><i>John's Memories of the Upper Room</i></h4> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>"When the hour was come, He sat down, and the apostles with +him."—<i>Luke</i> xxii. 14.</p> + +<p>"There was at the table reclining in Jesus' bosom one of His +disciples, whom Jesus loved."—<i>John</i> xiii. 23.</p></div> + + +<p>Three Evangelists leave the door of the upper room standing ajar. +Through it we can see much that is passing, and hear much that is said. +John coming after them opens it wide, thus enlarging our view and +increasing our knowledge.</p> + +<p>Luke says of Jesus, "He sat down and the apostles with Him." That is a +very simple statement. We might suppose all was done in quietness and +harmony. But he tells us of a sad incident which happened, probably in +connection with it. "There arose also a contention among them which of +them is accounted to be greatest." The question in dispute was possibly +the order in which they should sit at the table. They still had the +spirit of the Pharisees who claimed that such order should be according +to rank.</p> + +<p>We wonder how John felt. Did he have any part in that contention; or had +he put away all such ambition since the Lord had reproved him and his +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155"></a>[Pg 155]</span>brother James for it? Or was his near relation to the Lord so well +understood that there was no question by anybody where John might +sit—next to the Master?</p> + +<p>Let us notice the manner of sitting at meals. The table was surrounded +by a divan on which the guests reclined on their left side, with the +head nearest the table, and the feet extending outward.</p> + +<p>"There was at the table reclining in Jesus' bosom one of His disciples, +whom Jesus loved." This is the first time John thus speaks of himself. +He never uses his own name. His place was at the right of the Lord. +There he reclined during the meal, once changing his position, as we +shall see. Judas was probably next to Jesus on His left. This allowed +them to talk together without others knowing what they said.</p> + +<p>John begins his story of the upper room as a supplement to Luke's record +of the contention. He first tells two things about Jesus,—His knowledge +that His hour "was come that He should depart out of this world unto the +Father," and His great and constant love for His disciples. With these +two thoughts in mind, how grieved He must have been at the ambitious +spirit of the Apostles. He had once given them a lesson of humility, +using a little child for an object lesson. That lesson was not yet +learned; or if learned was not yet put into practice. So He gave them +another object lesson, having still more meaning than the first.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156"></a>[Pg 156]</span>But before making record of it John, as at the supper in Bethany, +points to Judas. We are reminded of the traitor's purpose formed while +Mary anointed and wiped Jesus' feet. So awful was that purpose, so full +of hatred and deceit, that John now tells us it was the devil himself +who "put into the heart of Judas ... to betray Him." "Humanity had +fallen, but not so low."</p> + +<p>John seems to have well understood his Master's thoughts and interpreted +His actions in giving the second object lesson. He noticed carefully, +and remembered long and distinctly, every act. Was there ever drawn a +more powerful picture in contrast than in these words,—"Jesus, knowing +that the Father had given all things into His hands, and that He came +forth from God, and goeth unto God, riseth from supper, and layeth aside +His garments; and He took a towel, and girded Himself. Then He poureth +water into the basin, and began to wash the disciples' feet, and to wipe +them with the towel wherewith He was girded."</p> + +<p>This was the service of a common slave. It is easy to imagine the silent +astonishment of the disciples. The purpose of Jesus could not be +mistaken. It was a reproof for their contention. The object lesson was +ended. John continued to closely watch His movements, as he took the +garments He had laid aside and <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157"></a>[Pg 157]</span>resumed His seat at the table. The +very towel with which the Lord had girded Himself, found a lasting place +in John's memory, worthy of mention as the instrument of humble service. +What a sacred relic, if preserved, it would have become—more worthy of +a place in St. Peter's in Rome than the pretended handkerchief of +Veronica.</p> + +<p><a name="il218f" id="il218f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il218f.jpg" alt="The Last Supper" title="The Last Supper" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">The Last Supper</span>—<i>Benjamin West</i><br /><a href='#Page_158'><i>Page 158</i></a></h4> + +<p>Christ's treatment of one of the disciples at the feet-washing left a +deep impression on John's mind. With sadness and indefiniteness the Lord +said, "He that eateth My bread lifted up his heel against Me": one who +accepts My hospitality and partakes of the proofs of My friendship is My +enemy. For that one whoever it might be, known only to himself and to +Jesus, it was a most solemn call to even yet turn from his evil purpose. +But the faithless one betrayed no sign; nor did Jesus betray him even +with a glance which would have been a revelation to John's observant +eye.</p> + +<p>It is John who tells us that as they sat at the table "Jesus ... was +troubled in spirit." The apostle closest to Him in position and sympathy +would be the first to detect that special trouble, and the greatness of +it, even before the cause of it was known. But that was not long. "Jesus +said, Verily, verily, I say unto you that one of you shall betray Me." +Such is John's record of Christ's declaration. It is in His Gospel alone +that we find the double "Verily" introduc<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158"></a>[Pg 158]</span>ing Christ's words, thus +giving a deeper emphasis and solemnity than appears in the other +Evangelists. A comparison of this declaration of Christ as given by the +four, illustrates this fact. John immediately follows this statement of +the betrayal with another, peculiar to himself. Its shows his close +observation at the time, and the permanence of his impression. What he +noticed would furnish a grand subject for the most skilful artist, +beneath whose picture might be written, "The disciples looked one on +another, doubting of whom He spake." As John gazed upon them, raising +themselves on their divans, looking first one way, then another, from +one familiar face to another, exchanging glances of inquiry and doubt, +each distrustful of himself and his fellow, he beheld what angels might +have looked upon with even deeper interest. There has been no other +occasion, nor can there be, for such facial expressions—a blending of +surprise, consternation, fear and sorrow. Was John one of those who +"began to question among themselves which of them it was that should do +this thing"? Did he take his turn as "one by one" they "began to say, +... Is it I, Lord?" If so it must have been in the faintest whisper; and +so the blessed answer, "No." But we must believe that Jesus and John +understood each other too well for any such question and answer. The +definite answer was not <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159"></a>[Pg 159]</span>yet given to any one by the Master, yet with an +awful warning, He repeated His prediction of the betrayal.</p> + +<p>Peter was impatient to ask Jesus another question. At other times he was +bold to speak, but now he was awed into silence. Yet he felt that he +must know. The great secret must be revealed. There was one through whom +it might possibly be done. So while the disciples looked one on another, +Peter gazed on John with an earnest, inquiring look, feeling that the +beloved disciple might relieve the awful suspense. "Peter therefore +beckoneth to him, and saith unto him, Tell us who it is of whom He +speaketh." So "He, leaning back, as he was, on Jesus' breast, saith unto +Him, Lord, who is it? Jesus therefore answereth, He it is for whom I +shall dip the sop and give it him." Did John on one side of Jesus hear +the whispered question of Judas on the other, "Is it I, Rabbi?" He +watched for the sign which Jesus said He would give. The morsel was +given to Judas. That was more than a sign, more than kindness to an +unworthy guest; it was the last of thousands of loving acts to one whom +Jesus had chosen, taught and warned—yet was a traitor. Of that moment +John makes special note. Having told us that at the beginning of the +supper "the devil ... put into the heart of Judas ... to betray," he +says, "After the sop, Satan entered into him." As he saw Judas, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160"></a>[Pg 160]</span>with a +heart of stone and without a trembling hand, coolly take the morsel from +that hand of love, he realized that the evil one had indeed taken +possession of him whose heart he had stirred at the feast of Bethany.</p> + +<p>It must have been a relief to John when he heard the Lord bid Judas +depart, though "no man at the table knew for what intent."</p> + +<p>"He then having received the sop went out straightway,"—out from that +most consecrated room; out from the companionship of the Apostles in +which he had proved himself unfit to share; out from the most hallowed +associations of earth; out from the most inspiring influences with which +man was ever blessed; out from the teachings, warnings, invitations and +loving care of his only Saviour. "When Satan entered into him, he went +out from the presence of Christ, as Cain went out from the presence of +the Lord." As John spoke of the departure, no wonder he added, "It was +night." His words mean to us more than the darkness outside that room +illumined by the lamp which Peter and John had lighted. They are +suggestive of the darkness of the traitor's soul, contrasted with the +"Light of the World" in that room, to whose blessed beams he then closed +his eyes forever. Night—the darkest night—was the most fitting symbol +for the deeds to follow. Possessed by Satan, Judas went <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_161" id="Page_161"></a>[Pg 161]</span>out to be +"guide to them that took Jesus." To them, two hours later, He who was +the Light of the World said, "This is your hour and the power of +darkness."</p> + +<p>It was when "he was gone out" that Christ called the disciples by a new +name, and gave them a new commandment. In both of them John took a +special interest which he showed long after. That name was "Little +Children." The word which Christ used had a peculiar meaning. This is +the only time we know of His ever using it. It was an expression of the +tenderest affection for His family, so soon to be orphaned by His death. +When John wrote his Epistles, he often used the same word, whose special +meaning he had learned from his Lord, to show his own love for his +fellow-Christians.</p> + +<p>The new commandment was this—"That ye love one another; as I have loved +you, that ye also love one another." The command itself was not new, for +it had been given through Moses, and repeated by Christ, "Thou shalt +love thy neighbor as thyself." But Christ gave the disciples a new +reason or motive for obeying it. They were to love one another because +of His love for them. As John grew older he became a beautiful example +of one who obeyed the command. In his old age he urged such obedience, +saying, "If God so loved us, we ought also to love one another."</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_162" id="Page_162"></a>[Pg 162]</span>Through the door of the Upper Room left ajar by three Evangelists, we +catch glimpses of the group around the table of the Last Supper. Through +it as opened wide by John we hear the voice of Jesus as He utters His +farewell words. He comforts His disciples and tells of heavenly +mansions. He gives His peace in their tribulations. He promises the Holy +Spirit as a Comforter. He closes His address, even in this hour of +sadness and apparent defeat, with these wonderful words, "Be of good +cheer; I have overcome the world."</p> + +<p>And now as John still holds open the door, we hear the voice of prayer, +such as nowhere else has been offered. It is ended. There are moments of +silence, followed by a song of praise. Then John closes the door of the +Upper Room, which we believe was opened again as the earliest home of +the Christian Church. There we shall see him again with those who, +because of his experience with his Lord in that consecrated place, gave +him the name of "The Bosom Disciple."</p> + +<p><a name="il227f" id="il227f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il227f.jpg" alt="In Gethsemane" title="In Gethsemane" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">In Gethsemane</span>—<i>Gustave Doré</i><br /><a href='#Page_163'><i>Page 163</i></a></h4> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_163" id="Page_163"></a>[Pg 163]</span></p> +<h2><i>CHAPTER XXIV</i></h2> + +<h4><i>With Jesus in Gethsemane</i></h4> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>"He went forth with His disciples over the brook Kidron, where was +a garden."—<i>John</i> xviii. 1.</p> + +<p>"Then cometh Jesus with them unto a place called Gethsemane, and +saith unto His disciples, Sit ye here while I go yonder and +pray."—<i>Matt.</i> xxvi. 36.</p> + +<p>"And He taketh with Him Peter and James and John, ... and He saith +unto them, ... abide ye here, and watch."—<i>Mark</i> xiv. 33, 34.</p> + +<p>"And He went forward a little, and fell on the ground, and prayed." +<i>v.</i> 35.</p></div> + + +<p>John was our leader to the Upper Room. And now he guides us from it, +saying, "Jesus ... went forth with His disciples." That phrase "went +forth" may suggest to us much more than mere departure. The banquet of +love was over. The Lord's cup of blessing and remembrance had been drunk +by His "little children," as He affectionately called them. He was now +to drink the cup the Father was giving His Son—a mysterious cup of +sorrow. It was probably at the midnight hour that Jesus "went forth" the +last time from Jerusalem, which He had crowned with His <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_164" id="Page_164"></a>[Pg 164]</span>goodness, but +which had crowned Him with many crowns of sorrow.</p> + +<p>Other Evangelists tell us that He went "to the Mount of Olives," "to a +place called Gethsemane." John shows us the way thither, and what kind +of a place it was. Jesus went "over the ravine of the Kidron," in the +valley of Jehoshaphat. At this season of the year it was not, as at +other times, a dry water-bed, but a swollen, rushing torrent, fitting +emblem of the waters of sorrow through which He was passing. Whether the +name Kidron refers to the dark color of its waters, or the gloom of the +ravine through which they flow, or the sombre green of its overshadowing +cedars, it will ever be a reminder of the darker gloom that overshadowed +John and His Master, as they crossed that stream together to meet the +powers of darkness in the hour which Jesus called their own.</p> + +<p>The garden of Gethsemane was an enclosed piece of ground. We are not to +think of it as a garden of flowers, or of vegetables, but as having a +variety of flowering shrubs, and of fruit-trees, especially olive. It +might properly be called an orchard. On the spot now claimed to be the +garden, there are several very old gnarled olive-trees. Having stood +beneath them, I would be glad to believe that they had sheltered my +Lord. But I remember that when the prophecy con<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_165" id="Page_165"></a>[Pg 165]</span>cerning Jerusalem was +fulfilled, the most sacred trees of our world were destroyed.</p> + +<p><a name="il231f" id="il231f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il231f.jpg" alt="The Valley of Jehoshaphat" title="The Valley of Jehoshaphat" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">The Valley of Jehoshaphat</span>—<i>Old Engraving</i><br /><a href='#Page_164'><i>Page 164</i></a></h4> + +<p>Who was the owner of that sacred garden? He must have known what +happened there "ofttimes." Perhaps, like the "goodman of the house" in +Jerusalem, he was a disciple of Jesus, and provided this quiet retreat +for the living Christ, in the same spirit with which Joseph of Arimathæa +provided a garden for Him when He was dead. To these two gardens John is +our only guide. From the one he fled with Peter in fear and sadness: to +the other he hastened with Peter in anxiety followed by gladness.</p> + +<p>When at the foot of Hermon, Jesus left nine of His disciples to await +His return. Now one was no longer "numbered among" them, as Peter +afterward said of him "who was guide to them that took Jesus." At the +entrance to the garden Jesus paused and said to eight, "Sit ye here +while I go yonder and pray." So had Abraham nineteen hundred years +before, pointing to Mount Moriah, visible from Olivet in the moonlight, +said "unto his young men, Abide ye here ... and I and the lad will go +yonder and worship."</p> + +<p>That very night Jesus was to ascend that very Mount on His way as a +sacrifice, without any angel to stay the sacrificial hand.</p> + +<p>At the garden gate there was no formal farewell, but a solemn final +charge, "Pray that ye enter not into <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_166" id="Page_166"></a>[Pg 166]</span>temptation." Jesus knew that the +hour had come in which should be fulfilled Zechariah's prophecy. Sadly +He had declared in the Upper Room, "All ye shall be offended because of +Me this night; for it is written, I will smite the Shepherd, and the +sheep of the flock shall be scattered abroad."</p> + +<p>He dreads to be entirely alone. He longs for companionship. He craves +sympathy. In whose heart is it the tenderest and deepest? There is no +guessing here. The names are already on our lips. Answer is found in the +home of Jairus and on Hermon. Those whom He had led into the one, and +"apart" onto the other, He would have alone with Him in the garden. So +"He taketh with Him Peter and James and John." These companions of His +glory shall also be of His sorrow.</p> + +<p>As Jesus advanced into the garden, the three discovered a change in +Him—a contrast to the calmness of the Upper Room and the assurances of +victory with which He had left it. He "began to be sore amazed and +sorrowful and troubled," and "to be very heavy." We have seen John +apparently quicker than others to detect his Lord's thoughts and +emotions. We imagine him walking closest to His side, and watching as +closely every change of His countenance and every motion that revealed +the inward struggle. And so when Jesus broke the silence, he was +somewhat pre<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_167" id="Page_167"></a>[Pg 167]</span>pared to hear Him say to the three, "My soul is exceeding +sorrowful even unto death."</p> + +<p><a name="il235f" id="il235f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il235f.jpg" alt="Christ Before Caiaphas" title="Christ Before Caiaphas" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">Christ Before Caiaphas</span>—<i>Old Engraving</i><br /><a href='#Page_176'><i>Page 176</i></a></h4> + +<p>The moment had come when He must deny Himself even the little comfort +and strength of the immediate presence of the three. So saying, "Tarry +ye here and watch with Me," He turned away. They must not follow Him to +the spot of His greatest conflict. There He must be alone, beyond the +reach of human help, however strong or loving. Even that which He had +found in the few moments since leaving the garden entrance must end. +Their eyes followed Him where they might not follow in His steps. It was +not far. "He went forward a little." "He was parted from them about a +stone's cast"—probably forty or fifty yards. This separation implies +sorrow. They were near enough to watch His every movement as He "kneeled +down" and "fell on His face to the ground" They were near enough to hear +the passionate cry of love and agony, "O, My Father." This is the only +time we know of His using this personal pronoun in prayer to His Father. +He thus showed the intensity of His feeling, and longing for that +sympathy and help which the Father alone could give.</p> + +<p>On Hermon the glories of the Transfiguration were almost hidden from the +three disciples by their closing eyes. And now weariness overcame them +in the garden. They too fell to the ground, but not in <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_168" id="Page_168"></a>[Pg 168]</span>prayer. They +tarried indeed, but could no longer watch.</p> + +<p>They had seen Moses and Elijah with their Lord on the Holy Mount, but +probably did not see the blessed watcher in the garden when "there +appeared unto Him an angel from heaven strengthening Him" in body and +soul. So had angels come and ministered unto the Lord of angels and men +in the temptation in the wilderness.</p> + +<p>"Being in agony He prayed more earnestly" until mingled blood and sweat +fell upon the ground. The heavenly visitants on Mount Hermon in glory +had talked with Him of His decease now at hand. The cup of sorrow was +fuller now than then. He prayed the Father that if possible it might +pass from Him. Then the angel must have told Him that this could not be +if He would become the Saviour of men. He uttered the words whose +meaning we cannot fully know, "Not My will, but Thine, be done."</p> + +<p>The angelic presence did not make Him unmindful of the three. "He rose +up from His prayer," and turned from the spot moistened by the drops of +His agony. With the traces of them upon His brow, "He came unto the +disciples." How much of pathos in the simple record, "He found them +sleeping." Without heavenly or earthly companionship, His loneliness is +complete.</p> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_169" id="Page_169"></a>[Pg 169]</span></p> +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"'Tis midnight; and from all around,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">The Saviour wrestles 'lone with fears;</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">E'en that disciple whom He loved,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">Heeds not His Master's griefs and tears."</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>The head that reclined so lovingly on the bosom of the Lord in the Upper +Room now wearily rests on the dewy grass of Gethsemane. The eyes that +looked so tenderly into His, and the ear that listened so anxiously for +His whisper, are closed.</p> + +<p>As Jesus stood by the three recumbent forms held by deep sleep, and +gazed by the pale moonlight into their faces which showed a troubled +slumber, He knew they "were sleeping for sorrow." In silence He looked +upon them until His eye fastened—not on the beloved John—but on him +who an hour ago had boasted of faithfulness to His Lord. The last +utterance they had heard before being lost in slumber was that of +agonizing prayer to the Father. The first that awakened them was sad and +tender reproof—"Simon, sleepest <i>thou</i>? Couldest thou not watch one +hour?" In the Master's words and tones were mingled reproach and +sympathy. In tenderness He added, "The spirit indeed is willing, but the +flesh is weak." Because of the spirit He pardoned the flesh. The +question, "Why sleep ye?" was to the three, as well as the charge, "Rise +and pray, that ye enter not into temptation."</p> + +<p>Let imagination fill out the outline drawn by the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_170" id="Page_170"></a>[Pg 170]</span> Evangelists:—"He +went away again the second time and prayed; He came and found them +asleep again; He left them and went away again and prayed the third +time; and He cometh a third time and saith unto them, 'Sleep on now and +take your rest.'" If we may suppose any period of rest, it was soon +broken by the cry, "Arise, let us be going; behold he that betrayeth Me +is at hand." They need "watch" no longer. Their Lord's threefold +struggle was over. He was victor in Gethsemane, even as John beheld Him +three years before, just after His threefold conflict in the wilderness.</p> + +<p>As they rose from the ground the inner circle that had separated them, +not only from the other Apostles but from all other men, was erased. We +do not find them alone with their Lord again. They rose and joined the +eight at the garden gate.</p> + +<p>Recalling Gethsemane we sing to Jesus,</p> + + +<p class='center'>"Thyself the path of prayer hast trod."</p> + + +<p>The most sacred path of prayer in all the world was in Gethsemane. It +was only "a stone's cast" in length. The Lord trod it six times in +passing between the place where He said to the three, "tarry ye here," +and that where He "kneeled down and prayed." One angel knows the spot. +Would that he could reveal it unto us.</p> + +<p><a name="il240f" id="il240f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il240f.jpg" alt="Christ before Pilate" title="Christ before Pilate" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">Christ before Pilate</span> (Ecce Homo)—<i>H. Hofmann</i><br /><a href='#Page_182'><i>Page 182</i></a></h4> + +<p>When Jesus was praying and the three were sleep<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_171" id="Page_171"></a>[Pg 171]</span>ing, Judas reported +himself at the High-Priestly Palace, ready to be the guide of the band +to arrest his Master. There were the Temple-guard with their staves, and +soldiers with their swords, and members of the Sanhedrin, ready to aid +in carrying out the plot arranged with the betrayer. It was +midnight—fit hour for their deed of darkness. The full moon shone +brightly in the clear atmosphere; yet they bore torches and lamps upon +poles, to light up any dark ravine or shaded nook in which they imagined +Jesus might be hiding. If any cord of love had ever bound Judas to his +Master, it was broken. That very night he had fled from the Upper Room, +which became especially radiant with love after his departure. To that +room we believe he returned with his murdering band. But the closing +hymn had been sung, and the Passover lamps extinguished two or three +hours before. The consecrated place was not to be profaned with +murderous intent. Another place must be sought for the victim of hate +and destruction.</p> + +<p>John in his old age recalled precious memories of it, because Jesus +ofttimes resorted thither with His disciples. But he had a remembrance +of another kind. It is when speaking of this midnight hour that he says, +"Judas also which betrayed Him knew the place." Thither he led his +band—to Gethsemane.</p> + +<p>"Lo, he that betrayeth Me is at hand," said</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_172" id="Page_172"></a>[Pg 172]</span>Jesus to the three, as He saw the gleams of the torches of the coming +multitude. His captors were many, but His thought was especially on +one—His betrayer. Again John reads for us the mind of Jesus, as he did +when the "Lord and Master washed the disciples' feet." He would have us +understand the calmness of the fixed purpose of Jesus to meet without +shrinking the terrible trial before Him, and to do this voluntarily—not +because of any power of His approaching captors. "Knowing all things +that were coming upon Him," He "went forth" to meet them—especially him +who at that moment was uppermost in His thought. John now understood +that last, mysterious bidding of the Lord to Judas, with which He +dismissed him from the table—"That thou doest, do quickly." He now +"knew for what intent He spake this unto him." It was not to buy things +needed for the feast, nor to give to the poor. It was to betray Him.</p> + +<p>What a scene was that—Jesus "going forth," the three following Him; and +Judas in advance, yet in sight of his band, coming to meet Him.</p> + +<p>"Hail, Rabbi," was the traitor's salute. And then on this solemn +Passover night, in this consecrated place, just hallowed by angelic +presence, interrupting the Lord's devotions, rushing upon holiness and +infinite goodness, with pretended fellowship and rever<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_173" id="Page_173"></a>[Pg 173]</span>ence, profaning +and repeating—as if with gush of emotion—the symbol of affection, +Judas covered the face of Jesus with kisses.</p> + +<p>How deep the sting on this "human face divine," already defaced by the +bloody sweat, and to be yet more by the mocking reed, and smiting hand +and piercing thorn. The vision of the prophet seven hundred years before +becomes a reality—"His visage was so marred more than any man." "But +nothing went so close to His heart as the profanation of this kiss."</p> + +<p>According to John's account, Judas' kiss was an unnecessary signal. +Jesus Himself leaving the traitor, advanced toward the band, with a +question which must have startled the Apostles, as well as the traitor +and his company—"Whom seek ye?" The contemptuous reply, "Jesus of +Nazareth," did not disturb His calmness as He said, "I am He," and +repeated His question, "Whom seek ye?" Nor was that infinite calmness +disturbed by the deeper contempt in the repeated answer, "Jesus of +Nazareth." They had come with weapons of defence, but they were as +useless as the betrayal kiss, especially when some of them, awed by His +presence and words, "went backward and fell to the ground."</p> + +<p>We have seen Jesus going forward from His company and meeting Judas +going forward from his. We must now think of Judas joining his band, and +the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_174" id="Page_174"></a>[Pg 174]</span>eleven disciples surrounding their Lord. John has preserved the +only request made of the captors by the Master. It was not for Himself, +but for His disciples;—"If therefore ye seek Me, let these go their +way."</p> + +<p>Three Evangelists tell that one of the disciples struck a servant of the +high priest and cut off an ear. Luke the physician says it was the right +ear, and that Christ touched it and healed it. John gives the disciple's +name, which it was not prudent for the other Evangelists to do when +Peter, who struck the blow, was still living. He also preserves the name +of the servant, Malchus—the last one on whom he saw the Great Physician +perform a healing act, showing divine power and compassion. John records +the Lord's reproof to Peter, "Put up thy sword into the sheath; the cup +which My Father hath given Me, shall I not drink it?" Can this firm +voice be the same which an hour ago, a stone's cast from these two +disciples, said beseechingly, "O My Father, if it be possible, let this +cup pass from Me." Yea, verily, for He had added to the prayer, "Not as +I will, but as Thou wilt."</p> + +<p>Thus does John's record concerning Peter testify to the triumph of his +Lord. But he also notes the immediate effect of Peter's mistaken zeal. +The captain and officers "bound Him." That was a strange, humiliating +sight, especially in connection with the Lord's words to Peter while +returning the sword to its <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_175" id="Page_175"></a>[Pg 175]</span>sheath, "Thinkest thou that I cannot beseech +My Father, and He shall even now send Me more than twelve legions of +angels?" Wonderful words! fitting to be the last of the Lord's +utterances to a disciple in Gethsemane. With burning and just +indignation at His being bound, Jesus turned to His captors, saying, +"Are ye come out as against a robber, to seize Me?" As they closed +around Him His disciples were terrified with the fear of a like fate. +"And they all left Him and fled." Prophecy was fulfilled; the Shepherd +was smitten; the sheep were scattered.</p> + +<p>Without the voice of friend or foe, the garden of Olivet was silent. One +had left it who, outliving his companions, gives us hints of his lone +meditations. The beloved disciple cherished memories of joyous yet sad +Gethsemane. He it was who longest remembered, and who alone preserved +the prophecy in the Upper Room, so soon fulfilled—"Ye shall be +scattered every man to his own, and shall leave Me alone."</p> + +<p>In George Herbert's words we hear the Master cry,</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"All My disciples fly! fear put a bar</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Betwixt My friends and Me; they leave the star</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Which brought the Wise Men from the East from far.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 4em;">Was ever grief like Mine!"</span><br /> +</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_176" id="Page_176"></a>[Pg 176]</span></p> +<h2><i>CHAPTER XXV</i></h2> + +<h4><i>John in the High Priest's Palace</i></h4> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>"And they that had taken Jesus led Him away to the house of +Caiaphas the high priest, where the scribes and the elders were +gathered together."—<i>Matt.</i> xxvi. 57.</p> + +<p>"Simon Peter followed Jesus, and so did another disciple. That +disciple ... entered in with Jesus into the court of the high +priest; but Peter was standing at the door without. So the other +disciple ... went out ... and brought in Peter."—<i>John</i> xviii. 15, +16.</p> + +<p>"Everywhere we find these two Apostles, Peter and John, in great +harmony together."—<i>Chrysostom.</i></p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"Bow down before thy King, My soul!</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">Earth's kings, before Him bow ye down;</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Before Him monarchs humbly roll,—</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">Height, might, and splendor, throne and crown.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">He in the mystic Land divine</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">The sceptre wields with valiant hand.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">In vain dark, evil powers combine,—</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">He, victor, rules the better Land."</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 14em;">—<i>Ingleman.—Trans. Hymns of Denmark.</i></span> +</p> + +<p>"It is probable that St. John attended Christ through all the weary +stages of His double trial—before the ecclesiastical and the civil +authorities—and that, after a night thus spent, he accompanied the +procession in the forenoon to the place of execution, and witnessed +everything that followed."—<i>Stalker.</i></p></div> + + +<p>We know not what became of nine of the disciples fleeing from +Gethsemane; whether they first hid <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_177" id="Page_177"></a>[Pg 177]</span>among the bushes and olive-trees, +and escaped into the country; or took refuge in the neighboring tombs; +or stole their way to some secret room where the goodman of the house +furnished them protection; or scattered in terror each in his lonely +way.</p> + +<p>The captive Lord was dragged along the highway where Peter and John had +been for a single hour the Heralds of the King. Over the Kidron, up the +slope of Moriah, through the gate near the sacred Temple, along the +streets of the Holy City, He was led as a robber to the high-priestly +palace.</p> + +<p>Three Evangelists tell us, "Peter followed afar off." But love soon +overcame his fears. He was not long alone. John says, "Simon Peter +followed Jesus and so did another disciple." We cannot doubt who was +Peter's companion as he turned from his flight. They "went both +together," as two days later they ran on another errand. In the shadows +of the olive-trees along the roadside, or of the houses of the city, +they followed the hurrying band which they overtook by the time it +reached the palace gate. John did not "outrun Peter," who was probably +the leader. But at the gate they were separated.</p> + +<p>We must not think that this palace was like an American house. The +entrance to it was through a great arched gateway. This was closed with +a large door or gate, in which there was a small entrance <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_178" id="Page_178"></a>[Pg 178]</span>called a +wicket gate, through which people passed. These gates opened into a +broad passage or square court. Around it on three sides the house was +built. All rooms upstairs and down looked into it. One large room, +forming one side, was separated from it, not by a wall, but by a row of +pillars. Being thus opened it was easy to see what was passing in the +room or the court.</p> + +<p>"That disciple," who accompanied Peter to the gate, "was known unto the +high priest and entered in with Jesus into the court of the high priest. +But Peter was standing at the door without." John was doubtless familiar +with the place and the servants, and went in with the crowd. He kept as +near as he could to his Master during the dark hours of His trial, as he +was to do during the yet darker hours at the cross.</p> + +<p>But the disciple within could not forget the one without. They must not +be separated in their common sorrow. Peter too must show by his presence +his continued love for his Master. He must have opportunity to show in +the palace something of the faithfulness of which he had boasted in the +Upper Room, though it had faltered in Gethsemane.</p> + +<p>"Then went out that other disciple which was known unto the high priest +and spake unto her that kept the door, and brought in Peter." That +doorkeeper was not Rhoda—she who with a different <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_179" id="Page_179"></a>[Pg 179]</span>spirit joyfully +answered Peter's knocking at another door—but was a pert maiden who, +sympathizing with the enemies of Jesus, "saith unto Peter, Art thou also +one of this man's disciples?" She understood that John was such. Her +contempt was aimed at them both. But it was not her question so much as +Peter's answer—"I am not"—that startled John. Was it for this denial +that he had gained admission for his friend? It would have been better +far if Peter had been kept "standing at the door without" though "it was +cold," than to be brought into the court of temptation and sin, where he +"sat with the servants" in his curiosity "to see the end," warming +himself at the fire they had kindled.</p> + +<p>Meanwhile we think of John hastening back to the judgment hall, from +which he anxiously watched the movements of Peter "walking in the +counsel of the ungodly, and standing in the way of sinners, and sitting +in the seat of the scornful."</p> + +<p>Poor Peter! He fears to look into any man's face, or to have any one +look into his. He has obeyed the Master's bidding, "Put up thy sword +into the sheath," but Malchus has not forgotten it; nor has his kinsman +who saw Peter in the garden with Jesus,—though he may have forgotten +the healing of Malchus' ear by his prisoner.</p> + +<p>Three Evangelists tell how Peter "sat" with the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_180" id="Page_180"></a>[Pg 180]</span>enemies of Jesus. John +tells how at different times he "stood" among them. Thus does he report +as an eye-witness, and show his own watchfulness of Peter's +restlessness;—of the conflicting emotions of shame and fear, the +scornful frown, the enforced and deceiving smile, the defiant look, the +vain effort to appear indifferent, and the storm of anger. Amazed at the +first denial, shocked at the second, horrified at the third, what were +John's feelings when one was "with an oath," and with another "he began +to curse and to swear." But concerning this climax of Peter's sin, John +is silent. It finds no place in his story.</p> + +<p>At last "the Lord turned and looked upon Peter," either from the hall, +or as He was being led from it. At the same moment, Peter turned and +looked upon Him. We imagine John turning and looking upon them both, +marking the grief of the one, and the sense of guilt and shame of the +other. But he knew the loving, though erring disciple so well that he +need not be told that when "Peter went out" "he wept bitterly." We +almost see John himself weeping bitterly over his friend's fall; then +comforting him when they met again, with assurances of the Lord's love +and forgiveness. John's next record of their being together shows them +united in feeling, purpose and action for their Lord.</p> + +<p>There was another toward whom John's watchful <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_181" id="Page_181"></a>[Pg 181]</span>eyes turned during the +long and painful watches of that night. The picture of him is not +complete without this Apostle's records.</p> + +<p>"Art thou the King of the Jews?" asked Pilate of Jesus. Such John had +thought Him to be. For three years he had waited to see Him assume His +throne. He has preserved the Lord's answer,—"My kingdom is not of this +world." This declaration contained a truth to which even the favored +disciple had been partly blind. Was he not ready to ask with Pilate, +though with different spirit and purpose, "Art thou a King then?" The +Lord's answer must have meant more to the listening Apostle than to the +captious and heedless Governor. It was a declaration of the true +kingship of the Messiah-King,—"To this end have I been born, and to +this end am I come into the world, that I should bear witness unto the +truth."</p> + +<p>"What is truth?" asked Pilate in a careless manner, not caring for an +answer. "What is truth?" was the great question whose answer the Apostle +continued to seek, concerning the King and the kingdom of Him whom He +had heard say, "I am the Truth."</p> + +<p>In that night he saw the Messiah-King crowned, but with thorns. He saw +the purple robe upon Him, but it was the cast-off garment of a Roman +Governor. A reed, given Him for a sceptre, was snatched from His hand to +smite Him on His head. Instead of pour<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_182" id="Page_182"></a>[Pg 182]</span>ing holy oil of kingly +consecration, as upon David's head, His enemies "spit upon Him." It was +in mockery that they bowed the knee before Him saying, "Hail King of the +Jews."</p> + +<p>There are two scenes with which John alone has made us familiar. One is +described in these words:—"Then came Jesus forth, wearing the crown of +thorns, and the purple robe. And Pilate saith, Behold the man!" Did not +that word "Behold," recall to John another scene—that on the Jordan +when he looked upon this same Jesus as the Lamb of God, whom His enemies +were about to offer unwittingly, when He offered Himself not unwillingly +a sacrifice upon the cross? The Baptist's exclamation had been in +adoration and joyfulness: Pilate's was in pity and sadness. It was an +appeal to humanity, but in vain. There was no pity in that maddened +throng. Pilate turned in bitterness toward those whom he hated, but +whose evil deeds he did not dare to oppose. So in irony "Pilate ... +brought forth Jesus ... and he saith unto the Jews, Behold your King!"</p> + +<p>John was the only one who heard the three cries of "Behold"—one at the +beginning, the others at the close of the Lord's ministry. How much he +had beheld and heard and learned between, concerning "the Lamb," "the +Man," and "the King."</p> + +<p>The only earthly throne on which John saw Him sit <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_183" id="Page_183"></a>[Pg 183]</span>was one of mockery. +He did not ask to sit with Him. It was a sad yet blessed privilege to be +with Him during that night of agony—the only friendly witness to +probably all of His sufferings. While John's eyes were turned often and +earnestly toward Peter and Pilate, they were yet more on the Lord. When +he went in with Jesus into the palace, and while he tarried with Him, he +could <i>do</i> nothing—only <i>look</i>. No angel was there as in Gethsemane to +strengthen the Man of sorrows, but did He not often look for sympathy +toward that one who had leaned lovingly upon Him a few hours before? Was +not John's mere waking presence among His foes in the palace, a solace +which slumber had denied Him in the garden? John's eyes were not heavy +now. There was no need of the Lord's bidding, "Tarry ye here and watch +with Me." Love made him tarry and watch more than "one hour"—even +through all the watches of the night. Then he was the Lord's only human +friend—the one silent comforter.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_184" id="Page_184"></a>[Pg 184]</span></p> +<h2><i>CHAPTER XXVI</i></h2> + +<h4><i>John the Lone Disciple at the Cross</i></h4> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>"When they came unto the place which is called Calvary, there they +crucified Him."—<i>Luke</i> xxiii. 33.</p> + +<p>"At Calvary poets have sung their sweetest strains, and artists +have seen their sublimest visions."—<i>Stalker.</i></p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"Now to sorrow must I tune my song,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">And set my harp to notes of saddest woe,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Which on our dearest Lord did seize ere long,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">Dangers, and snares, and wrongs, and worse than so,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">Which He for us did freely undergo:</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Most perfect Hero, tried in heaviest plight</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Of labors huge and hard, too hard for human wight."</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 16em;">—<i>Milton.—The Passion.</i></span></p></div> + +<p>Even careful students of the life of John are not together in their +attempts to follow him on the day of crucifixion. Some think they find +evidence, chiefly in his silence concerning certain events, that after +hearing the final sentence of Pilate condemning Christ to be crucified, +he left the palace and joined the other disciples and faithful women and +the mother of Jesus, and reported what he had seen and heard during the +night; and at some hour during the day visited Calvary, and returning to +the city brought the women <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_185" id="Page_185"></a>[Pg 185]</span>who stood with him at the cross: and +witnessed only what he minutely or only describes. Other students think +he followed Jesus from the palace to the cross, remaining near Him and +witnessing all that transpired. This is certainly in keeping with what +we should expect from his peculiar relation to Christ. It is in harmony +with what we do know of his movements that day. So we are inclined to +follow him as a constant though silent companion of Jesus, feeling that +in keeping near him we are near to his Lord and ours. This we now do in +the "Dolorous Way," along which Jesus is hurried from the judgment-seat +of Pilate to the place of execution.</p> + +<p><a name="il257f" id="il257f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il257f.jpg" alt="Christ Bearing His Cross" title="Christ Bearing His Cross" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">Christ Bearing His Cross</span>—<i>H. Hofmann</i><br /><a href='#Page_185'><i>Page 185</i></a></h4> + +<p>It is John who uses the one phrase in the Gospels which furnishes a +tragic subject for artists, and poets and preachers, on which +imagination dwells, and excites our sympathies as does no other save the +crucifixion itself. His phrase is this,—"Jesus ... bearing the cross +for Himself." We notice this all the more because of the silence of the +other Evangelists, all of whom tell of one named Simon who was compelled +to bear the cross. As John read their story, there was another picture +in his mind, too fresh and vivid not to be painted also. He recalled the +short distance that Christ carried the cross alone, weakened by the +agonies of the garden and the scourging of the palace, until, exhausted, +He fell beneath the burden.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_186" id="Page_186"></a>[Pg 186]</span> We are not told that the crown of thorns +had been removed, though the purple robe of mockery had been. So this +added to His continued pain. As John looked upon those instruments of +suffering he heard the banter and derision of shame that always +accompanied them.</p> + +<p>There followed Jesus "a great multitude of the people," whose morbid +curiosity would be gratified by the coming tragedy. But there were +others—"women who bewailed and lamented Him."</p> + +<p>It is surmised that at the moment when Jesus could bear His cross no +longer, and was relieved by Simon, He turned to the weeping "Daughters +of Jerusalem" following Him, and in tenderest sympathy told of the +coming days of sorrow for them and their city, of which He had told John +and his companions on Olivet.</p> + +<p>John says that Jesus "went out ... unto the place called the place of a +skull, which is called in Hebrew Golgotha." The place was also called +Calvary. We do not certainly know the sacred spot, though careful +students think it is north of the city, near the Damascus gate, near the +gardens of the ancient city, and tombs that still remain. We think of +John revisiting it again and again while he remained in Jerusalem, and +then in thought in his distant home where he wrote of it. "There," says +John, "they crucified Jesus, and with Him two others, on either side +one, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_187" id="Page_187"></a>[Pg 187]</span>and Jesus in the midst." How few his words, but how full of +meaning. We long to know more of John's memories of that day—of all +that he saw and felt and did. They were such in kind and number as none +other than he did or could have.</p> + +<p>There were two contrasted groups of four each around the cross, to which +John calls special attention. One, the nearest to it, was composed of +Roman soldiers, to whom were committed the details of the +crucifixion—the arrangement of the cross, the driving of the nails, and +the elevation of the victim upon it.</p> + +<p>Having stripped Jesus of His clothing, according to custom they divided +it among themselves; the loose upper garment or toga to one, the +head-dress to another, the girdle to another, and the sandals to the +last. John watched the division—"to every soldier a part." But his +interest was chiefly in the under-garment such as Galilean peasants +wore. This must have been a reminder of the region from which he and +Jesus had come. He thinks it worth while to describe it as "without +seam, woven from the top throughout." Perhaps to him another +reminder—of Mary or Salome or other ministering women by whose loving +hands it had been knit. If ever a garment, because of its associations, +could be called holy, surely it is what John calls "the coat" of Jesus. +Even without miraculous power, it would be the most precious of relics. +We <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_188" id="Page_188"></a>[Pg 188]</span>notice John's interest in it as he watches the soldiers' +conversation of banter or pleasantry or quarrel, in which it might +become worthless by being torn asunder. He remembered their parleying, +and the proposal in which it ended,—"Let us not rend it, but cast lots +for it whose it shall be." How far were their thoughts from his when +their words recalled to him the prophecy they were unconsciously +fulfilling,—"They part My garments among them, and upon My vesture do +they cast lots."</p> + +<p>With what pity did Jesus look down upon the lucky soldier—so he would +be called—sporting with the coat which had protected Him from the night +winds of Gethsemane. How He longed to see in the bold and heartless +heirs to His only earthly goods, the faith of her, who timidly touched +the hem of His garment. What a scene was that for John to behold! What a +scene for angels who had sung the glories of Jesus' birth, now looking +down upon His dying agonies of shame—and upon the gambling dice of His +murderers! No marvel John added to the almost incredible story, "These +things ... the soldiers did."</p> + +<p>It is at this point that we notice a sudden transition in John's +narrative. He points us from the unfriendly group of four, to another of +the same number; saying as if by contrast, "<i>But</i> there were standing by +the cross of Jesus His mother, and His mother's sister,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_189" id="Page_189"></a>[Pg 189]</span> Mary the wife +of Clopas and Mary Magdalene." By "His mother's sister" we understand +Salome.</p> + +<p>The centurion had charge of the plundering soldiers; John was the +guardian of the sympathizing women. He had a special interest in that +group, containing his mother and aunt, and probably another relative in +Mary the wife of Clopas. Mary Magdalene was not of this family +connection, though of kindred spirit. So must John have felt as she +stood with him at the cross, and at a later hour when we shall see them +together again.</p> + +<p>In the days of the boyhood of John and Jesus, we thought of their +mothers as sisters, and of parents and children as looking for the +coming Messiah. None thought of the possibilities of this hour when they +would meet in Jerusalem at the cross. By it stands John the only one of +the Apostles. Judas has already gone to "his own place." If Peter is +following at all it is afar off. The rest have not rallied from their +flight enough to appear after their flight. James the brother of John is +not with him. As their mother looks upon Jesus between two robbers, does +she recall her ambitious request, "Command that these my two sons may +sit, one on Thy right hand, and one on Thy left hand"? She understands +now the fitness of the reply she had received,—"Ye know not what ye +ask"?</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_190" id="Page_190"></a>[Pg 190]</span>But Salome and John are loyal to the uncrowned King. Though they may +not share the glory of His throne, they are yet ready to stand beneath +the shameful shadow of His cross.</p> + +<p>But another is there,—drawn by a yet stronger cord of affection. She +heads John's list of the women "by the cross of Jesus—His mother," +whose love is so deep that it cannot forego witnessing the sight that +fills her soul with agony. Yes, Mary, thou art there.</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"Now by that cross thou tak'st thy final station,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">And shar'st the last dark trial of thy Son;</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Not with weak tears or woman's lamentation,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">But with high, silent anguish, like His own."</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 16em;">—<i>H.B. Stowe</i>.</span> +</p> + +<p>As she stands there we seem to read her thoughts: "Can that be He, my +babe of Bethlehem, my beautiful boy of Nazareth, in manhood my joy and +my hope! Are those hands the same that have been so lovingly held in +mine; those arms, outstretched and motionless, the same that have so +often been clasped around me! Oh! that I might staunch His wounds, and +moisten His parched lips, and gently lift that thorny crown from His +bleeding brow."</p> + +<p>But this cannot be. There is being fulfilled Simeon's prophecy, uttered +as he held her infant in his arms,—a foreboding which has cast a +mysterious shadow on the joys of her life.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_191" id="Page_191"></a>[Pg 191]</span> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"Beside the cross in tears</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">The woeful mother stood,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Bent 'neath the weight of years,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">And viewed His flowing blood;</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Her mind with grief was torn,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">Her strength was ebbing fast,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">And through her heart forlorn,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">The sword of Anguish passed."</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>She can only draw yet nearer to His cross and give the comfort of a +mother's look, and perhaps receive the comfort of a look from Him, +and—oh, if it can be—a word of comfort from His lips for the +mother-heart. Perhaps for a moment her thoughts are on the future,—her +lonely life, without the sympathy of her other sons who believed not on +their brother. Oh! that they were like John, to her already more of a +son than they.</p> + +<p>In childhood Jesus had been "subject" to her: in youth and manhood He +had been faithful to her. In the Temple He had thought of her as His +mother, and of God as His Father. But no exalted relation, no greatness +to which He had attained on earth, had made Him disloyal to her. While +claiming to be the Son of God, He was still the loving son of Mary. Such +He would show Himself to be on the cross. We thank John for the record +of that moment when "Jesus ... saw His mother." "The people stood +beholding" Him, but His eyes were not on them; nor on <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_192" id="Page_192"></a>[Pg 192]</span>those passing by +His cross wagging their heads, nor the malefactor at His side reviling +Him; nor on the chief priest and scribes, the elders and soldiers +mocking Him; nor the rulers deriding Him. His thought was not on them, +nor even on Himself in His agonies, as His eyes rested keenly on His +mother. It was a deep, tender, earnest gaze.</p> + +<p>John tells that Jesus also "saw" "the disciples standing by, whom He +loved." The Lord turned His head from His mother to His disciple. This +could be His only gesture pointing them one to the other.</p> + +<p>The prayer for His murderers had apparently been uttered when His hands +were pierced, before the cross was raised. He may have spoken once after +it was elevated, before He saw the two special objects of His love. His +eyes met His mother's. She saw Him try to speak. The utterance of His +parched lips, with gasping breath, was brief, full of meaning and +tenderness—"Woman! behold, thy son!" Then turning toward John He said, +"Behold! thy mother!"</p> + +<p>In these words Jesus committed His mother to John without asking whether +he would accept the charge.</p> + +<p>"From that hour the disciple took her unto his own home." It is a +question whether or not the phrase, "from that hour," is to be taken +literally. It may be that the blessed words, "mother" and "son," were as +a final benediction, after which John led her away, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_193" id="Page_193"></a>[Pg 193]</span>and then returned +to the cross. Or, it may be that the mother-heart compelled her to +witness the closing scenes.</p> + +<p><a name="il266f" id="il266f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il266f.jpg" alt="The Virgin and St. John at the Cross" title="The Virgin and St. John at the Cross" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">The Virgin and St. John at the Cross</span>—<i>Old Engraving</i><br /><a href='#Page_193'><i>Page 193</i></a></h4> + +<p>If we pause long enough to inquire why John was chosen to be trusted +with this special charge, we can find probable answer. Jesus' "brethren" +did not then believe on Him. Mary's heart would go out toward him who +did, especially as he was her kindred as well as of a kindred spirit. +His natural character, loving and lovable, made him worthy of the trust. +Apparently he was better able to support her than were any other of the +Apostles, and perhaps even than her sons. He seems to have been the only +Apostle or relative of Mary who had a home in Jerusalem, where she +certainly would choose to dwell among the followers of the Lord. Above +all John was the beloved disciple of Mary's beloved son. So to him we +can fittingly say:</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 5em;">"As in death He hung,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">His mantle soft on thee He flung</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Of filial love, and named the son;</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">When now that earthly tie was done,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">To thy tried faith and spotless years</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Consigned His Virgin Mother's tears."</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 6em;">—<i>Isaac Williams</i>.—Trans. An. Latin Hymn.</span> +</p> + + + +<p>Blessed John. When Jesus called His own mother "thy mother," didst thou +not almost hear Him call thee "My brother"?</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_194" id="Page_194"></a>[Pg 194]</span>One tradition says that John cared for Mary in Jerusalem for twelve +years, until her death, before his going to Ephesus. Another tradition +is that she accompanied him thither and was buried there. What a home +was theirs, ever fragrant with the memory of Him whom they had loved +until His death. No incidents in His life, from the hour of brightness +over Bethlehem to that of darkness over Calvary, was too trivial a thing +for their converse. That home in Jerusalem became what the one in +Nazareth had been, the most consecrated of earth. What welcomes there of +Christians who could join with Mary as she repeated her song of +thirty-three years before, "My soul doth magnify the Lord, and my spirit +hath rejoiced in God my Saviour." Of her we shall gain one more distinct +view—the only one.</p> + +<p><a name="il271f" id="il271f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il271f.jpg" alt="The Descent from the Cross" title="The Descent from the Cross" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">The Descent from the Cross</span>—<i>Rubens</i><br /><a href='#Page_200'><i>Page 200</i></a></h4> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_195" id="Page_195"></a>[Pg 195]</span></p> +<h2><i>CHAPTER XXVII</i></h2> + +<h4>Lone Disciple at the Cross—<i>Continued</i></h4> + +<blockquote><p>Three sayings on the cross reported by John:</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">"Woman, behold, thy son! Behold, thy mother!"</span><br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">"I thirst."</span><br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 1em;">"It is finished."</span><br /> +</p> + +<p><span style="margin-left: 8em;">—<i>John</i> xix. 26, 27, 28, 30.</span></p></blockquote> + + +<p>Of the seven sayings of Christ on the cross, three are preserved by John +only; one of love, another of suffering, and another of triumph. The +first is that to Mary and John himself. The second is the cry, "I +thirst"—the only one of the seven concerning the Lord's bodily +sufferings. John was a most observing eyewitness, as is shown by the +details of the narrative,—the "vessel <i>full</i> of vinegar," the "sponge +filled with vinegar," and the hyssop on which it was placed, the +movements of the soldiers as they put it to Christ's lips, and the +manner in which He received it. He was willing to accept it to revive +His strength to suffer, when "He would not drink" the "wine mingled with +gall" that would relieve Him from the pain He was willing to endure. The +end was drawing near. The thirst had long continued. He had borne it +patiently <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_196" id="Page_196"></a>[Pg 196]</span>for five long hours. Why did He at last utter the cry, "I +thirst"? John gives the reason. A prophecy was being fulfilled, and +Jesus would have it known. It was this: "In My thirst they gave Me +vinegar to drink." So "Jesus, ... that the Scripture might be fulfilled, +saith, 'I thirst.'"</p> + +<p>John watched Him as He took His last earthly draught. It was probably of +the sour wine for the use of the soldiers on guard. What varied +associations he had with wine,—the joyful festivities of Cana, the +solemnities of the Upper Room, and the sadness of Calvary.</p> + +<p>When Jesus therefore had received the vinegar, He said, "It is +finished." This is the third of the sayings of Jesus on the cross +preserved by John, who was a special witness to the chief doings of his +Lord on the earth. So the declaration meant more to him than to any +other who heard it. Yet it had a fulness of meaning which even he could +not fully know. Jesus' life on earth was finished. He had perfectly +obeyed the commandments of God. The types and prophecies concerning Him +had been fulfilled. His revelation of truth was completed. The work of +man's redemption was done. On the cross He affirmed what John said He +declared in the Upper Room to His Father: "I have glorified Thee on the +earth, having accomplished the work Thou hast given Me to do."</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_197" id="Page_197"></a>[Pg 197]</span>All four Evangelists tell of the moment when Jesus yielded up His life, +but John alone of the act that accompanied it as the signal thereof, +which his observant eye beheld. "He bowed His head,"—not as the +helpless victim of the executioner's knife upon the fatal block, but as +the Lord of Life who had said, "No one taketh it away from Me, but I lay +it down of Myself."</p> + +<p>John makes mention of another incident without which the story of the +crucifixion would be incomplete. Mary Magdalene and other loving women +had left the cross, but were gazing toward it as they "stood afar off." +John remained with the soldiers who were watching the bodies of the +crucified. "The Jews, ... that the bodies should not remain upon the +cross upon the Sabbath, asked of Pilate that their legs might be +broken"—to hasten death—"and that they might be taken away." As John +saw the soldiers "break the legs of the first and of the other which was +crucified with" Jesus, with what a shudder did he see them approach His +cross; but what a relief to him when they "saw that He was dead already, +and brake not His legs."</p> + +<p>In a single clause John pictures a scene ever vivid in Christian +thought. He knew that Jesus "gave up His spirit" when "He bowed His +head." The executioners pronounced Him dead. "Howbeit one of the +soldiers"—to make this certain beyond dispute—"with <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_198" id="Page_198"></a>[Pg 198]</span>a spear pierced +His side, and straightway there came out blood and water." There was now +no pain to excite the Apostle's sympathy, and yet he reports the +incident as being of special importance. He calls attention to the fact +that he was an eye-witness, and that there was something in it that +should affect others as well as himself. He says, "He that hath seen +hath borne witness, and his witness is true; and he knoweth that he +saith true, that ye also may believe." He explains why these incidents +so deeply impressed him. They recalled two prophecies of the Old +Testament. One was this, "A bone of Him shall not be broken." This +reminded John of the Paschal Lamb which should be perfect in body; and +of Jesus as the Lamb of God, by which name He had been called when +pointed out to him as the Messiah. All through life Jesus had been +preserved from accident that would have broken a bone, and in death even +from the intended purpose that would have defeated the fulfilment of the +prophecy.</p> + +<p>The other prophecy was this,—"They shall look on Him whom they +pierced." Because of what John saw and tells, we pray in song,</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"Let the water and the blood</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">From Thy riven side which flowed,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Be of sin the double cure:</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Cleanse me from its guilt and power."</span><br /><br /> +</p> + +<p><a name="il277f" id="il277f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il277f.jpg" alt="In the Sepulchre" title="In the Sepulchre" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">In the Sepulchre</span>—<i>H. Hofmann</i><br /><a href='#Page_201'><i>Page 201</i></a></h4> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_199" id="Page_199"></a>[Pg 199]</span>John once more furnishes a contrast between Jesus' foes and friends. He +says that the Jews asked Pilate that the bodies of the crucified might +be taken away. This was to the dishonored graves of malefactors. John +more fully than the other Evangelists tells of Joseph of Arimathæa who +"besought Pilate that he might take away the body of Jesus"—for +honorable burial. Other Evangelists tell of his being "rich," "a +counsellor of honorable estate," "a good man and a righteous," who "had +not consented to" the "counsel and deed" of the Sanhedrin of which he +was a member, because he "was Jesus' disciple." Mark says, "He boldly +went in unto Pilate and asked for the body of Jesus." He had summoned +courage so to do. Hitherto as John explains he had been "a disciple of +Jesus, but secretly for fear of the Jews." John implies that Joseph was +naturally timid like Nicodemus. As Pilate had delivered Jesus to His +open enemies to be crucified, he delivered the crucified body to Joseph, +the once secret but now open friend. The Jews "led him"—the living +Christ—"away to crucify Him." Joseph "came" and tenderly "took away His +body" from the cross.</p> + +<p>"There came also Nicodemus," says John, "he who at the first came to Him +by night." Yes, that night which John could not forget, in which to this +same Nicodemus Jesus made known the Gospel of God's <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_200" id="Page_200"></a>[Pg 200]</span>love, manifested in +the gift of His Son whose body in that hour these timid yet emboldened +members of the Sanhedrin took down from the cross. They were sincere +mourners with him who watched their tender care as they "bound it in +linen cloths with the spices" for burial, with no thought of a +resurrection.</p> + +<p>Perhaps Joseph and Nicodemus recalled moments in the Sanhedrin when they +whispered together, speaking kindly of Jesus, but were afraid to defend +Him aloud; thus silently giving a seeming consent to evil deeds because +timidity concealed their friendship. But at last the very enmity and +cruelty of His murderers emboldened them as they met at the cross.</p> + +<p>It is John who tells us that Jesus the night before His crucifixion went +"where was a garden into which He entered," and who also says, "Now in +the place where He was crucified there was a garden." The one was ever +more suggestive to him of a coming trial; the other of that trial past. +"There," in the garden—probably that of Joseph—John says "they laid +Jesus." There also were laid John's hopes, which seemed forever buried +when Joseph "rolled a great stone to the door of the sepulchre, and +departed." What a contrast in his thoughts and feelings between the +rolling <i>away</i> of the stone from the tomb of Lazarus, and the rolling +<i>to</i> that of Jesus. The one told him of resurrection; but the other of +continued death; for as he <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_201" id="Page_201"></a>[Pg 201]</span>afterward confessed, "as yet" he and Peter +"knew not that Jesus must rise from the dead."</p> + +<p>Two mourners at least lingered at the closed tomb. "Mary Magdalene was +there, and the other Mary, sitting over against the sepulchre" of their +Lord, after they "beheld where He was laid." John's parting from them at +that evening hour was in sadness which was to be deepened when he met +Mary Magdalene again.</p> + +<p>It is not easy for us to put ourselves in the place of John, as he turns +from the tomb toward his lonely home. <i>We</i> know what happened afterward, +but he did not know what would happen, though his Lord had tried to +teach him. He is repeating to himself the words he had heard from the +cross, "It is finished," but he is giving them some difference of +meaning from that which Jesus intended. He is walking slowly and sadly +through the streets of Jerusalem, dimly lighted by the moon that shone +in Gethsemane the night before upon him and his living Lord. We imagine +him saying to himself:—"Truly it is finished: all is over now. How +disappointed I am. I do not believe He intended to deceive me, yet I +have been deceived. From early childhood I looked, as I was taught to +do, for the coming of the Messiah. On Jordan I thought I had found Him. +He chose me for one of His twelve, then one of the three, then the one +of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_202" id="Page_202"></a>[Pg 202]</span> His special love. What a joy this has been, brightening for three +years my hopes and expectations. I have seen Him work miracles, even +raising the dead. I have seen Him defeat the plots of evil men against +Him, and did not believe any power on earth could destroy Him. I have +watched to see Him the great and glorious King. But to-day instead of +this I have seen Him crucified as the feeblest and worst of men. I do +remember now how Moses and Elijah, when we were with them on the Holy +Mount, talked with Him of 'His departure which He was about to +accomplish at Jerusalem.' But I did not understand them, nor even +Himself when, just before we ascended the Mount, He told us 'how that He +must go to Jerusalem and suffer many things, ... and be killed.' I do +not wonder that Peter then said to Him, 'Be it far from Thee, Lord,' +though the Lord was right in rebuking him. Can it be only last night He +said, 'Tarry with Me.' How gladly would I do it now. But He is dead, and +buried out of my sight. Oh that I might see Him rise, as I did the +daughter of Jairus. Oh that I might roll away the stone from His tomb as +I helped to do from that of Lazarus, and see Him come forth. How gladly +would I 'loose Him' from His 'grave-bands' and remove the 'napkin bound +about His face.' I know it was a mean and shameful taunt of His revilers +when they said, 'If Thou <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_203" id="Page_203"></a>[Pg 203]</span>art the Son of God, come down from the +cross.' But why did He not do it? I remember how once He said concerning +His life, 'no one taketh it away from Me.' But have not Pilate and the +Jews taken it away? I shall never lean upon His bosom again. But this I +know—He loved me, and I loved Him, and love Him still. The mysteries +are great, but the memories of Him will be exceedingly precious +forever."</p> + +<p><a name="il282f" id="il282f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il282f.jpg" alt="Jesus Appearing to Mary Magdalene" title="Jesus Appearing to Mary Magdalene" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">Jesus Appearing to Mary Magdalene</span> (Easter Morning)—<i>B. Plockhorst</i><br /><a href='#Page_209'><i>Page 209</i></a></h4> + +<p>Poor John. He forgot those other words of His Lord concerning His +life,—"I have power to lay it down, and I have power to take it again." +The Lord had done the one already: He was soon to do the other, though +His sorrowing disciple understood it not. Meanwhile we leave him, +resting if possible from the weariness of the garden and the palace and +Calvary, during that Friday night, which was to be followed by a day of +continued sadness, and that by another night of sorrowful restlessness.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_204" id="Page_204"></a>[Pg 204]</span></p> +<h2><i>CHAPTER XXVIII</i></h2> + +<h4><i>John at the Tomb</i></h4> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>"Now on the first day of the week cometh Mary Magdalene early, +while it was yet dark, unto the tomb, and seeth the stone taken +away from the tomb. She runneth therefore, and cometh to Simon +Peter, and to the other disciple, whom Jesus loved.</p> + +<p>"Peter therefore went forth, and the other disciple, and they went +toward the tomb.</p> + +<p>"Simon Peter ... entered into the tomb.</p> + +<p>"Then entered in therefore the other disciple also, ... and he saw +and believed."—<i>John</i> xx. 1, 2, 3, 6, 8.</p> + +<p>"Let us take John for our instructor in the swiftness of love, and +Peter for our teacher in courage."—<i>Stalker</i>.</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"Oh, sacred day, sublimest day!</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">Oh, mystery unheard!</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Death's hosts that claimed Him as their prey</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">He scattered with a word;</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">And from the tomb He valiant came;</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">And ever blessed be His name."</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 6em;">—<i>Kingo. Trans. Hymns of Denmark</i>.</span><br /><br /> +</p> + + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"Mine eye hath found that sepulchral rock</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">That was the casket of Heav'n's richest store."</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 14em;">—<i>Milton</i>.—<i>The Passion</i>.</span><br /> +</p></div> + + + +<p>Of the women who visited the tomb of Jesus on the morning of the +Resurrection, John was especially interested in Mary Magdalene, from +whom seven de<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_205" id="Page_205"></a>[Pg 205]</span>mons had gone out, probably in his presence; thus giving +him opportunity to see the marvelous change from a most abject +condition, to grateful devotion to her Healer, perhaps beyond that of +any other one whom He healed. John long remembered her starting on her +errand "while it was yet dark." So he remembered Judas starting when "it +was night" on his errand, of which Mary's was the sad result. One was a +deed of love which no darkness hindered: the other was a deed of hate +which no darkness prevented or concealed.</p> + +<p>John had a special reason for remembering Mary. When she had seen that +the stone was taken away from the tomb, it had a different meaning to +her from what it did when she and John saw it on Friday evening. And +when she "found not the body of the Lord Jesus," she imagined that +either friends had borne it away, or foes had robbed the tomb. In +surprise, disappointment and anxiety, her first impulse was to make it +known—to whom else than to him who had sorrowed with her at the +stone-closed door? So she "ran"—not with unwomanly haste, but with the +quickened step of woman's love—"to Simon Peter and to the other +disciple whom Jesus loved." They were both loved, but not in the fuller +sense elsewhere applied to John. Astonished at her early call, startled +at the wildness of her grief, sharing her anxiety, "they <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_206" id="Page_206"></a>[Pg 206]</span>ran both +together" "toward the tomb" from which she had so hastily come. But it +was an uneven race. John, younger and nimbler, "outran Peter and came +first to the tomb." "Yet entered he not in." Reverence and awe make him +pause where love has brought him. For a few moments he is alone. His +earnest gaze confirms the report of Mary that somebody has "taken away +the Lord." He can only ask, Who? Why? Where? No angel gives answer. +Still his gaze is rewarded. "He seeth the linen cloths lying." These are +silent witnesses that the precious body has not been hastily and rudely +snatched away by unfriendly hands, such as had mangled it on the cross.</p> + +<p>Peter arriving, everywhere and evermore impulsive, enters at once where +John fears to tread. He discovers what John had not seen,—"the napkin +that was upon His head, not lying with the linen cloths, but rolled up +in a place by itself." John does not tell whose head, so full is he of +the thought of his Lord.</p> + +<p>"Then entered in therefore that other disciple also," says John of +himself, showing the influence of his bolder companion upon him. Though +the napkin escaped his notice from without the tomb, it found a +prominent place in his memory after he saw it. Who but an eye-witness +would give us such details? <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_207" id="Page_207"></a>[Pg 207]</span>What does he mean us to infer from the +"rolled" napkin put away, if not the calmness and carefulness and +triumph of the Lord of Life as He tarried in His tomb long enough to lay +aside the bandages of death. When he saw the careful arrangement of the +grave-cloths, "he believed" that Jesus had risen. We are not to infer +from his mention of himself only that Peter did not share in this +belief. We can believe that Luke does not complete the story when he +says that Peter "departed to his home wondering at that which was come +to pass." As they came down from the Mount of Transfiguration they were +"questioning among themselves what the rising again from the dead should +mean." As they came from the tomb they questioned no longer.</p> + +<p><a name="il288f" id="il288f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il288f.jpg" alt="The Descent of the Holy Spirit" title="The Descent of the Holy Spirit" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">The Descent of the Holy Spirit</span>—<i>Old Engraving</i><br /><a href='#Page_224'><i>Page 224</i></a></h4> + +<p>We long for a yet fuller record than that which John has given of what +passed when he and Peter were within the tomb. He frankly tells us that +"as yet they knew not the Scriptures, that He must rise again from the +dead." Neither prophecy, nor the Scriptures, nor the Lord's repeated +declarations, had prepared them for this hour of fulfilment.</p> + +<p>We imagine them lingering in the tomb, talking of the past, recalling +the words of their Lord, illumined in the very darkness of His +sepulchre, and both wondering what the future might reveal. At last they +left the tomb together. There was no occasion now for<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_208" id="Page_208"></a>[Pg 208]</span> John to outrun +Peter. They were calm and joyful. There was nothing more to see or to +do. "So the disciples went away again unto their own home."</p> + +<p>"But Mary was standing without at the tomb weeping." In these words John +turns our thoughts from himself to her who had summoned him and Peter, +and then followed them. After they had left the sepulchre she continued +standing, bitterly weeping. She could not refrain from seeking that +which she had told the disciples was not there. Her gaze was "at the +very cause of her grief." "She stooped and looked into the tomb" as John +had done.</p> + +<p>From the infancy of Jesus to His death there was no ministry of angels +to men, though they ministered to Him. "The Master being by, it behooved +the servant to keep silence." But the angelic voices that proclaimed His +birth, were heard again after His resurrection. According to John's +minute description Mary "beholdeth two angels in white sitting, one at +the head, and one at the feet, where the body of Jesus had lain." The +angelic silence was broken by them both, with the question, "Woman, why +weepest thou"—so bitterly and continuously? They might have added, "It +is all without a cause." Her answer was quick and brief; and without any +fear of the shining ones who lightened the gloomy tomb, and were ready +to lighten her darkened spirit. Her reply was the echo <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_209" id="Page_209"></a>[Pg 209]</span>of her own words +to Peter and John, slightly changed to show her personal loss;—"Because +they have taken away my Lord, and I know not where they have laid +Him."—Am I not wretched indeed? Is there not a cause? Why should I +check my tears?</p> + +<p>To answer was needless. Were not the angels in the blessed secret which +was immediately revealed? Were they not glancing from within the tomb, +over her bowed head, to the gently moving form without? Did Mary become +suddenly conscious of some presence as "she turns herself back, and +beholdeth Jesus standing, and knew not that it was Jesus"? His question +seemed an echo of the angelic voices, "Woman, why weepest thou?" with +the added question, "Whom seekest thou?" This was the first utterance of +the risen Lord. In the garden, at this early hour, who—so thought +Mary—can this be but the gardener? As such she addressed Him, "Sir, If +<i>thou</i> hast borne Him hence, tell me where thou hast laid Him, and I +will take Him away." We can hardly restrain a smile when we see how the +strength of her love made her unmindful of the weakness that would +attempt to "take Him away."</p> + +<p>"Jesus saith unto her, Mary." That name, that familiar voice, that +loving tone, sent a thrill through her heart which the name "woman" had +failed to excite. More completely "she turned herself, and saith <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_210" id="Page_210"></a>[Pg 210]</span>unto +Him, Rabboni," with all the devotion of her impassioned soul.</p> + +<p>Let us recall John's account of Mary's report of her first visit to the +tomb, full of sadness—"<i>They have taken away the Lord</i>," and then in +contrast place by its side his record of her second report, full of +gladness—"Mary Magdalene, cometh and telleth the disciples, <i>I have +seen the Lord</i>." The one was a mistaken inference; the other a blessed +reality. Between these two utterances on the same day what revelations +to them both. But the end was not yet.</p> + +<p>"When therefore it was evening, on that day, the first day of the week, +and when the doors were shut where the disciples were, for fear of the +Jews, Jesus came and stood in the midst, and saith unto them, Peace be +unto you." So John describes the first meeting of Jesus with the +disciples after His resurrection. He gives hints of some things of which +other Evangelists are silent. With emphasis he notes "that day" as the +day of days whose rising sun revealed resurrection glory. That "evening" +must have recalled the last one on which they had been together. Then +the Lord had said unto them, "Peace I leave with you." But the +benediction had seemed almost a mockery, because of the sorrow which +followed. But now it was repeated with a renewed assurance of His power +to bestow it. Through fear of the Jews they had closed <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_211" id="Page_211"></a>[Pg 211]</span>the doors of +probably the same Upper Room where they had been assembled before. These +doors were no barrier to His entry, any more than the stone to His +leaving His tomb.</p> + +<p><a name="il295f" id="il295f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il295f.jpg" alt="St. Peter and St. John at the Beautiful Gate" title="St. Peter and St. John at the Beautiful Gate" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">St. Peter and St. John at the Beautiful Gate</span>—<i>Old Engraving</i><br /><a href='#Page_225'><i>Page 225</i></a></h4> + +<p>As John alone preserved the incident of the pierced side, he alone tells +how Jesus "showed unto them His ... side," and said to Thomas, at the +next meeting, "Reach hither thy hand and thrust it into My side;" and +how this was followed by Thomas' believing exclamation, "My Lord, and my +God." With this and the Lord's beatitude for other believing ones, John +originally ended his story of the Lord, in these words,—"Many other +signs therefore did Jesus in the presence of His disciples which are not +written in this book: but these are written, that ye may believe that +Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God; and that believing ye may have life +in His name."</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_212" id="Page_212"></a>[Pg 212]</span></p> +<h2><i>CHAPTER XXIX</i></h2> + +<h4>"<i>What Shall This Man Do</i>?"</h4> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>"Jesus manifested Himself again to the disciples at the Sea of +Tiberias."—<i>John</i> xxi. 1.</p> + +<p>"There were together Simon Peter ... and the sons of +Zebedee."—<i>v</i>. 2.</p> + +<p>"Peter, turning about, seeth the disciple whom Jesus loved +following."—<i>v.</i> 20.</p> + +<p>"Peter ... saith to Jesus, Lord, and What shall this man do?"—<i>v</i>. +21.</p></div> + +<p>The twenty-first chapter of John's Gospel is without doubt an addition, +written some time after the original Gospel was finished. Why this +addition? To answer the question we must recall the things of which the +addition tells. They are of special interest in our studies of Peter and +John.</p> + +<p>In our last chapter we were with John in Jerusalem. From there he +carries us to the Sea of Tiberias. He tells us that he and his brother +James, and Peter, with four others, "were there together." They were +near their childhood home, where they had watched for the Messiah, and +where, when He had appeared He called them to leave their fishing +employment, and to become <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_213" id="Page_213"></a>[Pg 213]</span>fishers of men. They had been saddened by His +death, then gladdened by His resurrection. He had told them to meet Him +in Galilee. And now they were waiting for His coming. They were within +sight of a boat from which perhaps some day they had fished. Peter, ever +active and ready to do something, said to his companions, "I go +a-fishing." As John had followed him into the tomb, he and the others +followed him to the boat saying, "We also come with thee." Let John +himself tell what happened. "They went forth and entered into the boat; +and that night they took nothing. But when day was now breaking, Jesus +stood on the beach: howbeit the disciples knew not that it was Jesus. +Jesus therefore saith unto them, Children, have ye aught to eat? They +answered Him, No. And He said unto them, Cast the net on the right side +of the boat, and ye shall find. They cast therefore, and now they were +not able to draw it for the multitude of fishes."</p> + +<p>Once more we are to find Peter and John the prominent figures, and see +the difference between them, John being the first to understand, and +Peter the first to act. When John saw the multitude of fishes he +remembered the same thing had happened before at the beginning of +Christ's ministry. Looking toward the land, and whispering to Peter, he +said, "It is the Lord." "So when Simon Peter heard that it was the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_214" id="Page_214"></a>[Pg 214]</span> +Lord, he girt his coat about him"—out of reverence for his Master—"and +cast himself into the sea," and swam or waded about one hundred yards to +the beach. The other disciples followed in the boat, dragging the net +with the fishes. John remembered their great size, and the number "an +hundred and fifty and three." He says, "When they got out upon the land, +they see a fire of coals there." Did it not remind him of another "fire +of coals" of which he had already written, kindled in the court of the +high-priestly palace where "Peter stood and warmed himself," and near +which he denied his Lord three times? If he did not recall that scene +immediately, he did very soon.</p> + +<p>Jesus invited the disciples to eat of the meal he had prepared. As they +did so they were filled with awe and reverence, "knowing that it was the +Lord." In the light of the palace fire, "the Lord turned and <i>looked</i> +upon Peter"—that only. But in the morning light on the seashore, "when +they had broken their fast, Jesus <i>saith</i> to Simon Peter, Lovest thou +Me?" Three times, with some difference of meaning, gently and solemnly +He asked the question as many times as Peter had denied Him. On Peter's +first assurance of his love Christ gave him a new commission, "Feed My +lambs." This was a humble work,—not so exalted as it is now—a test of +Peter's fitness for Apostleship. He was ready to accept it; and thus he +showed <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_215" id="Page_215"></a>[Pg 215]</span>his fitness for the enlarged commission, "Feed My sheep."</p> + +<p>With what intense interest John must have listened to the conversation +between his friend and their Lord. Was he not as ready as Peter to say, +"Lord, Thou knowest all things; Thou knowest that I love Thee"? In the +end John fulfilled the commission, "Feed My lambs," better than either +Peter or any of the other Apostles. Of them all he had the most of the +child-like spirit. He may fittingly be called the Apostle of Childhood.</p> + +<p>Peter was told by the Lord something about his own future,—how in +faithful service for his Master he would be persecuted, and "by what +manner of death he should glorify God." By this his crucifixion is +apparently meant. As John listened, perhaps he wondered what his own +future would be. He was ready to share in service with Peter. Was he not +also ready to share in his fate, whatever it might be?</p> + +<p>"Follow Me," said Jesus to Peter. They seem to have started together +away from the group. John felt that he must not be thus separated from +his friend and his Lord. Though he had not been invited to join them, he +started to do so, as if the command to Peter had been also for himself. +"Peter, turning about, seeth the disciple whom Jesus loved following; +which also leaned back on His breast at the supper, and said,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_216" id="Page_216"></a>[Pg 216]</span> Lord, who +is he that betrayeth Thee?" As Peter at the supper beckoned unto John to +ask that question concerning Judas, is it not possible that John now +beckoned to Peter to ask Christ concerning himself? However this may be, +"Peter, seeing him, saith to Jesus, Lord, what shall this man do?" or, +as it is interpreted, "Lord—and this man, what?" It is as if he had +said, "Will John also die a martyr's death, as you have said I shall +die?" It is not strange that he wanted to know the future of his friend. +But he did not receive the answer he sought, for "Jesus saith unto him, +If I will that he tarry till I come, what is that to thee?"</p> + +<p>These words may mean that John would live to old age and escape +martyrdom, which became true. But this was not the meaning which +Christians of his day put into them. They had the mistaken idea that +Christ, having ascended to Heaven, would soon come again. They also +believed that John would live until Christ's second coming. "This saying +therefore went forth among the brethren, that that disciple should not +die." John was unwilling to have this mistake concerning Christ's words +repeated over and over wherever he was known. So he determined to +correct the false report by adding what is the twenty-first chapter of +His Gospel, telling just what Christ did say, and the circumstances in +which He uttered the words to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_217" id="Page_217"></a>[Pg 217]</span> Peter concerning John. His testimony is +this:—"Jesus said not unto him, he shall not die; but, If I will that +he tarry till I come, what is that to thee? Follow thou Me."</p> + +<p>Peter became the suffering; John the waiting disciple, "tarrying" a long +time, even after his friend was crucified, and all his fellow-Apostles +had died, probably by martyrdom.</p> + +<p>But after all that John wrote to correct the mistaken report concerning +His death, tradition would not let him die. It affirmed that although he +was thrown into a caldron of boiling oil at Rome, and though he was +compelled to drink hemlock, he was unharmed; and that though he was +buried, the earth above his grave heaved with his breathing, as if, +still living, he was tarrying until Christ should return.</p> + +<p>"What shall this man"—John—"do?" asked Peter. He found partial answer +in what they did together for the early Christian Church, until John saw +"by what manner of death Peter should glorify God." And then that church +found yet fuller answer in John's labors for it while alone he "tarried" +long among them.</p> + +<p>When John tells us that Peter turned and saw him following, we recall +the hour when Andrew and he timidly walked along the Jordan banks, and +"Jesus turned and saw them following," and welcomed their <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_218" id="Page_218"></a>[Pg 218]</span>approach and +encouraged them in familiar conversation. How changed is all now! John +does not ask as before, "Where dwellest Thou?" Nor does Jesus bid him +"Come and see." He who has become the favored disciple is now better +prepared than then to serve his Master, following in the path they had +trod together, and having an abiding sense of the blessed though unseen +Presence, until his Lord shall bid him, "Come and see" My heavenly +abode, and evermore "be with Me where I am," and share at last, without +unholy ambition, the glory of My Throne."</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_219" id="Page_219"></a>[Pg 219]</span></p> +<h2><i>CHAPTER XXX</i></h2> + +<h4><i>St. John a Pillar-Apostle in the Early Christian Church</i></h4> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>"James and Cephas and John, they who are reputed to be +pillars."—<i>Paul. Gal.</i> ii. 9.</p> + +<p>"They went up into the upper chamber where they were abiding; both +Peter and John and James and Andrew, Philip, ..."—<i>Acts</i> i. 13.</p> + +<p>"When the day of Pentecost was now come, they were all together in +one place."—<i>Acts</i> ii. 1.</p> + +<p>"An angel of the Lord by night opened the prison doors, and brought +them out."—<i>Acts</i> v. 19.</p> + +<p>"Now when the Apostles which were in Jerusalem heard that Samaria +had received the word of the Lord, they sent unto them Peter and +John."—<i>Acts</i> viii. 14.</p> + +<p>"He (Herod) killed James the brother of John with the +sword."—<i>Acts</i> xii. 2.</p></div> + +<p>The next place where we may think of John with his Lord was on a +mountain in Galilee. At least once before His death, and twice after His +resurrection, He directed His Disciples to meet Him there. For what +purpose? Evidently to receive His final commission.</p> + +<p>"Jesus came to them and spake unto them, saying, All authority hath been +given unto Me in Heaven and <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_220" id="Page_220"></a>[Pg 220]</span>on earth. Go ye therefore, and make +disciples of all the nations, baptizing them into the name of the Father +and of the Son and of the Holy Ghost: teaching them to observe all +things whatsoever I commanded you: and lo, I am with you alway, even +unto the end of the world."</p> + +<p>But the disciples were not yet prepared to fulfil this commission. So He +appointed another meeting, to be held in Jerusalem, where He met them, +"speaking of the things pertaining to the kingdom of God." Here the +command on the mountain was limited by another—not to depart from +Jerusalem immediately. "Wait" said He, "for the promise of the Father +which you heard from Me." That promise we find in John's record:—"I +will pray the Father, and He shall give you another Comforter, that He +may abide with you forever." "The Comforter, which is the Holy Ghost, +shall teach you all things." " He shall testify of Me." In the +fulfilment of that promise, the disciples were to find the preparation +to "go" and "preach." For that preparation they were to "wait."</p> + +<p>Jesus then reminds them of the assurance given by John the Baptist +concerning Himself:—"He shall baptize you with the Holy Ghost." Once +more John is carried back to the Jordan, and reminded of the time when +he and Jesus had been baptized. All those former scenes must have been +recalled when Jesus at <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_221" id="Page_221"></a>[Pg 221]</span>the final meeting in Jerusalem declared, "John +truly baptized with water, but ye shall be baptized with the Holy Ghost +not many days hence."</p> + +<p>These words revived in the disciples the hope which had died in them +when Jesus died upon the cross. So, with yet mistaken ideas, they asked, +"Lord, wilt Thou at this time restore again the kingdom to Israel?" John +and the rest of the Bethsaidan band, who had heard the Baptist say that +the kingdom of God was at hand, hoped that "at this time" it would +appear. But, as when Jesus gave no direct answer to the two pairs of +brothers on Olivet concerning the time of the destruction of Jerusalem, +or to Peter's question concerning John's future, so now He avoided a +direct answer to this last question. He reminded them of something more +important for them than knowledge of the future: that was their own +duty,—not to reign, but to be witnesses for Him, first in Jerusalem, +then throughout Judæa, then in Samaria, then "unto the uttermost parts +of the earth." Yet this could not be until they had "received power +after that the Holy Ghost had come upon them." This was promised them: +they did not clearly understand what was meant: they were waiting to +see.</p> + +<p>"He led them out until they were over against Bethany,"—well-remembered +Bethany. From there Jesus had made His triumphal entry into the City of +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_222" id="Page_222"></a>[Pg 222]</span>the Great King: from there He would make a more glorious entry into the +New Jerusalem. John was not His herald now. He, with the other ten, was +"led" by Him to witness His departure.</p> + +<p>As He ascended Olivet the last time, did He not give a parting glance +down the slope into the village below, His eye resting on the home of +those He loved, made radiant for us by the search-light thrown upon it +by the loved disciple at His side? In thought did He not say, "Lazarus, +Martha, Mary, farewell."</p> + +<p>The lifted hands, the parting blessing, the luminous cloud, and the +vanishing form—such is the brief story of the Ascension.</p> + +<p>"Ye men of Galilee, why stand ye looking into Heaven?" The questioners +were two angels. Without waiting for answer, they gave promise of Jesus' +return. "Then returned the disciples unto Jerusalem from the Mount +called Olivet." Whither bound? We are told, "They went up into <i>the</i> +upper chamber." No longer simply "<i>A</i> large upper room" to which Jesus +had told Peter and John they would be guided. Were they not now the +guide of the nine thither, to the place where they had six weeks before +"prepared" for the Passover? Did not the goodman of the house give the +Disciples a second welcome, and offer it to them as a temporary place +for the Christian Church? So it would appear, for again we are told, +"they were <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_223" id="Page_223"></a>[Pg 223]</span>there abiding." Once more Luke gives their names, in the +Acts as he did in his Gospel. All except Judas answered, in that upper +room, to the roll call of the company scattered from Gethsemane, but +reunited in a closer union. In each of Luke's lists he begins with the +Bethsaidan band. But he does not preserve the same order. In the latter +he begins, not with the two pairs of brothers as such—Peter and Andrew, +James and John,—but with the Apostles whom Christ had drawn into His +inner circle, Peter, John and James, naming first the two who were +already becoming the acknowledged leaders of the Christian band. In that +list we find the name of Andrew recorded the last time in Holy Writ.</p> + +<p>But the eleven were not alone: others resorted thither for the same +purpose. What was that purpose? and who were some of them? This is the +answer:—"These all with one accord continued steadfastly in prayer, +with the women, and Mary the Mother of Jesus, and with His brethren."</p> + +<p>It is here, for the last time, that we read of Mary, in the Gospels. In +what better place could we bid her farewell than in the room consecrated +by the presence of her Son. How we rejoice with her that in that place +the longing of her heart must have been satisfied as she joined "with +one accord in prayer ... with His brethren"—her sons who during His +life had <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_224" id="Page_224"></a>[Pg 224]</span>not believed on Him. What a welcome to that room did they +receive from John, their adopted brother! May we not indulge the thought +that among "the women" were her own daughters; and that we hear her +joyfully asking the once carping question of the Jews concerning "the +carpenter's son," but with changed meaning, saying, "His <i>sisters</i>, are +they not all with us?" If so "His Mother called Mary," "and His +brethren," "and His sisters," and John the adopted son and brother, were +at last a blessed family indeed. Mary on her knees with her children +around her, rejoicing in God her Saviour, of whom she had sung in the +infancy of her Son—that certainly is a fitting scene to be the last in +which we behold the Mother of Jesus.</p> + +<p>"When the day of Pentecost was now come, they were all together in one +place." They were united in feeling, purpose and devotion, in the "one +place," the home of the early Church.</p> + +<p>The hour had come for the fulfilment of the promise of their Lord, for +which they were to tarry in Jerusalem and wait. There was a great +miracle,—a sound from Heaven as of the rushing of a mighty wind which +filled the house. Flame-like tongues, having the appearance of fire +rested on the heads of the disciples, who were "all filled with the Holy +Ghost." He gave them utterance as they spoke in languages they <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_225" id="Page_225"></a>[Pg 225]</span>had not +known before. Crowds of foreigners in the city "were confounded because +that every man heard them speaking in his own language."</p> + +<p>On the morning of that day the Church numbered one hundred and twenty. +"There were added unto them in that day about three thousand souls."</p> + +<p>St. John was one of those filled with the Holy Ghost, according to the +prophecy he had heard by the Baptist, and the promise by Christ. On him +rested a fiery tongue. To him the Spirit gave utterance, perhaps in the +languages of those among whom he was to labor in Asia Minor, from where +some of these strangers had come. He was in full sympathy with that +Christian company, an actor with them, a leader of them, a pillar for +them strong and immovable.</p> + +<p>But the Upper Room was not the only place where John worshiped. The +Temple was still a sanctuary where such as he communed with God. The +hour for the evening prayer was nearing when "Peter and John were going +up into the Temple." They reached the Beautiful Gate, which Josephus +describes as made of Corinthian brass, surpassing in beauty other temple +gates, even those which were overlaid with silver and gold. By it they +saw what doubtless they had often seen before, a lame man who, during +most of the forty years of his life, had been daily brought thither. His +weakness was a great contrast to the massive <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_226" id="Page_226"></a>[Pg 226]</span>strength of the pillar +against which he leaned, as he counted the long hours and the coins he +received in charity. His haggard appearance and ugly deformity were a +greater contrast to the richness and symmetry of the gate which was so +fittingly "called Beautiful."</p> + +<p>Was there something especially benignant in the faces of the two +Apostles, that encouraged the poor creature to hail them as he saw them +"about to go into the Temple"? They were willingly detained. "Peter, +fastening his eyes on him, with John, said, 'Look on us.'" A gift was +bestowed richer far than that for which he had hoped. They were full of +joy themselves, and of pity for him, and of a sense of the power of +their Lord, so often exercised in their presence. Therefore the command, +"In the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, walk."</p> + +<p>That was a strange sight to those who had long known the beggar, as he +held Peter with one hand and John with the other, as if leading them +into the Temple, into which he entered, "walking, and leaping, and +praising God."</p> + +<p>The glad shout of the healed man attracted a crowd around him, "greatly +wondering." The Apostles declared that the miracle was by no power of +their own, but by that of Jesus who had been killed, but had risen from +the dead. For this they were arrested and put in prison—strange place +for such men and for <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_227" id="Page_227"></a>[Pg 227]</span>such a reason. On the next day they were brought +before the rulers who demanded by what power they had done this thing. +Again the disciples declared it was in the name of Jesus Christ of +Nazareth, whom the Jews crucified, but whom God had raised from the +dead. The rulers were amazed when "they saw the boldness of Peter and +John." They had known the power of Jesus' words: they saw a like power +in the words of the Apostles, whom they were assured had been with Him +and been aided by Him. But this did not check their rage, which was +increased as they saw how many believed the Apostles. The three thousand +converts on the day of Pentecost were increased to five thousand.</p> + +<p><a name="il313f" id="il313f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il313f.jpg" alt="Ephesus" title="Ephesus" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">Ephesus</span>—<i>From Photograph</i><br /><a href='#Page_232'><i>Page 232</i></a></h4> + +<p>As leaders of the Christian company Peter and John were again put into +prison—into the public jail for malefactors. But the divine power which +had been used through them was now used for them. A solemn warning was +given to the daring wickedness of the rulers. When they thought their +prisoners kept "with all safety," in the darkness, behind bolted doors, +"an angel of the Lord by night opened the prison doors, and brought them +out, and said, 'Go ye, and stand and speak in the temple to the people +all the words of this Life.'"</p> + +<p>We know not the manner in which he led them out as he invisibly opened +and closed the doors through <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_228" id="Page_228"></a>[Pg 228]</span>which they passed, to obey without fear +the heavenly bidding. With consternation the rulers heard a messenger +declare, in words almost echoing the angel's command, "Behold the men +whom ye put in prison are in the temple standing and teaching the +people."</p> + +<p>Persecution scattered Christians who fled from Jerusalem, telling +wherever they went, of Christ as the Saviour. A deacon named Philip +preached in Samaria with great effect. "Now when the Apostles which were +at Jerusalem heard that Samaria had received the word of God, they sent +unto them Peter and John, who, when they were come down, prayed for them +that they might receive the Holy Ghost."</p> + +<p>These two were chosen because they had taken the most active part in +establishing the church in Jerusalem, and were specially fitted for +similar work elsewhere. With what peculiar feelings John must have +entered Samaria. He must have recalled a day when hot and weary he had +journeyed thither with his Lord and met the Samaritaness at the well. +Perhaps he now met her again, and together they talked over that +wonderful conversation which made her the first missionary to her +people, many of whom declared, "We know that this is indeed the Saviour +of the world."</p> + +<p>Did John on this visit enter into "a village of the Samaritans"—the +same where he had said, "Lord, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_229" id="Page_229"></a>[Pg 229]</span>wilt Thou that we bid fire to come down +from heaven and consume them?" Is it of them that it is now said he +"prayed for them"? His fire of indignation and revenge had changed to +the fire of love. The pentecostal flames had rested on his head.</p> + +<p>Once more—only once—we find the names of James and John together. One +short sentence, full of pathos, of injustice and cruelty, of affection +and sorrow, tells a story of the early Church: Herod "killed James the +brother of John with the sword." He was the first martyr of the +Apostles. The smaller circle of the three, and the larger one of the +twelve, is broken. For these brothers we may take up David's lamentation +over Saul and Jonathan, slightly changed, and say, "They were lovely and +pleasant in their lives: but in their death they were divided,"—for +through half a century John mourned the loss of his loved companion from +childhood.</p> + +<p>After James—one of the three whom Paul named pillars—had fallen, the +other two, Peter and John, stood for awhile side by side in strength and +beauty. To each of them he might have given the name Jachin by which one +of the pillars of Solomon's temple was called, meaning, "whom God +strengthens." Peter was the next to fall, after which John long stood +alone, until at last the three whom first we saw by the Sea of Galilee, +stood together by the glassy sea, in <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_230" id="Page_230"></a>[Pg 230]</span>each of them fulfilled the promise +made through John, by their Lord,—"He that overcometh, I will make him +a pillar in the Temple of my God, and he shall go out thence no more."</p> + +<p><a name="il319f" id="il319f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il319f.jpg" alt="The Isle of Patmos" title="The Isle of Patmos" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">The Isle of Patmos</span>—<i>Old Engraving</i><br /><a href='#Page_233'><i>Page 233</i></a></h4> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_231" id="Page_231"></a>[Pg 231]</span></p> +<h2><i>CHAPTER XXXI</i></h2> + +<h4><i>Last Days</i></h4> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>"I John ... was in the isle that is called Patmos, for the word of +God, and the testimony of Jesus.... And I heard behind me a great +voice, as of a trumpet saying, What thou seest, write in a book, +and send it to the seven churches."—<i>Rev.</i> i. 9-11.</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"Since I, whom Christ's mouth taught, was bidden teach,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">I went, for many years, about the world,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Saying, 'It was so; so I heard and saw,'</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Speaking as the case asked; and men believed.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Afterward came the message to myself</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">In Patmos Isle. I was not bidden teach,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">But simply listen, take a book and write,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Nor set down other than the given word,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">With nothing left to my arbitrament</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">To choose or change; I wrote, and men believed."</span><br /> +</p></div> + + +<p>From Samaria John with Peter "returned to Jerusalem." This is the last +record of him in the Acts. We have but little information concerning him +after that event. He suddenly disappears. We have two glimpses of him +which are historic, and several through shadowy traditions.</p> + +<p>There was a very important meeting in Jerusalem to settle certain +questions in which the early Church was greatly interested, and about +which there had been <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_232" id="Page_232"></a>[Pg 232]</span>much difference in judgment and feeling. St. Paul +was present. He says that St. John was there, one of the three +Pillar-Apostles who gave to him and Barnabas "the right hands of +fellowship." This is the only time of which we certainly know of the +meeting of these two Apostles; though we have imagined the possibility +of John's visiting the school of Gamaliel, and worshiping in the Temple +when young Saul was in Jerusalem. From this time, <span class="smcap">a.d.</span>, 50, we +lose sight of John and do not see him again until <span class="smcap">a.d.</span>, 68, in +the Isle of Patmos. As his Lord was hidden eighteen years, from the time +of His boyhood visit to Jerusalem until He entered on His public +ministry, so long His disciple is concealed from our view. Leaving +Jerusalem he probably never returned. Why he left we do not know. It may +have been because of persecutions. Perhaps the death of Mary relieved +him from the charge we may believe he had faithfully kept, and thus made +it possible for him to go about like other Apostles to preach the +Gospel. If so we have no hint in what direction he went. He may have +gone directly to Ephesus. On reaching it perhaps he found a welcome from +some who had heard him speak in their own language on the day of +Pentecost. It was a populous city, wealthy and wicked. Its magnificent +Temple of Diana was one of the seven wonders of the world. Its ruins +give us a hint of its former glory.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_233" id="Page_233"></a>[Pg 233]</span>All the traditions of early times make Ephesus the home of St. John in +the latter part of his life. From it as a centre he ministered to the +Churches of Asia Minor.</p> + +<p>Gospel truth found its way thither, even before Paul made it the centre +of his third missionary tour. He was driven from it, but he left the +foundation of a Christian Church, upon which John builded. There were +like foundations in at least six other important cities of Asia +Minor—Smyrna, Pergamum, Thyatira, Sardis, Philadelphia and Laodicea.</p> + +<p>The silence of the latter half of St. John's life is broken but once, +and that by himself. He tells us that he "was in the isle that is called +Patmos." It was not far from Ephesus, within a day's sail. It is a huge +rock, rugged and barren, only a few miles in length.</p> + +<p>Why was John in Patmos? He says, "for the word of God and the testimony +of Jesus." What does he mean by this? Perhaps that he was led thither by +circumstances of which we do not know, or by the guidance of the Spirit +of God, who there would make wonderful revelations to him. But more +probably he was banished thither for the preaching of the Gospel of +Jesus, and for being a faithful follower of Him, notwithstanding the +persecutions of Nero or Domitian. As told in an ancient Latin hymn,—</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_234" id="Page_234"></a>[Pg 234]</span></p><p> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"To desert islands banished,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">With God the exile dwells,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">And sees the future glory</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">His mystic writing tells."</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>The grotto of La Scala may have been the spot from which he looked out +upon the Ægean Sea, and upward into the heavens, communing in solitude +with his own thoughts, or with his Lord for whom he was there. Patmos +was for this a fitting place, whether he had gone there from his own +choice, or had been driven thither by the cruelty of his persecutor. In +such solitude did Milton muse, and Bunyan dream.</p> + +<p>It was the "Lord's Day," says John. He alone, and at this time only, +uses that name with which we have become familiar, though it may have +been in common use among the early Christians. It meant much to John, +even more than to us. It was a reminder of the day when he looked into, +and then entered, the tomb of his Lord, and believed that He had risen +from the dead.</p> + +<p>His meditations may have been aided by Old Testament Manuscripts, his +only companions; especially that of Daniel, in which it is claimed "the +spirit and imagery of the Book of Revelation is steeped."</p> + +<p>What a contrast there was between the peaceful waves of Gennesaret, +creeping silently upon the sandy beach of his childhood home, and the +breakers dash<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_235" id="Page_235"></a>[Pg 235]</span>ing upon the rocky coast of his exile abode in his old +age! How suggestive of the calm and turmoil of his life!</p> + +<p><a name="il324f" id="il324f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il324f.jpg" alt="Smyrna" title="Smyrna" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">Smyrna</span>—<i>Old Engraving</i><br /><a href='#Page_233'><i>Page 233</i></a></h4> + +<p>But his musings were suddenly broken by "a great voice, as of a +trumpet," giving a command—"What thou seest, write in a book." He says, +"I turned to see the voice that spake with me." He beheld his Lord in +greater grandeur than he had seen Him on earth, even on Hermon. As he +gazed upon the divine figure he must have exclaimed,</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"Can this be He who used to stray,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">A pilgrim on the world's highway,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Oppressed by power, and mocked by pride,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">The Nazarene, the Crucified!"</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>We do not wonder that he says,—"When I saw Him, I fell at His feet as +one dead." So had Paul done when the Lord appeared to him at Damascus. +John adds, "He laid His right hand upon me, saying, Fear not." The words +seem almost an echo from the Holy Mount,—"Jesus came and touched them, +and said, Arise, and be not afraid."</p> + +<p>The command to John was renewed, to write—of things which he had seen, +and what he was yet to behold. The early Christians called him the +Eagle, meaning that of all the sacred writers he had the loftiest +visions of divine truth.</p> + +<p>John's writings are of three kinds, the Book of The<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_236" id="Page_236"></a>[Pg 236]</span> Revelation of the +secret purposes of God; his Gospel; and his three Epistles or letters.</p> + +<p>Although The Revelation is the last of the books of the Bible, it is +probably the first of those by John. It contains messages from the Lord +in Heaven to the seven churches in Asia, which we have mentioned, +concerning their virtues and their failings. To each was given a special +promise of reward to those who overcame sin, and were faithful to +Christ. From this Revelation of John we get our imagery of Heaven, +helping us to understand something of its glory.</p> + +<p>His Gospel is supposed to have been written next. Why did he write it? +As we have noticed, Matthew, Mark and Luke had already written their +Gospels. But there was abundant reason for John's writing the fourth +Gospel. We need not doubt the tradition that he was urged to do so by +the disciples, elders and bishops of the early Church. They had heard +him tell much concerning Christ of which the first three Evangelists had +not told. These things were too precious to be forgotten, or to be +changed by frequent repetition after his lips were silent. That must be +soon, for he was very old, having long passed the limit of human age. +They had listened to the story of the early call of the disciples, and +of the first miracle at Cana, and of the night visit of Nicodemus to +Jesus, and of the talk by the well of Samaria with the Samaritaness, and +of <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_237" id="Page_237"></a>[Pg 237]</span>the washing of the disciples' feet, and of many other things which +Jesus said and did of which no one had written. In John's talks with +Christians, and his preaching in their churches, he explained fully and +simply the teachings of Jesus, as no one else had done, or could do. +They longed for a record of them, that they might read it themselves, +and leave it to their children, and those who never could hear the words +from his lips.</p> + +<p>So St. John wrote his Gospel, giving to his first readers his great +reason,—"These are written that ye may believe that Jesus is the +Christ, the Son of God; and that believing ye may have life in His +name."</p> + +<p>For the writing of his first Epistle he also gives a reason, +saying,—"That which we have heard, that which we have seen with our +eyes, that which we beheld, and our hands handled concerning the word of +life, ... that ... declare we unto you also, that ye also may have +fellowship with us."</p> + +<p>Through these words John draws us very near to his Lord and ours, Whom +we behold through his eyes, and hear through his ears. We almost feel +the grasp of a divine yet human hand.</p> + +<p>The great theme is the love of God, or as Luther expresses it, "The main +substance of this Epistle relates to love." John's Gospel abounds in +declarations and illustration of this greatest of truths, but it does +not <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_238" id="Page_238"></a>[Pg 238]</span>contain the phrase in this Epistle in which he sums up the whole +Gospel, "<span class="smcap">God is Love</span>." Because of John's deep sense of God's +love, and because of the depth of his own love, the Beloved Apostle is +called, The Apostle of Love.</p> + +<p>John's second Epistle should be of special interest to the young. From +it we infer that there were two Christian homes, in each of which John +took delight. The mothers were sisters. His letter is addressed to "The +elect lady"—or as she is sometimes called the Lady Electa—and her +children. John tells of his love and that of others for them,—Mother +and children—because of their Christian character. He tells of his +great joy because of the children "walking in the truth"—living as +children should live who have learned of the teachings of Christ.</p> + +<p>From the group of children around him in the home where he wrote, he +sends messages to their aunt, saying, "The children of thine elect +sister salute thee." How the children of Electa must have prized that +letter! How little they thought that nineteen hundred years after they +received it, other children would read it, and think how happy were +those who had the Apostle John for their friend.</p> + +<p>This letter is one of the things that revealed his child-like spirit. We +remember the time when he did not have that spirit. At last he did have +it because he <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_239" id="Page_239"></a>[Pg 239]</span>became so much like his Master who loved the little ones, +and taught His disciples to do the same.</p> + +<p>John thought of the child-spirit as the Christ-spirit, whether it was in +the old or the young. He called all who had it children. He called those +to whom he ministered in his old age his little children. This he does +in the last sentence of his last letter to the Christian church,—"My +little children, guard yourselves from idols."</p> + +<p>Because of his own child-like spirit and his seeking to cultivate it in +others, and because of his manifest interest in children, he may be +called the Apostle of Childhood.</p> + +<p>There is a beautiful tradition concerning him, that in his old age, when +he was too feeble to walk to the church or to preach, he was carried +thither, and said again and again,—"Little children, love one another." +Some said, "Master, why dost thou always say this?" He replied, "It is +the Lord's command, and if this alone is done, it is enough." Of his +death at the probable age of about one hundred nothing is known. It is +claimed that there is a sacred spot somewhere among the tangled thickets +of Mt. Prion which looks down on Ephesus where his body was laid.</p> + +<p>There is a tradition, inconsistent with the supposition that Mary died +in Jerusalem, that she accompanied John to Ephesus and was buried near +him; her eyes <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_240" id="Page_240"></a>[Pg 240]</span>having been closed by him on whom her Son had looked with +dimming vision, commending her to his loving care.</p> + +<p>No magnificent tomb marks the place of John's burial. None is needed. +But there are richer and abundant memorials of St. John the Divine—an +imperishable name because that of the Beloved Disciple of Him Whose name +is above every name.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_241" id="Page_241"></a>[Pg 241]</span></p> +<h2><i>CHAPTER XXXII</i></h2> + +<h4><i>A Retrospect</i></h4> + + +<p>How wonderful and charming a history is that of St. John! Our glimpses +of him have been few and often-times indistinct; but they have been +enough in number and clearness to reveal a noble and lovable character.</p> + +<p>We saw him first on the sea-shore of Gennesaret, not differing from any +other Galilean boy. We watched him playing and fishing with his +Bethsaidan companions, none of them thinking of how long their +friendship would be continued, or in what new and strange circumstances +of joy and sorrow, hope and fear, disappointment and glad surprises, +that companionship would become closer and closer.</p> + +<p>We saw John in his rambles about his home, amid scenes beautiful in +themselves, which became sacred because of what he there beheld and +heard.</p> + +<p>We discovered his relationship to a child in Nazareth whom he did not +know at first as the most wonderful being in the world.</p> + +<p>We entered his home and visited the school where he was taught of Him +who was called the coming<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_242" id="Page_242"></a>[Pg 242]</span> Messiah; but who had already come, though his +parents and teachers knew it not.</p> + +<p>We followed him as a Jewish boy into the Temple, whose glories were to +become more glorious in his manhood by what he beheld therein.</p> + +<p>We saw him on the Jordan, standing with his kindred and namesake, who +pointed him to Jesus as the Messiah for whom he had been looking. From +that hour we have known him as a disciple of Jesus, later as one of his +twelve Apostles, then one of the chosen three, then the one—the beloved +Disciple.</p> + +<p>Through his eyes we have beheld the wonderful works of our Lord: with +his ears we have heard the most wonderful words ever spoken to man. We +have caught glimpses of him in most wonderful scenes which he was almost +the only one to behold—amid the glories of the transfiguration, in the +death-chamber changed to that of life, in the shadows of Gethsemane.</p> + +<p>We have learned through John the sacredness of human friendships, made +closer and holier by friendship with the loved and loving Lord. He has +been our guide to the Upper Room of joy and sadness; to the Priestly +Palace of suffering and of shame; to the cross of agony and death; to +the tomb of surprise and exaltation; to the mount of final blessing and +ascension.</p> + +<p><a name="il334f" id="il334f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il334f.jpg" alt="Pergamos and the Ruins of the Church of St. John" title="Pergamos and the Ruins of the Church of St. John" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">Pergamos and the Ruins of the Church of St. John</span>—<i>Old Engraving</i><br /><a href='#Page_233'><i>Page 233</i></a></h4> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_243" id="Page_243"></a>[Pg 243]</span>John saw what kings and prophets longed to see, but died without the +sight—the Messiah come. He witnessed probably all the miracles of +Jesus, from his first in Cana as a guest, to his last on the sea-shore +as a host—the signs of divine power inspired by pity and love. He +looked upon the enthusiastic but mistaken throng who in Galilee would +force upon Jesus an unwelcome crown; then upon the multitudes who hailed +him with hosannas on Olivet; then the maddened crowd who shouted through +the streets of Jerusalem, "Crucify Him." He witnessed Christ's movements +when the multitudes gathered about Him for instruction and healing, and +when he withdrew from them to pray. His eyes were dazzled by the +brightness of the transfiguration as he looked upon the form which at +last was enshrouded in darkness on Calvary. With another vision he +beheld that form in Heaven itself.</p> + +<p>On the Jordan he beheld Jesus as the Lamb of God which was to be offered +as a sacrifice. He saw the cross become His altar of sacrifice, and then +in Heaven discerned Him as the "Lamb as it had been slain." He was +witness of Christ's joys and sorrows, shame and suffering, humiliation +and exaltation, entering into them more fully than did any other human +being.</p> + +<p>From the hour in which John stood with the Baptist who told him to +behold Jesus, his eye was upon Him, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_244" id="Page_244"></a>[Pg 244]</span>until, because there was no more +for him to behold of his Lord on earth, the angels asked, "Why stand ye +gazing?" Having seen Him "lifted up" on a beclouded cross, he saw Him +"taken up" as a glorious "cloud received Him out of sight."</p> + +<p>John heard wondrous things. He became familiar with his Lord's voice, +its tones of instruction and exhortation, warning and reproof, +invitation and affection, forgiveness and benediction, prayer and +praise, depression and agony, joy and triumph. He was no careless +listener to the words spoken to Jesus—those of inquiry and pleading, +hypocrisy and contempt, mockery and deceit, hatred and love. Beside his +Lord, he heard saintly voices, and the voice of the Father.</p> + +<p>Much that John saw and heard when with his Lord he has made known. We +imagine some things were too tender and sacred for others' ears: +concerning such his lips were sealed. Other things were too precious for +silence: of such he is the most distinct echo. His Gospel is often a +commentary on the other three. He was an eye-witness of most of the +events of which he tells. His Gospel is rich with illuminated texts. +Having the best understanding of "the words of the Lord Jesus," he is +the fullest reporter of His teachings. Having the deepest insight into +the heart of hearts of his Lord, he is its clearest revealer. While many +others grasped separate truths, he placed them <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_245" id="Page_245"></a>[Pg 245]</span>side by side in harmony +and unity, and thus held them up and revealed them to mankind. His +Lord's words were the most sacred treasures of his memory: his greatest +joy was to bring them forth for others to view and admire, that they too +might be inspired thereby to "love and good works." Without erasing +aught from the pictures drawn by his fellow-Evangelists, he has added +to, and filled in, and re-touched with a sympathizing hand. So familiar +had he become with his Lord's countenance, with all its varied +expressions, and so skilful was he in reproducing them, that his +composite portrait is the most beautiful and impressive of all attempts +to portray "the human face divine."</p> + +<p>Standing outside of some grand cathedral, before its stained window, we +mark the figures with their rich depth of color. Passing within we see +the same figures, but the outline is more distinct; the colors are +richer, and with more harmonious blending. So sometimes we seem to stand +with the three Evangelists outside the Gospel Cathedral; and then with +John within.</p> + +<p>Like Ruth in the field of Boaz he followed the reapers—the first three +Evangelists in the field of their Lord,—to "glean even among the +sheaves." He "gleaned in the field until evening," the close of the long +day of his life, "and beat out that he had <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_246" id="Page_246"></a>[Pg 246]</span>gleaned," and gave it to +others. There was not need for them to ask him, "Where hast thou +gleaned?" There was only one field from which such harvest could be +gathered. Rather could they say as Naomi to Ruth, "Blessed is he that +did take knowledge of thee."</p> + +<p>There have been more noted illustrations of change in character than is +furnished in St. John. His early life was not profligate like that of +John Newton or John Bunyan. And yet the change in him was marked enough +to furnish an exhibition of contrast, showing the power of Christ's +teachings and example upon him, until he reached an unwonted degree of +perfection. He combined the noblest traits of the loftiest manhood and +womanhood, with the simplicity of childhood. His human kinship to Jesus +illustrated but faintly the closer and tenderer relation formed by the +transforming of his spirit into the likeness of Christ. This was more +royal than any merely human relationship. It was the closest relation of +which we know of the perfect Christ with imperfect man. We have watched +the changes in John's spirit, and seen his imperfections smoothed away, +and his character so polished that it became the brightest reflector of +the image of Jesus Christ. Yet from the first there were budding virtues +in him which Mary Magdalene's supposed gardener brought to perfection.</p> + +<p><a name="il340f" id="il340f"></a></p> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/il340f.jpg" alt="Ruins of Laodicea" title="Ruins of Laodicea" /></div> +<h4><span class="smcap">Ruins of Laodicea</span>—<i>Old Engraving</i><br /><a href='#Page_233'><i>Page 233</i></a></h4> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_247" id="Page_247"></a>[Pg 247]</span>In history John stands and must ever stand alone. He was one of the +two who first accepted the call of Christ to come to Him: he was the +last of the Apostles to repeat, in another and yet as true a sense, that +invitation to multitudes of men. He was one of those two who first saw +what may be called the beginning of the Christian Church, in the little +booth by the Jordan: and the last one of the Twelve to remember its +fuller establishments in the Upper Chamber of Jerusalem. He was the last +man who had seen the last prophet who told of the coming Messiah; and +was the last Evangelist to tell that He had come. He was one of the +three who were the last to behold the Shechinah, and to whom came the +voice of God the Father.</p> + +<p>John was the lone disciple in the palace of the high priest, witnessing +the injustice, mockery, and cruelty before Pilate; the last one with +whom the Lord spoke and on whom His eye rested before His death. He was +the lone disciple to gaze upon the cross and witness the dying agonies; +the first to look into the deserted tomb; the first of whom we are told +that he believed the Lord had risen therefrom. The last survivor of the +Apostolic band, he had the fullest opportunity to witness the fulfilment +of prophecies of which he was a careful student and clear interpreter. +He saw the sad close of the Jewish dispensation, and <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_248" id="Page_248"></a>[Pg 248]</span>the glorious +beginning of Christianity. He saw the Holy City overthrown, as Christ +declared to Him on Olivet that it would be, and had a vision of the New +Jerusalem of which the old was a consecrated type, at last profaned.</p> + +<p>Of the golden Apostolic chain he was the last link binding the Church to +its Lord. He was the last known human kindred of the Son of Man. The +last words of inspiration were spoken to and recorded by him. He was the +latest prophet, historian, and Evangelist. One of the first to say, "I +have seen the Messiah," he was the last to say, "I have seen the Lord."</p> + +<p>We have caught glimpses of St. John in the early days of Christianity, +as a light and a pillar, a teacher and a guide. Sometimes for years +together he has been hidden from our view, and then has emerged with a +yet brighter halo around his head. We have watched him on a lonely isle +gazing into heaven, beholding glories of which he gives us hints, but +which he tells us he cannot fully describe.</p> + +<p>Because of his relation to the Lord, the fisher boy unknown beyond the +hamlet of Bethsaida two thousand years ago is "spoken of" as truly as +Mary of Bethany, whose memory he especially has made sacred and +perpetual. Wherever the Gospel is preached he too is remembered, honored +and loved.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_249" id="Page_249"></a>[Pg 249]</span>Because of his relation to the Lord, towns in lands of which he never +knew, bear his name; in which people are taught by his words and +inspired by his spirit. In them many a family is known by the name St. +John. Rivers in their flow bear his name from generation to generation +on earth, while he points men to the pure river "proceeding out of the +throne of God and the Lamb," which was "showed" him in Patmos. Societies +for fraternal fellowship and mutual helpfulness are called after him. +St. John's day has a sacred place in the calendar. Many a rural chapel +and stately city church are reminders of him. The richness of his +graces, and the yet future of his saintly influence, are symbolized in +the yet unfinished temple of surpassing grandeur in the City of New +York,—"The Cathedral of St. John the Divine."</p> + +<p>From all these earthly scenes in which we have beheld him, to which +history and tradition have pointed us, and from those things which are +memorials of him, we turn to the Heavenly scenes which he bids us behold +as they were revealed to him. Thither we follow him after all his trials +and labors and triumphs of earth. With reverence and gladness for him, +we listen to the voice of the Lord saying to him what He had told him to +say to the Churches of Asia:—"Because thou didst overcome I give thee +'to eat of the tree of life, which is in the midst of the Paradise of +God.'<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_250" id="Page_250"></a>[Pg 250]</span> Thou shalt 'not be hurt with the second death.' I give thee 'a +white stone, and upon the stone a new name written.' I give thee 'the +morning star.' 'I will in no wise blot thy name out of the book of life! +I make you a pillar in the temple of My God.' O John, rememberest thou +thy petition and that of thy brother who has long been with Me,—'Grant +unto us that we may sit, one on Thy right hand, and one on Thy left hand +in Thy glory'? Thou thoughtest that 'glory' was an earthly throne, which +thou never sawest. But thou hast overcome thy pride and ambition, thy +jealous and revengeful spirit. Thou hast triumphed over those who were +thine enemies because thou wast My friend. Thou didst see My agonies and +victories in Gethsemane and on Calvary. Thou didst take up My cry on My +cross concerning My work on earth, and sound it forth,—'It is +finished.' Dost thou remember My final promise to him that overcometh, +which I made from this My true throne of glory, through thee, 'in the +isle that is called Patmos'—precious name even here because of thy +'testimony for' Me. That promise I now fulfil in thee. O John, one of My +chosen Twelve on earth; yea more, one of My chosen three; yet more, My +beloved one, here in Heaven, now, 'Sit down with Me on My throne, as I +also overcame and sat down with My Father in His throne.'"</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_251" id="Page_251"></a>[Pg 251]</span></p> +<h2><i>CHAPTER XXXIII</i></h2> + +<h4><i>Legends and Traditions of St. John</i></h4> + + +<p>After closing the history of St. John, we linger over the traditions +that cluster about his later years. They reveal the feelings of the +early Church toward him who was the last of the Apostolic band, and the +last who had seen their Lord.</p> + +<p>There is one legend so beautiful, so much like him, that we can almost +believe it as having a fitting place in his history. It belongs to the +time when he preached in the magnificent Church which Christians had +reared for him in Ephesus. We may not credit the story that on his brow +he wore a golden plate engraven with the inscription, "Holiness to the +Lord," but we can almost imagine it written there. His memorable +appearance and his tender manner, the loving voice with which he told +the story of his Lord, fastened all eyes upon him, and opened all ears +to his message of salvation. There was one, a young man, who standing in +the distance, looked and listened with such eager interest as to attract +the attention of the Apostle. In repentance and faith he found the peace +which nothing else can give. He was baptized and <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_252" id="Page_252"></a>[Pg 252]</span>numbered with the +Ephesian Christians. St. John took special interest in him, training him +in Christian doctrine, and preparing him for a useful life. When the +hour for John's banishment came, in his anxiety for the youth, he +committed him to the care of the Bishop of the place, whom he charged to +be faithful in teaching and spiritual guidance.</p> + +<p>But the youth was exposed to many temptations from the heathen about +him. Their songs and dances and wine again charmed him as they did +before he heard the preaching of John. He yielded to their influences, +and renounced his profession of Christianity. In the absence of the +Apostle, the reproofs of the Bishop only maddened him. He no longer +attended the services of the Church, or sought the companionship of +Christians. Having entered the paths of sin, he wandered farther and +farther therein. At last he committed a crime against the government. In +fear of punishment he fled from Ephesus, and joined a company of robbers +and bandits in the wild ravines of the mountains. Though young in years, +he was so cunning and bold in crime that he became the leader of the +band. Inspired by his daring spirit they were ready for deeds of +violence that made them the terror of the whole region.</p> + +<p>On John's return from his exile in Patmos to Ephesus, he longed to know +of the welfare of the young <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_253" id="Page_253"></a>[Pg 253]</span>disciple, who had been to him as an adopted +son, ever present to his mind and heart in his lonely island. The +Bishop, with downcast eyes, sorrow and shame, declared, "He is dead." +"How?" asked John, "and by what death?" "He is dead to God," said the +Bishop. "He has turned out wicked and abandoned, and at last a robber."</p> + +<p>John rent his garments as a sign of distress. Weeping he cried with a +loud lamentation, "Alas! alas! to what a guardian have I trusted our +brother!" The tender, faithful heart of the aged Apostle yearned for the +young man. He was ready to say, "How can I give thee up!" He knew the +mercy of God, and the power of love, human and divine; and determined +that the robber-chieftain should know it too.</p> + +<p>Immediately he procured a horse and guide, and rode toward the +stronghold of the robbers. It was in a wild mountainous ravine, with +rushing torrents and rugged rocks overgrown with brushwood and luxuriant +herbage. It was a place of grandeur, and yet of gloom—a fitting haunt +for the robber-band. Few travelers passed that way, and that hurriedly +and in terror.</p> + +<p>At last the Apostle and his guide heard from behind the rocks the hoarse +shouts of revelry. But he heeded them not, so intent was he on his +errand. He was seeking the prodigal, his adopted son—who was not +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_254" id="Page_254"></a>[Pg 254]</span>seeking the loving father. He drew the reins of his horse, while he +told his guide that their journey was ended, and prayed for themselves +and for him whom they sought. His nearness was discovered by one of the +band, who led him to the rest, and bound his guide. There was a great +contrast between the old man with his snowy locks and beard, in his +humble garb; and the younger, the wild looking bandit with his streaming +hair and loose white kilt; between the defenceless captive, and his +captors armed with Roman swords, long lances, and bows and arrows before +which he seemed perfectly powerless.</p> + +<p>As he looked upon their hardened features they looked into his benignant +face, and stood awed in his presence. Their rough manner, words and +tones were changed by his smile and even friendly greeting. He made no +resistance. His only motion was a wave of his hand. It was mightier than +sword or lance or bow. His only request was, "Take me to your captain." +Over-awed by the dignity of his manner and his calmness, the captors +obeyed their captive and silently led him to their chief. In an open +space the tall handsome young man was seated on his horse, wearing +bright armor and breastplate, and holding the spear of a warrior. At a +glance he recognized his old master, instructor and guide, who had been +to him as a father. His first thought was, "Why should <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_255" id="Page_255"></a>[Pg 255]</span>this holy man +seek me?" He answered his own question, saying to himself, "He has come +with just and angry threatenings which I well deserve." John had been +called "a son of thunder." As such the trembling chief thought of him, +ready to hear him pronounce an awful woe. So with a mingled cry of fear +and anguish, he turned his horse and would have fled—a strange sound +and sight for his fellow-robbers.</p> + +<p>But St. John had no thunder tones for him, no threats of coming +punishment. The kind shepherd had found the sheep that had been lost. +The father had found the prodigal, without waiting for the wanderer's +return. John sprang toward him. He held out his arms in an affectionate +manner. He called him by tender names. With earnest entreaty he +prevailed on him to stop and listen. As young Saul, when near Damascus +caught sight of Jesus and heard His voice, dropped from his horse to the +ground; so did the young chieftain at the sight and voice of St. John. +With reverence he kneeled before him, and in shame bowed his head to the +ground. Like Peter who had denied the same Lord, the young man wept +bitterly. His cries of self-reproach and his despair echoed strangely in +that rocky defile. As St. John had wept for him, he wept for himself. +Those were truly penitential tears. John still spoke encouragingly. The +young man lifted his head and embraced the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_256" id="Page_256"></a>[Pg 256]</span>knees of the Apostle, +sobbing out, "No hope, no pardon." Then remembering the deeds of his +right hand, defiled with blood, he hid it beneath his robe. St. John +fell on his knees before him and enfolded him in his arms. He grasped +the hand that had been hidden, and bathed it in tears as if he would +wash away its bloody stains, and then kissed it, in thought of the good +he said it should yet perform.</p> + +<p>That hand cast away the sword it had wielded in murder, and lovingly, +gratefully held that of John, as the Apostle, and the robber-chief now +penitent and forgiven, together left the wilderness; within sight of the +astonished band; some of whom were greatly touched by what they had seen +and heard, while others were ready to scoff at what they called the +weakness of their leader.</p> + +<p>Another tradition is a beautiful illustration of the tenderness and +sympathy which we may judge was increasingly manifest in St. John's +character, the spirit of the Lord "whose tender mercies are over all His +works," the spirit St. John had seen in his Master who noticed the +sparrow falling to the ground. True it is,</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"He prayeth well who loveth well</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">Both man, and bird, and beast.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">He prayeth best who loveth best</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">All things, both great and small;</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2.3em;">For the dear Lord who loveth us,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">He made and loveth all."</span><br /> +</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_257" id="Page_257"></a>[Pg 257]</span>There was a young tame partridge in which St. John took delight and +found recreation in many an hour from which he had turned from labor for +rest. A young hunter anxiously seeking the great Apostle was surprised +to find him in what seemed a frivolous employment. He doubted for a +moment whether this could be he. John asked, "What is that thing which +thou carriest in thy hand?" "A bow," replied the hunter. "Why then is it +unstrung?" said John. "Because," was the answer, "were I to keep it +always strung it would lose its spring and become useless." "Even so," +replied the Apostle, "be not offended at my brief relaxation, which +prevents my spirit from waxing faint."</p> + +<p>We have already alluded to a tradition which is perhaps the best known +of all, and universally accepted. In Ephesus, in extreme old age, too +infirm to walk, St. John was carried as a little child to the church +where he had so long preached. In feebleness his ministry had ended. The +last sermon as such had been preached. He could no longer repeat the +words of Christ he had heard on the mountain, and the sea-shore, and in +the Temple. He could no longer tell of the wonders of which he was the +only surviving witness. In Christians he saw the child-spirit, whether +in old or young. In his old age he was a father to all such as none +other could claim to be. His great theme —<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_258" id="Page_258"></a>[Pg 258]</span>his only theme—was love. So +his only words, again and again repeated as he faced the congregation +were "Little children, love one another." And when asked why he repeated +the same thing over and over, he told them it was the Lord's command, +and if they obeyed it, that was enough.</p> + +<p>Traditions alone tell of St. John's death. One claims that as his +brother James was the first of the Apostles to suffer martyrdom, he was +the last. Others tell of miraculous preservation from death;—that he +was thrown into a caldron of boiling oil, and drank hemlock, without any +effect upon him. Sometimes he is pictured as holding a cup from which a +viper, representing poison, is departing without doing him any harm.</p> + +<p>There is still another story concerning his death. On the last Lord's +Day of his life, after the Holy Communion, he told some of his disciples +to follow him with spades. Leading them to a place of burial, he bid +them dig a grave into which he placed himself, and they buried him up to +the neck. Then in obedience to his command they placed a cloth over his +face and completed the burial. With weeping they turned away and +reported what had been done. But his disciples felt that, not the grave, +but the great church was the fitting place for his burial. So with +solemn service they went to bring his body thither. But on <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_259" id="Page_259"></a>[Pg 259]</span>reaching the +grave they found it empty, as he and Peter had found the tomb of their +Lord on Easter morning. Then they remembered the words of Christ to +Peter concerning John, "If I will that he abide till I come, what is +that to thee?"</p> + +<p>But there is another tradition stranger still. People refused to believe +that St. John was dead, even though he had been supposed to be, and had +been buried. For centuries his grave was shown at Ephesus. Pilgrims +visiting it beheld a wonderful sight. The ground above it rose and fell, +as if the great Apostle were still breathing as he had done for one +hundred years, while treading the earth which now guarded his immortal +sleep.</p> + +<p>Such stories seem strange to us when we remember the chapter he wrote to +correct a mistake made by those who misunderstood his Master's word, and +believed that he would not die until the Lord returned to the earth.</p> + +<p>He probably escaped martyrdom which befell his fellow-Apostles. Dying, +probably in Ephesus, we think of him as peacefully entering the mansions +of which he had heard his Lord tell in far-off Jerusalem nearly seventy +years before.<br /><br /></p> + + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of A Life of St. John for the Young +by George Ludington Weed + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A LIFE OF ST. JOHN FOR THE YOUNG *** + +***** This file should be named 17166-h.htm or 17166-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/7/1/6/17166/ + +Produced by Janet Blenkinship, Curtis Weyant and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/17166-h/images/cover.jpg b/17166-h/images/cover.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9977d7d --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/cover.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il001f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il001f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c22e877 --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il001f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il024f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il024f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ebca5c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il024f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il028f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il028f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e2a895b --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il028f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il034f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il034f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e519e30 --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il034f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il042f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il042f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b3984ee --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il042f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il047f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il047f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..24a20fb --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il047f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il053f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il053f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..daa0ecc --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il053f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il057f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il057f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c935d4b --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il057f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il061f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il061f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1ab8aaa --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il061f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il065f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il065f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..38ee427 --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il065f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il077f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il077f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c6ad0d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il077f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il082f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il082f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1949c7d --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il082f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il086f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il086f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1ec6af1 --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il086f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il090f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il090f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f79bedd --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il090f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il094f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il094f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..82a2c59 --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il094f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il099f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il099f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3a05896 --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il099f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il102f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il102f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..44adc76 --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il102f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il119f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il119f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6036309 --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il119f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il123f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il123f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..01c6abb --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il123f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il127f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il127f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c27ff77 --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il127f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il132f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il132f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d9099b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il132f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il136f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il136f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..440d032 --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il136f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il140f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il140f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2f35106 --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il140f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il147f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il147f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ad69c18 --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il147f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il156f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il156f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9ab82ad --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il156f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il161f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il161f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9181989 --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il161f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il174f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il174f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..739743e --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il174f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il182f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il182f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..13e4491 --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il182f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il191f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il191f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2c9dcd1 --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il191f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il200f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il200f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ef1128f --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il200f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il218f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il218f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f189950 --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il218f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il227f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il227f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..dd44c7d --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il227f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il231f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il231f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b26a4d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il231f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il235f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il235f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..105de50 --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il235f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il240f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il240f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..61f54cc --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il240f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il257f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il257f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6006f98 --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il257f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il266f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il266f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9a8f74d --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il266f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il271f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il271f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e7b4f66 --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il271f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il277f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il277f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5f07b17 --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il277f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il282f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il282f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3f0e539 --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il282f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il288f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il288f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..18c0a65 --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il288f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il295f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il295f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b2b8228 --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il295f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il313f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il313f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4d19fcc --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il313f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il319f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il319f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a4127d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il319f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il324f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il324f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1e2fc79 --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il324f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il334f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il334f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5d8e947 --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il334f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/il340f.jpg b/17166-h/images/il340f.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..89e0173 --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/il340f.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/map021-tb.jpg b/17166-h/images/map021-tb.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..982f816 --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/map021-tb.jpg diff --git a/17166-h/images/map021.jpg b/17166-h/images/map021.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d86bdd2 --- /dev/null +++ b/17166-h/images/map021.jpg diff --git a/17166.txt b/17166.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2e39448 --- /dev/null +++ b/17166.txt @@ -0,0 +1,6524 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of A Life of St. John for the Young +by George Ludington Weed + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: A Life of St. John for the Young + +Author: George Ludington Weed + +Release Date: November 27, 2005 [EBook #17166] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A LIFE OF ST. JOHN FOR THE YOUNG *** + + + + +Produced by Janet Blenkinship, Curtis Weyant and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net + + + + + + + +[Illustration: ST JOHN +_Domenichino Frontispiece_] + + + + +A Life of St. John + +For the Young + +BY + +GEORGE LUDINGTON WEED + +AUTHOR OF "A LIFE OF CHRIST FOR THE YOUNG," "A LIFE OF ST. PAUL FOR +THE YOUNG," "GREAT TRUTHS SIMPLY TOLD," ETC., ETC. + +PHILADELPHIA + +GEORGE W. JACOBS & CO + +103-105 SOUTH FIFTEENTH STREET + +Copyright, 1900 + +BY GEORGE W. JACOBS & CO + + + + +_PREFATORY NOTE_ + +The recorded incidents of the Life of St. John are few. Almost all those +of which we certainly know are related in the Gospels, the Acts of the +Apostles, The Epistles of St. John, and The Revelation. Some of the +traditions concerning him are in such harmony with what we do know that +we are almost ready to accept them as historic. + +The known events though few, are very distinct. They are the beautiful +fragments of a great picture. The plan of this volume does not include +those which pertain to him in common with the twelve disciples. Such a +record would practically involve the story of the life of our Lord. This +is limited to those events in which his name is mentioned, or his person +otherwise indicated; to those in which he was a certain or implied +actor; to those in which we may suppose from his character and relations +he had a special interest; to those narratives whose fulness of detail +makes the impression that they are given by an eye-witness; to those in +which a deeper impression was made on him than on his fellow-disciples, +or where he showed a deeper insight than they into the teachings of the +Lord, and is a clearer interpreter; to those records which add to, or +throw light upon, those of the other three Evangelists; and especially +to those things which reveal his peculiar relation to Jesus Christ. + +Another limitation of this volume is its adaptation, in language, +selection of subjects and general treatment, to young people, for whom +it is believed no life of John, at any rate of recent date, has been +prepared. It is designed especially for those between the ages of ten +and twenty, though the facts recorded may be of value to all. + +The attempt is made to trace the way by which John was led to, and then +by, Christ. We first see him as a boy with Jewish surroundings, taught +to expect the Messiah, then watching for His coming, then rejoicing in +finding Him, then faithful and loving in serving Him; becoming the most +loved of His chosen ones. We see the Christ through John's eyes, and +listen to the Great Teacher with his ears. Christ and John are the +central figures in the scenes here recorded. + +The full table of contents suggests the variety and scope of the topics +presented. + +In the mind of the writer the interest of many of the scenes described +has been greatly deepened by memories of the paths in which he has +followed in the footsteps of the Master and His disciple. + +The many quotations of words, phrases and texts--which are from the +Revised Version--are designed to direct the young to Scripture forms +with which they should become familiar; and sometimes to emphasize a +fact or truth, or to recall a former incident. + +Grateful acknowledgment is made especially to the works of Farrar, +Edersheim and Stalker, for facts, and germs of thought which have been +simplified in form and language for the interest and instruction of the +young, in the hope that they may thereby be led into deeper study of one +of the noblest of human lives. + G.L.W. +_Philadelphia, July, 1900_. + + + + + ~CONTENTS~ + + PAGE~ + + CHAPTER I + + A HOME IN THE BLESSED LAND, BY THE SACRED SEA + + + A Fitting Study for the Young--The Glory of all Lands--Divisions of + Palestine--Galilee--People of Galilee--Gennesaret and its + Surroundings--Comparisons--Jewish Sayings--McCheyne--Towns, Villages and + Palaces--Fisheries--Bethsaida 19 + + + CHAPTER II + + FIVE BOYS OF BETHSAIDA--RAMBLES ABOUT HOME + + Five Apostles of Jesus--Two Pair of Brothers--Salome--Brothers + Indeed--Views from a Hilltop--View of the Lake--Poetic + Description--Rambles North of the Lake--On the West--Keble's Poem--Answer + to the Poet's Question--The Sower--Object Lessons of the Great + Teacher--Mount of Beatitudes--Nature's Influence on John--Philip 24 + + + CHAPTER III + + JOHN'S ROYAL KINDRED + + Salome and Mary Sisters--John and Jesus Cousins--Visit to + Bethsaida--Visit to Nazareth--A Picture of the Boy Jesus--The Picture a + Help--A Phrase to Remember--A Kinsman of John and Jesus--Education--The + Messiah 31 + + + CHAPTER IV + + THE GREAT EXPECTATION IN JOHN'S DAY + + Prophecy Concerning the Messiah--Jewish Mistakes--Roman Conquest--Judas + of Galilee--The Five Bethsaidan Boys--John and Peter 35 + + + CHAPTER V + + EARLY INFLUENCES ON CHARACTER + + Special Influences on the Five--Scripture Students--Rabbi Like Simeon, + or a Teacher--Prophetess Like Anna--Home Teaching--From the Five to + Two--Salome and Her Sons--Review--Boyhood + Traits--Imperfections--Perfection 39 + + + CHAPTER VI + + FIRST VISIT IN JERUSALEM + + Jewish Boy at Twelve--Interest in the First Pilgrimage--John's + Journey--The Jordan Ford--City, Temple and Altar--John and Saul--Silent + Years--Parental Thoughts Concerning John 44 + + + CHAPTER VII + + JOHN'S VIEW OF THE COMING MESSIAH + + John's Old Testament Studies--First Gospel Promise--Promises to + Abraham, Isaac and Jacob--Promise to David--Mary and Immanuel--Names and + Titles of the Messiah--John's Misreading of the Old Testament--Christ's + Sufferings 48 + + + CHAPTER VIII + + JESUS THE HIDDEN MESSIAH + + The Infancy of Jesus Forgotten--Our Ignorance of Christ's + Childhood--The Boy in the Temple--The Carpenter's Silent Years 53 + + + CHAPTER IX + + "THE PROPHET OF THE MOST HIGH" + + Elizabeth and Her John--A Father's Prophecy--The Prophet in the + Wilderness--Young Men of Galilee--The Hermit--His Galilean + Disciples--His Public Ministry--His Hearers--His Preaching--St. John the + Baptist--St. John of Galilee 57 + + + CHAPTER X + + THE MESSIAH FOUND + + "Jesus from Galilee to Jordan"--Baptism of Jesus--Temptation--"Behold + the Lamb of God"--Andrew and John with the Baptist--Our First Knowledge + of John of Galilee--Parting of the Baptist and Jesus--The Two St. Johns + and Jesus--Following Jesus in the Way--Blessed Invitation + Accepted--Precious Memories--Change of Discipleship--Silence of + John--Disciples at Emmaus--Brothers Brought to Jesus--Memorials of + Andrew--John's Memories of His First Day with + Jesus--Philip--Nathanael--Jesus' First Disciples--John the Nearest + to Him 63 + + + CHAPTER XI + + JOHN A WEDDING GUEST + + Invited Guests to a Marriage Feast--Words of Mary and Jesus Concerning + Wine--Three Commands of Jesus--First Miracle--Belshazzar's + Feast--Believing Disciples--Believing Samaritans--What John Might Have + Written--First Miracle, for Innocent Joy--John and Mary at the + Feast--Mary's Thoughts of John and Her Sons--Her Thoughts of Jesus 72 + + + CHAPTER XII + + JOHN AND NICODEMUS + + Reasons for a Night Visit to Jesus--John's Possible Abode in + Jerusalem--Nicodemus Goes Thither--His Conversation With Jesus--Seven + Great Truths--Golden Text of the Bible--Golden Truth of John--Tradition + of Nicodemus 79 + + + CHAPTER XIII + + ST. JOHN AND THE SAMARITANESS + + John's Record--With the Master--Valley and Well--A Personal + Privilege--John With Jesus at the Well--Memories of the + Region--Abraham--Thoughts of the Future--A Samaritaness--Strange + Request--Living Water--Greater than Jacob--Difference in Waters--Woman's + Request--Jesus a Prophet--Place and Spirit of True Worship--"Messiah + Cometh"--John an Earnest Listener--Jesus' Revelation of Himself--Changed + Name for the Well--Wonder of the Disciples--The Samaritaness a Gospel + Messenger--Unknown Meat--John's Watchful Eye--His Story of the Well--A + Memorable Hour for Him 84 + + + CHAPTER XIV + + THE CHOSEN ONE OF THE CHOSEN THREE OF THE CHOSEN TWELVE + + Two Pair of Brothers Mending Nets--Call of Four Disciples--Fishers of + Men--A Partner in Fishing--Followers of Him--True Brothers--Family + Ties--The Twelve Chosen--First Disciples, First Apostles--The Inner + Circles--Peter and John--John--Aaron's Breastplate--Apostolic Stones 92 + + + CHAPTER XV + + JOHN IN THE HOME OF JAIRUS + + A Father's Cry--Reason for Hope--Sad Message--Strength of Faith--"Fear + Not"--Curious Crowd--The Twelve and the Three--Jealousy--Ambition--A + Coming Change--John One of Three--"Tahtha Cumi"--A Lesson for John--A + Future Scene--Influence of a Secret 97 + + + CHAPTER XVI + + JOHN A BEHOLDER OF CHRIST'S GLORY + + Family Prayer--Sayings of Men Concerning Jesus--Saying of Peter--A + Great Need--Christ's Prophecy of His Death--Apart by Themselves--Not + Tabor, but Hermon--Thoughts of the Nine and of the Three--Heavy with + Sleep--Answers to Two Prayers of Jesus--Transfigured--Moses and + Elijah--Moses' Shining Face--The Lord's Shining Figure--The Shechinah--A + Strange Proposal--Voice from the Clouds--Touch and Word of + Jesus--Descent from Hermon--A Great Secret--Peter's Memory of the + Transfiguration--John's Record--Greater than John the Baptist or + Moses--Moses and the Shechinah--Ungranted Request, but Answered + Prayer--Hermon, a Mount of Prayer 101 + + + CHAPTER XVII + + ST. JOHN'S IMPERFECTIONS + + Four Reasons for Recording Failings--Jealousy and Pride--Intolerant + Spirit--Two Questions, What? and Who?--First and Last--An Object + Lesson--The Child-Spirit--Startled Disciples--John's Confession--Lesson + Not Learned--Hospitality--Samaritan Hatred--Hospitality + Refused--Indignant Brothers--A Story of Elijah--Fiery Spirit of James + and John--Rebuked by Jesus--Ambitious Brothers--Mother's Request--Sons' + Request--Sorrowing Lord's Reply and Thoughts--Two Thrones--Though + Imperfect, a Grand Character 111 + + + CHAPTER XVIII + + JOHN AND THE FAMILY OF BETHANY + + John's View of a Family Group--His Relation to It--A Sad Message and + the Reply--The Lord's Delay and Concealed Purpose--A Possible Thought of + John's--John and Thomas--"Our Friend"--"Sleepeth"--John an + Eye-witness--Mary and Jesus--"Jesus Wept"--Mourning Disciple--Glorified + Father and Son--Jesus with Martha at the Tomb--Repeated Command, + "Arise"--The Release from the Tomb--John a Companion in Joy--John's + Memory of Mary--Lazarus' Tomb and Jesus' Cross--A + Tradition of Lazarus + 120 + + + CHAPTER XIX + + JOHN'S MEMORIAL OF MARY + + A Scene in Bethany--An Unfinished Picture--John with Manuscripts of + Matthew and Mark--A Great Event not Understood--A Joyful Meeting--A + Supper in Honor--A Fitting Place--Omitted Names--An Unnamed Woman + Named--Mary's Cruse--Interested Witnesses--An Unusual Anointing--An + Unwoven Towel--Odor of the Ointment--Judas the Grumbler--Jesus' Defence + of Mary--A Prophecy--John the Preserver of Mary's Name--Prophecy + Fulfilled--Judas and Mary--Judas and the Chief Priests--A Group of + Three--A Sublime Action--A Group of Four 128 + + + CHAPTER XX + + JOHN A HERALD OF THE KING + + The Messiah-King--The Prophetic Colt--The Lord's Need--The Lord's + Heralds--Hosannas--Disciples' Thoughts--Changed Earthly Scenes--Lamb on + Earth and in Heaven--A Prophecy Recalled--Twice a Herald 138 + + + CHAPTER XXI + + WITH THE MASTER ON OLIVET + + The Lord in His Temple--His Farewell to It--Admiring Disciples--Sad + Prophecy--The Two Pair of Brothers on Olivet--A Sacred Memory--The Poet + Milman's View from Olivet--Unanswered Question--The Coming Fall of + Jerusalem--The Poet Heber's Lament Over Jerusalem 142 + + + CHAPTER XXII + + JOHN A PROVIDER OF THE PASSOVER + + The Betrayer--A Lamb and a Place--Not Judas, but Peter and John--A + Secret Sign--The Goodman of the House--A New Friendship--Upper + Room--"Furnished"--"Prepared"--Paschal Lamb--Child Memories--John and + the Baptist--Temple Worship--Obeying Silver Trumpets--Slaying of the + Lamb--Chant and Response--Lamb and Lamps--Alone with Jesus--Jerusalem + Chamber--John and the Upper Room 148 + + + CHAPTER XXIII + + JOHN'S MEMORIES OF THE UPPER ROOM + + The Open Door of the Upper Room--Door Ajar--Revelation by John--Two + Statements by Luke--Cause of Contention--John's Relation to the + Quarrel--Sittings at the Table--John and Judas Beside Jesus--Two Things + About Jesus--Grieved Spirit--Bethany Recalled--A Great Contrast--Love + and Reproof--Lesson Ended--A Sacred Relic--A Guest an Enemy--Troubled + Spirit--"Verily, Verily"--Looking and Doubting--John's Gaze--"Is It + I?"--Peter and the Great Secret--Jesus' Hint of the Great + Secret--Meaning of the Sop--Judas and Satan--Departure of Judas--"It Was + Night"--A New Name--A New Command--Farewell Words and Prayer and + Song--Closed Door to be Opened Again 154 + + + CHAPTER XXIV + + ST. JOHN WITH JESUS IN GETHSEMANE + + An Eye-witness--Departure from the Upper + Room--Kidron--Gethsemane--Olive Trees--John's Memories--Garden + Owner--Charge to the Nine--Mt. Moriah--Final Charge--A + Prophecy--Companions in Glory and Sorrow--A Sad Change--John Beside + Jesus--Sorrowful Soul--Charge to the Three--Jesus Alone--Jesus Seen and + Heard--Garden Angel--Agonizing Prayer--Sleeping Disciples--Midnight + Scene--Sleeping for Sorrow--Awakening Call--Flesh and Spirit--Repeated + Prayer--Victory--"Arise"--Path of Prayer--Gathered Band--Lighted + Way--Empty Upper Room--John's Contrasted Memories--Betrayal + Sign--Warning Cry--Unshrinking Purpose--The Meeting--Traitor's + Kiss--Marred Visage--Repeated Question and Answer--Two Bands--One + Request--Peter's Sword--Changed Voice--A Captive and Legions of + Angels--The Fleeing Disciples 163 + + + CHAPTER XXV + + JOHN IN THE HIGH PRIEST'S PALACE + + Flight of the Nine--Captive Lord--Peter and John Following--The + Palace--Disciple Within and Disciple Without--Peter Brought In--The + First Denial--John's Watch of Peter--Peter's Tears--His + Restlessness--His Sin and John's Silence--Three Turning and + Looking--John's Pity for Peter--John and Pilate--Christ a King--"What is + Truth?"--The Mocked King--"Behold the Man"--"Behold your King"--John the + Faithful Watcher and Comforter 176 + + + CHAPTER XXVI + + JOHN THE LONE DISCIPLE AT THE CROSS + + Following the Cross--Jesus Bearing the Cross--Wearing the Thorny + Crown--Great Multitude Following--"Daughters of + Jerusalem"--Calvary--John's Memories--Group of Four Enemies--Seamless + Coat--Casting Lots--Jesus and the Gamblers--Three Marys and Salome--John + their Companion--A Contrast--Other Apostles--John and Salome--A Mother's + Love--Mary's Thoughts--Sword of Anguish--Comfort in Sorrow--Lonely + Future--Loyal Son--New Relation--Mary's Return from the Cross--Why John + Her Guardian--A Poet's Words to John--In the New Home 184 + + + CHAPTER XXVII + + JOHN THE LONE DISCIPLE AT THE CROSS--CONTINUED + + "I Thirst"--"It Is Finished"--The Bowed Head--The Women and John--His + Anxious Thoughts Relieved--Pierced Side--Two Prophecies--Prayer in + Song--Joseph of Arimathaea--Nicodemus--Two Secret Friends of Jesus--Two + Gardens--The Stone Closing the Tomb--Two Mourners at the Tomb--John's + Thoughts on Leaving the Tomb 195 + + + CHAPTER XXVIII + + JOHN AT THE TOMB + + John and Mary Magdalene--Mary's Mistaken Inference--Her Report to Peter + and John--Their Hastening Toward the Tomb--John Alone at the + Tomb--Silent Witnesses--Peter's Entry and Discovery--John Within the + Tomb--The Rolled Napkin--Seeing and Believing--Lingering in the + Tomb--The Return from the Tomb--Weeping Mary--Silence of Angels--Mary + and the Angels--Jesus Unknown to Mary--"Mary" and "Rabboni"--John's Two + Records of Mary--Day of Days--Evening Benedictions--Pierced Side--Close + of John's Gospel 204 + + + CHAPTER XXIX + + "WHAT SHALL THIS MAN DO?" + + An Added Chapter--Old Scenes Revived--Following Peter--Stranger on the + Shore--John and Peter--John's Remembrance of the Miracle--"Fire of + Coals"--Reverent Guests--"Lovest Thou Me?"--"Feed My Lambs and + Sheep"--An Interested Listener--A Prophecy--John Following + Peter--Question and Answer--Mistake Corrected by John--Partial Answer to + Peter's Questions--A Former Hour Recalled 212 + + + CHAPTER XXX + + ST. JOHN A PILLAR-APOSTLE IN THE EARLY CHRISTIAN CHURCH + + On a Mount in Galilee--The Great Commission--Waiting for the Promised + Comforter--Words of the Baptist Recalled--A Revived Hope and a + Question--Jesus' Reply--The Ascension--Angels' Question--"The Upper + Chamber"--Luke's Lists of the Apostles--The Lord's Mother, Brethren and + Sisters--The Day of Pentecost--A Great Miracle--Pentecostal Gifts to + John--Evening Prayer--Beautiful Gate--Lame man--A Gift Better than + Alms--John Twice a Prisoner--Prison Angel--Preaching of Philip--John + Sent to Samaria--John and the Samaritaness--His Changed Spirit--Death of + James--The Pillar Apostles 219 + + + CHAPTER XXXI + + LAST DAYS + + Last Record--Meeting of Paul and John--Years of Silence--Leaving + Jerusalem--New Home in Ephesus--City and Temple--Paul and John--Churches + of Asia Minor--John in Patmos--Solitude--The Lord's Day--Aid to + Meditation--Calm and Turmoil--A Voice and a Command--A Contrast--"As One + Dead"--The Eagle--John's Three Kinds of Writings--The Revelation--John's + Gospel--His First Epistle--The Apostle of Love--His Second Epistle--The + Apostle of Childhood--"Little Children, Love one + Another"--John's Death 231 + + + CHAPTER XXXII + + A RETROSPECT + + Boyhood--The Disciple--What John Saw--What He Heard--What He Made + Known--John a Reflector of Christ--Alone in History--Our Glimpses of + Him--In Everlasting Remembrance on Earth--With His Lord in Heaven 241 + + + CHAPTER XXXIII + + LEGENDS AND TRADITIONS OF ST. JOHN + + St. John and the Robber-Chief--St. John and the Partridge--"Little + Children, Love One Another"--Miraculous Preservation from Death--The + Empty Grave--The Heaving Grave 251 + + + + + ~LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS~ + + St. John _Domenichino._ _Frontispiece_ + + Map of the Land Where St. John Lived 19 + + Sea of Galilee _Old Engraving_ 20 + + Site of Bethsaida _From Photograph_ 22 + + Calm on Galilee _From Photograph_ 26 + + Virgin, Infant Jesus and St. John + (Madonna della Sedia) _Raphael_ 32 + + Christ and St. John _Winterstein_ 35 + + Simeon and Anna in the Temple _Old Engraving_ 39 + + The Boy John _Andrea del Sarto_ 41 + + Jerusalem _Old Engraving_ 43 + + Joshua's Host Crossing the Jordan _Old Engraving_ 45 + + The Prophet Isaiah _Sargent_ 55 + + The Boy Jesus in the Temple _H. Hofmann_ 58 + + A Street Scene in Nazareth _From Photograph_ 60 + + Visit of Mary to Elisabeth _Old Engraving_ 62 + + The Wilderness of Judea _From Photograph_ 64 + + Traditional Place of Christ's Baptism _From Photograph_ 67 + + The Baptism of Jesus _Old Engraving_ 68 + + The First Disciples _Ittenbach_ 83 + + The Marriage at Cana _Old Engraving_ 85 + + Belshazzar's Feast _Old Engraving_ 87 + + The Hill of Samaria _Old Engraving_ 90 + + Jacob's Well _From Photograph_ 92 + + The Miraculous Draught of Fishes _Old Engraving_ 94 + + Raising the Daughter of Jairus _H. Hofmann_ 99 + + The Transfiguration _Old Engraving_ 106 + + Moses on Mt. Pisgah _Artist Unknown_ 109 + + Bethany _Old Engraving_ 120 + + Resurrection of Lazarus _Old Engraving_ 126 + + Triumphal Entry into Jerusalem. _Gustave Dore_ 133 + + Christ and St. John _Ary Scheffer_ 140 + + The Last Supper _Benjamin West_ 156 + + In Gethsemane _Gustave Dore_ 163 + + The Valley of Jehoshaphat _Old Engraving_ 165 + + Christ Before Caiaphas _Old Engraving_ 167 + + Christ Before Pilate (Ecce Homo) _H. Hofmann_ 170 + + Christ Bearing His Cross _H. Hofmann_ 185 + + The Virgin and St. John at the Cross _Old Engraving_ 192 + + The Descent from the Cross _Rubens_ 195 + + In the Sepulchre _H. Hofmann_ 199 + + Jesus Appearing to Mary Magdalene + (Easter Morning) _B. Plockhorst_ 202 + + The Descent of the Spirit _Old Engraving_ 206 + + St. Peter and St. John at the Beautiful Gate _Old Engraving_ 211 + + Ephesus _From Photograph_ 227 + + The Isle of Patmos _Old Engraving_ 231 + + Smyrna _Old Engraving_ 234 + + Pergamos and the Ruins of the + Church of St. John _Old Engraving_ 242 + + Ruins of Laodicea _Old Engraving_ 246 + + + + +[Illustration: MAP OF THE LAND WHERE ST. JOHN LIVED] + + + + +A Life of St. John + + + + +_CHAPTER I_ + +_A Home in the Blest Land, by the Sacred Sea_ + + "Blest land of Judaea! Thrice hallowed in song, + Where the holiest of memories pilgrim like throng, + In the shade of thy palms, by the shores of thy sea, + On the hills of the beauty, my heart is with thee." + --_Whittier_. + + +A Galilean boy, a fisherman, a follower of Jesus, one of the twelve +Apostles, one of the favored three, the beloved one, the Apostle of +love, the Apostle of childhood, the one of all men who gave to mankind +the clearest view of Jesus Christ--such was St John. + +For young people he is a fitting study. To aid such is the purpose of +this volume. + +Let us first glance at the land where he lived, surrounded by influences +that directed his life, and moulded his character. + +Palestine was called by God Himself "The Glory of All Lands." He made it +the home of His people the Jews, who long waited for the promised time +when it should have greater glory by becoming the home of the Messiah, +the Son of God. Before He was born the Jews were conquered by the +Romans, and governed by them instead of the Jewish judges and kings. The +country was divided into three parts. The southern was called Judaea; the +middle, Samaria; and the northern, Galilee, which was the most beautiful +part. It contained the hills of Galilee, and the plain and sea of +Gennesaret, hallowed by the presence of Jesus, and what He there did. + +At the time of which we write, two thousand years ago, Galilee was not +inhabited wholly or chiefly by Jews. Other peoples, called Gentiles, +were mixed with the Jewish race which continued to cultivate the land, +and to tend the vineyards and olive-yards, and to dwell in the +fisherman's huts and moor their boats on the sandy beach. Some Jews were +artisans, working at their trades in the smaller towns. But there were +vast crowds of foreigners whose life was a great contrast to that of the +Jews. Their customs were those of the nations to which they belonged. +They spoke their own languages. They worshiped their own false gods. +Their amusements were such as they were accustomed to in their distant +homes. This was especially true of the Romans who had theatres, chariot +races, and gladiatorial combats, by the peaceful waters of Galilee. + +[Illustration: SEA OF GALILEE _Old Engraving_ Page 21] + +There were also Greeks who had sought new homes far from their native +land. Many Arabians came from the deserts on swift horses, in roving +bands in search of plunder. They wore brightly-colored dresses, and +flashing swords and lances, carrying terror wherever they went. Egyptian +travelers came with camels loaded with spices and balm. The bazaars were +crowded with merchandise from India, Persia and Arabia. Long caravans +from Damascus passed through Galilee, with goods for the markets of +Tiberius on Lake Gennesaret, and the more distant cities of Jerusalem, +Caesarea and Alexandria. + +The gem of Galilee and of Palestine itself, is the Lake of Gennesaret, +or the Sea of Tiberius. Its length is twelve and three-fourths miles; +its greatest width, seven and one-fourth; its greatest depth, one +hundred and sixty feet. On the west is the beautiful Plain of Galilee. +On the east are rounded hills; and rugged mountains which rise nine +hundred feet above the waters, with grassy slopes, and rocky cliffs +barren and desolate. Bowers of olive and oleander deck the base of the +hills whose sides yield abundant harvest. Around the lake is a level +white beach of smooth sand. Gennesaret has been fittingly compared to a +sapphire set in diamonds; and to a mirror set in a frame of richness and +beauty. + +"He hath made everything beautiful," says Solomon concerning God. It is +a well-known saying of Jewish writers, "Of all the seven seas God +created, He made choice of none but the Lake of Gennesaret." It was +called the "beloved of God above all the waters of Canaan." + +The writer of this volume gratefully recalls blessed memories of +Gennesaret, wishing his young friends could view with their own eyes +those scenes which he asks them to behold through his own. Then could +they join him in singing with the saintly McCheyne, + + "How pleasant to me thy deep blue wave, + O Sea of Galilee! + For the glorious One who came to save, + Hath often stood by thee. + + * * * * * + + "O Saviour, gone to God's right hand, + Yet the same Saviour still, + Graved on Thy heart is this lovely strand, + And every fragrant hill." + +At the period of which we speak the region was full of people. Nine +large towns, each containing fifteen thousand inhabitants, bordered on +the lake. Numerous populous villages lined the shores, or nestled in the +neighboring valleys, or were perched on the hilltops. Fishermen's +huts--which were mere stone sheds--fringed the lake. They stood in every +rift of rock, and on every knoll, with their little cornfields and +vine ledges extending to the sandy beach. + +[Illustration: SITE OF BETHSAIDA _From Photograph_ Page 23] + +On the seashore, among the chief buildings, were palaces for Roman +princes, and quarters for Roman soldiers. The waters were covered with +boats for pleasure, merchandise and fishing. Four thousand floated at +one time on the narrow lake. Vast quantities of fish were caught in the +waters, supplying not only the people of Galilee, but the populous city +of Jerusalem, especially when crowded with pilgrims; and were even sent +to distant ports of the Mediterranean. We shall see John's interest in +such labors. + +On the north-western shore of Gennesaret is a beautiful bay sheltered by +hills and projecting cliffs. The sight is such as would be a fisherman's +delight--a little haven from storm, with a broad beach of sand on which +to moor his boats. There is no place like it in the region of Galilee. +Close to the water's edge, it is supposed, was the town of Bethsaida, +probably meaning House of Fish. + + + + +_CHAPTER II_ + +_Five Boys of Bethsaida--Rambles About Home_ + + "Walking by the Sea of Galilee, He saw two brethren, Simon who is + called Peter, and Andrew his brother."--_Matt._ iv. 18. + + "And going on from thence, He saw other two brethren, James the son + of Zebedee, and John his brother."--_v._ 21. + + "Philip was from Bethsaida, of the city of Andrew and + Peter."--_John_ i. 44. + + +Bethsaida was honored as being the home of five of the Apostles of +Jesus. We know nothing definitely concerning them until their manhood. +We wish we knew of their childhood. It is only because of their relation +to Jesus that they have been remembered. Had it not been for this they +would, like many other boys of Galilee, have lived on the shores of +Gennesaret, fished in its waters, died, and been forgotten. These five +Bethsaidan boys were two pairs of brothers and a friend. The names of +one pair were Andrew and Peter. They were the sons of Jonas, a +fisherman. As they grew up they were engaged with him in casting the net +and gathering fish, by day or by night, and thus securing a livelihood +without thought of change of occupation. It was a Jewish custom for +boys to learn a trade or business, which was generally that of their +fathers. + +The names of the other pair of brothers were James and John. Their +father was named Zebedee. He also was a fisherman having so much +prosperity in his business that he employed servants to help him. +Judging by what we know of the family they must have been highly +respected by the people among whom they lived. + +We do not know the exact date of John's birth. He was probably younger +than James, and several years younger than Peter. + +The mother of James and John was named Salome. We know more of her than +of her husband. She was a warm friend of Jesus, ministering to Him when +He was living, and was one of the few who cared for His dead body. Her +sons seemed to be greatly attached to her. All were of kindred spirit, +having like thoughts, feelings and plans. + +James and John were brothers indeed, companions until the death of James +separated them. The feelings of boyhood must have been greatly +strengthened in later scenes, and by influences which we shall have +occasion to notice. As we know of them as daily companions in manhood, +we think of the intimacy and affection of boyhood. It will help us to +gain an idea of their companionship, and the influences of their +surroundings, if we notice some things with which they were familiar in +the region of their home. + +Standing on one of the hills behind Bethsaida they beheld a magnificent +panorama. In the northeast Hermon rose like a mighty giant, called by +the people of the land the "Kingly Mountain." They knew it by the name +Moses had given it--"the goodly mountain." They were to know it by the +name which Peter would give in after years, "The Holy Mount," so called +for a blessed reason of which all of them were to learn. Down from its +snowy glittering sides a thousand streamlets blended in larger streams +combining in the Jordan, which flowed through marshes and Lake Merom +until it entered Gennesaret near their home. Eastward, across the lake, +the rugged cliffs of Gadara cut off their view. Perhaps at this very +hour the winds from Hermon rushed through the gorges, first ruffling the +placid waters of the lake, and then tossing them as if in rage. They +little thought of a coming time when they themselves would be tossed +upon them until they heard a voice saying, "Peace be still." And now + + "The warring winds have died away, + The clouds, beneath the glancing ray, + Melt off, and leave the land and sea + Sleeping in bright tranquillity. + Below, the lake's still face + Sleeps sweetly in th' embrace + Of mountains terraced high with mossy stone." + +[Illustration: CALM ON GALILEE _From Photograph_ Page 26] + +In another hour they watch the more quiet movements of pleasure +boats,--gay barges and royal galleys--and trading vessels, and fishing +boats,--all crowding together seemingly covering the lake. + +As it narrows in the southern distance, the Jordan commences the second +stage of its journey of one hundred and twenty miles through rugged +gorges. As it leaves the quiet lake, we can almost hear them saying to +it + + "Like an arrow from the quiver, + To the sad and lone Dead Sea, + Thou art rushing, rapid river, + Swift, and strong, and silently, + Through the dark green foliage stealing, + Like a silver ray of light." + +Descending from the hill we may follow James and John in their rambles +in the region near their home. On the northern extremity of the lake, +among the colossal reeds, and meadow grass and rushes, they watch the +little tortoises creeping among them; and the pelicans which make them +their chosen home; and the blue and white winged jays that have strayed +from the jungles through which the Jordan has pushed its way; and the +favorite turtle-doves; and the blue birds so light that one can rest on +a blade of grass without bending it; and the confiding larks and storks +which, not fleeing, seem to welcome the visitors to their haunts. Here +grow oleanders of such magnificence as is seen nowhere else in the +country, twenty feet high, sometimes in clumps a hundred feet in +circumference; and "masses of rosy red flowers, blushing pyramids of +exquisite loveliness." + +Our ramblers follow the western shore to the shallow hot stream, where +boy-like,--or manlike as I did--they burn their hands in trying to +secure pebbles from its bottom. They rest under the shade of an olive or +a palm. They gather walnuts which are in great abundance; and grapes and +figs, which can be done ten months in the year; and oranges and almonds +and pomegranates. + +They wander through meadows rich in foliage, and gay with the brightness +and richness of flowers which retain their bloom in Galilee when they +would droop in Judaea or Samaria. + +We hear the poet Keble asking them, + + "What went ye out to see + O'er the rude, sandy lea, + Where stately Jordan flows by many a palm, + Or where Gennesaret's wave + Delights the flowers to lave, + That o'er her western slope breathe airs of balm? + + "All through the summer night, + These blossoms red and white + Spread their soft breasts unheeding to the breeze, + Like hermits watching still, + Around the sacred hill, + Where erst our Saviour watched upon His knees." + +To the poet's question James and John would answer that they "went out +to see the blue lupin and salvia, the purple hyacinth, the yellow and +white crocus, the scarlet poppy, and gladiolus, the flowering almond, +the crimson and pink anemone." + +They also saw the cultivated fields, and the sower casting his seed +which fell on the hardened pathway, or barren rocks, or bounteous soil. +They watched the birds from mountain and lake gather the scattered +grain. They thought not of the parable into which all these would be +weaved; nor of Him who would utter it in their hearing near where they +then stood. They saw the shepherds and their flocks, the sparrows and +the lilies, that became object lessons of the Great Teacher yet unknown +to them. In their rambles they may have climbed the hill, only seven +miles from their home, not thinking of the time when they would climb it +again; after which it would be forever known as the Mount of Beatitudes. + +Such were some of the charming and exciting scenes with which John was +familiar in his early life, and which would interest his refined and +observing nature, of which we know in his manhood. They must have had +an important influence in the formation of his character. + +We have spoken of five Bethsaidan boys--Andrew and Peter, James and +John--and a friend. His name was Philip. We know but little of him. What +we do know is from John. He tells us that "Philip was of Bethsaida, the +city of Andrew and Peter." Perhaps he was their special friend, and so +became one of the company of five, as he afterward became one of the +more glorious company of twelve. We shall find three of these five in a +still closer companionship. They are Peter, James and John. One of these +shall have the most glorious honor of all. It is John. + + + + +_CHAPTER III_ + +_John's Royal Kindred_ + + +It seems almost certain that Salome and Mary the mother of Jesus, were +sisters. Royal blood was in their veins. They were descendants of David. +The record of their ancestry had been carefully preserved for God's own +plans, especially concerning Mary, of which plans neither of the sisters +knew until revealed to her by an angel from God. We think of them as +faithful to Him, and ready for any service to which He might call them, +in the fisherman's home of Salome, or the carpenter's home of Mary. +Mary's character has been summed up in the words, "pure, gentle and +gracious." Salome must have had something of the same nature, which we +find again in her sons. + +If Salome and Mary were sisters, our interest in James and John deepens, +as we think of them as cousins of Jesus. This family connection may have +had something to do with their years of close intimacy; but we shall +find better reason for it than in this kinship. There was another +relation closer and holier. + +We wonder whether Jesus ever visited Bethsaida, and played with His +cousins on the seashore, and gathered shells, and dug in the sand, and +sailed on Gennesaret, and helped with His little hands to drag the net, +and was disappointed because there were no fish, or bounded with glee +because of the multitude of them. + +We wonder whether James and John visited Jesus in Nazareth, nestled +among the hills of Galilee. Did they go to the village well, the same +where children go to-day to draw water? Did James and John see how Jesus +treated His little mates, and how they treated Him--the best boy in +Nazareth? Did the cousins talk together of what their mothers had taught +them from the Scriptures, especially of The Great One whom those mothers +were expecting to appear as the Messiah? Did they go together to the +synagogue, and hear the Rabbi read the prophecies which some day Jesus, +in the same synagogue, would say were about Himself? + +Jesus was the flower of Mary's family, the flower of Nazareth, of +Galilee, of the whole land, and the whole world. Nazareth means +flowery--a fitting name for the home of Jesus. It was rightly named. So +must James and John have thought if their young cousin went with them to +gather daisies, crocuses, poppies, tulips, marigolds, mignonette and +lilies, which grow so profusely around the village. Did they ramble +among the scarlet pomegranates, the green oaks, the dark green palms, +the cypresses and olives that grew in the vale of Nazareth, and made +beautiful the hills that encircled it? Did they climb one of them, and +gain a view of the Mediterranean, and look toward the region where John +would live when his boyhood was long past, in the service of his cousin +at his side? + +[Illustration: VIRGIN, INFANT JESUS, AND ST JOHN (Madonna della Sedia) +_Raphael_ Page 31] + +A great artist, Millais, painted a picture of the boy Jesus, +representing Him as cutting His finger with a carpenter's tool, and +running to His mother to have it bound up. Did John witness any such +incident? How little did he think of a deeper wound he was yet to behold +in that same hand. + +We cannot answer such questions. These things were possible. They help +us to think of Jesus as a boy, like other boys. James and John thought +of Him as such only until long after the days of which we are speaking. + +While thinking of John and Jesus as cousins, we may also think of a +kinsman of theirs, a second cousin of whom we shall know more. John was +to have a deep interest in both of the others, and they were to have +more influence on him than all other men in the world. + +There were some things common to them all. They were Jews. According to +Jewish customs they were trained until six years of age in their own +homes. Their library was the books of the Old Testament. They learned +much of its teachings. They read the stories of Joseph, Samuel and +David. At six they went to the village school, taught by a Rabbi. Some +attention was paid to arithmetic, the history of their nation, and +natural history. But, as at their homes, the chief study was the +Scriptures. They were taught especially about One--"Of whom Moses in the +law and the prophets did write." Let us remember those words for we +shall hear them again. That One was called the Messiah--He whom we call +Jesus, the Christ, the Saviour of the world. He had not then come. _We_ +look back to the time when He did come: those boys looked forward to the +time when He _would_ come. The Messiah was the great subject in the +homes of the pious Jews, and in the synagogues where old and young +worshiped on the Sabbath. + +[Illustration: CHRIST AND ST. JOHN _Winterstein_ Page 34] + + + + +_CHAPTER IV_ + +_The Great Expectation in John's Day_ + + +Moses wrote of a promise, made centuries before the days of John, to +Abraham--that in the Messiah all the nations of the earth,--not the Jews +only--should be made happy with special blessings. Isaiah and other +prophets wrote of the time and place and circumstances of His coming, +and of the wonders He would perform. + +The Jews understood that the Messiah would descend from David. They +believed that He would sit "upon the throne of David," ruling first over +the Jews, an earthly ruler such as David had been, and then conquering +their enemies; thus being a great warrior and the king of the world. + +But they were sadly mistaken in many of their ideas of the Messiah. They +had misread many of the writings of the prophets. They had given wrong +meanings to right words. They made real what was not so intended. They +overlooked prophecies about the Messiah-King being despised, rejected +and slain, though God had commanded lambs to be slain through all those +centuries to remind them of the coming Messiah's cruel death. Each of +those lambs was a "Lamb of God." Remember that phrase; we shall meet it +again. They looked for wonders of kinds of which neither Moses nor the +prophets had written. Many did not understand what was meant by the +kingdom of God in the hearts of men, as differing from the earthly +kingdom of David. They did not understand that Messiah's kingdom would +be in the hearts of all people. + +With such mistaken views of the Messiah at the time of which we are +writing, the Jews had not only the great expectation of the centuries, +but the strong belief that Messiah was about to appear. + +A great event had happened which made them especially anxious for His +immediate coming. The Jewish nation had been conquered by the Romans. +The "Glory of All Lands" was glorious only for what it had been. Galilee +was a Roman province which, like those of Judaea and Samaria, longed for +the expected One to free them from the Roman yoke, and show Himself to +be the great Messiah-Deliverer of the Jews. They were prepared to +welcome almost any one who claimed to be He. Such an one was at hand. + +In those days appeared a man who has been known as Judas of Galilee. He +had more zeal than wisdom. In his anger and madness at the Romans he was +almost insane. He was an eloquent man. He roused the whole Jewish +nation. Multitudes welcomed him as the promised Messiah. Thousands +gathered around him; many of them fishermen, shepherds, vine-dressers +and craftsmen of Galilee. They followed him throughout the entire land +with fire and sword, laying waste cities and homesteads, vineyards and +cornfields. Their watchword was, "We have no Lord or master, but God." + +But this rebellion against the Roman government failed. Judas himself +was slain. Villages in Galilee--Bethsaida probably one of them--became +hospitals for the wounded in battle. The whole region was one of +mourning for the dead. There was terrible disappointment concerning +Judas of Galilee. None could say of him, "We have found the Messiah." +"We have found Him, of whom Moses in the Law, and the prophets, did +write." Again think of these words; they are yet to be spoken concerning +another. + +What the five young Galileans of Bethsaida saw and heard of these events +must have made a deep impression on them. They were old enough to be +young patriots interested in their nation. Their sympathies would be +with those trying to free their people from Roman power. Perhaps their +thoughts concerning Messiah became confused by the false claims of +Judas, the pretender, and his deluded followers. + +But this did not destroy their confidence in the Scriptures. They +believed the prophecy it contained would yet be fulfilled. At this time +John is supposed to have been about twelve years of age. Had he been +older, the temperament which he afterward showed, and which sometimes +misled him, allows us to think that he might have been drawn into the +rebellion. Peter also in his fiery zeal might have drawn his mistaken +sword. They might have become comrades in war, as they did become in +peace. For many years they continued their Scripture studies, without +however gaining the full knowledge of the Messiah and His kingdom, to +which at last they attained. + +[Illustration: SIMEON AND ANNA IN THE TEMPLE _Old Engraving_ Page 39] + + + + +_CHAPTER V_ + +_Early Influences on Character_ + + +As we trace the history of the five youthful Bethsaidans, it seems +almost certain that some special influence or influences helped to shape +their characters, and to unite them in thought, purpose and effort; and +so secure marked and grand results. This union was not a mere +coincidence. Nor can it be accounted for by their being of the same +nation or town, and having the same education common to Jewish boys. +There was something which survived the mere associations of boyhood, and +continued to, or was revived in, manhood. The influence whatever it was +must have been special and powerful. What was it? In that little village +were their faithful souls praying more earnestly than others, and +searching the Scriptures more diligently, finding spiritual meanings +hidden from the common readers, and so understanding more correctly, +even though not perfectly, who was the true Messiah, and what He would +do when He came? Or, was there some rabbi in Bethsaida like Simeon in +Jerusalem, of whom it could be said, "the Holy Ghost was upon him," and +"he was waiting for the consolation of Israel"--the coming of the +Messiah? Or, was there a teacher of the synagogue school in Bethsaida, +instructing his pupils as no other teacher did? Or, was there some aged +Anna, like the prophetess in the Temple, who "served God with fastings +and prayer," who going about the village full of thoughts concerning the +Messiah, "spake of Him to all them that looked for His coming"? Or, was +it in the homes of the five that we find that special influence? Did +Jonas talk with his sons as few other fathers did, while Andrew and +Peter listened most attentively to his words? Did Zebedee and Salome, as +Jonas, prepare by teaching their sons for the coming time when the two +pairs of brothers should be in closer companionship than the family +friendship of these Galilean fishermen and business partnership could +secure? Was Peter, full of boyish enthusiasm, a leader of the little +company; or did John in quiet loveliness draw the others after himself? +Did Philip have such family training as had the other four, or was he +guided by the lights that came from their homes? + +And now in thought we disband the little circle of five, to be reunited +elsewhere after many years. We glance into the home of James and John. +We have already spoken of Salome's royal descent, and of the sympathy +between her and her sons. With what deep interest we would listen to her +teachings and watch the influence on them as they talked together of +David their ancestor, and of how they were of the same tribe and family +to which the Messiah would belong. Salome understood much about Him, +more probably than most mothers: but she was much mistaken about what +was meant by His Kingdom. She thought He would rule like David on an +earthly throne. Her sons believed as she did, and so were as sadly +mistaken. It was long before they discovered their mistake. That was in +circumstances very different from what were now in their minds. + +[Illustration: THE BOY JOHN _Andrea del Sarto_ Page 41] + +Thus far we have attempted to restore the surroundings of John in his +early days, which did much in shaping his early life, and fitting him +for the great work he was to perform. We have glanced at the country and +town in which he lived. As we see them through his eyes, he appears the +more real to us. We have watched the little circle of his intimate +friends, on whom he must have had an influence, and who influenced him. +We have glanced at his home with his parents and brothers. We have tried +to gain some idea of what and how much he had learned, especially +concerning the Messiah. We are now prepared to look at him alone, and +try to get a more distinct view of his character. + +We are not told what kind of a boy John was. We are told of many things +he said and did when he was a man. These help us to understand what he +must have been when young. Though there be great changes in us as we +grow older, some things remain the same in kind if not in degree. +Judging by certain things in John's manhood, we form an idea of his +childhood. We may think of him as a lovable boy. His feelings were +tender. He was greatly interested in events which pleased him. He was +quick and active. He was modest and generally shy, yet bold when +determined to do anything. He was not ready to tell all he felt or knew. +He was helpful in his father's business. He thought and felt and planned +much as his mother did. He was thoughtful and quick to understand, and +sought explanation of what was not easily understood. He was frank in +all he said, and abhorred dishonesty, especially in one who professed to +be good. Above all he was of a loving disposition, and this made others +love him. He was beloved because he loved. + +[Illustration: JERUSALEM _Old Engraving_ Page 44] + +Yet John was not perfect, as we shall see in another chapter. We know of +some things he said and did when a man, which help us to understand the +kinds of temptations he had in his younger days. They were such as +these; contempt for others who did not think and do as he did, judging +them unjustly and unkindly, and showing an unkind feeling toward them; a +revengeful spirit, ready to do harm for supposed injury; selfishness; +ambition--wanting to be in honor above others. His greatest temptation +was to pride. But at last he overcame such temptations. What was lovable +in childhood became more beautiful in manhood. He more nearly reached +perfection than any other of whom we know--by what influence, we shall +see. + + + + +_CHAPTER VI_ + +_First Visit to Jerusalem_ + + +At twelve years of age a Jewish boy was no longer thought of as a child, +but a youth. Before he reached that age he looked forward to an event +which seemed to him very great. It was his first visit to Jerusalem. +Peter was probably older than James or John. With boyish interest they +listened to the report of his first pilgrimage to the Holy City. When +the time came for James to accompany him, John's interest would increase +as he heard his brother's story; and much more when he could say, "Next +year I too shall see it all." And when at last he, probably the youngest +of the five Bethsaidan boys, could be one of the company, a day of +gladness indeed had come. With his father, and perhaps his mother, he +joined the caravan of pilgrims, composed chiefly of men and boys. Their +probable route was across the Jordan, then southward, through valleys +and gorges, and along mountain-sides which echoed with the Psalms which +were sung on these pilgrimages, called "Songs of Degrees." + +At Bethabara, nearly opposite Jericho, the travelers recrossed the +Jordan. There John might think of that other crossing many years +before when Joshua led the hosts of Israel between the divided waters; +and when Elijah smote them with his mantle, and there was a pathway for +him and Elisha. John was to add to his memories of the spot. At a later +day he would there witness a more glorious scene. + +[Illustration: JOSHUA'S HOST CROSSING THE JORDAN _Old Engraving_ Page 45] + +At last from the Mount of Olives, at a turn in the road, he had his +first view of the Holy City; its walls and seventy towers of great +height, and the Holy House--the Temple of God, with which in after years +he was to become familiar. There he saw for himself of what he had often +heard;--the Holy Altar and lamb of sacrifice--reminders of the coming +Messiah; the offering of incense; and the many and varied forms of +stately worship. + +At the time that John made this visit to Jerusalem, there was a +celebrated school known as that of Gamaliel, who was the most noted of +the Jewish Rabbis, or teachers. Boys were sent to him from all parts of +Palestine, and even from distant countries in which Jews lived. There +was one such boy from the town of Tarsus, in the Roman province of +Cilicia in Asia Minor. Though living in a heathen city, surrounded by +idolatry, he had received a Jewish training in his home and in the +synagogue school, until he was old enough to go to Jerusalem to be +trained to become a Rabbi. Like John he had learned much of the Old +Testament Scriptures, but it does not appear that he had the special +influences which we have imagined gave direction to the thoughts and +plans of the five boys of Galilee. In his boyhood he was known as Saul; +afterward as Paul. He and John in their early days differed in many +things; in the later days they became alike in the most important +thoughts, feelings, purposes and labors of their lives. And because of +this they became associated with each other, and are remembered together +as among the best and greatest of mankind. + +It is possible that John visited the school of Gamaliel, and that the +boy from Bethsaida and the one from Tarsus met as strangers, who would +some day meet as friends indeed. It is more probable that they worshiped +together in the temple at the feast, receiving the same impressions +which lasted and deepened through many years, and which we to-day have +in what they wrote for the good of their fellow-men. + +When John returns from Jerusalem to his home we lose even the dim sight +of him which our imagination has supplied. During the silent years that +follow we have two thoughts of him,--as a fisherman of Galilee, and as +one waiting for the coming of the Messiah. His parents' only thought of +him is a life of honest toil, a comfort in their old age, a sharer in +their prosperity, and an heir to their home and what they would leave +behind. They little think that he will be remembered when kings of their +day are forgotten; that two thousand years after, lives of him will be +written because of a higher relationship than that of mere cousinship to +Jesus; and that their own names will be remembered only because John was +their son. Only God sees in the boy playing on the seashore, and in the +fisherman of Gennesaret, the true greatness and honor into which He will +guide him. + + + + +_CHAPTER VII_ + +_John's View of the Coming Messiah_ + + +In our thoughts of Jesus we have chiefly in mind the things that +happened at the time of His birth and afterward. We read of them in the +Gospels. John had the Old Testament only, containing promises of what +was yet to happen. We have the New Testament telling of their +fulfilment. + +Thus far we have spoken of Jesus as John knew Him--as a boy in Nazareth, +the son of Mary, and his own cousin. We have also spoken of John's ideas +of the Messiah. As yet he has not thought as we do of Jesus and the +Messiah being the same person. It is not easy for us to put ourselves in +his place, and leave out of our thoughts all the Gospels tell us. But we +must do this to understand what he understood during his youth and early +manhood, respecting the Messiah _yet to come_. + +Let us imagine him looking through the Old Testament, especially the +books of Moses and the prophets, and finding what is said of Him; and +see if we can what impressions are made on this young Bible student of +prophecy. His search goes back many years. He finds the first Gospel +promise. It was made while Adam and Eve, having sinned, were yet in the +Garden of Eden. It was the promise of a Saviour to come from heaven to +earth, through whom they and their descendants could be saved from the +power of Satan and the consequences of sin. We do not know how much our +first parents understood of this coming One: but we feel assured that +they believed this promise, and through repentance and faith in this +Saviour, they at last entered a more glorious paradise than the one they +lost. That promise faded from the minds of many of their descendants and +wickedness increased. But God had not forgotten it. John could find it +renewed by him to Abraham, in the words, "In thee shall all the families +of the earth be blessed,"--meaning that the Messiah should be the +Saviour of all nations, Gentiles as well as Jews. The promise was +renewed to Isaac, the son of Abraham; and then repeated to his son +Jacob, in the same words spoken to his grandfather. Jacob on his dying +bed told Judah what God had revealed to him, that the Messiah should be +of the tribe of which Judah was the head. + +Many years later God made it known to David that the Messiah should be +one of his descendants. This was a wonder and delight to him as he +exclaimed, "Who am I, O Lord God, and what is mine house! for Thou hast +spoken of Thy servant's house for a great while to come." John must +have been taught by his mother that they were of the honored house of +David. They, in common with other Jews, believed that the "great while +to come" was near at hand. + +John read in Isaiah of her who would be the mother of the Messiah, +without thought that she was his aunt Mary. He read that she should call +her son Immanuel, meaning "God with us," without thinking this was +another name for his cousin Jesus. John would find other names +describing His character. His eye would rest on such words and phrases +as these--"Holy One;" "Most Holy;" "Most Mighty;" "Mighty to Save;" +"Mighty One of Israel;" "Redeemer;" "Your Redeemer;" "Messiah the +Prince;" "Leader;" "Lord Strong and Mighty;" "King of Glory;" "King over +all the earth." + +Most of all John would think again and again of a wonderful declaration +of Isaiah, writing as if he lived in John's day, saying, "Unto us a +child is born, unto us a Son is given; and the government shall be upon +His shoulders, and His name shall be called Wonderful Counsellor, The +Mighty God, The Everlasting Father, The Prince of Peace. Of the exercise +of His government and peace there shall be no end, upon the throne of +David." + +Had John known that these words of Isaiah referred to Jesus, he might +have repeated them, not as a prophecy, but with a present meaning, +saying, "The Child _is_ born!" As he read the prophecy of Haggai, +uttered more than five hundred years before--"The desire of all nations +shall come"--he might have exclaimed, "He _has_ come!" + +In John's reading in the Old Testament it seems strange to us that some +things made a deeper impression on him than did others, and that he +understood some things so differently from what we do, especially about +the Messiah's kingdom. He noticed the things about His power and glory, +but seems to have misread or overlooked those about the dishonor, and +suffering and death that would come upon Him. We read in the fifty-third +chapter of Isaiah, how He was to be "despised and rejected of men, a man +of sorrows and acquainted with grief, ... wounded for our transgressions +and bruised for our iniquities, ... brought as a lamb to the slaughter, +and as a sheep before his shearers, ... and make His grave with the +wicked." We know that all this happened. We think of a suffering +Saviour. We wonder that John did not have such things in his mind. But +in this he was much like his teachers, and most of the Jews. Though, as +we have imagined, his family and some others were more nearly right than +most people, even they did not have a full knowledge or correct +understanding of all that the Old Testament Scriptures taught, +concerning these things. + +But at last John learned more concerning Christ than any of them. We are +yet to see how this came to pass. For the present we leave him in +Bethsaida, increasing in wisdom and stature. So is also his cousin in +Nazareth, of whom let us gain a more distinct view before He is revealed +to John as the Messiah. + + + + +_CHAPTER VIII_ + +_Jesus the Hidden Messiah_ + + "There has been in this world one rare flower of Paradise--a holy + childhood growing up gradually into a holy manhood, and always + retaining in mature life the precious, unstained memories of + perfect innocence."--_H.B. Stowe_. + + +The aged Simeon in the Temple, with the infant Jesus in his arms, said, +"Now lettest Thou Thy servant depart, O Lord, ... in peace; for mine +eyes have seen Thy salvation"--the expected Messiah. But it was not for +Him to proclaim His having come. The aged Anna could not long speak "of +Him to all them that looked for redemption in Jerusalem," or anywhere +else. For awhile the shepherds told their wonderful story, and then +died. The angels did not continue to sing their hymn of the Nativity +over the plains of Bethlehem. The Wise Men returned to their own +country. Herod died, and none thought of the young child he sought to +kill. The hiding in Egypt was followed by a longer hiding of another +kind in Nazareth. The stories of those who gathered about the infant +cradle were soon forgotten, or repeated only to be disbelieved. Mary, +and her husband Joseph--who acted the part of an earthly father to the +heaven-born child--carried through the years the sacred secret of who +and what Jesus was. + +We long to know something of the holy childhood. We have allowed our +imagination to have a little play, but this does not satisfy our +curiosity, nor that desire which we have concerning all great men, to +know of their boyhood. What did He do? Where did He go? What was His +life at home, and in the village school? Who were His mates? How did He +appear among His brothers and sisters? So strong is a desire to know of +such things that stories have been invented to supply the place of +positive knowledge; but most of them are unsatisfactory, and unlike our +thoughts of Him. Thus much we do know, that, "He grew in wisdom and +stature" not only, but also "in favor with God and man." + +It has been finally said; "Only one flower of anecdote has been thrown +over the wall of the hidden garden, and it is so suggestive as to fill +us with intense longing to see the garden itself. But it has pleased +God, whose silence is no less wonderful than His words, to keep it +shut." That "one flower" refers to Jesus' visit to Jerusalem just as He +was passing from childhood to youth, when He tarried in the Temple with +the learned Rabbis, asking them questions with which His mind was +full, and making answers which astonished them. + +[Illustration: THE PROPHET ISAIAH _Sargent_ Page 50] + +A most interesting question arises in connection with that visit; Did +Jesus then and there learn that He was the Messiah? When He asked His +mother, "Wist ye not that I must be in My Father's house," or, "about My +Father's business?" did He have a new idea of God as His Father Who had +sent Him into the world to do the great work which the Messiah was to +perform? + +There were eighteen silent years between His first visit to Jerusalem, +and the time when, at thirty years of age, he made Himself known as the +Messiah. They were spent as a village carpenter. He was known as such. +No one suspected Him to be anything more. In His work He must have been +a model of honesty and faithfulness. We can believe that "all His works +were perfect, that never was a nail driven or a line laid carelessly, +and that the toil of that carpenter's bench was as sacred to Him as His +teachings in the Temple, because it was duty." + +In His home He was the devoted eldest son. It was of that time that the +poet sings to Mary;-- + + "O, highly favored thou, in many an hour + Spent in lone musings with thy wondrous Son, + When thou didst gaze into that glorious eye, + And hold that mighty hand within thine own. + + "Blest through those thirty years when in thy dwelling + He lived as God disguised with unknown power, + And thou His sole adorer, His best love, + Trusted, revering, waited for His hour." + --_H.B. Stowe_. + +Joseph had probably died, and the care of Mary fell especially on Jesus. +But in the carpenter's shop, in the home, and wherever He was, He had +thoughts and feelings and purposes hidden from all others. They were +such as no mere human being could have. He was alone in the world. In +silence and solitude His communions were with His Father in heaven. +Calmness and peace filled His soul. His great work was before Him, ever +present to His thought. So was His cross, and the glory which should +come to God, and the blessedness to man, when His work on earth was +done. As John long after declared, "He was in the world and the world +knew Him not." As a great King He had come from heaven, and was waiting +for a certain one to proclaim His coming. Toward that herald let us turn +and with John listen to his voice. + + + + +_CHAPTER IX_ + +_"The Prophet of the Most High"_ + + "Zacharias was filled with the Holy Ghost, and prophesied, saying, + ... "Yea, and thou, child, shalt be called the prophet of the Most + High: For thou shalt go before the face of the Lord to make ready + His ways."--_Luke_ i. 67, 76. + + "There came a man, sent from God, whose name was John. The same + came for witness, that he might bear witness of the light, that all + men might believe through him."--_John_ i. 6, 7. + + "He was the lamp that burneth and shineth."--_John_ v. 35. + + "In devotional pictures we see St. John the Evangelist and St. John + the Baptist standing together, one on each side of Christ."--_Mrs. + Jameson_. + + +Salome and Mary had a cousin named Elizabeth. Her home was not in +Galilee, but in Judaea--the southern part of the Holy Land--probably near +Hebron, possibly near Jerusalem. She had a son also named John. He was +so called because the angel Gabriel, who had told Mary to call her son +Jesus, had said to Zacharias, an aged high priest, the husband of +Elizabeth, concerning their son, "Thou shalt call his name John." This +name means "The Gift of God." Born in their old age he seemed especially +such to them. He was a gift not only to his parents, but to his country +and mankind. While Zebedee and Salome had not been told what their John +should become, Zacharias and Elizabeth had been told the future of their +John. The angel declared, "He shall be great." Had he said only this, we +might think he meant great in power, or learning, or in other things +which men call great, but which the Lord does not. Gabriel said, "He +shall be great in the sight of the Lord." + +Mary visited the home of Elizabeth and the happy cousins praised God for +what He had revealed to them concerning their sons. + +The greatness to which Elizabeth's son was to attain was that of a +prophet--greater than Elijah, or Isaiah, or any other who had lived +before him. With exultation Zacharias said to him, "Thou, child, shalt +be called the prophet of the Most High." + +God had arranged that he should be ready to proclaim the coming One just +before the Messiah should appear among men. For this reason he was +called the Fore-runner of the Messiah. But though Jesus was in the +world, the time for His appearance as the Messiah had not yet come. + +John was greatly saddened by what he saw of the wickedness of men, even +those who professed to be the people of God, and their unfitness to +receive Him for whom they were looking. Led by the Spirit of God, John +retired to the wilderness of Judaea, in the region of the Dead Sea and +the Jordan, for meditation and communion with God. But he was not +entirely concealed. There were a few who heard of his sanctity and +wisdom, sought instruction from him, and abode with him, becoming his +disciples. He seems to have had special influence over young men. Our +Bethsaidan boys have now grown to be such since we saw them in their +early home, and as school and fisher boys. They were now toiling at +their nets with their fathers, closer than ever in their friendship for +each other, still waiting and watching for Him whom they had been taught +from their earliest days to expect. We think of their interest in the +rumors concerning the prophet of Judaea. + +[Illustration: THE BOY JESUS IN THE TEMPLE _H. Hofmann_ Page 54] + +As the two pair of brothers talk together, we can hear one of them +saying, "I must see and hear and know for myself. I will lay aside my +fishing, and go to the wilderness of Judaea." To this the others reply, +as on another occasion to Peter, "We also come with thee." Leaving the +quiet shores of Gennesaret, they follow the road each has traveled +annually since twelve years of age on his way to the feast in Jerusalem. + +They met the hermit in the wilderness. His appearance was strange +indeed. His hair was long and unkempt; his face tanned with the sun and +the desert air; his body unnourished by the simple food of locusts and +wild honey. His raiment was of the coarsest and cheapest cloth of +camel's hair. His girdle was a rough band of leather, such as was worn +by the poor,--most unlike those made of fine material, and ornamented +with needlework. His whole appearance must have been a great contrast to +his gentle and refined namesake from Galilee. + +The solemn earnestness of the prophet, and the greatness of the truths +he taught, were well calculated to excite the greatest interest of the +young Galileans. They looked upon him with increasing conviction that he +was "a prophet of God." Instead of returning to their homes, they +remained in Judaea and attached themselves to him, and became known as +his disciples. In their new service there was a new bond of union for +themselves, which--though they then knew it not--would lead to another +yet stronger. + +At last "the word of the Lord came unto" John, when he was about thirty +years old, calling him to a more public ministry. So "He came into all +the country about Jordan." Beginning in the south he moved northward +from place to place. + +Rumors concerning the new strange prophet spread rapidly. "There went +out to him Jerusalem, and all Judaea, and all the region round about +Jordan." Shepherds left their flocks and flocked around him. Herdsmen +left their fields, and vine-dressers their vineyards, and Roman soldiers +their garrisons, for the wilderness. Rabbis left their parchments in +the synagogue, the schoolroom and the home, to hear the living voice of +a teacher greater than any one of them. Self-righteous Pharisees and +common people followed them. Some sought the preacher only from +curiosity; some to hear the truth. John's preaching was summed up in two +phrases,--"Repent ye," and "The kingdom of heaven is at hand." + +[Illustration: STREET SCENE IN NAZARETH _From Photograph_ Page 55] + +His preaching was bold, clear, earnest, and forcible. Many yielded to +the power of his preaching. They were baptized by him; for this reason +he was known as St. John the Baptist, or the Baptizer. + +John of Galilee was one of those who obeyed the injunction "Repent ye." +With all his lovable qualities which we have imagined in his +childhood--his refinement, his faithfulness in his home and synagogue, +and his honest toil--he saw that within himself which was not right in +the sight of God. He repented of his sins and sought forgiveness. A +lovely character became more lovely still, to be known as the loving and +beloved one. He was ready to welcome the Messiah of whom the Baptist +told. He had no fears that another Judas of Galilee had arisen. He +believed that the promises concerning the coming One were being +fulfilled. He was a faithful disciple of the prophet and forerunner, to +whom he must have been a great joy, but who was ready to have him, +whenever the time should come, transfer his following to the Lord of +them both. For how long a period the two Johns continued together, we do +not know, but it was drawing to its close. + +[Illustration: VISIT OF MARY TO ELISABETH _Old Engraving_ Page 58] + + + + +_CHAPTER X_ + +_The Messiah Found_ + + "They found Him not, those youths of noble soul; + Long seeking, wandering, watching on life's shore, + Reasoning, aspiring, yearning for the light. + + * * * * * + + "But years passed on; and lo! the Charmer came, + Pure, simple, sweet, as comes the silver dew, + And the world knew Him not,--He walked alone, + Encircled only by His trusting few." + --_H.B. Stowe_. + + "We"--Andrew and John--"have found the Messiah."--_Andrew to + Peter_. + + "We"--Andrew and Peter, James and John, and Philip--"have found + Him, of Whom Moses in the law, and the prophets did write, Jesus of + Nazareth."--_Philip to Nathanael_. + + +"The fulness of the time was come," not only when "God sent forth His +Son," but "when the Son should reveal Himself to the world." So Jesus +came forth from His retirement in Nazareth to enter on His public +ministry. + +"Then cometh Jesus from Galilee to Jordan, unto John to be baptized of +him." What a meeting! Probably the first in their lives. It is no marvel +that John said, "I have need to be baptized of Thee, and comest Thou to +me?" But he obeyed Jesus' bidding, "Suffer it to be so now." "So He was +baptized of John in Jordan." Then followed the prayer of the Son of God; +and then "the Spirit of God descending like a dove, and lighting upon +Him"; and then the voice of the Father, saying, "Thou art my beloved +Son: in Thee I am well pleased." Let us remember that voice: we shall +hear it again. + +And then for forty days and forty nights Jesus was hidden completely +from the face of man, alone on the Mount of Temptation, with wild +beasts, until ministering angels come to Him from heaven. + +He returned to the region where the Baptist was preaching. "John seeth +Jesus coming to him." His eye is turned away from the multitude +thronging about him, and is fastened upon Jesus only. His thought is of +Him of whom Isaiah wrote long before--"He is brought as a lamb to the +slaughter." Pointing to Jesus he exclaims, "Behold the Lamb of God which +taketh away the sin of the world!" + +The Galilean disciples were doubtless present, and were deeply moved by +their Master's exclamation. Because of their previous training in their +homes, and in the wilderness with the prophet, it must have kindled in +them deeper emotion than it did in any others of that astonished throng. +But it was to become deeper still. This was especially true of two of +them. + +[Illustration: THE WILDERNESS OF JUDEA _From Photograph_ Page 59] + +The next day, probably a Sabbath, was to become a memorable day in the +history of the two and of their master. It was a morning hour. We think +of the three as alone, before the multitudes had gathered, or the day's +ministry of preaching and baptizing had begun. They walked along the +bank of the river communing together of Him whom they had seen the day +before. In the distance John saw the Figure again. In awe and reverence, +and with a fixed gaze, "John was standing, and two of his disciples; and +he looked upon Jesus as He walked, and saith, Behold, the Lamb of God!" +The exclamation was in part that which they had heard in the presence of +the multitude; but that was not enough. It was as if John had said, +"Behold the Messiah for whom our nation has waited so long; Him of whom +our Scriptures have told us; Who has been the theme in our homes from +childhood; of whom I have been the prophet and herald. He it is of whom +I have taught you, my disciples, as you have followed me in the +wilderness until I now can bid you behold Him. Henceforth follow Him." + +John says that one of the two was Andrew. There is no doubt that the +other was himself. We shall notice in his writings that he never uses +his own name. This incident is our first definite knowledge of him. All +we have said hitherto is what we think must have been true, judging from +circumstances of which we do know, and from his character revealed +after this time. + +We long to know whether "Jesus as He walked" came near the Baptist, and +with what salutation they met, and what were their parting words, for +this seems to be the last time of their meeting. If Mary and Salome were +sisters, and Elizabeth was their cousin--as we use the term--John of +Galilee and Jesus were related to John the Baptist in the same way. But +there was a closer relationship than that of family. In this Jesus was +the connecting link between the two Johns. "One on each side of +Christ"--this was their joy and their glory. One was the last prophet to +proclaim His coming: the other was to be the last evangelist to tell the +story of His life on the earth. + +When the Baptist the second time uttered the cry, "Behold the Lamb of +God!" "the two disciples heard Him speak and followed Jesus." Their old +master saw them turn from him without a jealous, but with a gladsome +thought. Encouraged by him, and drawn by Jesus, with reverential awe, in +solemn silence or with subdued tone, they timidly walked in the +footsteps of the newly revealed Master. The quickened ear before them +detected their footsteps or conversation. "Jesus turned and saw them +following," as if to welcome their approach, and give them courage. He +then asked them a question, "What seek ye?" It was not asked because +He was ignorant, but to encourage them in familiar conversation, as He +did at other times. Their answer was another question, "Rabbi, where +abidest Thou?" They longed for a fuller opportunity than that on the +road to be taught by Him. "Come and see," was His welcome reply. "They +came and saw where He dwelt, and abode with Him that day." First by a +look, then a question, then an invitation, then hospitality, they were +drawn to Him, and into His service. + +[Illustration: TRADITIONAL PLACE OF CHRIST'S BAPTISM +_From Photograph_ Page 63] + +Often in after years must Andrew and John have recalled that walk with +Jesus, and "rehearsed the things that happened," and said one to +another, "Was not our heart burning within us while He spake to us in +the way?" So afterward did other two, of Emmaus, when "Jesus Himself +drew near and went with them." But the eyes of Andrew and John were not +"holden that they should not know Him." The pleasing dream of years was +past: they were wakening to a glorious reality. Their following of Him +in that hour has been claimed to be "the beginning of the Christian +Church." + +That day of abiding with Jesus was the first of many days these +disciples spent with Him, knowing Him more and more perfectly, and the +truth which He alone could reveal. They were then passing from the +school of the Baptist to that of the Greatest Teacher. What was said in +those sacred hours? John has reported other private interviews with +Jesus, but concerning this one his lips are sealed. Did he tell of his +surprise and joy to learn that He, Jesus, the son of his aunt, Mary, was +the Messiah of whom his mother, Salome, had taught him from his early +days? Were there any memories of childhood--of the sandy beach of +Bethsaida, or the hills of Nazareth; or, were all such thoughts buried +in newer and deeper question? Was there any hint of their future +relation too sacred for others then to know? Was this the beginning of +that sweet intimacy so private then, but of which the whole world should +hear in all coming time? + +After the evening meal in Emmaus the two disciples there "rose up the +same hour, and returned to Jerusalem," with joyful and quickened steps +to report the glad tidings of what they had seen and heard. Andrew and +John were to be of the number who, in three years, would hail these +disciples from Emmaus. Like them, Andrew and John hastened away from the +sheltering booth on the Jordan bank on a like errand. But they went not +together, nor to an assembled company. They each went in search of his +own brother--Andrew for Peter, and John for James. Andrew found his +brother first. Afterward John found his: so we infer from his narrative. +Each carried the same tidings, "_We have found the Messiah!_" + +[Illustration: THE BAPTISM OF JESUS _Old Engraving_ Page 64] + +Andrew is thought to have asked leave to bring his brother. "He +brought him to Jesus." When John wrote that simple statement, he did not +think how much was included in it concerning Peter and his own relation +to him. As little did Andrew think to what the promptings of his +brotherly affection would lead. His mission seems to have been that of +bringing others to Christ--his own brother, the lad with five loaves and +two fishes, and certain Greeks who desired to see Jesus. John only has +made note of these three incidents. In so doing he has given to us the +key to the character of his friend, and caused him to be held in +everlasting remembrance. Andrew is remembered in the cross that bears +his name; in his anniversary day; in the choice of him for the patron +saint of Scotland; in orders of knighthood, and in Christian societies +of brotherhood named after him, as an example and inspiration to the +noblest of Christian endeavor--that of bringing old and young to Christ. + +It is John alone who wrote of that memorable day on the Jordan. His +impressions were deep and lasting. The record of them is so fresh and +minute that we seem to be perusing a notebook which was in his hands +when these events were transpiring. His memory is distinct of the exact +location of each; of the attitudes and movements of the actors,--as when +"John stood," and "Jesus walked," and "Jesus turned"; of the fixed and +earnest look of Jesus--as on Andrew and John in the way, and Peter in +the place of His abode. John remembered the words of the Baptist, and of +his two disciples, and of Jesus. He remembered the day not only, but +that "it was about the tenth hour when he accepted the invitation to +come and see where Jesus was tarrying." + +All these pictures hung unfading on the walls of John's memory. This was +not strange. It was the day and the hour for which he looked through all +his early years, and to which he looked back in his latest. Then was the +beginning of a most blessed relationship, alone in the history of +mankind; that which was to make his name immortal, and radiant with a +halo which encircles none other. + +"The day following, Jesus would go forth into Galilee, and findeth +Philip, and saith unto him, Follow Me. Now Philip was of Bethsaida, the +city of Andrew and Peter." So writes John, recalling to us the Galilean +group of Bethsaidan boys. When we became familiar with their names, +there was no prospect that the two pairs of brothers and their friend +would head the roll of disciples of the Messiah for whom they were +looking. But such a day had come. We know not that Philip had a brother +whom he could bring to Jesus, as did Andrew and John, but he was as full +of wonder and joy as they. Like them he must go in search of some one +to whom he could repeat their exclamation. The search was not long. John +tells the result. "Philip findeth Nathanael and saith unto him, We have +found Him." But this simple declaration is not enough for Philip. He +recalls those Scripture scrolls in his home and the Rabbi's school, and +the synagogue, that told of the coming Messiah, and so he exclaims, "We +have found Him of whom Moses and the Law, and the Prophets did +write"--thus repeating the phrase we were to remember till we should +hear it again. Nathanael, coming to Jesus declared in wonder and +admiration, "Thou art the Son of God; Thou art the King of Israel." His +name was added to those of the Galilean group. + +The disciples now numbered five or six--Andrew, John, Peter, Philip, +Nathanael, and probably James. These were one half of a completed circle +to surround Jesus. All but one of them were of the Bethsaidan band. John +has drawn lifelike pictures of them, more complete than those of the +other apostles,--except that of Judas, whom he contrasts with all the +rest. We have thought of James and John as nearest to Jesus in kinship. +We are already beginning to think of John as nearest in discipleship. + + + + +_CHAPTER XI_ + +_John a Wedding Guest_ + + "There was a marriage in Cana of Galilee; and the mother of Jesus + was there: and Jesus also was bidden, and His disciples to the + marriage." + + "The mother of Jesus saith unto Him, They have no wine." + + "The ruler of the feast tasted the water now become wine." + + "This beginning of His signs did Jesus in Cana of Galilee, and + manifested His glory; and His disciples believed on Him."--_John_ + ii. 1-3, 9, 11. + + +Again John notices the very day on which occurred a remarkable event, of +which he had a vivid recollection. It was the third, as is probable, +after the departure of Jesus from Jordan for Galilee. + +He was invited to a wedding in Cana. His disciples were invited also, we +may suppose out of respect to Him. James and John might have been there +without the rest. It is possible that they were relatives of the family, +as their aunt Mary is thought to have been. She was there caring for the +guests, and what had been provided for them. The marriage feast lasted +several days. Jesus and His disciples were not present at the beginning. +After their arrival, Mary discovered that the wine had given out. Like +the sister of another Mary, in whose house Jesus was a guest, she was +troubled because it looked as if the family had not provided for all the +company. She had probably been a widow for several years, and as Jesus +was her oldest Son, she had gone to Him for advice and help when in +trouble at home. So now "when they wanted wine, the mother of Jesus +saith unto Him, They have no wine." We are not to suppose that she +intended to ask Him to do a miracle. Perhaps she simply said, "What +shall we do?" as many a housekeeper has said when in doubt. He made a +reply which seems harsh and unkind, unless we understand His meaning, +and imagine His words to have been spoken in a kind tone, and with a +kind and loving look. She was not offended by His reply. Thinking He +might do something--she knew not what--she said unto the servants, +"Whatsoever He saith unto you, do it." + +It might be said of Him at this time, as it was at another, "He knew +Himself what He would do." He gave three simple commands to the +servants. The first was, "Fill the water-pots with water." They did as +Mary had said, and obeyed Him. Watching them until the jars were full, +He said, "Draw out now and bear unto the ruler of the feast." This was +probably a special friend of the family, who with Mary was directing it. +While Jesus' command was being obeyed, His first miracle was performed. +"When the ruler had 'tasted the water now become wine, and knew not +whence it was,' ... he called the bridegroom," and in a playful joke +praised the goodness of the wine which he imagined had purposely been +kept to the last. + +"The water now become wine" is the brief statement of the first of the +thirty-six recorded miracles of our Lord. It was seen by the six +disciples. They witnessed the first of the miracles since those in the +days of Daniel, of which they had read in their Scriptures, one of the +last of which was at the impious feast of Belshazzar. There the holy +cups from Jerusalem were used in praising false gods of silver and gold, +in the hands of the king and his lords, as they read the handwriting on +the wall, interpreted by Daniel. How different the feast in Cana. There +was no fear there. When the disciples saw the cup in the hands of the +hilarious governor, and heard his playful words, they were not in a +sportive mood. Theirs was that of astonishment and reverence at the +miracle. No Daniel was needed to interpret the meaning of that water +changed into wine. John tells us what they understood thereby--that +"Jesus manifested His glory." He showed the power which belongs to God +only. + +John immediately adds, "And His disciples believed on Him." This is the +first time they are spoken of as such. As yet they were disciples only. +At the end of the blessed week in which they had "found the Messiah," +there had been formed a close companionship which was to become closer +still. But the time had not yet come for them to leave their homes and +business, and attend Him wherever He went. They were not yet Apostles. +The marriage feast had become to them more than a social festival. Their +Lord had intended that it should be so. Their faith in Him on the +Jordan, was strengthened in Cana. + +"This _beginning_ of miracles," says John. What was this beginning? It +was not the healing of the sick, nor raising of the dead, nor supplying +a hungry company with bread, nor furnishing a necessary drink. There was +no display. Jesus stretched forth no rod over the water-jars, as did +Moses over the waters of the Nile when the same Divine power changed +them into like color, but different substance, and with a different +purpose. The first manifestation of His glory was for "the increase of +innocent joy." + +When John had read the story of Jesus in the first three Gospels, and +found no record of this miracle, did he not feel that there had been a +great omission which he must supply? Nowhere else does Jesus appear just +as He did at that feast, though other incidents of His life are in +harmony with it. It is sometimes said He "graced" that marriage feast, +as royalty does by mere presence. But He did more. He entered into the +innocent festivities, and helped to their success. A glance into that +village home is a revelation of Jesus in social life, and His interests +in human friendships and relations. + +We must remember that it was only innocent pleasures that He helped to +increase, in which alone we can seek the presence of His Spirit, and on +which alone we can ask His blessing. + +This marriage feast must have been of special interest to John, if, as +is supposed, the family was related to Mary and probably to him. This +would seem to be her first meeting with Jesus since He bid her farewell +in Nazareth, and left the home of thirty years, to be such no longer. + +Did not Mary, mother-like, call John aside from the festive scene and +say to him, "What has happened at the Jordan? tell me all about it." I +seem to hear John saying to her; "It is a wonderful story. Of some +things I heard, and some I both saw and heard. You know of the ministry +of your cousin Elizabeth's son John--of his preaching and baptizing. +Jesus was baptized by him. Immediately they both had a vision of 'the +Spirit of God descending upon Him; and lo! a voice from heaven saying, +This is My beloved Son.' Then John was certain who Jesus was. He told +the people about the vision, saying, 'I saw and bear record that this +is the Son of God.' And one day when my friend Andrew and I were with +him, he pointed us to Jesus saying, 'Behold the Lamb of God,' whom we +followed, first to His abode on the Jordan, and then here to Cana. We +were disciples of John, but now are _His_ disciples, and ever shall be. +You know, aunt Mary, how from childhood I had thought of Him as my +cousin Jesus, and loved Him for His goodness. From what my mother has +told me, which she must have learned from you, there has been some +beautiful mystery about Him. It is all explained now. Hereafter, I shall +love Him more than ever, but I shall think of Him, not so much as my +cousin Jesus, as the Messiah for whom we were looking, and as the Son of +God." + +How the mother-heart of Mary must have throbbed as she listened to her +nephew John's story of Jesus on the Jordan. How it must have gone out +toward him, because of his thoughts about her son, and his love for Him. +How grieved she must have been as she thought of her own sons who did +not believe as John did concerning their brother Jesus. The time was to +come when Jesus would make her think of John, not so much as a nephew, +as a son. + +In that festive hour, Mary too learned the lesson that human +relationships to Jesus, however beautiful, were giving way to other and +higher. The words He had spoken to her at the feast, like those He had +uttered in the Temple in His boyhood, and the things that had happened +on the Jordan, showed her that henceforth she should think, not so much +of Jesus as the Son of Mary, as the Son of God. + +In thoughts she must have revisited the home of Elizabeth, whose walls, +more than thirty years before, had echoed with her own song, "My soul +doth magnify the Lord, and my spirit hath rejoiced in God my Saviour." + + + + +_CHAPTER XII_ + +_John and Nicodemus_ + + "There was a man of the Pharisees, named Nicodemus, a ruler of the + Jews: the same came unto Him by night." + + "We speak that we do know, and bear witness of that we have + seen."--_John_ iii. 1, 2, 11. + + "There is Nicodemus, who visited Jesus by night--to the + astonishment of St. John--but who was soon afterward Jesus' + friend."--_John Watson_. + + "The report of what passed reads, more than almost any other in the + gospels, like notes taken at the time by one who was present. We + can almost put it again into the form of brief notes.... We can + scarcely doubt that it was the narrator John who was the witness + that took the notes."--_Alfred Edersheim_. + + +Three incidents mentioned by John only comprise all we know of +Nicodemus. In each of them he refers to him as coming to Jesus by night. +That visit seems to have made a deep impression on John. We may think of +Him as present at the interview between the Pharisee and the "Teacher +come from God." + +We are not told why Nicodemus came at a night hour. Perhaps he thought +he could make sure of a quiet conversation, such as he could not have in +the daytime. Perhaps he did not want to appear too friendly to Jesus +until he knew more about Him, though he already had a friendly feeling +toward Him. Perhaps he was afraid of the Sanhedrin, the highest Jewish +Court. Most of its members hated Jesus and had commenced their +opposition to Him, which was continued during His life, and resulted in +His death. Not so felt Nicodemus, though a member. At a later day he +opposed their unjust treatment of Him. If he did not think of Jesus as +the Messiah, he yet thought of Him as a prophet, "a teacher come from +God." He was anxious to know more. So cautiously and timidly he sought +Jesus in the night. + +We suppose that, at the time of Jesus' death, John had a home in +Jerusalem. It has been thought possible that when and before he became a +disciple of Jesus he had an abode there, attending to the business +connected with the sale of fish from his home in Galilee. There Jesus +might be found in the guest-chamber on the roof of the oriental house +which was reached by an outside stair. Nicodemus had no invitation, such +as Andrew and John had to Jesus' abode on the Jordan, but he had an +equal welcome to John's home, whither he had come on a like errand, +though with different views of Jesus, to learn of Him. He sees still +burning in the upper chamber the night lamp of Him whom he is to know as +"the light of the world." He ascends the stair, stands at the door and +knocks; and it is opened. Apparently without lengthy salutation, or +introduction, he makes known his errand in the single sentence, "Rabbi, +we know that Thou art a teacher come from God, for no man can do these +signs that Thou doest, except God be with Him." He might have added, +"What shall I do?" Jesus gave a very solemn answer to his +question,--"Except a man be born anew, he cannot see the kingdom of +God." He taught him that doing certain things, and not doing others, was +not enough; he must _be_ good. To be good there must be a change of +spirit. As a child has a beginning of its earthly life, he must have the +beginning of a spiritual life, or he cannot be fitted for the kingdom of +God in this world or that which is to come. That great change comes +"from above," from God Himself. + +Listen to some of the wonderful truths Jesus taught to Nicodemus. They +are for us as well as for him. 1. Those who do not have this change of +spirit must "perish." 2. But none need to perish, for "eternal life" has +been provided. 3. This life is through the suffering and death of the +"Son" of God. 4. God "gave His only begotten Son" to do all this. 5. God +did this because He "so loved the world." 6. This "eternal life" can be +had only by "believing on" the Son of God. 7. "Whosoever" so believes +may have eternal life. + +All this is included in one sentence: + +"God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that +whosoever believeth on Him should not perish, but have eternal life." + +This is the golden text of St. John's Gospel, and of the whole Bible. +Through all the ages it has sounded, and will sound to the end of time, +as the gospel itself. + +John must have been a most attentive listener to all that Jesus said. +This was at the beginning of His Lord's ministry. Fresh truths easily +impressed him. They were the buddings of which he was to see the bloom, +of whose fruitage he would partake most abundantly, and which he would +give to others long after the echo of the Great Teacher's words had died +in the chamber where he and Nicodemus heard them. + +It was long after that nightly visit that John wrote his account of it, +including the golden text whose keyword was _Love_. It is supposed that +he wrote his Epistle about the same time. That text was so present in +his thought that he repeated it in almost the same words: "Herein was +the Love of God manifested in us, that God hath sent His only begotten +Son into the world, that we might live through Him." + +At the close of his long life, in which he had learned much of the power +and justice and holiness and goodness of God, it seemed to him that all +these were summed up in the one simple saying, "God is love." + +[Illustration: THE FIRST DISCIPLES _Ittenbach_ Page 67] + +When John bade Nicodemus good-night, he could not look forward to the +time, nor to the place where we see them together again. John the lone +apostle with Nicodemus and his Lord at the beginning of His ministry, is +the lone apostle at the cross. Then and there, he recalls the first +meeting of the three as he beholds the Rabbi approaching. This is his +record; "Then came also Nicodemus, who at the first came to Jesus by +night." + +There is a tradition concerning Nicodemus that after the Resurrection of +Jesus, his faith in Him was strengthened. The "teacher come from God" he +now believed to be the Son of God. The timid Rabbi became a bold +follower of the Lord whom he once secretly sought. For this he was no +longer permitted to be a ruler of the Jews. He was hated, beaten, and +driven from Jerusalem. At last he was buried by the side of the first +martyr Stephen, who had baptized and welcomed him into the fellowship of +the Christian Band. + + + + +_CHAPTER XIII_ + +_St. John and the Samaritaness_ + + "He cometh to a city of Samaria, called Sychar.... Jacob's well was + there. Jesus therefore, being wearied with His journey, sat thus on + the well. There cometh a woman of Samaria to draw water. Jesus said + unto her, Give Me to drink."--_John_ iv. 5-7. + + "Probably John remained with the Master. They would scarcely have + left Him alone especially in that place; and the whole narrative + reads like one who had been present at what passed."--_Edersheim._ + + +The vale of Sychar is one of the most interesting spots in the Holy +Land. Jacob's well is one of the sacred sights about whose identity +there is no dispute. I count the Sabbath when my tent overshadowed it +one of the most memorable of my life. It was a privilege to read on the +spot John's story of the Master tarrying there, and of the truths there +revealed. + +John tells us that Jesus, on His way from Judaea to Galilee, passed +through Samaria, arrived at Jacob's well, and "being wearied with His +journey sat thus on the well," while His disciples went "away unto the +city to buy food." + +It is not necessary to suppose that all of the six went to the +neighboring city. Probably John remained with the Master. His narrative +is one of the most distinct word-paintings in the whole Gospel story. +He writes like one who saw and heard all that passed, not only when the +other disciples were with him, but also and especially what happened +when they were absent from the well. + +[Illustration: THE MARRIAGE AT CANA _Old Engraving_ Page 72] + +John tells us that Jesus "was wearied with His journey." The observing, +tender-hearted disciple saw and remembered his Master's weariness. In +this simple, brief record, he reminds us of Jesus' humanity, and so how +much He was like ourselves. How much of his Lord's weariness and +suffering the sympathizing disciple was yet to witness. + +We may think of John alone with Jesus, seated in an alcove which +sheltered them from the sun. They may often have been thus found in +loving companionship. With what delight would we read of those private +interviews. How sacred and precious they must have been to John. + +At the well, what subjects there were for conversation, suggested by +memories of the spot. Here Abraham had erected his first altar in Canaan +to the true God, whom Jesus was about to reveal more perfectly. This was +the parcel of ground which Jacob had bought, and in which he had buried +the false gods of his household. Here Joseph had been a wanderer seeking +his brethren. This was the place which Jacob when dying had given to his +son Joseph, on whose tomb Jesus and John looked as they talked +together. The twin mountains of Ebal and Gerizim looked down upon them, +reminders of the days of Joshua, when the two Israelitish bands called +to each other in solemn words, and the valley echoed with their loud +"Amen." Not every Jew could have the personal interest in that well, +such as the two weary travelers could claim, through the family records +of their common ancestor even to Abraham. It was not on account of John +that these records had been kept, but of the "Son of Man" at his side, +whom he had learned to look upon as "the Son of God." As they sat +together John could not look into the future, as his Master could, and +think of the time when they would be in the region together with an +unfriendly reception; nor of that other time when John would come to it +again and have a friendly reception, but with memories only of his Lord. + +[Illustration: BELSHAZZAR'S FEAST _Old Engraving_ Page 74] + +But their visit alone did not last until the return of His disciples. It +was suddenly interrupted. "There cometh a woman of Samaria to draw +water." She was no fitting companion for them. She was not prepared to +enter into their thoughts and feelings. She was an ignorant woman of the +lower order of society, sinful, and not worthy of the respect of those +who knew her. "Give me to drink," said Jesus--fatigued, hungry, thirsty. +She gazed upon Him with astonishment. She knew by His appearance and +dress that He was a Jew. She supposed that any such would be too full +of hatred and pride to ask even such a simple favor of a Samaritan. Her +answer showed her surprise. He gently spoke of her ignorance of Him, and +of a richer gift than the one He asked, and which He was ready to +bestow. It was "living water"--"the grace and truth of which He was +full." Changing her manner toward Him, and addressing Him more +respectfully, she asked, "Art _Thou_ greater than our father Jacob?" She +meant, "Surely Thou art not greater." How strange this must have sounded +to John as his eye turned from her, to Him before whom Jacob would bow +in adoration could he have joined that circle on the spot where he had +built an altar many years before. Jesus explained more fully the +difference between the water for which He had asked, and that which He +would give. He had asked a very small favor of her; He would bestow the +greatest of gifts, even eternal life. + +Not fully understanding Him, and yet believing He was some wonderful +person, she repeated His own request, but with a changed meaning,--"Sir, +give me this water." Perhaps to make her feel her sinfulness and to lead +her into a better life, He showed her that though He was a stranger, He +knew her past history. Her astonishment increased and she exclaimed, +"Sir, I perceive that Thou art a Prophet." Ashamed, she quickly changed +the subject. + +She and her people claimed that Mount Gerizim was the holy place of the +Holy Land; while the Jews said that Jerusalem was "the place where men +ought to worship." She wanted the Prophet she had so unexpectedly met to +decide between them. With calmness, solemnity and earnestness, He made a +sublime declaration to her, meant for Jews, Samaritans and all men. It +was this: "Woman, believe me, the hour cometh, when neither in this +mountain, nor yet in Jerusalem, shall ye worship the Father.... The hour +cometh, and now is, when the true worshipers shall worship the Father in +spirit and truth: for such doth the Father seek to be His worshipers. +God is a spirit: and they that worship Him must worship in spirit and +truth." + +But this did not satisfy her. It was all so new and strange, so +different from what she and her people believed, that she was not +prepared to accept it from an unknown stranger, though he seemed to be a +prophet. She thought of One greater than she thought He could be, One +who was wiser than any prophet then living, or who ever had lived, One +who she believed was to come. So, with a sigh of disappointment, her +only reply was, "I know that Messiah cometh; ... when He is come, He +will declare unto us all things." + +How the quickened ear of John must have made his heart thrill at the +name Messiah. Until a few weeks before, he too had talked of His +coming, but already had heard Him declare many things which no mere +prophet had spoken. Is he not prompted to break the silence of a mere +listener? Is not his finger already pointed toward Jesus? Are not the +words already on his tongue?--"O woman, _this is He_," when Jesus makes +the great confession he made before Pilate, saying to the Samaritaness, +"I that speak unto Thee, am He." + +So it was that He whose coming the angels in their glory announced to +the shepherds in Bethlehem, He whom the Baptist proclaimed to multitudes +on the Jordan, He whose glory was manifested to the company in Cana, +made Himself known to this low, ignorant, sinful, doubting, perplexed +stranger, in words "to which all future ages would listen, as it were +with hushed breath and on their knees." + +These words of Jesus to the woman, "I am He," closed their conversation, +so unexpected to her when she came with her water-pot, in which she had +lost all interest. Her mind and heart had been filled instead. She had +drawn from Him richer supplies than Jacob's well could ever contain. +From that hour she thought of it, not so much as Jacob's well as the +Messiah's well. + +The disciples returning from the city, coming within sight of Jesus, +"marveled that He was speaking with a woman." The people then and there +had a mistaken idea that to do so was very improper. The disciples were +the more astonished because she was a Samaritan. But they had such a +sense of His goodness, that they did not dare to ask, "Why talkest Thou +with her?" + +She was interrupted in her conversation with Jesus, by the coming of the +disciples. She left her water-pot at the well. Too full of wonder and +gratitude to stop to fill it, or to be hindered in carrying it, she +hastened to the city with the good news of what she had seen and heard. +So had Andrew and John each carried the good news to his brother saying, +"We have found the Messiah." She believed she had found Him. But the +good news seemed almost too good to be true, and she wanted the men of +the city to learn for themselves. So she put her new belief in the form +of a question, "Is not this the Christ?" A great number obeyed her call, +and believed with her that Jesus was the Messiah. + +[Illustration: THE HILL OF SAMARIA _Old Engraving_ Page 84] + +Meanwhile the disciples asked Him to eat of the food they had brought. +But His deep interest in the woman, and joy in the great change in her, +was so great that for the moment He felt no want of food. So He said to +them, "I have meat to eat that ye know not." ... "My meat is to do the +will of Him that sent Me." Never again did the disciples marvel that +their Master talked with a woman, or with a sinner of any kind. We +seem to see John, weary and hungry as his Master, but unmindful of +bodily discomforts, because of his intense interest in what is passing. +His record does not give his own experiences, but we can imagine some of +them. His watchful eye detects every movement and expression of his +companions,--the calm, earnest, loving, pitying look of Jesus; and the +excited, scornful, surprised, joyful, constantly changing looks of the +woman. He first marks her pertness of manner; then the respectful "Sir"; +then the reverence for a prophet; and at last the belief and joy in the +Messiah. + +Whether or not John was witness to all that passed at the well, or +whether Jesus gave him the minute details, or whether the Samaritaness, +during the two days that Jesus and His disciples remained in Sychar, +told Him all, his story is one of the most lifelike in the Gospels, +teaching the greatest of truths. + +If that noon hour at Jacob's well was a memorable one for the woman, it +was also for John. For him Christ was the Well of Truth. Of it he was to +drink during blessed years. Standing nearest to it of any mortal, +receiving more than any other, he was to give of it to multitudes +thirsting for the water of life. + + + + +_CHAPTER XIV_ + +_The Chosen One of the Chosen Three of the Chosen Twelve_ + + "Walking by the sea of Galilee, He saw two brethren, Simon, who is + called Peter, and Andrew his brother, casting a net into the sea, + for they were fishers. And He said unto them, Come ye after Me, and + I will make you fishers of men. And they straightway left the nets, + and followed Him. And going on from thence He saw other two + brethren, James the son of Zebedee, and John his brother, in the + boat with Zebedee their father, mending their nets, and He called + them. And they straightway left the boat and their father, and + followed Him."--_Matt._ iv. 18-22. + + "He was the Supreme Fisher, and this day He was fishing for + them."--_Stalker._ + + "When it was day, He called His disciples; and he chose from them + twelve, whom also He named apostles, Simon, whom He also named + Peter, and Andrew his brother, and James and John, and + Philip...."--_Luke_ vi. 13, 14 + + "Jesus taketh with Him Peter, and James, and John."--_Matt._ xvii. + 1. + + "One of His disciples, whom Jesus loved."--_John_ xiii. 23. + + "We know not all thy gifts, + But this Christ bids us see, + That He who so loved all, + Found more to love in thee." + + +Once more we find the two pair of brothers on the shore of Gennesaret, +not together, but within hailing distance. All night long they have +toiled at fishing without any reward. The morning has dawned. Wearied +and with the marks of labor on their persons and their garments, their +empty boats drawn upon the beach, they are mending their nets which have +been torn by the waves, and cleansing them from the sand which has been +gathered instead of the fishes they sought. + +[Illustration: JACOB'S WELL _From Photograph_ Page 91] + +Meanwhile a multitude of people in the neighboring field is listening to +the Master. The fishermen may hear His voice, but their nets must not be +left in disorder; they must be put in readiness for another trial, +which, though they know it not, will be most abundantly rewarded. + +They cannot go to Him, but He comes to them with a greeting and a +command, "Follow Me and I will make you fishers of men." + +The time had come for Him to gather His first disciples more closely +about Him for instruction and preparation and service in His kingdom. +They had seen proofs of His Messiahship. They had been with Him long +enough to know something of His work and teachings, and what was +included in His call to follow Him. They understood it meant leaving +their boats and nets by which they had earned their daily bread, and +even leaving their homes, and going with Him wherever He went, trusting +Him for support, ready to do anything to which all this would lead them. +Their belief in Him, and their love for Him, were enough to secure +immediate obedience to the new command. + +In their faithfulness in their duties in their former life, in the +carefulness in mending their nets, in the patience and perseverance +during the nights of fruitless toil, in their thoughtfulness, skill and +experience in catching fish--in such things Christ found likeness of +what He would make them to become--fishers of men. From their old +business He would teach them lessons about the new,--of His power, the +abundance of His store, and the great things they were to do for Him and +their fellow-men. Before they leave it, He makes Himself a kind of +partner with them. Having used Simon's boat for a pulpit for teaching, +He tells him to launch out into the deep and to let down his net. It +encloses a multitude of fishes. Andrew and James with their brothers +whom they had called to Jesus, the first company to follow Him from the +Jordan, are the first to do so in a new and fuller sense from the shores +of Gennesaret, where they first learned of Him. + +There is something touching in the special reference to the call of the +sons of Salome, whose relation to Mary first interested us in them. It +is said of Jesus, "He saw James the son of Zebedee and John his brother +and He called them. And they immediately left their father in the ship +with the hired servants. They forsook all and followed Him." + +[Illustration: THE MIRACULOUS DRAUGHT OF FISHES _Old Engraving_ Page 94] + +What reminders do we here have of the past! James and John, true +brothers in childhood, united in business in early life, now hand in +hand commence life anew. Having become the help, and much more the +companions of their father they must leave him to the companionship of +hired servants. But in this hour of sundering family ties, the loving +father and loving sons rejoice in Jesus as their Master whom they all +willingly obey. + +He chose twelve whom He called Apostles. Such was the glorious company, +composed of young men, the most honored in all earthly history, to be +His closest companions, His missionary family. During the remainder of +His life He would train them; and when leaving the world trust their +faithfulness and devotion in extending His kingdom. The two pair of +brothers and their early friend Philip are the first named of the +Apostles. The early Bethsaidan group composed almost one-half of the +apostolic company. But within that circle there was another. Three of +the twelve were chosen by the Lord for closer intimacy. They were to be +special witnesses of His greatest power, His most radiant glory, and His +deepest sorrow upon earth. They were Peter, James and John. Two of the +three, Peter and John, were to be united in special service for their +Lord while He was with them, and so continue after He was gone. But of +the twelve Jesus drew one closest to Himself, most loved and the most +glorious of them all: it was John. + +In seeking a reason for Christ's fixing the number of His disciples, +some have found a fancied one in the twelve precious stones of Aaron's +breastplate. The most precious stone would represent John, the chosen +one of the Great High Priest. In his own vision of the new Jerusalem +"the foundations of the wall of the city were garnished with all manner +of precious stones." "And the wall of the city had twelve foundations, +and on them twelve names of the twelve Apostles of the Lamb." It was +that Lamb of God to which he had been pointed on the Jordan, and to +which he points us as he beholds Him by the "glassy sea." As John read +those names did he not recall the day when Jesus chose twelve whom "He +named Apostles"? + + + + +_CHAPTER XV_ + +_John in the Home of Jairus_ + + "He suffered no man to follow with Him, save Peter, and James, and + John. And they came to the house of the ruler of the synagogue." + + "And taking the child by the hand, He saith unto her, Talitha cumi; + which is, being interpreted, Damsel I say unto thee, Arise. And + straightway the damsel rose up, and walked."--_Mark_ v. 37, 38, 41, + 42. + + +The first scene in which we find John as one of the favored three is in +the house of mourning. It was the home of Jairus in Capernaum. He was a +ruler of the synagogue. "He had an only daughter, about twelve years of +age, and she lay a dying." He hastened to Jesus, fell at His feet, +worshiped Him, and besought Him saying, "Come and lay Thy hands on her +that she may be healed; and she shall live." + +Did he not have in mind Peter's wife's mother, living in the same town, +and how Jesus "came and took her by the hand and lifted her up; and +immediately the fever left her"? Jesus started for the house, followed +by a throng, some doubtless full of tender sympathy for their townsman, +and some curious to see what the wonder-worker would do. + +A messenger from Jairus' home met him saying, "Thy daughter is dead; +trouble not the Master." But the father's faith in Jesus was not limited +to the power to heal. Could not the hand that had already touched the +bier of the widow's only son, be laid on his only daughter, with +life-restoring power? Could not the command spoken in Nain "I say unto +thee, arise," be repeated in Capernaum, and in like manner be obeyed? +Without heeding the messenger's question about troubling the Master, he +cried out yet more earnestly, "My daughter is even now dead; but lay Thy +hand upon her, and she shall live." But the father's entreaty was +unnecessary, for Jesus was already responding to the messenger's words +as, turning to Jairus, He said, "Fear not, only believe." + +How eagerly the curious crowd hastened toward the ruler's home, because +of a possible miracle, even raising the dead. But they were not to be +witnesses of such display of Divine power. Yet even if the throng be +excluded, might not the Twelve, following close to Jairus and Jesus, +expect admission to the home? What was the surprise and disappointment +of nine of them to be forbidden admission by Him whom they were +following. But so it was. "When He came to the house He suffered not any +man to enter in with Him, save Peter, and John and James, and the father +of the maiden, and her mother." + +[Illustration: RAISING THE DAUGHTER OF JAIRUS _H. Hofmann_ Page 99] + +This is the first we know of this distinction in the apostolic band. We +almost hear the nine saying, "Why is this?" Can it be that, in that +hour, at the door of this house of mourning, there was awakened the +feeling of jealousy which afterward appeared? Did it inspire in the +three a sense of superiority, and ambition to be higher in position than +the rest in the kingdom of their Lord? Did James and John especially +hope for promotion above the nine, and even the ten including Peter? So +it will appear. But all this was to pass away when the band better +understood the nature of their Lord's kingdom, and possessed more of His +spirit. + +The death-chamber was too sacred a place for numbers, even for the nine, +whose admittance would be more fitting than that of the hired mourners +whom Jesus excluded with them. He had His own wise reasons for the +choice of the three. We do not wonder that John was one of them. With +all his manifest failings--which he at last overcame--he was the most +like his Master. In that death-chamber the Lord was to show His +"gentleness and delicacy of feeling and action" such as John could +understand, and with which he could sympathize. + +"And taking the child by the hand, He saith unto her, Talitha, cumi." We +are glad that Mark has preserved for us the very words that must have +thrilled the heart of John. They had been interpreted, "My little lamb, +my pet lamb, rise up." In them was a lesson for John. They were a +revelation of his Master's tenderness toward childhood. It was a needed +lesson, which he finally learned. + +As John and Peter saw the returning life of the little maid, and heard +their Master's command "that something should be given her to eat," they +thought not of the time when they should stand together again near the +same spot with the same Master, Himself risen from the dead, and hear +Him utter another command, "Feed My lambs." + +As they with James followed their Lord out from the death-chamber--such +no longer--and heard His charge "that no man should know" what had +happened, the very secrecy drew more distinctly the line of the inner +circle about the three. It was not to be erased during the Lord's +earthly sojourn with the twelve. + + + + +_CHAPTER XVI_ + +_John a Beholder of Christ's Glory_ + + "We beheld His glory, glory as of the only begotten from the + Father."--_St. John_ i. 14. + + "We were eyewitnesses of His majesty. For He received from God the + Father honor and glory ... when we were with Him in the holy + mount."--2 _Peter_ i. 16-18. + + "As brightest sun, His face is bright; + His raiment, as the light, is white, + Yea, whiter than the whitest snow. + Moses, Elias, spake with Him. + Of deepest things, of terrors grim, + Of boundless bliss, and boundless woe, + Of pangs that none but Christ may know. + + "A voice sublime I panting hear, + A voice that conquers grief and fear, + Revealing all eternity; + Revealing God's beloved Son, + Born to redeem a world undone; + Filled with God's fulness from on high, + To gain God's noblest victory." + --_Trans. Kingo of Denmark._ + + +We may think of the twelve as Christ's family with whom He often prayed +apart from the multitude. One such occasion was in Caesarea Philippi. The +prayer was followed by two earnest and solemn questions. "He asked the +disciples, saying, Who do men say that the Son of Man is? And they said, +Some say John the Baptist; some, Elijah; and others, Jeremiah or one of +the prophets." + +How strange these sayings must have sounded to St. John and his Jordan +companions, who had been directed by the Baptist to their Messiah. Three +of them were soon to witness Elijah's tribute to Him, as being more than +the "Son of Man." Such already had He become to them. He was more +interested in the opinions of the disciples than in those of the +multitude. So He asked with emphasis, "But who say ye that I am? And +Simon Peter answered and said, Thou art the Christ, the Son of the +living God. And Jesus answered and said unto him, Blessed art thou, +Simon Bar-Jona: for flesh and blood hath not revealed it unto thee, but +My Father which is in heaven." + +But in the mind of Jesus even this blessed revelation was not enough for +His believing yet frail disciples. Even the three, the most enlightened +of the twelve, needed a clearer vision of Him and His kingdom, and +strength for trials they were to endure. So they needed His prayers. + +"From that time began Jesus to show unto His disciples how that He must +go to Jerusalem, and suffer many things, ... and be killed." He needed +prayer also for Himself. So "Jesus taketh with Him Peter, and James and +John, and bringeth them up into a high mountain apart by themselves." +The favored three, who had witnessed His power in the raising of Jairus' +daughter, were to be witnesses of his glory. Luke says He "went up into +the mountain to pray." Not Tabor,--for which mistaken tradition has +claimed the honor--but Hermon was doubtless the "high mountain." This +kingly height of the Lebanon range was a fitting place for Jesus the +King. The glittering splendor of its snows is a fitting emblem of His +character. It was the highest earthly spot on which He stood. From it He +had His most extensive views. Here He had His most exalted earthly +experience. Peter rightly named it "the Holy Mount" because of its +"glory that excelleth" all other mountains. + +We do not know the thoughts or feelings or words of the nine when Jesus +"taketh with Him the three." We wonder whether their wonder was at all +mixed with jealousy. As they saw the three "apart by themselves," their +lessening forms ascending Hermon, and at last hidden from their view by +the evening shades, can it be that the dispute began which cast a gloom +over their Lord when He descended from that mountain of glory? + +And the three themselves--what were their emotions as they looked down +upon their companions in the plain below, and upward to the height +whither their Master was bringing them. Did they whisper together +concerning the word He had just spoken--that He must die. They must have +had such mingling of feelings as they never had before. + +It was the evening after a Sabbath. At the close of the weary summer +day, after the long and steep ascent of the mountain, and in the strong +mountain air, it is no wonder that the three disciples were "weighted +with sleep." + +Luke not only tells us that Jesus went up "to pray" but also that "He +prayed." Would that John had recorded that prayer, as he did those +supplications in the Upper Room and in Gethsemane. "As we understand +it," says Edersheim, "the prayer with them had ceased, or merged into +silent prayer of each, or Jesus now prayed alone and apart." + +On the banks of the Jordan, where Jesus and the three had met, while He +"was praying, the heavens were opened," and the dove-like form descended +upon Him, and His Father's voice was heard. And now "as He prayed," +there came an answer, immediate and glorious: "He was transfigured +before them." + +The disciples though "weighted with sleep," "having remained awake, they +saw His glory, and the two men that stood with Him." It was many years +after this vision that John, speaking for the three, testified, "We saw +His glory." + +"The fashion of His countenance was altered." "His face did shine as +the sun." "His garments became exceeding white; so as no fuller on earth +can whiten them," "white as the light," "glistering," "dazzling." + +"Behold there appeared unto them Moses and Elijah talking with Him." How +did the disciples know the Lawgiver and the Prophet? We are not told. +There may have been given them some supernatural powers of discernment. +They may have known by the conversation between Jesus and His celestial +visitants, as, in earthly language with heavenly tone, they "spoke of +His departure which He was about to accomplish at Jerusalem," of which +He had told them on the plain below. + +It was that Moses who fifteen hundred years before came down from Mount +Sinai with the two tables of the law in his hands, when Aaron and the +children of Israel stood in awe before His shining face. But now He had +come, not from the mount which Paul describes as "darkness," but unto +that other whose snowy whiteness has given it the name of Lebanon. He +had come from Heaven, to yield homage to Him to whom He would sing with +us, + + "My dear Redeemer and my Lord, + I read my duty in Thy Word; + But in Thy life the Law appears, + Drawn out in living Characters." + +"The children of Israel could not look steadfastly upon Moses for the +glory of His face." In the "excellent glory" by which Peter describes +the scene on Hermon, the whole figure of His Lord was bathed in light. +But the glory of that vision was not yet complete. A cloud, brighter +than any on which the moon was shining, enwrapped Jesus and Moses and +Elijah. It was no other than the Shechinah, once more returning to the +earth,--"the symbol of Jehovah's presence." + +This cloud overshadowed the disciples. As its light gleamed upon them, +they were filled with reverential fear. They were ready to do the +heavenly visitors immediate and humble service. But the mission of the +two was ended. Their last words of comfort to Jesus had been spoken. If +they could be detained, it must be done quickly. So, awed and confused +by the strange vision, yet longing for its continuance, the disciples, +Peter being the spokesman, proposed to make booths for their Master and +His two heavenly visitors. But the two had gone, and the crown of glory +that had enveloped them spread to the disciples, filling them with yet +increasing awe. The silence that had followed Peter's call was broken. +"There came a voice out of the cloud, This is My Beloved Son; hear ye +Him." Startled by such a response, "they fell on their face and were +sore afraid." They did not dare to look about them. The Cloud of +Glory lifted. How long they lay prostrate and trembling, we do not know. +At last a hand gently touched them. It was the hand of Jesus. His voice +bid them, "Arise, and be not afraid. And when they had lifted up their +eyes they saw no man, save Jesus only." + +[Illustration: THE TRANSFIGURATION _Old Engraving_ Page 106] + +The Transfiguration was over. Its grand purpose was accomplished. Master +and disciples were prepared for the labors and trials to which they must +return. The night ended. As the morning sun glistened on the peaks of +Hermon, while darkness yet overspread the plain below, Jesus descended +with the three, to the nine awaiting their return. + +"And as they were coming down from the mountain, He charged them that +they should tell no man what things they had seen, save when the Son of +Man should have risen again from the dead. And they kept the saying, +questioning among themselves what the raising again from the dead should +mean." + +Peter's and John's memories of that vision of their Lord were ever +distinct and precious. When it was no longer a secret, Peter wrote in +ecstasy of the hour in which they "were eyewitnesses of His majesty, ... +when they were with Him in the holy mount." + +Let us notice the record by John. In the beginning of his gospel he says +"The Word was made flesh and dwelt amongst us." By this he means that +the Son of God became a man, and lived among men who witnessed His +life. But of all the events of that life which John had seen, there was +a special one in his mind, which not all men had witnessed. So he adds, +"We beheld His glory." This probably refers to the Transfiguration and +the Shechinah, which he and Peter and James had seen. And then he thinks +of how much greater Jesus was than John the Baptist, "a man sent from +God," "to bear witness of" Him. He thinks also of the great Lawgiver of +whom he says, "the Law was given through Moses; grace and truth came by +Jesus Christ." + +We imagine that ever after the Transfiguration, John thought of Moses +and the Shechinah together. Had he with his companions been permitted to +build three tabernacles or booths, "one for Moses," what delightful +visits John would have made him there, like that one which he had made +in the abode of Jesus on the banks of the Jordan. + +[Illustration: MOSES ON MT. PISGAH _Artist Unknown_ Page 109] + +I seem to hear Moses telling John something of his own history when on +the earth, and teaching him lessons from it in words like these: "This +is not the first time I have heard the Lord's voice, from out this cloud +of glory. Out of the burning bush He called me, 'Moses, Moses.' At Sinai +He said, 'Lo, I come unto thee in a thick cloud.' And again He appeared +in 'a pillar of a cloud,' and said, 'Behold thou shall sleep with thy +fathers.' I saw not that cloud again on earth until you beheld it. My +thoughts were about death. I prayed about it, not as your Master and +mine has done in preparation therefor, but that I might not then die. +This was my prayer: 'Let me go over I pray Thee and see the good land +that is beyond Jordan, that goodly mountain, and Lebanon,'--the very +mountain where we now are. But the Lord would not hear me. I prayed yet +again more earnestly, and the Lord said unto me, 'Let it suffice thee; +speak no more unto me of this matter.' From yonder mountain of Nebo He +showed me all the land we now see from Hermon; and then I died. The Lord +buried me in yonder land of Moab. No man knoweth my sepulchre unto this +day. I died, my great hope of forty years disappointed. My repeated +earnest prayer was ungranted then, but it has not been unanswered. This +'goodly' Lebanon, to which I looked from Nebo with longing eyes, is more +'goodly' now than when it sadly faded from my dying vision. You, John, +are one of the witnesses to the answer to my dying prayer. Never did the +Shechinah at Horeb, or Sinai, or the Tabernacle, seem so resplendent as +on this Mount Hermon. Here it has enwrapped Elijah and me, the favored +two whose mission Gabriel might have envied. We were sent down from +heaven to talk with Jesus concerning His death, of which He has told +you. In view of it He has lead you, the favored three hither to pray. +It was while He prayed that ye 'beheld His glory.' Not only for me, but +much more for Him, is Hermon _the_ mount--'The Holy Mount,' because the +mount of Prayer, and therefore the mount of Transfiguration." + + + + +_CHAPTER XVII_ + +_St. John's Imperfections_ + + "Master, we saw one casting out demons in Thy name; and we forbade + him, because he followeth not with us."--_John._ + + "Lord, wilt Thou that we bid fire to come down from heaven, and + consume them, even as Elijah did?"--_James and John._ + + "Grant us that we may sit, one on Thy right hand, and one on Thy + left hand, in Thy glory."--_James and John._ + + "And when the ten heard it, they began to be moved with indignation + concerning James and John."--_Mark_ x. 41. + + +John was not perfect. There were unlovely traits in his otherwise noble +character. It is not pleasant to write of his faults. We would gladly be +silent concerning them. But there are four reasons for making record of +them. 1. If we think of his virtues and not of his faults, we do not +have a just view of his character; it is one-sided; we have an imperfect +picture. 2. We see how Jesus loved him notwithstanding his +imperfections. While hating his sins he loved the man. 3. Remembering +John's faults, we give him all the more credit when we see how he +overcame them, and what he became under the example and teachings of +Jesus. 4. Having failings ourselves, we are encouraged by the full and +truthful story of John's life, to overcome our own sins. Such are good +reasons why the imperfections of good men like David and Peter and John +are recorded in the Bible. + +In speaking of John's boyhood, we hinted at some of his faults. Let us +now notice them more particularly as given by the Evangelists. Sometimes +he was evidently included when Jesus rebuked the disciples for some +wrong they had said or done. On one occasion, he alone is mentioned; on +two others he and his brother James are rebuked together. The first +recorded incident, showing imperfection, is soon after the descent from +Hermon. Jesus seems to have accompanied Peter to his home in Capernaum, +to which the other disciples followed them. The favor which Christ +showed the three in taking them to the mount may have caused a feeling +of pride in them, and of jealousy in the nine. Pride was John's +besetting sin, as we shall see. A great privilege had been granted him. +Without telling the secret of Hermon to his fellow-disciples, he may, by +improper word or act, or both, have shown a feeling of superiority, +which displeased them, as the same spirit did on another occasion. At +any rate, something led to a dispute who should be the greatest in the +kingdom which they believed their Lord was to establish. This was a sad +revelation of the ambitious spirit of these good men. It was probably on +the way to Capernaum that an incident happened in which John seems to +have been the chief actor. He exhibited a spirit of intolerance--a want +of patience and forbearance toward a man whom they met. He was a +disciple of Christ, in whose power he had such faith that he was enabled +to cast out evil spirits in His name. He was doing a good work such as +Christ gave His apostles power to do. They prided themselves in it, and +felt as if they only had a right to it. So John, speaking for the rest, +as if he had authority, forbade this man to use the power any more. On +their reaching the house of Peter, Jesus asked, "What was it that ye +disputed among yourselves by the way?" Perceiving that He knew their +thoughts, they were silent with shame, until one of them, yet +unconquered by His question of reproof, asked Him "Who is the greatest?" +He did not answer the question immediately. As if in preparation for +something special, "He sat down and called the twelve" about Him; He +uttered one reported sentence, "If any man would be first, he shall be +last of all, and minister of all." And then "He called a little child to +Him and set him in the midst of them." It was His object lesson. Through +it He rebuked and taught them. He made childhood a test of character. +With solemnity and earnestness He declared, "Verily I say unto you, +Except ye turn and become as little children, ye shall in no wise enter +into the kingdom of heaven." + +That child-spirit included simplicity, meekness, harmlessness, +obedience, dutifulness, trustfulness and, especially at this time, +humility. + +The Lord's declaration must have startled the disciples. They thought of +themselves as His chosen ones, superior to others, having special +powers, and destined to special honors which none other might claim. In +a spirit contrary to His declaration, they were contending who should be +the greatest in His kingdom. He revealed to them, then and there, the +nature of that kingdom which they had so greatly misunderstood. + +Upon one at least, Christ's lesson was not altogether lost. That was +John. He recalled his proud and unjust treatment of the humble man whom +he had forbidden to do good work in the name of Christ. He saw that his +own spirit had been contrary to that of which Christ had just spoken. He +finally confessed his fault. But the lesson of his Master was not +perfectly learned, or if learned, was not, as we shall see, perfectly +obeyed. Though the beloved, he was still an imperfect, disciple, as is +shown in another incident. + +At the time when Jesus lived, and in the country where He journeyed, +travelers were generally welcomed as guests in any home. Though +strangers, they were treated as friends. This was a necessary kindness +because there were no hotels such as we have in our day and country. + +But to this hospitality there was a noted exception. We have noticed +the hatred of the Samaritans to the Jews. This was especially shown to +pilgrims going up to Jerusalem to attend the feasts. + +Jesus was on His last journey thither. As ever, He was teaching and +healing on the way. His own heart was burdened with the thought of what +He was to endure, but He was steadfast in His purpose to reach the Holy +City, willing there to suffer and to die. Nearing the first Samaritan +village, He sent messengers before Him to prepare for Himself and His +company. Even the common hospitality was refused, and that in a most +unfriendly manner. The Master was treated as a teacher of falsehood. +Even the kind healer was not permitted to enter the village. He was a +Jew on His way to Jerusalem. In the minds of the villagers, this was +more than enough to balance all the good in Him. + +James and John especially were indignant at the unkind treatment. They +felt keenly the insult to their Lord, whom they believed was on His way +to Jerusalem to establish His Kingdom, and was worthy of the most +generous hospitality and the sincerest homage. They had a fresh +remembrance of the glory in which they had seen Him on the Holy Mount in +company with Elijah. They were reminded of that prophet's experience +more than nine hundred years before. It was this: Ahaziah, a king of +Israel, was seriously injured by a fall from the balcony of his house. +He sent to inquire of the false god Baal-zebub whether he should +recover. God sent Elijah to reprove him for his idolatry and insult to +Himself. The king sent a captain with fifty men to seize the prophet, +but they were consumed by fire from heaven. Another captain and his +fifty men were also destroyed in like manner. + +Such a punishment James and John would call down on the Samaritans. They +felt that it would be just. If fitting for the enemies of Elijah, how +much more for those of Jesus. They were ready to give the command which +God permitted Elijah to give, if Jesus would allow them to do likewise. +And so, being displeased, provoked, revengeful, with a fiery spirit, +they said to Him, "Lord, wilt Thou that we command fire to come down +from heaven, and consume them, even as Elijah did?" But Jesus "turned +and rebuked them," and said, "Ye know not what manner of spirit ye are +of." + +It was contrary to the spirit of meekness and love manifest in His +declaration to them, "The Son of Man is not come to destroy men's lives, +but to save them." And so He inspired them with another spirit, as He +quietly led them "to another village." We sadly turn to another scene in +which imperfection in the beloved disciple is especially revealed. + +The favored brothers had not yet learned perfectly the lesson of +humility which their Lord had tried to teach them. They were still +devoted to Him, following Him, loving Him. But they still misunderstood +what He said about His death, and His kingdom, in which they hoped for +the most honored places. They wanted to be assured of promotion above +their fellow-disciples. They were earnest in an unholy desire. They had +a bold, ambitious request to make of the Lord. It was the chief occasion +on which their pride was revealed. We have two accounts of it. In one of +them the mother Salome appears as the speaker. She brings her sons to +Jesus, prostrates herself before Him, and offers this petition, "Grant +that these my two sons may sit, the one on Thy right hand, and the other +on Thy left, in Thy Kingdom." She had a loving mother's pride. She was +the aunt of Jesus, and perhaps felt that because of this relationship, +her sons had a right which the other Apostles could not claim. She had +given them to His service, and had proved her own love and devotion to +Him by following Him with other women of Galilee, ministering to His +comforts. Meanwhile James and John, according to another account, +themselves urged their mother's request saying, "Grant unto us that we +may sit, one on Thy right hand, and one on Thy left hand, in Thy glory." + +Mother and sons shared in the spirit of self-seeking and +self-exaltation. But we must not forget that it was faith in Him as the +Messiah, and in His coming "glory," that led them to show it, though in +a mistaken way. + +In sorrow and tenderness, and pity for their ignorance, Jesus replied, +"Ye know not what ye ask." While His eye rested on them, His thoughts +were on another scene. It was a cross with Himself upon it, and a +malefactor on each side, instead of the brothers in their pride. As John +at last stood by it, did he recall the hour of his mistaken ambitious +request, which had never been repeated. There had been no need that the +Lord should say to him, as to Moses, "Ask me not again," yet like Moses, +he was to receive a most glorious answer in another form. In his pride, +with an earthly throne in mind, he had asked, "Grant that I may sit with +Thee in Thy glory?" Having conquered his unholy ambition there was +fulfilled in him the promise of His Lord in glory, "To him that +overcometh will I grant to sit with Me on My throne." + +The time came when there was no longer occasion for the other ten +apostles to be "moved with indignation concerning James and John," +because of their pride and ambitious seeking. This John is the disciple +whom, with all his imperfections, Jesus loved most of all; this the man +known as the most lovable of men; this the one who well-nigh reached +human perfection through his ardent and ever increasing love for Jesus; +this the one who is called _the Apostle of Love_. + + + + +_CHAPTER XVIII_ + +_John and the Family of Bethany_ + + "He entered into a certain village; and a certain woman named + Martha received him into her house. And she had a sister called + Mary, which also sat at the Lord's feet, and heard His + word."--_Luke_ x. 38, 39. + + "Now a certain man was sick, Lazarus of Bethany, of the village of + Mary and her sister Martha."--_John_ xi. 1. + + "Now Jesus loved Martha, and her sister, and Lazarus."--_v._ 5. + + "Jesus ... said, ... Lazarus is dead."--_v._ 14. + + "Jesus wept."--_v._ 35. + + "He cried with a loud voice, Lazarus, come forth. He that was dead + came forth."--_vs._ 43, 44. + + "As he (John) gives us so much more than the synoptists about the + family at Bethany, we may infer that he was a more intimate friend + of Lazarus and his sisters."--_A. Plummer, D.D._ + + +In four sentences Luke draws an unfinished picture of a family group, +whose memory has become especially precious because of what John has +added to it. His probable familiarity with the family made this +possible. No wonder if he felt that the original picture must be +enlarged and retouched. The place where that family lived had become to +him too sacred a spot to be called simply "a certain village." Martha +was more than "a certain woman," who though hospitable, was distracted +in her housekeeping. Mary was fairer than Luke had painted her. John +had seen her do more than sit at Jesus' feet. He manifestly felt that +the resurrection of Lazarus was too great an event to be omitted from +the gospel story, as it was by the other Evangelists who, when they +wrote, might have endangered the life of Him whom the Jews sought to +destroy. John's heart demanded a stronger tribute to Mary than Matthew +or Mark had given. Let him be our guide to the blessed home. With his +eyes let us see Jesus' relation to it, and with his ears listen to the +Master's words there spoken. + +[Illustration: BETHANY _Old Engraving_ Page 120] + +As he opens the door we see a family of wealth, refinement, hospitality +and affection. Its members are of kindred spirit with him: and so would +be attracted to him, and he to them. But there was a special bond of +union. "Now Jesus loved Martha and her sister and Lazarus." Such is the +tender passing remark of John who elsewhere calls himself "the disciple +whom Jesus loved." These four form a group of special objects of +Christ's affection. They ardently loved Him. We may suppose that John's +relation to the family of Bethany was closer than that of any other +disciple. This fitted him to make us familiar with their characters, and +many incidents of their home. + +John was with Jesus in Bethany in Peraea, when there came the sad, brief, +confiding message from Mary and Martha, "Lord, behold, he whom Thou +lovest is sick." Doubtless it touched the heart of the apostle as well +as that of his Master, whose response he records: "This sickness is not +unto death, but for the glory of God, that the Son of God may be +glorified thereby." We are reminded of John's own words concerning the +change of water into wine: "This beginning of miracles did Jesus in Cana +of Galilee, and manifested forth His glory." + +Jesus' plan for Lazarus included a delay of two days in Bethany of +Peraea. Meanwhile His heart went out toward Bethany in Judaea. So did +John's. But, though Jesus tarried, it can be said, as on another +occasion, "He Himself knew what He would do." While John was wondering, +waiting and watching, perhaps he remembered how the nobleman's son was +healed in Capernaum when Jesus was in Cana, and thought it possible that +the messenger would be told to say to the sisters, "Thy brother liveth." + +When at last Jesus proposed to His disciples that they all go to Judaea, +John's love may have contended for a moment with fear, as they +protested, because of danger from His enemies: but it was for a moment +only. When Jesus said, "Let us go unto him," we almost wonder that it +was not John the loving, nor Peter the bold, but Thomas the sometimes +unready, that said concerning Jesus, "Let us also go that we may die +with Him." But we imagine that John was the readiest to go, and kept +the closest to his Master in the pathway to Bethany in Judaea. + +"Our friend Lazarus sleepeth," said Jesus. Though all of the disciples +were thus addressed, we think of John as especially including Jesus and +himself in that word "our," because of the nearness of their relation to +the afflicted family. And then that other word "sleepeth"--it must have +carried him, as well as James and Peter, back to the home of Jairus, +where they heard the same voice to which they were now listening say, +"The child is not dead but sleepeth." + +We almost wonder that the three did not turn to their fellow-disciples +and say that "Jesus had spoken of the _death_ of Lazarus," while "they +thought that He spake of taking rest in sleep." But evidently not so; +and when Jesus "said unto them plainly, Lazarus is dead," doubtless John +was the saddest of them all, because of his special interest in him. The +full record--the only one of what transpired in that sad, joyful +home--shows how closely John watched every movement of Jesus and the +sisters, and how carefully he noted what they said. We may give credit +to his memory, even with the aid which he says was promised the +disciples in their remembrance. He notes the coming of Martha to meet +Jesus, while "Mary sat still in the house;" Martha's plaintive cry, +"Lord, if Thou hadst been here, my brother had not died;" the +conversation between her and Jesus concerning the resurrection; the +sudden change from it to His asking for Mary; Martha's return to the +house and whispering in her sister's ear, "The Master is come and +calleth for thee;" the hurried obedience to the call--all these +incidents are recorded by John with the particularity and vividness of +an eyewitness. + +It appears as if Jesus would not perform the intended miracle until the +arrival of Mary. John's account of their meeting is full of pathos. He +watches her coming, notices the moment she catches sight of Him through +her tears, and her first act of falling down at His feet, and her +repetition of Martha's cry, "Lord, if thou hadst been here my brother +had not died." He looks into the faces of both as "Jesus sees her +weeping." He contrasts Mary's real and deep sorrow with the outward and +heartless outcries of pretended grief, at which Jesus "groans in +spirit," because a seeming mockery in the presence of His loving friend. +John measures the depth of the Lord's "troubled" spirit by His outward +movements. He opens to us His heart of hearts in the brief, tender +record, "Jesus wept." Where in the whole story of His life do we gain a +keener sense of His humanity, especially His tenderness and sympathy. +What a revelation we would have missed if John had been silent, but the +emotion of His own heart had been too deep to allow any such omission. +"Jesus wept." As Professor Austin Phelps declares, "The shortest verse +in the Bible is crowded with suggestions." + +While John is our guide to the tomb of Lazarus, and more than that, the +sincere mourner with the afflicted sisters, he is yet more the disciple +of Jesus, receiving new and lasting impressions of divine truth and of +his Master, which are embodied in his story. + +John recorded seven miracles of our Lord. The first was that of turning +water into wine. The last was the raising of Lazarus. In both of them He +points us to the same glorious purpose. He says that in the first, +Christ "manifested forth His glory," and that the second was "for the +glory of God, that the Son of God might be glorified thereby." And now +standing with Martha by the yet unopened tomb, John hears their Lord +remind her of His assurance that if she believed, she "should see the +glory of God." That hour had come. The Lord had commanded, "Take ye away +the stone." John was most attentive to every act of the passing scene. +His eyes glanced from the stone to his Lord. As soon as the command +concerning it was obeyed Jesus lifted His eyes upward, and said, +"Father"--calling upon Him with whom He was to be glorified. + +John had stood at the bedside of the only daughter of Jairus, and heard +the command, "Damsel, I say unto thee, Arise." By the bier of the +widow's only son he had probably heard that other, "Young man, I say +unto thee, Arise." And now standing by the open door of the tomb of the +only brother, was He not listening for a like command? He had not long +to wait. The prayer of his Lord was ended. The tone of prayer was +changed to that of command. "He cried with a loud voice, Lazarus come +forth. And he that was dead came forth." John describes his appearance. +He was "bound hand and foot with grave clothes, and his face was bound +about with a napkin." When Jesus saith unto them, "Loose him and let him +go"--away from the excitement and curiosity of the heartless +mourners--who was so ready as John to obey the command, while welcoming +his friend back to life? Who could so fittingly escort him from the +darkened tomb to the relighted home, with the sisters still weeping--but +for joy. + +In John's old age when he recalled this resurrection scene, he seems to +have had a special memory of the younger sister's sorrow. He speaks of +the "Jews which came to Mary" in the hour of her sadness. + +But His memory of that resurrection day was tinged with gloom. He traced +back, from the cross on Calvary to the tomb in Bethany, the way by which +his Lord had been led by His enemies. "From that day forth they took +counsel together for to put Him to death." + +[Illustration: THE RESURRECTION OF LAZARUS _Old Engraving_ Page 126] + +It is tradition, not John, which tells us concerning Lazarus that the +first question which he asked Christ after He was restored to life was +whether He must die again; and that being told that he must, he was +never more seen to smile. But John, better than tradition, tells of +another scene in which we imagine his smiles were not restrained. To it +let us turn. + + + + +_CHAPTER XIX_ + +_John's Memorial of Mary_ + + "When Jesus was in Bethany, ... there came unto Him a woman having + an alabaster cruse of exceeding precious ointment, and she poured + it upon his head, as He sat at meat."--_Matt._ xxvi. 6, 7. + + "Verily I say unto you, wheresoever this gospel shall be preached + in the whole world, that also which this woman hath done shall be + spoken of for a memorial of her."--_Matt._ xxvi. 13. + + "It was that Mary which anointed the Lord with ointment, and wiped + His feet with her hair."--_John_ xi. 2. + + "There is something touchingly fraternal in the momentary pleasure + which He (Christ) appears to have taken in the gift of the + alabaster box."--_Austin Phelps._ + + "Her eyes are homes of silent prayer, + Nor other thought her mind admits + But, he was dead, and there he sits, + And He that brought him back is there. + + "Then one deep love doth supersede + All other, when her ardent gaze + Rose from the living brother's face, + And rests upon the life indeed." + --_Tennyson._ + + +That is an impressive picture drawn by Saints Matthew and Mark, of a +scene in Bethany, where an unnamed woman brought a flask of ointment +which she poured on the head of Jesus, thus exciting murmuring and +indignation against her, who was defended by Him, with assurance of +perpetual remembrance of her deed. + +Yet a comparison of the accounts of these two Evangelists with the story +given by John, suggest the thought that he was not satisfied with the +picture. His remembrance of the things that happened before and after +that scene, his friendship for the family of Bethany, his understanding +of the Master's feelings and thoughts, his sense of justice to himself +and to his fellow-disciples, the omission of an important figure in the +grouping, and especially his tender sympathy for the unnamed heroine of +the story--these things demanded in his mind additions and re-touchings +to make the picture complete. + +Let us imagine ourselves before him while he is reading the manuscripts +of Matthew and Mark, long after they were written. He tells us of +incidents, unmentioned by them, that enlarge and make clearer our view +of the scene. We note the impressions we may suppose were made on him at +the time of the event, and were still fresh in his old age when he tells +the story. + +"I remember distinctly"--so he might say--"this scene in Bethany, both +what these two writers report, and what they do not. The hour was +drawing near when my Lord must die. So He had told me; but somehow I +did not understand that this must be. It seems strange to me now that I +did not, as well as one of my friends did, who realized the nearness of +the sad hour. I had arrived with Him at Bethany 'where Lazarus was which +had been dead, whom He raised from the dead.' It was a great joy to meet +again the friend whom I had welcomed from the tomb." + +It is true, as here written by Mark, that Jesus "sat at meat." But this +does not tell the whole story. The people of Bethany wished to unite in +doing Him honor: "So they made Him a supper there." It was fitting that +it should be "in the house of Simon" whom Jesus had healed from leprosy, +and who was probably a relative or special friend of the family loved by +Jesus. I wonder that their names do not appear in the story given by +these two Evangelists: I could not forget them. I remember how "Martha +served" at the table, as if in her own home, seeming more of a hostess +than a guest; and how "Lazarus was one of them that sat at the table +with Him" who had bid him rise from the tomb; and how Mary showed her +gratitude for her brother's restoration, and love for his Restorer. To +me that supper loses half its interest without the mention of these +names, so suggestive of near relation to the Lord. Here I read, "There +came unto Him a woman." That is indeed true; but I find no hint of who +this unknown woman was. Could Matthew probably present, have forgotten +it? Had Mark absent, never been told? + +Matthew says she had "an alabaster cruse of precious ointment," which +Mark explains was "spikenard very costly." This also is truly said, for +I learned that "Mary ... took a _pound_ of ointment of spikenard very +precious." This she could well afford. Some have suggested that perhaps, +like oriental girls of fashion, she had bought it in her pride, but +after coming under the influence of Jesus, had left it unused. But I am +more inclined to believe she intended it from the first as an expression +of overflowing love. + +Mark says "she broke the cruse." I remember, as she crushed the neck of +it, all eyes were turned upon her, watching her movements. Lazarus, +reclining at the table, gazed upon her with brotherly interest; and +Martha, moving around it glanced at her with sisterly affection. There +was one man whose expression was something more than curiosity. In it +there was a shade of displeasure. + +These two Evangelists tell that Mary "poured the ointment upon" and +"over" the "head" of Jesus. This was a common custom in rendering honor +and adoration. But it did not satisfy Mary, if the Lord could only say +with David, "Thou anointest my _head_." Her anointing was so profuse +that He could say,--as Matthew testifies that He did--"She poured this +ointment upon My body." But I would testify to another act, fuller yet +of meaning. She "anointed the _feet_ of Jesus." This meant far more than +the washing of feet, as an humble act of hospitality and honor. It was +an unusual act of adoration. I saw bathed in spikenard what I have since +seen bathed in blood. But that was not all. Making of her long tresses a +fine but unwoven towel, "she wiped His feet with her hair"; kneeling in +devotion where she had loved to sit in learning. + +I noticed the glowing rapture in her face, and an occasional glance into +that of her Lord, unmindful of the presence of all others, while He +looked kindly upon her. It was then that I discovered that "the house +was filled with the odor of the ointment." But, alas, not so with the +perfume of her deed. "There were some that had indignation among +themselves, ... and they murmured against her": so says Mark. "When the +disciples" saw Mary's deed "they had indignation": so says Matthew. It +is true that signs of dissatisfaction came from the group of the +disciples, but it is the voice of one of them that has ever since rung +in my ears, to whom "the unworthy grumbling should be assigned." In +justice to the disciples he should not be unnamed. Mary was still in the +act of her devotion to Jesus. "But Judas Iscariot, one of His disciples, +which should betray Him, saith, 'Why was not this ointment sold for +three hundred pence, and given to the poor?' This he said, not because +he cared for the poor"--not he--"but because he was a thief and, having +the bag, took away what was put therein." He it was who from the first +showed displeasure at Mary's act. His words were both an exclamation and +a question, a sort of soliloquy, and yet addressed to anybody who might +hear and answer: but they needed no answer. It was too late to gather up +the ointment already used, and sell it for the poor or for any other +purpose. But Judas' purpose I well understand. I see through his +hypocrisy now more clearly than I did then. + +[Illustration: TRIUMPHAL ENTRY INTO JERUSALEM _Gustave Dore_ Page 138] + +With the sharp, reproving voice of Judas, Mary glanced into his angry +face. This would have filled her with terror had she not immediately +looked into that of Jesus beaming upon her. One hand of His was over +her, as if in protection and benediction, while the other waved in a +reproving gesture. As I read how He answered the question of Judas with +another, "Why trouble ye her?" and then commanded, "Let her alone"; and +then declared, "She hath wrought a good work upon me," I recall the +changing expressions of His face, and His tones of indignation and +affection. + +I was startled by the reason He gave for letting her alone,--that she +might preserve what remained of the ointment, not for the poor, but to +be used for His burial, near at hand. + +She it was of whom I have spoken who understood better than I or any of +my fellow-apostles, that our Lord's life was nearing its end. + +I find here in the records of Matthew and Mark the assurance of the Lord +concerning the unnamed woman of whom they have written. It is this, +"Verily I say unto you, 'Wheresoever this gospel shall be preached in +the whole world, that also which this woman hath done shall be spoken of +for a memorial of her.' Let it be known that this woman was Mary of +Bethany, then at Jesus' feet. Henceforth let her name be linked with her +deed." + +Thus ends the words we have imagined St. John might have spoken with the +Gospels of Matthew and Mark in his hand. The additions to their story +are suggested by his own Gospel. He has drawn a beautiful picture of +Mary, in brighter colors and more delicate shades than has any other. To +him artists are chiefly indebted for their ideas of her. His own +character was so completely in harmony with hers that he understood what +his fellows did not. By them she was misjudged and condemned; he saw and +admired the sweetness of her spirit, and the purity and nobleness of her +motive. Upon the monument reared by other Evangelists, he inserted her +name. In her he saw a reflection of her Lord and his. His memory and +his record alone secured for her in particular the fulfilment of the +Lord's prophecy concerning the remembrance of her deed. Every Christian +home in the whole world has been, or will be, filled with the spiritual +fragrance of her offering. But the prophecy is more than fulfilled. That +which she hath done is not only "_spoken of_," for in many a home +inspired by her spirit, her name has been given as a memorial of her +whom John distinguished from all others as "that Mary which anointed the +Lord with ointment and wiped His feet with her hair." It was of Mary +that Jesus said, "She hath done what she could." + +John's picture of her is all the brighter because of his dark background +of Judas. He has forever associated their names in contrast. In his +mind, the anointing was ever suggestive of the betrayal. He remembered +how the "thief" asked his hypocritical question at the moment of the +greatest perfume; and how Judas was planning the betrayal while Mary was +meditating on the death to which it would lead. It appears almost +certain that Judas, stung by the Lord's reproof of him and defence of +Mary, ready to sell his Lord's body for a less sum than he valued the +ointment, turned from the feast in anger, hastening to the chief priest +with the cursed question and promise, "What will ye give me, and I will +deliver Him unto you?" Wheresoever the gospel is preached throughout +the whole world, that also which _this man_ hath done is spoken of--but +not for a memorial of him. + +John's picture of Mary, Judas and Jesus is a most suggestive grouping. +What harmony and contrast! What light and shade! What revelation of love +and hate, of friendship and enmity, of devotion and sacrilege! To no +other scene does Christ sustain quite the same relation. The friendship +of His first feast--that of Cana--is deeper and tenderer in His last, at +Bethany. + +There is something sublime in this Son of God having all power, pleading +with Judas that Mary might be permitted to continue her service of love +for Him. + +Add John's own likeness to the three at whom we have been looking, and +what a grouping we have--Jesus with His loved Mary, and John the most +beautiful illustration of human friendship, and Judas the _betrayer_. +Let imagination complete what no artist has attempted. + +When John recalls the odors of Mary's ointment filling the house, he +seems to catch a refrain from Solomon's song, and addresses it to +her,--"Thine ointments have a goodly fragrance; thy name is as ointment +poured forth; therefore do the maidens love thee." + +It is not the "maidens" alone, especially the Marys of Christendom, +that "love" her, but all to whom the gospel is preached, who join in +John's refrain, while thanking him for his "memorial of her." + + + + +_CHAPTER XX_ + +_John a Herald of the King_ + +PROPHECY: + + "Rejoice greatly, O daughter of Zion; shout, O daughter of + Jerusalem: behold, thy King cometh unto thee: ... lowly, and riding + upon ... a colt."--_Zech._ ix. 9. + +PROPHECY FULFILLED: + + "He sent two of his disciples, saying, Go your way into the village + over against you; in the which as ye enter ye shall find a colt + tied: ... loose him, and bring him.... And they brought him to + Jesus: and they threw their garments upon the colt, and set Jesus + thereon."--_Luke_ xix. 30, 35. + +PROPHECY UNDERSTOOD: + + "These things understood not His disciples at the first: but when + Jesus was glorified, then remembered they that these things were + written of Him, and that they had done these things unto + Him."--_John_ xii. 16. + + "Daughter of Zion! Virgin Queen! Rejoice! + Clap the glad hand and lift th' exulting voice! + He comes,--but not in regal splendor drest, + The haughty diadem, the Tyrian vest; + Not arm'd in flame, all glorious from afar, + Of hosts the chieftain, and the lord of war: + Messiah comes!--let furious discord cease; + Be peace on earth before the Prince of Peace!" + --_Heber's Palestine_. + + +Zechariah foretold the coming of Christ five hundred years before the +angels over Bethlehem heralded His birth. The prophets saw Him as the +Messiah-king, but not such a ruler as most of the Jews of Christ's day +expected. Even the disciples, believing Him to be the Messiah, had +mistaken views of His kingdom. Yet He was the King foretold by the +prophets; the Son of David who sang of Him as the "King" and as the +"Lord's anointed"; the Messiah or Christ; the king of the Jews not only, +but of all men. As such He would make a triumphal entry into the "City +of the Great King." This would not be in the pride and pomp of an +earthly conqueror, but in the "lowly" manner which Zechariah had +foretold. + +All the accounts of Jesus' journeyings leave the impression that He went +a-foot. Only once do we know that He rode; that was in fulfilment of +prophecy. That prophecy He purposed to fulfil the day after the feast of +Bethany. This was intended by Christ to be His royal and Messianic entry +into Jerusalem. The hour had come. A colt unused, and so fitted by +custom for sacred purposes, was ready for His use. Having left the +village "He sent two of His disciples to bring it to Him." These two are +understood to be Peter and John, for whose united service He would soon +call again. We may think of the owner of the colt as friendly toward +their Master. When told by the disciples, "The Lord hath need of him," +he was ready to serve Him by the loan of his beast. That +"need"--whatever the owner or the disciples thought--was not so much to +aid in Christ's journey as to make true the prophetic words concerning +Him, "Thy King cometh ... riding upon ... a colt." + +The two disciples "brought him to Jesus, and they threw their garments +upon the colt, and set Jesus thereon." + +We may think of Peter and John, having arranged for the royal ride, as +heralds of their Lord, leading the procession from Bethany, and the +first to greet with signal and shout the other coming from Jerusalem. + +Beside their King, perhaps leading the colt on which they had placed +Him, they would be the first to tread where "a very great multitude +spread their garments in the way," and others "branches from the trees," +and yet others "layers of leaves which they had cut from the +fields"--thus carpeting the road winding around the slope of Olivet. + +Were not Peter and John leaders in song when "at the descent at the +Mount of Olives the whole multitude of the disciples began to rejoice +and praise God," and especially when "the City of David" came into view? +The joyful strains were from the Psalms of David--"Hosanna to the Son of +David, Hosanna in the Highest Blessed is the kingdom that cometh, the +kingdom of our Father David. Blessed is the King that cometh in the +name of the Lord; peace in heaven, and glory in the highest." + +[Illustration: CHRIST AND ST. JOHN _Ary Scheffer_ Page 155] + +In that last strain it would almost seem as if the angelic song of +thirty-three years before, over the plain of Bethlehem, had not yet died +away, and was echoed from Olivet. + +In that hour did John and James have thoughts about sitting one on the +right hand and the other on the left in a kingdom which seemed near at +hand? Did they and the other disciples, who had been disappointed +because their Lord had refused on the shore of Galilee to be made king, +imagine that He certainly would now be willing to be crowned in +Jerusalem? + +When John wrote his account of the triumphal entry into Jerusalem, he +recalled the prophecy concerning it. It is claimed that he speaks of +himself and Peter in particular when he says, "These things understood +not the disciples at first; but when Jesus was glorified, then +remembered they that these things were written, and that they had done +these things unto Him." This was a frank confession of his own dulness +and ignorance: it is also an assurance of his later wisdom. + +We see John on the highway of Olivet, a chosen disciple to aid His Lord +in the hour of His earthly glory. We shall see him, even down to old +age, in a yet nobler sense, a Herald of the King. + + + + +_CHAPTER XXI_ + +_With the Master on Olivet_ + + "Some spake of the Temple, how it was adorned with goodly stones + and offerings."--_Luke_ xxi. 5. + + "One of His disciples saith unto Him, Master, behold, what manner + of stones and what manner of buildings! And Jesus said unto him, + Seest thou these great buildings? There shall not be left here one + stone upon another, which shall not be thrown down." + + "As He sat on the Mount of Olives over against the Temple, Peter + and James and John and Andrew asked Him privately, Tell us, when + shall these things be? and, What shall be the sign when these + things are all about to be accomplished?"--_Mark_ xiii. 1-4. + + +The Temple was the most sacred of all places, even before the Lord of +the Temple entered it. His presence became its chiefest glory. In the +hour when the waiting Simeon at last could there say "he had seen the +Lord's Christ," it had a new consecration, and a beauty which its +richness of materials and adornments had never given. In the hour when +He there said to His mother, "Wist ye not that I must be in My Father's +House?" or, "I must be about My Father's business," it was more +consecrated still. Twice He had cleansed it from the profanation of +unholy worshipers. Within it He had spoken as no man had ever done. It +had been a theatre of His divine power. + +That was a sad and solemn hour in the last week of His life when, as +Matthew says, "Jesus went out and departed from the Temple." That was +His farewell to it. With sadness He thought not only that He would never +return to it for a blessed ministry of word and healing, but that the +place itself would be destroyed. As He led His disciples from it, their +minds were also upon the Holy House: but their thoughts were not His +thoughts. They had long been familiar with its magnificence, from the +day when each of them, at twelve years of age, for the first time had +gazed upon it in wonder and admiration. We do not know why, as they were +turning away from it and walked toward Olivet, "some spake of the +Temple, how it was adorned with goodly stones and offerings," nor why +"one of His disciples saith unto Him, Master, behold what manner of +stones, and what manner of buildings!" But so they did. Doubtless they +were surprised and disappointed that the Lord did not respond with like +spirit to their enthusiastic exclamations. Were not such richness and +beauty worthy of even His admiration? Why His momentary silence? Why His +sadness of expression, as He looked toward the Temple, beholding it as +they bid Him do, but manifestly with different purpose and feeling from +what they intended? His appearance seemed most inconsistent with the +glorious view. His response was startling,--"Seest thou these great +buildings? There shall not be left here one stone upon another, which +shall not be thrown down." + +The astonished disciples were silenced, but an unspoken question was in +the minds of some of them. Christ turned aside and ascended the +mountain, taking with Him the chosen three, Peter, James and John. On +this occasion Andrew is added to the private company. Once more we see +by themselves the two pair of brothers with whom in their boyhood we +became familiar in Bethsaida. We are reminded of the days when they sat +together on the sea-shore, the time when they were watching for the +coming of the Messiah with whom they now "sat on the Mount of Olives +over against the Temple." Two days before, in the road below He had also +prophesied of the destruction of the city, as He gazed upon it through +His tears. Now He was on the summit, directly opposite the Temple, from +which the city was spread out before Him. To me it is still a delight in +thought, as it was in reality, to stand where they sat, and look down +upon the same Temple area, and think of the Holy and Beautiful House, as +it appeared before the sad prophecy had been fulfilled. + +On this spot the poet Milman makes Titus to stand just before the +destruction of Jerusalem, with determination and yet with misgiving, +looking down on the city in its pride and the Temple in its +gorgeousness, and saying: + + "Yon proud City! + As on our Olive-crowned hill we stand, + Where Kidron at our feet its scanty waters + Distills from stone to stone with gentle motion, + As through a valley sacred to sweet Peace, + How boldly doth it front us! How majestically! + Like as a luxurious vineyard, the hillside + Is hung with marble fabrics, line o'er line, + Terrace o'er terrace, nearer still, and nearer + To the blue Heavens. Here bright and sumptuous palaces, + With cool and verdant gardens interspersed; + Here towers of war that frown in massy strength; + While over all hangs the rich purple eve, + As conscious of its being her last farewell + Of light and glory to the fated city. + And as our clouds of battle, dust and smoke + Are melted into air, behold the Temple + In undisturbed and lone serenity, + Finding itself a solemn sanctuary + In the profound of Heaven! It stands before us + A mount of snow, fettered with golden pinnacles! + The very sun, as though he worshiped there, + Lingers upon the gilded cedar roofs; + And down the long and branching porticoes, + On every flowery, sculptured capital, + Glitters the homage of His parting beams. + .... The sight might almost win + The offended majesty of Rome to mercy." + +But Roman majesty was not to be won to mercy. To the Twelve, Christ had +foretold the destruction of the city. And now when the four were alone +with Him, they "asked Him privately, tell us when shall these things +be." For wise reasons Jesus did not tell. But one of them at least would +learn both when and what these things would be. This was John. His +tender and loving heart was to bleed with the horrible story of the fall +of Jerusalem. There hunger and famine would be so dire that mothers +would slay and devour their own children. Multitudes would die of +disease and pestilence. Rage and madness would make the city like a cage +of wild beasts. Thousands would be carried away into captivity. The most +beautiful youths would be kept to show the triumph of their conqueror. +Some of them would be doomed to work in chains in Egyptian mines. Young +boys and girls would be sold as slaves. Many would be slain by wild +beasts and gladiators. Saddest of all would be the Temple scenes. Though +Titus command its preservation his infuriated soldiery will not spare +it. On its altar there would be no sacrifice because no priest to offer +it. That altar would be heaped with the slain. Streams of blood would +flow through the temple courts, and thousands of women perish in its +blazing corridors. The time was to come when John, recalling his +question on Olivet and his Lord's prophecy concerning Jerusalem, could +say, + + "All is o'er, Her grandeur and her guilt." + +Was he the one of the disciples who hailed the Master, saying, "Behold +what manner of stones, and what manner of buildings!"? If so, with what +emotions he must have recalled his exclamation after the prophecy of +their destruction had been fulfilled. Outliving all his fellow-apostles +the time came when he could stand alone where once he stood with Peter +and James and Andrew, not asking questions "When shall these things be?" +and, "What shall be the sign when these things are all about to be +accomplished?" but repeating the lament of Bishop Heber over Jerusalem +in ruins: + + "Reft of thy son, amid thy foes forlorn, + Mourn, widow'd Queen; forgotten Zion, mourn. + Is this thy place, sad city, this thy throne, + Where the wild desert rears its craggy stone; + Where suns unblessed their angry luster fling, + And way-worn pilgrims seek the scanty spring? + Where now thy pomp, which kings with envy viewed? + Where now thy might which all those kings subdued? + No martial myriads muster in thy gate; + No suppliant nations in thy temple wait; + No prophet bards, thy glittering courts among, + Wake the full lyre, and swell the tide of song: + But lawless force and meagre want are there, + And the quick-darting eye of restless fear, + While cold oblivion, 'mid thy ruins laid, + Folds its dank wing beneath the ivy shade." + + + + +_CHAPTER XXII_ + +_John a Provider for the Passover_ + + "He sent Peter and John, saying, Go and make ready for us the + Passover, that we may eat."--_Luke_ xxii. 8. + + "And they went ... and they made ready the Passover."--_v._ 13. + + +The last time we saw Judas was when he left the feast of Bethany, +murmuring at Mary's deed, angry at the Lord's defence of her, and +plotting against Him. "From that time He sought opportunity to betray +Him." + +"The day ... came on which the Passover must be sacrificed." A lamb must +be provided and slain in the Temple for Jesus and His disciples. +Moreover a place must be provided for them to eat it. This preparation +would naturally fall on Judas, the treasurer of the company, whom at a +later hour the disciples thought Jesus instructed to buy some things for +the feast. The place in Jesus' mind was yet a secret, unknown to the +disciples, including Judas who could not therefore reveal it to His +enemies. Who shall be entrusted with the service which He needed, and be +in sympathy with Him in the solemn approaching hour? Not Judas. The two +who had been the heralds of the King should be His messengers. So "He +sent Peter and John saying, Go and make ready for us the Passover that +we may eat." Again and again we shall find Peter and John together in +circumstances of joy and sorrow, trial and triumph. Their first question +was a very natural one, "Where wilt Thou that we make ready?" The Lord's +secret was not at once revealed. He gave them a sign by which their +question would be answered--another proof of His divine fore-knowledge. +He told them to go into the city, entering which they would find a man +bearing a pitcher of water. Him they were to follow to the house he +entered, and tell its owner of His purpose to keep the Passover there. +In a furnished room they were to prepare for His coming. They were full +of curiosity, but had no doubt concerning the result of their errand. +They trusted Him who had entrusted them with it. + +Soon at the public fountain they were watching for the servant who +should be their guide. Having done "as Jesus appointed them," they +"found as He said unto them." As instructed they said "unto the goodman +of the house, The Master saith unto thee, Where is the guest-chamber +where I shall eat the Passover with My disciples?" + +"The goodman of the house" is the only name by which this owner has +been known. Some have thought He was Joseph of Arimathaea; others the +Father of Saint Mark; others Mark himself. It is the name by which Jesus +has called Him; that is honor enough. Without doubt he was a friend of +the Lord. Perhaps like Nicodemus he had come to Him privately for +instruction. He was ready to do what he could for His necessities when +homeless in Jerusalem. He was ready to give Him a place of protection +when, that very night, His enemies were seeking His life. Peter and John +may never have met this unnamed disciple before. If so, it was doubtless +the beginning of an acquaintance close and tender between them and him +who was "the last host of the Lord, and the first host of His Church." + +He showed them "a large upper room." It was probably reached, as in many +oriental houses, by outside stairs. It was the choicest and most retired +room. The goodman led the disciples into it. They found it "furnished" +with a table, and couches around it on which Jesus and His company could +recline. But this probably was not all. The table was "prepared" with +some of the provisions required for the feast. These included the cakes +of unleavened bread, the five kinds of bitter herbs, and the wine mixed +with water for the four cups which it was the custom to use. + +But there was something more which Peter and John must do to "make +ready" for the feast. It was the most important thing of all. It was to +prepare the "Paschal Lamb." With such a lamb they had been familiar from +childhood. As their fathers brought it into their homes, and their +mothers roasted it, and parents and children gathered about it in solemn +worship, the Bethsaidan boys had no thought of the day when the Messiah +would bid them prepare for the feast of which He Himself would be the +host, at the only time apparently when He acted as such. + +When John was pointed by the Baptist to Jesus, he had no thought that He +would prepare the last Lamb for Him whom He was to see sacrificed as +"the Lamb of God." No wonder that Jesus sent Peter and John to make +ready, instead of Judas the usual provider, who in the same hour "sought +opportunity to betray Him." + +We follow them from the house of the goodman toward the Temple. Nearing +it they listen with mournful solemnity to the chanting of the +eighty-first Psalm, with its exhortation to praise,--"Sing aloud unto +God our strength. Blow up the trumpet in the new moon, in the time +appointed, on the solemn feast day." Then they listen for the threefold +blast of the silver trumpets. By this they know that the hour has come +for the slaying of the lambs. Peter and John enter the court of the +priests, and slay their lamb whose blood is caught by a priest in a +golden bowl, and carried to the Great Altar. + +Of this they must have been reminded a few hours later when Christ spoke +of His own blood shed for the remission of sins. John must have +remembered it when he saw and wrote of the "blood and water" that flowed +from the pierced side of his Lord. While the lamb is being slain the +priests are chanting, and the people responding, "Hallelujah: Blessed is +He that cometh in the Name of the Lord." + +The lamb of sacrifice, slain and cleansed and roasted, is carried by the +two disciples on staves to the upper room. After lighting the festive +lamps, they have obeyed their Lord's command, "Make ready the Passover." + +Meanwhile He and the remaining ten, as the sun is setting, descend the +Mount of Olives, from which He takes His last view of the holy but fated +city. The disciples follow Him, still awed by what He had told them of +its fate, and with forebodings of what awaited Him and them. Among them +was the traitor carrying his terrible secret, bent on its awful purpose +which is unknown to the nine, but well known to the Master. Thus they go +to the upper room where Peter and John are ready to receive them. + +In Jesus' message to the goodman He said, "I will keep the Passover at +thy house with My disciples." They were His family. He chose to be +alone with them. Not even the mothers Mary and Salome, nor Nicodemus on +this night, nor the family of Bethany, could be of His company. No Mary +was here to anoint His feet with ointment; nor woman who had been a +sinner to bathe them with her tears. Lazarus was not one of them that +sat with them; nor did "Martha serve." It was the twelve whom He had +chosen, and who had continued with Him. It was to His apostolic family +that He said, "With desire I have desired to eat this Passover with you +before I suffer." And so "He sat down with the twelve" alone, the only +time--as is supposed--that He ever ate the Passover meal with His +disciples. + +That room became of special interest to John. Sent by his Master to find +it, he was mysteriously guided thither. There he was welcomed by the +good owner of the house, who united with him in preparation for the most +memorable feast ever held. It is there that we see him in closest +companionship with his Lord. It was the place in Jesus' mind when He +said, "Go and make ready for us the Passover." "Where shall we go?" +asked John. He found answer when he entered that upper room. Because of +his relation thereto it has been called "St. John's Room"--more sacred +than any "Jerusalem Chamber," so named, or any "St. John's Cathedral!" + + + + +_CHAPTER XXIII_ + +_John's Memories of the Upper Room_ + + "When the hour was come, He sat down, and the apostles with + him."--_Luke_ xxii. 14. + + "There was at the table reclining in Jesus' bosom one of His + disciples, whom Jesus loved."--_John_ xiii. 23. + + +Three Evangelists leave the door of the upper room standing ajar. +Through it we can see much that is passing, and hear much that is said. +John coming after them opens it wide, thus enlarging our view and +increasing our knowledge. + +Luke says of Jesus, "He sat down and the apostles with Him." That is a +very simple statement. We might suppose all was done in quietness and +harmony. But he tells us of a sad incident which happened, probably in +connection with it. "There arose also a contention among them which of +them is accounted to be greatest." The question in dispute was possibly +the order in which they should sit at the table. They still had the +spirit of the Pharisees who claimed that such order should be according +to rank. + +We wonder how John felt. Did he have any part in that contention; or had +he put away all such ambition since the Lord had reproved him and his +brother James for it? Or was his near relation to the Lord so well +understood that there was no question by anybody where John might +sit--next to the Master? + +Let us notice the manner of sitting at meals. The table was surrounded +by a divan on which the guests reclined on their left side, with the +head nearest the table, and the feet extending outward. + +"There was at the table reclining in Jesus' bosom one of His disciples, +whom Jesus loved." This is the first time John thus speaks of himself. +He never uses his own name. His place was at the right of the Lord. +There he reclined during the meal, once changing his position, as we +shall see. Judas was probably next to Jesus on His left. This allowed +them to talk together without others knowing what they said. + +John begins his story of the upper room as a supplement to Luke's record +of the contention. He first tells two things about Jesus,--His knowledge +that His hour "was come that He should depart out of this world unto the +Father," and His great and constant love for His disciples. With these +two thoughts in mind, how grieved He must have been at the ambitious +spirit of the Apostles. He had once given them a lesson of humility, +using a little child for an object lesson. That lesson was not yet +learned; or if learned was not yet put into practice. So He gave them +another object lesson, having still more meaning than the first. + +But before making record of it John, as at the supper in Bethany, +points to Judas. We are reminded of the traitor's purpose formed while +Mary anointed and wiped Jesus' feet. So awful was that purpose, so full +of hatred and deceit, that John now tells us it was the devil himself +who "put into the heart of Judas ... to betray Him." "Humanity had +fallen, but not so low." + +John seems to have well understood his Master's thoughts and interpreted +His actions in giving the second object lesson. He noticed carefully, +and remembered long and distinctly, every act. Was there ever drawn a +more powerful picture in contrast than in these words,--"Jesus, knowing +that the Father had given all things into His hands, and that He came +forth from God, and goeth unto God, riseth from supper, and layeth aside +His garments; and He took a towel, and girded Himself. Then He poureth +water into the basin, and began to wash the disciples' feet, and to wipe +them with the towel wherewith He was girded." + +This was the service of a common slave. It is easy to imagine the silent +astonishment of the disciples. The purpose of Jesus could not be +mistaken. It was a reproof for their contention. The object lesson was +ended. John continued to closely watch His movements, as he took the +garments He had laid aside and resumed His seat at the table. The +very towel with which the Lord had girded Himself, found a lasting place +in John's memory, worthy of mention as the instrument of humble service. +What a sacred relic, if preserved, it would have become--more worthy of +a place in St. Peter's in Rome than the pretended handkerchief of +Veronica. + +[Illustration: THE LAST SUPPER _Benjamin West_ Page 158] + +Christ's treatment of one of the disciples at the feet-washing left a +deep impression on John's mind. With sadness and indefiniteness the Lord +said, "He that eateth My bread lifted up his heel against Me": one who +accepts My hospitality and partakes of the proofs of My friendship is My +enemy. For that one whoever it might be, known only to himself and to +Jesus, it was a most solemn call to even yet turn from his evil purpose. +But the faithless one betrayed no sign; nor did Jesus betray him even +with a glance which would have been a revelation to John's observant +eye. + +It is John who tells us that as they sat at the table "Jesus ... was +troubled in spirit." The apostle closest to Him in position and sympathy +would be the first to detect that special trouble, and the greatness of +it, even before the cause of it was known. But that was not long. "Jesus +said, Verily, verily, I say unto you that one of you shall betray Me." +Such is John's record of Christ's declaration. It is in His Gospel alone +that we find the double "Verily" introducing Christ's words, thus +giving a deeper emphasis and solemnity than appears in the other +Evangelists. A comparison of this declaration of Christ as given by the +four, illustrates this fact. John immediately follows this statement of +the betrayal with another, peculiar to himself. Its shows his close +observation at the time, and the permanence of his impression. What he +noticed would furnish a grand subject for the most skilful artist, +beneath whose picture might be written, "The disciples looked one on +another, doubting of whom He spake." As John gazed upon them, raising +themselves on their divans, looking first one way, then another, from +one familiar face to another, exchanging glances of inquiry and doubt, +each distrustful of himself and his fellow, he beheld what angels might +have looked upon with even deeper interest. There has been no other +occasion, nor can there be, for such facial expressions--a blending of +surprise, consternation, fear and sorrow. Was John one of those who +"began to question among themselves which of them it was that should do +this thing"? Did he take his turn as "one by one" they "began to say, +... Is it I, Lord?" If so it must have been in the faintest whisper; and +so the blessed answer, "No." But we must believe that Jesus and John +understood each other too well for any such question and answer. The +definite answer was not yet given to any one by the Master, yet with an +awful warning, He repeated His prediction of the betrayal. + +Peter was impatient to ask Jesus another question. At other times he was +bold to speak, but now he was awed into silence. Yet he felt that he +must know. The great secret must be revealed. There was one through whom +it might possibly be done. So while the disciples looked one on another, +Peter gazed on John with an earnest, inquiring look, feeling that the +beloved disciple might relieve the awful suspense. "Peter therefore +beckoneth to him, and saith unto him, Tell us who it is of whom He +speaketh." So "He, leaning back, as he was, on Jesus' breast, saith unto +Him, Lord, who is it? Jesus therefore answereth, He it is for whom I +shall dip the sop and give it him." Did John on one side of Jesus hear +the whispered question of Judas on the other, "Is it I, Rabbi?" He +watched for the sign which Jesus said He would give. The morsel was +given to Judas. That was more than a sign, more than kindness to an +unworthy guest; it was the last of thousands of loving acts to one whom +Jesus had chosen, taught and warned--yet was a traitor. Of that moment +John makes special note. Having told us that at the beginning of the +supper "the devil ... put into the heart of Judas ... to betray," he +says, "After the sop, Satan entered into him." As he saw Judas, with a +heart of stone and without a trembling hand, coolly take the morsel from +that hand of love, he realized that the evil one had indeed taken +possession of him whose heart he had stirred at the feast of Bethany. + +It must have been a relief to John when he heard the Lord bid Judas +depart, though "no man at the table knew for what intent." + +"He then having received the sop went out straightway,"--out from that +most consecrated room; out from the companionship of the Apostles in +which he had proved himself unfit to share; out from the most hallowed +associations of earth; out from the most inspiring influences with which +man was ever blessed; out from the teachings, warnings, invitations and +loving care of his only Saviour. "When Satan entered into him, he went +out from the presence of Christ, as Cain went out from the presence of +the Lord." As John spoke of the departure, no wonder he added, "It was +night." His words mean to us more than the darkness outside that room +illumined by the lamp which Peter and John had lighted. They are +suggestive of the darkness of the traitor's soul, contrasted with the +"Light of the World" in that room, to whose blessed beams he then closed +his eyes forever. Night--the darkest night--was the most fitting symbol +for the deeds to follow. Possessed by Satan, Judas went out to be +"guide to them that took Jesus." To them, two hours later, He who was +the Light of the World said, "This is your hour and the power of +darkness." + +It was when "he was gone out" that Christ called the disciples by a new +name, and gave them a new commandment. In both of them John took a +special interest which he showed long after. That name was "Little +Children." The word which Christ used had a peculiar meaning. This is +the only time we know of His ever using it. It was an expression of the +tenderest affection for His family, so soon to be orphaned by His death. +When John wrote his Epistles, he often used the same word, whose special +meaning he had learned from his Lord, to show his own love for his +fellow-Christians. + +The new commandment was this--"That ye love one another; as I have loved +you, that ye also love one another." The command itself was not new, for +it had been given through Moses, and repeated by Christ, "Thou shalt +love thy neighbor as thyself." But Christ gave the disciples a new +reason or motive for obeying it. They were to love one another because +of His love for them. As John grew older he became a beautiful example +of one who obeyed the command. In his old age he urged such obedience, +saying, "If God so loved us, we ought also to love one another." + +Through the door of the Upper Room left ajar by three Evangelists, we +catch glimpses of the group around the table of the Last Supper. Through +it as opened wide by John we hear the voice of Jesus as He utters His +farewell words. He comforts His disciples and tells of heavenly +mansions. He gives His peace in their tribulations. He promises the Holy +Spirit as a Comforter. He closes His address, even in this hour of +sadness and apparent defeat, with these wonderful words, "Be of good +cheer; I have overcome the world." + +And now as John still holds open the door, we hear the voice of prayer, +such as nowhere else has been offered. It is ended. There are moments of +silence, followed by a song of praise. Then John closes the door of the +Upper Room, which we believe was opened again as the earliest home of +the Christian Church. There we shall see him again with those who, +because of his experience with his Lord in that consecrated place, gave +him the name of "The Bosom Disciple." + +[Illustration: IN GETHSEMANE _Gustave Dore_ Page 163] + + + + +_CHAPTER XXIV_ + +_With Jesus in Gethsemane_ + + "He went forth with His disciples over the brook Kidron, where was + a garden."--_John_ xviii. 1. + + "Then cometh Jesus with them unto a place called Gethsemane, and + saith unto His disciples, Sit ye here while I go yonder and + pray."--_Matt._ xxvi. 36. + + "And He taketh with Him Peter and James and John, ... and He saith + unto them, ... abide ye here, and watch."--_Mark_ xiv. 33, 34. + + "And He went forward a little, and fell on the ground, and prayed." + _v._ 35. + + +John was our leader to the Upper Room. And now he guides us from it, +saying, "Jesus ... went forth with His disciples." That phrase "went +forth" may suggest to us much more than mere departure. The banquet of +love was over. The Lord's cup of blessing and remembrance had been drunk +by His "little children," as He affectionately called them. He was now +to drink the cup the Father was giving His Son--a mysterious cup of +sorrow. It was probably at the midnight hour that Jesus "went forth" the +last time from Jerusalem, which He had crowned with His goodness, but +which had crowned Him with many crowns of sorrow. + +Other Evangelists tell us that He went "to the Mount of Olives," "to a +place called Gethsemane." John shows us the way thither, and what kind +of a place it was. Jesus went "over the ravine of the Kidron," in the +valley of Jehoshaphat. At this season of the year it was not, as at +other times, a dry water-bed, but a swollen, rushing torrent, fitting +emblem of the waters of sorrow through which He was passing. Whether the +name Kidron refers to the dark color of its waters, or the gloom of the +ravine through which they flow, or the sombre green of its overshadowing +cedars, it will ever be a reminder of the darker gloom that overshadowed +John and His Master, as they crossed that stream together to meet the +powers of darkness in the hour which Jesus called their own. + +The garden of Gethsemane was an enclosed piece of ground. We are not to +think of it as a garden of flowers, or of vegetables, but as having a +variety of flowering shrubs, and of fruit-trees, especially olive. It +might properly be called an orchard. On the spot now claimed to be the +garden, there are several very old gnarled olive-trees. Having stood +beneath them, I would be glad to believe that they had sheltered my +Lord. But I remember that when the prophecy concerning Jerusalem was +fulfilled, the most sacred trees of our world were destroyed. + +[Illustration: THE VALLEY OF JEHOSHAPHAT _Old Engraving_ Page 164] + +Who was the owner of that sacred garden? He must have known what +happened there "ofttimes." Perhaps, like the "goodman of the house" in +Jerusalem, he was a disciple of Jesus, and provided this quiet retreat +for the living Christ, in the same spirit with which Joseph of Arimathaea +provided a garden for Him when He was dead. To these two gardens John is +our only guide. From the one he fled with Peter in fear and sadness: to +the other he hastened with Peter in anxiety followed by gladness. + +When at the foot of Hermon, Jesus left nine of His disciples to await +His return. Now one was no longer "numbered among" them, as Peter +afterward said of him "who was guide to them that took Jesus." At the +entrance to the garden Jesus paused and said to eight, "Sit ye here +while I go yonder and pray." So had Abraham nineteen hundred years +before, pointing to Mount Moriah, visible from Olivet in the moonlight, +said "unto his young men, Abide ye here ... and I and the lad will go +yonder and worship." + +That very night Jesus was to ascend that very Mount on His way as a +sacrifice, without any angel to stay the sacrificial hand. + +At the garden gate there was no formal farewell, but a solemn final +charge, "Pray that ye enter not into temptation." Jesus knew that the +hour had come in which should be fulfilled Zechariah's prophecy. Sadly +He had declared in the Upper Room, "All ye shall be offended because of +Me this night; for it is written, I will smite the Shepherd, and the +sheep of the flock shall be scattered abroad." + +He dreads to be entirely alone. He longs for companionship. He craves +sympathy. In whose heart is it the tenderest and deepest? There is no +guessing here. The names are already on our lips. Answer is found in the +home of Jairus and on Hermon. Those whom He had led into the one, and +"apart" onto the other, He would have alone with Him in the garden. So +"He taketh with Him Peter and James and John." These companions of His +glory shall also be of His sorrow. + +As Jesus advanced into the garden, the three discovered a change in +Him--a contrast to the calmness of the Upper Room and the assurances of +victory with which He had left it. He "began to be sore amazed and +sorrowful and troubled," and "to be very heavy." We have seen John +apparently quicker than others to detect his Lord's thoughts and +emotions. We imagine him walking closest to His side, and watching as +closely every change of His countenance and every motion that revealed +the inward struggle. And so when Jesus broke the silence, he was +somewhat prepared to hear Him say to the three, "My soul is exceeding +sorrowful even unto death." + +[Illustration: CHRIST BEFORE CAIAPHAS _Old Engraving_ Page 176] + +The moment had come when He must deny Himself even the little comfort +and strength of the immediate presence of the three. So saying, "Tarry +ye here and watch with Me," He turned away. They must not follow Him to +the spot of His greatest conflict. There He must be alone, beyond the +reach of human help, however strong or loving. Even that which He had +found in the few moments since leaving the garden entrance must end. +Their eyes followed Him where they might not follow in His steps. It was +not far. "He went forward a little." "He was parted from them about a +stone's cast"--probably forty or fifty yards. This separation implies +sorrow. They were near enough to watch His every movement as He "kneeled +down" and "fell on His face to the ground" They were near enough to hear +the passionate cry of love and agony, "O, My Father." This is the only +time we know of His using this personal pronoun in prayer to His Father. +He thus showed the intensity of His feeling, and longing for that +sympathy and help which the Father alone could give. + +On Hermon the glories of the Transfiguration were almost hidden from the +three disciples by their closing eyes. And now weariness overcame them +in the garden. They too fell to the ground, but not in prayer. They +tarried indeed, but could no longer watch. + +They had seen Moses and Elijah with their Lord on the Holy Mount, but +probably did not see the blessed watcher in the garden when "there +appeared unto Him an angel from heaven strengthening Him" in body and +soul. So had angels come and ministered unto the Lord of angels and men +in the temptation in the wilderness. + +"Being in agony He prayed more earnestly" until mingled blood and sweat +fell upon the ground. The heavenly visitants on Mount Hermon in glory +had talked with Him of His decease now at hand. The cup of sorrow was +fuller now than then. He prayed the Father that if possible it might +pass from Him. Then the angel must have told Him that this could not be +if He would become the Saviour of men. He uttered the words whose +meaning we cannot fully know, "Not My will, but Thine, be done." + +The angelic presence did not make Him unmindful of the three. "He rose +up from His prayer," and turned from the spot moistened by the drops of +His agony. With the traces of them upon His brow, "He came unto the +disciples." How much of pathos in the simple record, "He found them +sleeping." Without heavenly or earthly companionship, His loneliness is +complete. + + "'Tis midnight; and from all around, + The Saviour wrestles 'lone with fears; + E'en that disciple whom He loved, + Heeds not His Master's griefs and tears." + +The head that reclined so lovingly on the bosom of the Lord in the Upper +Room now wearily rests on the dewy grass of Gethsemane. The eyes that +looked so tenderly into His, and the ear that listened so anxiously for +His whisper, are closed. + +As Jesus stood by the three recumbent forms held by deep sleep, and +gazed by the pale moonlight into their faces which showed a troubled +slumber, He knew they "were sleeping for sorrow." In silence He looked +upon them until His eye fastened--not on the beloved John--but on him +who an hour ago had boasted of faithfulness to His Lord. The last +utterance they had heard before being lost in slumber was that of +agonizing prayer to the Father. The first that awakened them was sad and +tender reproof--"Simon, sleepest _thou_? Couldest thou not watch one +hour?" In the Master's words and tones were mingled reproach and +sympathy. In tenderness He added, "The spirit indeed is willing, but the +flesh is weak." Because of the spirit He pardoned the flesh. The +question, "Why sleep ye?" was to the three, as well as the charge, "Rise +and pray, that ye enter not into temptation." + +Let imagination fill out the outline drawn by the Evangelists:--"He +went away again the second time and prayed; He came and found them +asleep again; He left them and went away again and prayed the third +time; and He cometh a third time and saith unto them, 'Sleep on now and +take your rest.'" If we may suppose any period of rest, it was soon +broken by the cry, "Arise, let us be going; behold he that betrayeth Me +is at hand." They need "watch" no longer. Their Lord's threefold +struggle was over. He was victor in Gethsemane, even as John beheld Him +three years before, just after His threefold conflict in the wilderness. + +As they rose from the ground the inner circle that had separated them, +not only from the other Apostles but from all other men, was erased. We +do not find them alone with their Lord again. They rose and joined the +eight at the garden gate. + +Recalling Gethsemane we sing to Jesus, + + "Thyself the path of prayer hast trod." + +The most sacred path of prayer in all the world was in Gethsemane. It +was only "a stone's cast" in length. The Lord trod it six times in +passing between the place where He said to the three, "tarry ye here," +and that where He "kneeled down and prayed." One angel knows the spot. +Would that he could reveal it unto us. + +[Illustration: CHRIST BEFORE PILATE (Ecce Homo) _H. Hofmann_ Page 182] + +When Jesus was praying and the three were sleeping, Judas reported +himself at the High-Priestly Palace, ready to be the guide of the band +to arrest his Master. There were the Temple-guard with their staves, and +soldiers with their swords, and members of the Sanhedrin, ready to aid +in carrying out the plot arranged with the betrayer. It was +midnight--fit hour for their deed of darkness. The full moon shone +brightly in the clear atmosphere; yet they bore torches and lamps upon +poles, to light up any dark ravine or shaded nook in which they imagined +Jesus might be hiding. If any cord of love had ever bound Judas to his +Master, it was broken. That very night he had fled from the Upper Room, +which became especially radiant with love after his departure. To that +room we believe he returned with his murdering band. But the closing +hymn had been sung, and the Passover lamps extinguished two or three +hours before. The consecrated place was not to be profaned with +murderous intent. Another place must be sought for the victim of hate +and destruction. + +John in his old age recalled precious memories of it, because Jesus +ofttimes resorted thither with His disciples. But he had a remembrance +of another kind. It is when speaking of this midnight hour that he says, +"Judas also which betrayed Him knew the place." Thither he led his +band--to Gethsemane. + +"Lo, he that betrayeth Me is at hand," said + +Jesus to the three, as He saw the gleams of the torches of the coming +multitude. His captors were many, but His thought was especially on +one--His betrayer. Again John reads for us the mind of Jesus, as he did +when the "Lord and Master washed the disciples' feet." He would have us +understand the calmness of the fixed purpose of Jesus to meet without +shrinking the terrible trial before Him, and to do this voluntarily--not +because of any power of His approaching captors. "Knowing all things +that were coming upon Him," He "went forth" to meet them--especially him +who at that moment was uppermost in His thought. John now understood +that last, mysterious bidding of the Lord to Judas, with which He +dismissed him from the table--"That thou doest, do quickly." He now +"knew for what intent He spake this unto him." It was not to buy things +needed for the feast, nor to give to the poor. It was to betray Him. + +What a scene was that--Jesus "going forth," the three following Him; and +Judas in advance, yet in sight of his band, coming to meet Him. + +"Hail, Rabbi," was the traitor's salute. And then on this solemn +Passover night, in this consecrated place, just hallowed by angelic +presence, interrupting the Lord's devotions, rushing upon holiness and +infinite goodness, with pretended fellowship and reverence, profaning +and repeating--as if with gush of emotion--the symbol of affection, +Judas covered the face of Jesus with kisses. + +How deep the sting on this "human face divine," already defaced by the +bloody sweat, and to be yet more by the mocking reed, and smiting hand +and piercing thorn. The vision of the prophet seven hundred years before +becomes a reality--"His visage was so marred more than any man." "But +nothing went so close to His heart as the profanation of this kiss." + +According to John's account, Judas' kiss was an unnecessary signal. +Jesus Himself leaving the traitor, advanced toward the band, with a +question which must have startled the Apostles, as well as the traitor +and his company--"Whom seek ye?" The contemptuous reply, "Jesus of +Nazareth," did not disturb His calmness as He said, "I am He," and +repeated His question, "Whom seek ye?" Nor was that infinite calmness +disturbed by the deeper contempt in the repeated answer, "Jesus of +Nazareth." They had come with weapons of defence, but they were as +useless as the betrayal kiss, especially when some of them, awed by His +presence and words, "went backward and fell to the ground." + +We have seen Jesus going forward from His company and meeting Judas +going forward from his. We must now think of Judas joining his band, and +the eleven disciples surrounding their Lord. John has preserved the +only request made of the captors by the Master. It was not for Himself, +but for His disciples;--"If therefore ye seek Me, let these go their +way." + +Three Evangelists tell that one of the disciples struck a servant of the +high priest and cut off an ear. Luke the physician says it was the right +ear, and that Christ touched it and healed it. John gives the disciple's +name, which it was not prudent for the other Evangelists to do when +Peter, who struck the blow, was still living. He also preserves the name +of the servant, Malchus--the last one on whom he saw the Great Physician +perform a healing act, showing divine power and compassion. John records +the Lord's reproof to Peter, "Put up thy sword into the sheath; the cup +which My Father hath given Me, shall I not drink it?" Can this firm +voice be the same which an hour ago, a stone's cast from these two +disciples, said beseechingly, "O My Father, if it be possible, let this +cup pass from Me." Yea, verily, for He had added to the prayer, "Not as +I will, but as Thou wilt." + +Thus does John's record concerning Peter testify to the triumph of his +Lord. But he also notes the immediate effect of Peter's mistaken zeal. +The captain and officers "bound Him." That was a strange, humiliating +sight, especially in connection with the Lord's words to Peter while +returning the sword to its sheath, "Thinkest thou that I cannot beseech +My Father, and He shall even now send Me more than twelve legions of +angels?" Wonderful words! fitting to be the last of the Lord's +utterances to a disciple in Gethsemane. With burning and just +indignation at His being bound, Jesus turned to His captors, saying, +"Are ye come out as against a robber, to seize Me?" As they closed +around Him His disciples were terrified with the fear of a like fate. +"And they all left Him and fled." Prophecy was fulfilled; the Shepherd +was smitten; the sheep were scattered. + +Without the voice of friend or foe, the garden of Olivet was silent. One +had left it who, outliving his companions, gives us hints of his lone +meditations. The beloved disciple cherished memories of joyous yet sad +Gethsemane. He it was who longest remembered, and who alone preserved +the prophecy in the Upper Room, so soon fulfilled--"Ye shall be +scattered every man to his own, and shall leave Me alone." + +In George Herbert's words we hear the Master cry, + + "All My disciples fly! fear put a bar + Betwixt My friends and Me; they leave the star + Which brought the Wise Men from the East from far. + Was ever grief like Mine!" + + + + +_CHAPTER XXV_ + +_John in the High Priest's Palace_ + + "And they that had taken Jesus led Him away to the house of + Caiaphas the high priest, where the scribes and the elders were + gathered together."--_Matt._ xxvi. 57. + + "Simon Peter followed Jesus, and so did another disciple. That + disciple ... entered in with Jesus into the court of the high + priest; but Peter was standing at the door without. So the other + disciple ... went out ... and brought in Peter."--_John_ xviii. 15, + 16. + + "Everywhere we find these two Apostles, Peter and John, in great + harmony together."--_Chrysostom._ + + "Bow down before thy King, My soul! + Earth's kings, before Him bow ye down; + Before Him monarchs humbly roll,-- + Height, might, and splendor, throne and crown. + He in the mystic Land divine + The sceptre wields with valiant hand. + In vain dark, evil powers combine,-- + He, victor, rules the better Land." + --_Ingleman.--Trans. Hymns of Denmark._ + + "It is probable that St. John attended Christ through all the weary + stages of His double trial--before the ecclesiastical and the civil + authorities--and that, after a night thus spent, he accompanied the + procession in the forenoon to the place of execution, and witnessed + everything that followed."--_Stalker._ + + +We know not what became of nine of the disciples fleeing from +Gethsemane; whether they first hid among the bushes and olive-trees, +and escaped into the country; or took refuge in the neighboring tombs; +or stole their way to some secret room where the goodman of the house +furnished them protection; or scattered in terror each in his lonely +way. + +The captive Lord was dragged along the highway where Peter and John had +been for a single hour the Heralds of the King. Over the Kidron, up the +slope of Moriah, through the gate near the sacred Temple, along the +streets of the Holy City, He was led as a robber to the high-priestly +palace. + +Three Evangelists tell us, "Peter followed afar off." But love soon +overcame his fears. He was not long alone. John says, "Simon Peter +followed Jesus and so did another disciple." We cannot doubt who was +Peter's companion as he turned from his flight. They "went both +together," as two days later they ran on another errand. In the shadows +of the olive-trees along the roadside, or of the houses of the city, +they followed the hurrying band which they overtook by the time it +reached the palace gate. John did not "outrun Peter," who was probably +the leader. But at the gate they were separated. + +We must not think that this palace was like an American house. The +entrance to it was through a great arched gateway. This was closed with +a large door or gate, in which there was a small entrance called a +wicket gate, through which people passed. These gates opened into a +broad passage or square court. Around it on three sides the house was +built. All rooms upstairs and down looked into it. One large room, +forming one side, was separated from it, not by a wall, but by a row of +pillars. Being thus opened it was easy to see what was passing in the +room or the court. + +"That disciple," who accompanied Peter to the gate, "was known unto the +high priest and entered in with Jesus into the court of the high priest. +But Peter was standing at the door without." John was doubtless familiar +with the place and the servants, and went in with the crowd. He kept as +near as he could to his Master during the dark hours of His trial, as he +was to do during the yet darker hours at the cross. + +But the disciple within could not forget the one without. They must not +be separated in their common sorrow. Peter too must show by his presence +his continued love for his Master. He must have opportunity to show in +the palace something of the faithfulness of which he had boasted in the +Upper Room, though it had faltered in Gethsemane. + +"Then went out that other disciple which was known unto the high priest +and spake unto her that kept the door, and brought in Peter." That +doorkeeper was not Rhoda--she who with a different spirit joyfully +answered Peter's knocking at another door--but was a pert maiden who, +sympathizing with the enemies of Jesus, "saith unto Peter, Art thou also +one of this man's disciples?" She understood that John was such. Her +contempt was aimed at them both. But it was not her question so much as +Peter's answer--"I am not"--that startled John. Was it for this denial +that he had gained admission for his friend? It would have been better +far if Peter had been kept "standing at the door without" though "it was +cold," than to be brought into the court of temptation and sin, where he +"sat with the servants" in his curiosity "to see the end," warming +himself at the fire they had kindled. + +Meanwhile we think of John hastening back to the judgment hall, from +which he anxiously watched the movements of Peter "walking in the +counsel of the ungodly, and standing in the way of sinners, and sitting +in the seat of the scornful." + +Poor Peter! He fears to look into any man's face, or to have any one +look into his. He has obeyed the Master's bidding, "Put up thy sword +into the sheath," but Malchus has not forgotten it; nor has his kinsman +who saw Peter in the garden with Jesus,--though he may have forgotten +the healing of Malchus' ear by his prisoner. + +Three Evangelists tell how Peter "sat" with the enemies of Jesus. John +tells how at different times he "stood" among them. Thus does he report +as an eye-witness, and show his own watchfulness of Peter's +restlessness;--of the conflicting emotions of shame and fear, the +scornful frown, the enforced and deceiving smile, the defiant look, the +vain effort to appear indifferent, and the storm of anger. Amazed at the +first denial, shocked at the second, horrified at the third, what were +John's feelings when one was "with an oath," and with another "he began +to curse and to swear." But concerning this climax of Peter's sin, John +is silent. It finds no place in his story. + +At last "the Lord turned and looked upon Peter," either from the hall, +or as He was being led from it. At the same moment, Peter turned and +looked upon Him. We imagine John turning and looking upon them both, +marking the grief of the one, and the sense of guilt and shame of the +other. But he knew the loving, though erring disciple so well that he +need not be told that when "Peter went out" "he wept bitterly." We +almost see John himself weeping bitterly over his friend's fall; then +comforting him when they met again, with assurances of the Lord's love +and forgiveness. John's next record of their being together shows them +united in feeling, purpose and action for their Lord. + +There was another toward whom John's watchful eyes turned during the +long and painful watches of that night. The picture of him is not +complete without this Apostle's records. + +"Art thou the King of the Jews?" asked Pilate of Jesus. Such John had +thought Him to be. For three years he had waited to see Him assume His +throne. He has preserved the Lord's answer,--"My kingdom is not of this +world." This declaration contained a truth to which even the favored +disciple had been partly blind. Was he not ready to ask with Pilate, +though with different spirit and purpose, "Art thou a King then?" The +Lord's answer must have meant more to the listening Apostle than to the +captious and heedless Governor. It was a declaration of the true +kingship of the Messiah-King,--"To this end have I been born, and to +this end am I come into the world, that I should bear witness unto the +truth." + +"What is truth?" asked Pilate in a careless manner, not caring for an +answer. "What is truth?" was the great question whose answer the Apostle +continued to seek, concerning the King and the kingdom of Him whom He +had heard say, "I am the Truth." + +In that night he saw the Messiah-King crowned, but with thorns. He saw +the purple robe upon Him, but it was the cast-off garment of a Roman +Governor. A reed, given Him for a sceptre, was snatched from His hand to +smite Him on His head. Instead of pouring holy oil of kingly +consecration, as upon David's head, His enemies "spit upon Him." It was +in mockery that they bowed the knee before Him saying, "Hail King of the +Jews." + +There are two scenes with which John alone has made us familiar. One is +described in these words:--"Then came Jesus forth, wearing the crown of +thorns, and the purple robe. And Pilate saith, Behold the man!" Did not +that word "Behold," recall to John another scene--that on the Jordan +when he looked upon this same Jesus as the Lamb of God, whom His enemies +were about to offer unwittingly, when He offered Himself not unwillingly +a sacrifice upon the cross? The Baptist's exclamation had been in +adoration and joyfulness: Pilate's was in pity and sadness. It was an +appeal to humanity, but in vain. There was no pity in that maddened +throng. Pilate turned in bitterness toward those whom he hated, but +whose evil deeds he did not dare to oppose. So in irony "Pilate ... +brought forth Jesus ... and he saith unto the Jews, Behold your King!" + +John was the only one who heard the three cries of "Behold"--one at the +beginning, the others at the close of the Lord's ministry. How much he +had beheld and heard and learned between, concerning "the Lamb," "the +Man," and "the King." + +The only earthly throne on which John saw Him sit was one of mockery. +He did not ask to sit with Him. It was a sad yet blessed privilege to be +with Him during that night of agony--the only friendly witness to +probably all of His sufferings. While John's eyes were turned often and +earnestly toward Peter and Pilate, they were yet more on the Lord. When +he went in with Jesus into the palace, and while he tarried with Him, he +could _do_ nothing--only _look_. No angel was there as in Gethsemane to +strengthen the Man of sorrows, but did He not often look for sympathy +toward that one who had leaned lovingly upon Him a few hours before? Was +not John's mere waking presence among His foes in the palace, a solace +which slumber had denied Him in the garden? John's eyes were not heavy +now. There was no need of the Lord's bidding, "Tarry ye here and watch +with Me." Love made him tarry and watch more than "one hour"--even +through all the watches of the night. Then he was the Lord's only human +friend--the one silent comforter. + + + + +_CHAPTER XXVI_ + +_John the Lone Disciple at the Cross_ + + "When they came unto the place which is called Calvary, there they + crucified Him."--_Luke_ xxiii. 33. + + "At Calvary poets have sung their sweetest strains, and artists + have seen their sublimest visions."--_Stalker._ + + "Now to sorrow must I tune my song, + And set my harp to notes of saddest woe, + Which on our dearest Lord did seize ere long, + Dangers, and snares, and wrongs, and worse than so, + Which He for us did freely undergo: + Most perfect Hero, tried in heaviest plight + Of labors huge and hard, too hard for human wight." + --_Milton.--The Passion._ + + +Even careful students of the life of John are not together in their +attempts to follow him on the day of crucifixion. Some think they find +evidence, chiefly in his silence concerning certain events, that after +hearing the final sentence of Pilate condemning Christ to be crucified, +he left the palace and joined the other disciples and faithful women and +the mother of Jesus, and reported what he had seen and heard during the +night; and at some hour during the day visited Calvary, and returning to +the city brought the women who stood with him at the cross: and +witnessed only what he minutely or only describes. Other students think +he followed Jesus from the palace to the cross, remaining near Him and +witnessing all that transpired. This is certainly in keeping with what +we should expect from his peculiar relation to Christ. It is in harmony +with what we do know of his movements that day. So we are inclined to +follow him as a constant though silent companion of Jesus, feeling that +in keeping near him we are near to his Lord and ours. This we now do in +the "Dolorous Way," along which Jesus is hurried from the judgment-seat +of Pilate to the place of execution. + +[Illustration: CHRIST BEARING HIS CROSS _H. Hofmann_ Page 185] + +It is John who uses the one phrase in the Gospels which furnishes a +tragic subject for artists, and poets and preachers, on which +imagination dwells, and excites our sympathies as does no other save the +crucifixion itself. His phrase is this,--"Jesus ... bearing the cross +for Himself." We notice this all the more because of the silence of the +other Evangelists, all of whom tell of one named Simon who was compelled +to bear the cross. As John read their story, there was another picture +in his mind, too fresh and vivid not to be painted also. He recalled the +short distance that Christ carried the cross alone, weakened by the +agonies of the garden and the scourging of the palace, until, exhausted, +He fell beneath the burden. We are not told that the crown of thorns +had been removed, though the purple robe of mockery had been. So this +added to His continued pain. As John looked upon those instruments of +suffering he heard the banter and derision of shame that always +accompanied them. + +There followed Jesus "a great multitude of the people," whose morbid +curiosity would be gratified by the coming tragedy. But there were +others--"women who bewailed and lamented Him." + +It is surmised that at the moment when Jesus could bear His cross no +longer, and was relieved by Simon, He turned to the weeping "Daughters +of Jerusalem" following Him, and in tenderest sympathy told of the +coming days of sorrow for them and their city, of which He had told John +and his companions on Olivet. + +John says that Jesus "went out ... unto the place called the place of a +skull, which is called in Hebrew Golgotha." The place was also called +Calvary. We do not certainly know the sacred spot, though careful +students think it is north of the city, near the Damascus gate, near the +gardens of the ancient city, and tombs that still remain. We think of +John revisiting it again and again while he remained in Jerusalem, and +then in thought in his distant home where he wrote of it. "There," says +John, "they crucified Jesus, and with Him two others, on either side +one, and Jesus in the midst." How few his words, but how full of +meaning. We long to know more of John's memories of that day--of all +that he saw and felt and did. They were such in kind and number as none +other than he did or could have. + +There were two contrasted groups of four each around the cross, to which +John calls special attention. One, the nearest to it, was composed of +Roman soldiers, to whom were committed the details of the +crucifixion--the arrangement of the cross, the driving of the nails, and +the elevation of the victim upon it. + +Having stripped Jesus of His clothing, according to custom they divided +it among themselves; the loose upper garment or toga to one, the +head-dress to another, the girdle to another, and the sandals to the +last. John watched the division--"to every soldier a part." But his +interest was chiefly in the under-garment such as Galilean peasants +wore. This must have been a reminder of the region from which he and +Jesus had come. He thinks it worth while to describe it as "without +seam, woven from the top throughout." Perhaps to him another +reminder--of Mary or Salome or other ministering women by whose loving +hands it had been knit. If ever a garment, because of its associations, +could be called holy, surely it is what John calls "the coat" of Jesus. +Even without miraculous power, it would be the most precious of relics. +We notice John's interest in it as he watches the soldiers' +conversation of banter or pleasantry or quarrel, in which it might +become worthless by being torn asunder. He remembered their parleying, +and the proposal in which it ended,--"Let us not rend it, but cast lots +for it whose it shall be." How far were their thoughts from his when +their words recalled to him the prophecy they were unconsciously +fulfilling,--"They part My garments among them, and upon My vesture do +they cast lots." + +With what pity did Jesus look down upon the lucky soldier--so he would +be called--sporting with the coat which had protected Him from the night +winds of Gethsemane. How He longed to see in the bold and heartless +heirs to His only earthly goods, the faith of her, who timidly touched +the hem of His garment. What a scene was that for John to behold! What a +scene for angels who had sung the glories of Jesus' birth, now looking +down upon His dying agonies of shame--and upon the gambling dice of His +murderers! No marvel John added to the almost incredible story, "These +things ... the soldiers did." + +It is at this point that we notice a sudden transition in John's +narrative. He points us from the unfriendly group of four, to another of +the same number; saying as if by contrast, "_But_ there were standing by +the cross of Jesus His mother, and His mother's sister, Mary the wife +of Clopas and Mary Magdalene." By "His mother's sister" we understand +Salome. + +The centurion had charge of the plundering soldiers; John was the +guardian of the sympathizing women. He had a special interest in that +group, containing his mother and aunt, and probably another relative in +Mary the wife of Clopas. Mary Magdalene was not of this family +connection, though of kindred spirit. So must John have felt as she +stood with him at the cross, and at a later hour when we shall see them +together again. + +In the days of the boyhood of John and Jesus, we thought of their +mothers as sisters, and of parents and children as looking for the +coming Messiah. None thought of the possibilities of this hour when they +would meet in Jerusalem at the cross. By it stands John the only one of +the Apostles. Judas has already gone to "his own place." If Peter is +following at all it is afar off. The rest have not rallied from their +flight enough to appear after their flight. James the brother of John is +not with him. As their mother looks upon Jesus between two robbers, does +she recall her ambitious request, "Command that these my two sons may +sit, one on Thy right hand, and one on Thy left hand"? She understands +now the fitness of the reply she had received,--"Ye know not what ye +ask"? + +But Salome and John are loyal to the uncrowned King. Though they may +not share the glory of His throne, they are yet ready to stand beneath +the shameful shadow of His cross. + +But another is there,--drawn by a yet stronger cord of affection. She +heads John's list of the women "by the cross of Jesus--His mother," +whose love is so deep that it cannot forego witnessing the sight that +fills her soul with agony. Yes, Mary, thou art there. + + "Now by that cross thou tak'st thy final station, + And shar'st the last dark trial of thy Son; + Not with weak tears or woman's lamentation, + But with high, silent anguish, like His own." + --_H.B. Stowe_. + +As she stands there we seem to read her thoughts: "Can that be He, my +babe of Bethlehem, my beautiful boy of Nazareth, in manhood my joy and +my hope! Are those hands the same that have been so lovingly held in +mine; those arms, outstretched and motionless, the same that have so +often been clasped around me! Oh! that I might staunch His wounds, and +moisten His parched lips, and gently lift that thorny crown from His +bleeding brow." + +But this cannot be. There is being fulfilled Simeon's prophecy, uttered +as he held her infant in his arms,--a foreboding which has cast a +mysterious shadow on the joys of her life. + + "Beside the cross in tears + The woeful mother stood, + Bent 'neath the weight of years, + And viewed His flowing blood; + Her mind with grief was torn, + Her strength was ebbing fast, + And through her heart forlorn, + The sword of Anguish passed." + +She can only draw yet nearer to His cross and give the comfort of a +mother's look, and perhaps receive the comfort of a look from Him, +and--oh, if it can be--a word of comfort from His lips for the +mother-heart. Perhaps for a moment her thoughts are on the future,--her +lonely life, without the sympathy of her other sons who believed not on +their brother. Oh! that they were like John, to her already more of a +son than they. + +In childhood Jesus had been "subject" to her: in youth and manhood He +had been faithful to her. In the Temple He had thought of her as His +mother, and of God as His Father. But no exalted relation, no greatness +to which He had attained on earth, had made Him disloyal to her. While +claiming to be the Son of God, He was still the loving son of Mary. Such +He would show Himself to be on the cross. We thank John for the record +of that moment when "Jesus ... saw His mother." "The people stood +beholding" Him, but His eyes were not on them; nor on those passing by +His cross wagging their heads, nor the malefactor at His side reviling +Him; nor on the chief priest and scribes, the elders and soldiers +mocking Him; nor the rulers deriding Him. His thought was not on them, +nor even on Himself in His agonies, as His eyes rested keenly on His +mother. It was a deep, tender, earnest gaze. + +John tells that Jesus also "saw" "the disciples standing by, whom He +loved." The Lord turned His head from His mother to His disciple. This +could be His only gesture pointing them one to the other. + +The prayer for His murderers had apparently been uttered when His hands +were pierced, before the cross was raised. He may have spoken once after +it was elevated, before He saw the two special objects of His love. His +eyes met His mother's. She saw Him try to speak. The utterance of His +parched lips, with gasping breath, was brief, full of meaning and +tenderness--"Woman! behold, thy son!" Then turning toward John He said, +"Behold! thy mother!" + +In these words Jesus committed His mother to John without asking whether +he would accept the charge. + +"From that hour the disciple took her unto his own home." It is a +question whether or not the phrase, "from that hour," is to be taken +literally. It may be that the blessed words, "mother" and "son," were as +a final benediction, after which John led her away, and then returned +to the cross. Or, it may be that the mother-heart compelled her to +witness the closing scenes. + +[Illustration: THE VIRGIN AND ST. JOHN AT THE CROSS _Old Engraving_ + Page 193] + +If we pause long enough to inquire why John was chosen to be trusted +with this special charge, we can find probable answer. Jesus' "brethren" +did not then believe on Him. Mary's heart would go out toward him who +did, especially as he was her kindred as well as of a kindred spirit. +His natural character, loving and lovable, made him worthy of the trust. +Apparently he was better able to support her than were any other of the +Apostles, and perhaps even than her sons. He seems to have been the only +Apostle or relative of Mary who had a home in Jerusalem, where she +certainly would choose to dwell among the followers of the Lord. Above +all John was the beloved disciple of Mary's beloved son. So to him we +can fittingly say: + + "As in death He hung, + His mantle soft on thee He flung + Of filial love, and named the son; + When now that earthly tie was done, + To thy tried faith and spotless years + Consigned His Virgin Mother's tears." + --_Isaac Williams_.--Trans. An. Latin Hymn. + +Blessed John. When Jesus called His own mother "thy mother," didst thou +not almost hear Him call thee "My brother"? + +One tradition says that John cared for Mary in Jerusalem for twelve +years, until her death, before his going to Ephesus. Another tradition +is that she accompanied him thither and was buried there. What a home +was theirs, ever fragrant with the memory of Him whom they had loved +until His death. No incidents in His life, from the hour of brightness +over Bethlehem to that of darkness over Calvary, was too trivial a thing +for their converse. That home in Jerusalem became what the one in +Nazareth had been, the most consecrated of earth. What welcomes there of +Christians who could join with Mary as she repeated her song of +thirty-three years before, "My soul doth magnify the Lord, and my spirit +hath rejoiced in God my Saviour." Of her we shall gain one more distinct +view--the only one. + +[Illustration: THE DESCENT FROM THE CROSS _Rubens_ Page 200] + + + + +_CHAPTER XXVII_ + +_John the Lone Disciple at the Cross--Continued_ + + Three sayings on the cross reported by John: + + "Woman, behold, thy son! Behold, thy mother!" + + "I thirst." + + "It is finished." + + --_John_ xix. 26, 27, 28, 30. + + +Of the seven sayings of Christ on the cross, three are preserved by John +only; one of love, another of suffering, and another of triumph. The +first is that to Mary and John himself. The second is the cry, "I +thirst"--the only one of the seven concerning the Lord's bodily +sufferings. John was a most observing eyewitness, as is shown by the +details of the narrative,--the "vessel _full_ of vinegar," the "sponge +filled with vinegar," and the hyssop on which it was placed, the +movements of the soldiers as they put it to Christ's lips, and the +manner in which He received it. He was willing to accept it to revive +His strength to suffer, when "He would not drink" the "wine mingled with +gall" that would relieve Him from the pain He was willing to endure. The +end was drawing near. The thirst had long continued. He had borne it +patiently for five long hours. Why did He at last utter the cry, "I +thirst"? John gives the reason. A prophecy was being fulfilled, and +Jesus would have it known. It was this: "In My thirst they gave Me +vinegar to drink." So "Jesus, ... that the Scripture might be fulfilled, +saith, 'I thirst.'" + +John watched Him as He took His last earthly draught. It was probably of +the sour wine for the use of the soldiers on guard. What varied +associations he had with wine,--the joyful festivities of Cana, the +solemnities of the Upper Room, and the sadness of Calvary. + +When Jesus therefore had received the vinegar, He said, "It is +finished." This is the third of the sayings of Jesus on the cross +preserved by John, who was a special witness to the chief doings of his +Lord on the earth. So the declaration meant more to him than to any +other who heard it. Yet it had a fulness of meaning which even he could +not fully know. Jesus' life on earth was finished. He had perfectly +obeyed the commandments of God. The types and prophecies concerning Him +had been fulfilled. His revelation of truth was completed. The work of +man's redemption was done. On the cross He affirmed what John said He +declared in the Upper Room to His Father: "I have glorified Thee on the +earth, having accomplished the work Thou hast given Me to do." + +All four Evangelists tell of the moment when Jesus yielded up His life, +but John alone of the act that accompanied it as the signal thereof, +which his observant eye beheld. "He bowed His head,"--not as the +helpless victim of the executioner's knife upon the fatal block, but as +the Lord of Life who had said, "No one taketh it away from Me, but I lay +it down of Myself." + +John makes mention of another incident without which the story of the +crucifixion would be incomplete. Mary Magdalene and other loving women +had left the cross, but were gazing toward it as they "stood afar off." +John remained with the soldiers who were watching the bodies of the +crucified. "The Jews, ... that the bodies should not remain upon the +cross upon the Sabbath, asked of Pilate that their legs might be +broken"--to hasten death--"and that they might be taken away." As John +saw the soldiers "break the legs of the first and of the other which was +crucified with" Jesus, with what a shudder did he see them approach His +cross; but what a relief to him when they "saw that He was dead already, +and brake not His legs." + +In a single clause John pictures a scene ever vivid in Christian +thought. He knew that Jesus "gave up His spirit" when "He bowed His +head." The executioners pronounced Him dead. "Howbeit one of the +soldiers"--to make this certain beyond dispute--"with a spear pierced +His side, and straightway there came out blood and water." There was now +no pain to excite the Apostle's sympathy, and yet he reports the +incident as being of special importance. He calls attention to the fact +that he was an eye-witness, and that there was something in it that +should affect others as well as himself. He says, "He that hath seen +hath borne witness, and his witness is true; and he knoweth that he +saith true, that ye also may believe." He explains why these incidents +so deeply impressed him. They recalled two prophecies of the Old +Testament. One was this, "A bone of Him shall not be broken." This +reminded John of the Paschal Lamb which should be perfect in body; and +of Jesus as the Lamb of God, by which name He had been called when +pointed out to him as the Messiah. All through life Jesus had been +preserved from accident that would have broken a bone, and in death even +from the intended purpose that would have defeated the fulfilment of the +prophecy. + +The other prophecy was this,--"They shall look on Him whom they +pierced." Because of what John saw and tells, we pray in song, + + "Let the water and the blood + From Thy riven side which flowed, + Be of sin the double cure: + Cleanse me from its guilt and power." + +[Illustration: IN THE SEPULCHRE _H. Hofmann_ Page 201] + +John once more furnishes a contrast between Jesus' foes and friends. He +says that the Jews asked Pilate that the bodies of the crucified might +be taken away. This was to the dishonored graves of malefactors. John +more fully than the other Evangelists tells of Joseph of Arimathaea who +"besought Pilate that he might take away the body of Jesus"--for +honorable burial. Other Evangelists tell of his being "rich," "a +counsellor of honorable estate," "a good man and a righteous," who "had +not consented to" the "counsel and deed" of the Sanhedrin of which he +was a member, because he "was Jesus' disciple." Mark says, "He boldly +went in unto Pilate and asked for the body of Jesus." He had summoned +courage so to do. Hitherto as John explains he had been "a disciple of +Jesus, but secretly for fear of the Jews." John implies that Joseph was +naturally timid like Nicodemus. As Pilate had delivered Jesus to His +open enemies to be crucified, he delivered the crucified body to Joseph, +the once secret but now open friend. The Jews "led him"--the living +Christ--"away to crucify Him." Joseph "came" and tenderly "took away His +body" from the cross. + +"There came also Nicodemus," says John, "he who at the first came to Him +by night." Yes, that night which John could not forget, in which to this +same Nicodemus Jesus made known the Gospel of God's love, manifested in +the gift of His Son whose body in that hour these timid yet emboldened +members of the Sanhedrin took down from the cross. They were sincere +mourners with him who watched their tender care as they "bound it in +linen cloths with the spices" for burial, with no thought of a +resurrection. + +Perhaps Joseph and Nicodemus recalled moments in the Sanhedrin when they +whispered together, speaking kindly of Jesus, but were afraid to defend +Him aloud; thus silently giving a seeming consent to evil deeds because +timidity concealed their friendship. But at last the very enmity and +cruelty of His murderers emboldened them as they met at the cross. + +It is John who tells us that Jesus the night before His crucifixion went +"where was a garden into which He entered," and who also says, "Now in +the place where He was crucified there was a garden." The one was ever +more suggestive to him of a coming trial; the other of that trial past. +"There," in the garden--probably that of Joseph--John says "they laid +Jesus." There also were laid John's hopes, which seemed forever buried +when Joseph "rolled a great stone to the door of the sepulchre, and +departed." What a contrast in his thoughts and feelings between the +rolling _away_ of the stone from the tomb of Lazarus, and the rolling +_to_ that of Jesus. The one told him of resurrection; but the other of +continued death; for as he afterward confessed, "as yet" he and Peter +"knew not that Jesus must rise from the dead." + +Two mourners at least lingered at the closed tomb. "Mary Magdalene was +there, and the other Mary, sitting over against the sepulchre" of their +Lord, after they "beheld where He was laid." John's parting from them at +that evening hour was in sadness which was to be deepened when he met +Mary Magdalene again. + +It is not easy for us to put ourselves in the place of John, as he turns +from the tomb toward his lonely home. _We_ know what happened afterward, +but he did not know what would happen, though his Lord had tried to +teach him. He is repeating to himself the words he had heard from the +cross, "It is finished," but he is giving them some difference of +meaning from that which Jesus intended. He is walking slowly and sadly +through the streets of Jerusalem, dimly lighted by the moon that shone +in Gethsemane the night before upon him and his living Lord. We imagine +him saying to himself:--"Truly it is finished: all is over now. How +disappointed I am. I do not believe He intended to deceive me, yet I +have been deceived. From early childhood I looked, as I was taught to +do, for the coming of the Messiah. On Jordan I thought I had found Him. +He chose me for one of His twelve, then one of the three, then the one +of His special love. What a joy this has been, brightening for three +years my hopes and expectations. I have seen Him work miracles, even +raising the dead. I have seen Him defeat the plots of evil men against +Him, and did not believe any power on earth could destroy Him. I have +watched to see Him the great and glorious King. But to-day instead of +this I have seen Him crucified as the feeblest and worst of men. I do +remember now how Moses and Elijah, when we were with them on the Holy +Mount, talked with Him of 'His departure which He was about to +accomplish at Jerusalem.' But I did not understand them, nor even +Himself when, just before we ascended the Mount, He told us 'how that He +must go to Jerusalem and suffer many things, ... and be killed.' I do +not wonder that Peter then said to Him, 'Be it far from Thee, Lord,' +though the Lord was right in rebuking him. Can it be only last night He +said, 'Tarry with Me.' How gladly would I do it now. But He is dead, and +buried out of my sight. Oh that I might see Him rise, as I did the +daughter of Jairus. Oh that I might roll away the stone from His tomb as +I helped to do from that of Lazarus, and see Him come forth. How gladly +would I 'loose Him' from His 'grave-bands' and remove the 'napkin bound +about His face.' I know it was a mean and shameful taunt of His revilers +when they said, 'If Thou art the Son of God, come down from the +cross.' But why did He not do it? I remember how once He said concerning +His life, 'no one taketh it away from Me.' But have not Pilate and the +Jews taken it away? I shall never lean upon His bosom again. But this I +know--He loved me, and I loved Him, and love Him still. The mysteries +are great, but the memories of Him will be exceedingly precious +forever." + +[Illustration: JESUS APPEARING TO MARY MAGDALENE (Easter Morning) + _B. Plockhorst_ Page 209] + +Poor John. He forgot those other words of His Lord concerning His +life,--"I have power to lay it down, and I have power to take it again." +The Lord had done the one already: He was soon to do the other, though +His sorrowing disciple understood it not. Meanwhile we leave him, +resting if possible from the weariness of the garden and the palace and +Calvary, during that Friday night, which was to be followed by a day of +continued sadness, and that by another night of sorrowful restlessness. + + + + +_CHAPTER XXVIII_ + +_John at the Tomb_ + + "Now on the first day of the week cometh Mary Magdalene early, + while it was yet dark, unto the tomb, and seeth the stone taken + away from the tomb. She runneth therefore, and cometh to Simon + Peter, and to the other disciple, whom Jesus loved. + + "Peter therefore went forth, and the other disciple, and they went + toward the tomb. + + "Simon Peter ... entered into the tomb. + + "Then entered in therefore the other disciple also, ... and he saw + and believed."--_John_ xx. 1, 2, 3, 6, 8. + + "Let us take John for our instructor in the swiftness of love, and + Peter for our teacher in courage."--_Stalker_. + + "Oh, sacred day, sublimest day! + Oh, mystery unheard! + Death's hosts that claimed Him as their prey + He scattered with a word; + And from the tomb He valiant came; + And ever blessed be His name." + --_Kingo. Trans. Hymns of Denmark_. + + "Mine eye hath found that sepulchral rock + That was the casket of Heav'n's richest store." + --_Milton_.--_The Passion_. + + +Of the women who visited the tomb of Jesus on the morning of the +Resurrection, John was especially interested in Mary Magdalene, from +whom seven demons had gone out, probably in his presence; thus giving +him opportunity to see the marvelous change from a most abject +condition, to grateful devotion to her Healer, perhaps beyond that of +any other one whom He healed. John long remembered her starting on her +errand "while it was yet dark." So he remembered Judas starting when "it +was night" on his errand, of which Mary's was the sad result. One was a +deed of love which no darkness hindered: the other was a deed of hate +which no darkness prevented or concealed. + +John had a special reason for remembering Mary. When she had seen that +the stone was taken away from the tomb, it had a different meaning to +her from what it did when she and John saw it on Friday evening. And +when she "found not the body of the Lord Jesus," she imagined that +either friends had borne it away, or foes had robbed the tomb. In +surprise, disappointment and anxiety, her first impulse was to make it +known--to whom else than to him who had sorrowed with her at the +stone-closed door? So she "ran"--not with unwomanly haste, but with the +quickened step of woman's love--"to Simon Peter and to the other +disciple whom Jesus loved." They were both loved, but not in the fuller +sense elsewhere applied to John. Astonished at her early call, startled +at the wildness of her grief, sharing her anxiety, "they ran both +together" "toward the tomb" from which she had so hastily come. But it +was an uneven race. John, younger and nimbler, "outran Peter and came +first to the tomb." "Yet entered he not in." Reverence and awe make him +pause where love has brought him. For a few moments he is alone. His +earnest gaze confirms the report of Mary that somebody has "taken away +the Lord." He can only ask, Who? Why? Where? No angel gives answer. +Still his gaze is rewarded. "He seeth the linen cloths lying." These are +silent witnesses that the precious body has not been hastily and rudely +snatched away by unfriendly hands, such as had mangled it on the cross. + +Peter arriving, everywhere and evermore impulsive, enters at once where +John fears to tread. He discovers what John had not seen,--"the napkin +that was upon His head, not lying with the linen cloths, but rolled up +in a place by itself." John does not tell whose head, so full is he of +the thought of his Lord. + +"Then entered in therefore that other disciple also," says John of +himself, showing the influence of his bolder companion upon him. Though +the napkin escaped his notice from without the tomb, it found a +prominent place in his memory after he saw it. Who but an eye-witness +would give us such details? What does he mean us to infer from the +"rolled" napkin put away, if not the calmness and carefulness and +triumph of the Lord of Life as He tarried in His tomb long enough to lay +aside the bandages of death. When he saw the careful arrangement of the +grave-cloths, "he believed" that Jesus had risen. We are not to infer +from his mention of himself only that Peter did not share in this +belief. We can believe that Luke does not complete the story when he +says that Peter "departed to his home wondering at that which was come +to pass." As they came down from the Mount of Transfiguration they were +"questioning among themselves what the rising again from the dead should +mean." As they came from the tomb they questioned no longer. + +[Illustration: THE DESCENT OF THE HOLY SPIRIT _Old Engraving_ Page 224] + +We long for a yet fuller record than that which John has given of what +passed when he and Peter were within the tomb. He frankly tells us that +"as yet they knew not the Scriptures, that He must rise again from the +dead." Neither prophecy, nor the Scriptures, nor the Lord's repeated +declarations, had prepared them for this hour of fulfilment. + +We imagine them lingering in the tomb, talking of the past, recalling +the words of their Lord, illumined in the very darkness of His +sepulchre, and both wondering what the future might reveal. At last they +left the tomb together. There was no occasion now for John to outrun +Peter. They were calm and joyful. There was nothing more to see or to +do. "So the disciples went away again unto their own home." + +"But Mary was standing without at the tomb weeping." In these words John +turns our thoughts from himself to her who had summoned him and Peter, +and then followed them. After they had left the sepulchre she continued +standing, bitterly weeping. She could not refrain from seeking that +which she had told the disciples was not there. Her gaze was "at the +very cause of her grief." "She stooped and looked into the tomb" as John +had done. + +From the infancy of Jesus to His death there was no ministry of angels +to men, though they ministered to Him. "The Master being by, it behooved +the servant to keep silence." But the angelic voices that proclaimed His +birth, were heard again after His resurrection. According to John's +minute description Mary "beholdeth two angels in white sitting, one at +the head, and one at the feet, where the body of Jesus had lain." The +angelic silence was broken by them both, with the question, "Woman, why +weepest thou"--so bitterly and continuously? They might have added, "It +is all without a cause." Her answer was quick and brief; and without any +fear of the shining ones who lightened the gloomy tomb, and were ready +to lighten her darkened spirit. Her reply was the echo of her own words +to Peter and John, slightly changed to show her personal loss;--"Because +they have taken away my Lord, and I know not where they have laid +Him."--Am I not wretched indeed? Is there not a cause? Why should I +check my tears? + +To answer was needless. Were not the angels in the blessed secret which +was immediately revealed? Were they not glancing from within the tomb, +over her bowed head, to the gently moving form without? Did Mary become +suddenly conscious of some presence as "she turns herself back, and +beholdeth Jesus standing, and knew not that it was Jesus"? His question +seemed an echo of the angelic voices, "Woman, why weepest thou?" with +the added question, "Whom seekest thou?" This was the first utterance of +the risen Lord. In the garden, at this early hour, who--so thought +Mary--can this be but the gardener? As such she addressed Him, "Sir, If +_thou_ hast borne Him hence, tell me where thou hast laid Him, and I +will take Him away." We can hardly restrain a smile when we see how the +strength of her love made her unmindful of the weakness that would +attempt to "take Him away." + +"Jesus saith unto her, Mary." That name, that familiar voice, that +loving tone, sent a thrill through her heart which the name "woman" had +failed to excite. More completely "she turned herself, and saith unto +Him, Rabboni," with all the devotion of her impassioned soul. + +Let us recall John's account of Mary's report of her first visit to the +tomb, full of sadness--"_They have taken away the Lord_," and then in +contrast place by its side his record of her second report, full of +gladness--"Mary Magdalene, cometh and telleth the disciples, _I have +seen the Lord_." The one was a mistaken inference; the other a blessed +reality. Between these two utterances on the same day what revelations +to them both. But the end was not yet. + +"When therefore it was evening, on that day, the first day of the week, +and when the doors were shut where the disciples were, for fear of the +Jews, Jesus came and stood in the midst, and saith unto them, Peace be +unto you." So John describes the first meeting of Jesus with the +disciples after His resurrection. He gives hints of some things of which +other Evangelists are silent. With emphasis he notes "that day" as the +day of days whose rising sun revealed resurrection glory. That "evening" +must have recalled the last one on which they had been together. Then +the Lord had said unto them, "Peace I leave with you." But the +benediction had seemed almost a mockery, because of the sorrow which +followed. But now it was repeated with a renewed assurance of His power +to bestow it. Through fear of the Jews they had closed the doors of +probably the same Upper Room where they had been assembled before. These +doors were no barrier to His entry, any more than the stone to His +leaving His tomb. + +[Illustration: ST. PETER AND ST. JOHN AT THE BEAUTIFUL GATE + _Old Engraving_ Page 225] + +As John alone preserved the incident of the pierced side, he alone tells +how Jesus "showed unto them His ... side," and said to Thomas, at the +next meeting, "Reach hither thy hand and thrust it into My side;" and +how this was followed by Thomas' believing exclamation, "My Lord, and my +God." With this and the Lord's beatitude for other believing ones, John +originally ended his story of the Lord, in these words,--"Many other +signs therefore did Jesus in the presence of His disciples which are not +written in this book: but these are written, that ye may believe that +Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God; and that believing ye may have life +in His name." + + + + +_CHAPTER XXIX + +"What Shall This Man Do_?" + + "Jesus manifested Himself again to the disciples at the Sea of + Tiberias."--_John_ xxi. 1. + + "There were together Simon Peter ... and the sons of + Zebedee."--_v_. 2. + + "Peter, turning about, seeth the disciple whom Jesus loved + following."--_v._ 20. + + "Peter ... saith to Jesus, Lord, and What shall this man do?"--_v_. + 21. + + +The twenty-first chapter of John's Gospel is without doubt an addition, +written some time after the original Gospel was finished. Why this +addition? To answer the question we must recall the things of which the +addition tells. They are of special interest in our studies of Peter and +John. + +In our last chapter we were with John in Jerusalem. From there he +carries us to the Sea of Tiberias. He tells us that he and his brother +James, and Peter, with four others, "were there together." They were +near their childhood home, where they had watched for the Messiah, and +where, when He had appeared He called them to leave their fishing +employment, and to become fishers of men. They had been saddened by His +death, then gladdened by His resurrection. He had told them to meet Him +in Galilee. And now they were waiting for His coming. They were within +sight of a boat from which perhaps some day they had fished. Peter, ever +active and ready to do something, said to his companions, "I go +a-fishing." As John had followed him into the tomb, he and the others +followed him to the boat saying, "We also come with thee." Let John +himself tell what happened. "They went forth and entered into the boat; +and that night they took nothing. But when day was now breaking, Jesus +stood on the beach: howbeit the disciples knew not that it was Jesus. +Jesus therefore saith unto them, Children, have ye aught to eat? They +answered Him, No. And He said unto them, Cast the net on the right side +of the boat, and ye shall find. They cast therefore, and now they were +not able to draw it for the multitude of fishes." + +Once more we are to find Peter and John the prominent figures, and see +the difference between them, John being the first to understand, and +Peter the first to act. When John saw the multitude of fishes he +remembered the same thing had happened before at the beginning of +Christ's ministry. Looking toward the land, and whispering to Peter, he +said, "It is the Lord." "So when Simon Peter heard that it was the +Lord, he girt his coat about him"--out of reverence for his Master--"and +cast himself into the sea," and swam or waded about one hundred yards to +the beach. The other disciples followed in the boat, dragging the net +with the fishes. John remembered their great size, and the number "an +hundred and fifty and three." He says, "When they got out upon the land, +they see a fire of coals there." Did it not remind him of another "fire +of coals" of which he had already written, kindled in the court of the +high-priestly palace where "Peter stood and warmed himself," and near +which he denied his Lord three times? If he did not recall that scene +immediately, he did very soon. + +Jesus invited the disciples to eat of the meal he had prepared. As they +did so they were filled with awe and reverence, "knowing that it was the +Lord." In the light of the palace fire, "the Lord turned and _looked_ +upon Peter"--that only. But in the morning light on the seashore, "when +they had broken their fast, Jesus _saith_ to Simon Peter, Lovest thou +Me?" Three times, with some difference of meaning, gently and solemnly +He asked the question as many times as Peter had denied Him. On Peter's +first assurance of his love Christ gave him a new commission, "Feed My +lambs." This was a humble work,--not so exalted as it is now--a test of +Peter's fitness for Apostleship. He was ready to accept it; and thus he +showed his fitness for the enlarged commission, "Feed My sheep." + +With what intense interest John must have listened to the conversation +between his friend and their Lord. Was he not as ready as Peter to say, +"Lord, Thou knowest all things; Thou knowest that I love Thee"? In the +end John fulfilled the commission, "Feed My lambs," better than either +Peter or any of the other Apostles. Of them all he had the most of the +child-like spirit. He may fittingly be called the Apostle of Childhood. + +Peter was told by the Lord something about his own future,--how in +faithful service for his Master he would be persecuted, and "by what +manner of death he should glorify God." By this his crucifixion is +apparently meant. As John listened, perhaps he wondered what his own +future would be. He was ready to share in service with Peter. Was he not +also ready to share in his fate, whatever it might be? + +"Follow Me," said Jesus to Peter. They seem to have started together +away from the group. John felt that he must not be thus separated from +his friend and his Lord. Though he had not been invited to join them, he +started to do so, as if the command to Peter had been also for himself. +"Peter, turning about, seeth the disciple whom Jesus loved following; +which also leaned back on His breast at the supper, and said, Lord, who +is he that betrayeth Thee?" As Peter at the supper beckoned unto John to +ask that question concerning Judas, is it not possible that John now +beckoned to Peter to ask Christ concerning himself? However this may be, +"Peter, seeing him, saith to Jesus, Lord, what shall this man do?" or, +as it is interpreted, "Lord--and this man, what?" It is as if he had +said, "Will John also die a martyr's death, as you have said I shall +die?" It is not strange that he wanted to know the future of his friend. +But he did not receive the answer he sought, for "Jesus saith unto him, +If I will that he tarry till I come, what is that to thee?" + +These words may mean that John would live to old age and escape +martyrdom, which became true. But this was not the meaning which +Christians of his day put into them. They had the mistaken idea that +Christ, having ascended to Heaven, would soon come again. They also +believed that John would live until Christ's second coming. "This saying +therefore went forth among the brethren, that that disciple should not +die." John was unwilling to have this mistake concerning Christ's words +repeated over and over wherever he was known. So he determined to +correct the false report by adding what is the twenty-first chapter of +His Gospel, telling just what Christ did say, and the circumstances in +which He uttered the words to Peter concerning John. His testimony is +this:--"Jesus said not unto him, he shall not die; but, If I will that +he tarry till I come, what is that to thee? Follow thou Me." + +Peter became the suffering; John the waiting disciple, "tarrying" a long +time, even after his friend was crucified, and all his fellow-Apostles +had died, probably by martyrdom. + +But after all that John wrote to correct the mistaken report concerning +His death, tradition would not let him die. It affirmed that although he +was thrown into a caldron of boiling oil at Rome, and though he was +compelled to drink hemlock, he was unharmed; and that though he was +buried, the earth above his grave heaved with his breathing, as if, +still living, he was tarrying until Christ should return. + +"What shall this man"--John--"do?" asked Peter. He found partial answer +in what they did together for the early Christian Church, until John saw +"by what manner of death Peter should glorify God." And then that church +found yet fuller answer in John's labors for it while alone he "tarried" +long among them. + +When John tells us that Peter turned and saw him following, we recall +the hour when Andrew and he timidly walked along the Jordan banks, and +"Jesus turned and saw them following," and welcomed their approach and +encouraged them in familiar conversation. How changed is all now! John +does not ask as before, "Where dwellest Thou?" Nor does Jesus bid him +"Come and see." He who has become the favored disciple is now better +prepared than then to serve his Master, following in the path they had +trod together, and having an abiding sense of the blessed though unseen +Presence, until his Lord shall bid him, "Come and see" My heavenly +abode, and evermore "be with Me where I am," and share at last, without +unholy ambition, the glory of My Throne." + + + + +_CHAPTER XXX_ + +_St. John a Pillar-Apostle in the Early Christian Church_ + + "James and Cephas and John, they who are reputed to be + pillars."--_Paul. Gal._ ii. 9. + + "They went up into the upper chamber where they were abiding; both + Peter and John and James and Andrew, Philip, ..."--_Acts_ i. 13. + + "When the day of Pentecost was now come, they were all together in + one place."--_Acts_ ii. 1. + + "An angel of the Lord by night opened the prison doors, and brought + them out."--_Acts_ v. 19. + + "Now when the Apostles which were in Jerusalem heard that Samaria + had received the word of the Lord, they sent unto them Peter and + John."--_Acts_ viii. 14. + + "He (Herod) killed James the brother of John with the + sword."--_Acts_ xii. 2. + + +The next place where we may think of John with his Lord was on a +mountain in Galilee. At least once before His death, and twice after His +resurrection, He directed His Disciples to meet Him there. For what +purpose? Evidently to receive His final commission. + +"Jesus came to them and spake unto them, saying, All authority hath been +given unto Me in Heaven and on earth. Go ye therefore, and make +disciples of all the nations, baptizing them into the name of the Father +and of the Son and of the Holy Ghost: teaching them to observe all +things whatsoever I commanded you: and lo, I am with you alway, even +unto the end of the world." + +But the disciples were not yet prepared to fulfil this commission. So He +appointed another meeting, to be held in Jerusalem, where He met them, +"speaking of the things pertaining to the kingdom of God." Here the +command on the mountain was limited by another--not to depart from +Jerusalem immediately. "Wait" said He, "for the promise of the Father +which you heard from Me." That promise we find in John's record:--"I +will pray the Father, and He shall give you another Comforter, that He +may abide with you forever." "The Comforter, which is the Holy Ghost, +shall teach you all things." "He shall testify of Me." In the +fulfilment of that promise, the disciples were to find the preparation +to "go" and "preach." For that preparation they were to "wait." + +Jesus then reminds them of the assurance given by John the Baptist +concerning Himself:--"He shall baptize you with the Holy Ghost." Once +more John is carried back to the Jordan, and reminded of the time when +he and Jesus had been baptized. All those former scenes must have been +recalled when Jesus at the final meeting in Jerusalem declared, "John +truly baptized with water, but ye shall be baptized with the Holy Ghost +not many days hence." + +These words revived in the disciples the hope which had died in them +when Jesus died upon the cross. So, with yet mistaken ideas, they asked, +"Lord, wilt Thou at this time restore again the kingdom to Israel?" John +and the rest of the Bethsaidan band, who had heard the Baptist say that +the kingdom of God was at hand, hoped that "at this time" it would +appear. But, as when Jesus gave no direct answer to the two pairs of +brothers on Olivet concerning the time of the destruction of Jerusalem, +or to Peter's question concerning John's future, so now He avoided a +direct answer to this last question. He reminded them of something more +important for them than knowledge of the future: that was their own +duty,--not to reign, but to be witnesses for Him, first in Jerusalem, +then throughout Judaea, then in Samaria, then "unto the uttermost parts +of the earth." Yet this could not be until they had "received power +after that the Holy Ghost had come upon them." This was promised them: +they did not clearly understand what was meant: they were waiting to +see. + +"He led them out until they were over against Bethany,"--well-remembered +Bethany. From there Jesus had made His triumphal entry into the City of +the Great King: from there He would make a more glorious entry into the +New Jerusalem. John was not His herald now. He, with the other ten, was +"led" by Him to witness His departure. + +As He ascended Olivet the last time, did He not give a parting glance +down the slope into the village below, His eye resting on the home of +those He loved, made radiant for us by the search-light thrown upon it +by the loved disciple at His side? In thought did He not say, "Lazarus, +Martha, Mary, farewell." + +The lifted hands, the parting blessing, the luminous cloud, and the +vanishing form--such is the brief story of the Ascension. + +"Ye men of Galilee, why stand ye looking into Heaven?" The questioners +were two angels. Without waiting for answer, they gave promise of Jesus' +return. "Then returned the disciples unto Jerusalem from the Mount +called Olivet." Whither bound? We are told, "They went up into _the_ +upper chamber." No longer simply "_A_ large upper room" to which Jesus +had told Peter and John they would be guided. Were they not now the +guide of the nine thither, to the place where they had six weeks before +"prepared" for the Passover? Did not the goodman of the house give the +Disciples a second welcome, and offer it to them as a temporary place +for the Christian Church? So it would appear, for again we are told, +"they were there abiding." Once more Luke gives their names, in the +Acts as he did in his Gospel. All except Judas answered, in that upper +room, to the roll call of the company scattered from Gethsemane, but +reunited in a closer union. In each of Luke's lists he begins with the +Bethsaidan band. But he does not preserve the same order. In the latter +he begins, not with the two pairs of brothers as such--Peter and Andrew, +James and John,--but with the Apostles whom Christ had drawn into His +inner circle, Peter, John and James, naming first the two who were +already becoming the acknowledged leaders of the Christian band. In that +list we find the name of Andrew recorded the last time in Holy Writ. + +But the eleven were not alone: others resorted thither for the same +purpose. What was that purpose? and who were some of them? This is the +answer:--"These all with one accord continued steadfastly in prayer, +with the women, and Mary the Mother of Jesus, and with His brethren." + +It is here, for the last time, that we read of Mary, in the Gospels. In +what better place could we bid her farewell than in the room consecrated +by the presence of her Son. How we rejoice with her that in that place +the longing of her heart must have been satisfied as she joined "with +one accord in prayer ... with His brethren"--her sons who during His +life had not believed on Him. What a welcome to that room did they +receive from John, their adopted brother! May we not indulge the thought +that among "the women" were her own daughters; and that we hear her +joyfully asking the once carping question of the Jews concerning "the +carpenter's son," but with changed meaning, saying, "His _sisters_, are +they not all with us?" If so "His Mother called Mary," "and His +brethren," "and His sisters," and John the adopted son and brother, were +at last a blessed family indeed. Mary on her knees with her children +around her, rejoicing in God her Saviour, of whom she had sung in the +infancy of her Son--that certainly is a fitting scene to be the last in +which we behold the Mother of Jesus. + +"When the day of Pentecost was now come, they were all together in one +place." They were united in feeling, purpose and devotion, in the "one +place," the home of the early Church. + +The hour had come for the fulfilment of the promise of their Lord, for +which they were to tarry in Jerusalem and wait. There was a great +miracle,--a sound from Heaven as of the rushing of a mighty wind which +filled the house. Flame-like tongues, having the appearance of fire +rested on the heads of the disciples, who were "all filled with the Holy +Ghost." He gave them utterance as they spoke in languages they had not +known before. Crowds of foreigners in the city "were confounded because +that every man heard them speaking in his own language." + +On the morning of that day the Church numbered one hundred and twenty. +"There were added unto them in that day about three thousand souls." + +St. John was one of those filled with the Holy Ghost, according to the +prophecy he had heard by the Baptist, and the promise by Christ. On him +rested a fiery tongue. To him the Spirit gave utterance, perhaps in the +languages of those among whom he was to labor in Asia Minor, from where +some of these strangers had come. He was in full sympathy with that +Christian company, an actor with them, a leader of them, a pillar for +them strong and immovable. + +But the Upper Room was not the only place where John worshiped. The +Temple was still a sanctuary where such as he communed with God. The +hour for the evening prayer was nearing when "Peter and John were going +up into the Temple." They reached the Beautiful Gate, which Josephus +describes as made of Corinthian brass, surpassing in beauty other temple +gates, even those which were overlaid with silver and gold. By it they +saw what doubtless they had often seen before, a lame man who, during +most of the forty years of his life, had been daily brought thither. His +weakness was a great contrast to the massive strength of the pillar +against which he leaned, as he counted the long hours and the coins he +received in charity. His haggard appearance and ugly deformity were a +greater contrast to the richness and symmetry of the gate which was so +fittingly "called Beautiful." + +Was there something especially benignant in the faces of the two +Apostles, that encouraged the poor creature to hail them as he saw them +"about to go into the Temple"? They were willingly detained. "Peter, +fastening his eyes on him, with John, said, 'Look on us.'" A gift was +bestowed richer far than that for which he had hoped. They were full of +joy themselves, and of pity for him, and of a sense of the power of +their Lord, so often exercised in their presence. Therefore the command, +"In the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, walk." + +That was a strange sight to those who had long known the beggar, as he +held Peter with one hand and John with the other, as if leading them +into the Temple, into which he entered, "walking, and leaping, and +praising God." + +The glad shout of the healed man attracted a crowd around him, "greatly +wondering." The Apostles declared that the miracle was by no power of +their own, but by that of Jesus who had been killed, but had risen from +the dead. For this they were arrested and put in prison--strange place +for such men and for such a reason. On the next day they were brought +before the rulers who demanded by what power they had done this thing. +Again the disciples declared it was in the name of Jesus Christ of +Nazareth, whom the Jews crucified, but whom God had raised from the +dead. The rulers were amazed when "they saw the boldness of Peter and +John." They had known the power of Jesus' words: they saw a like power +in the words of the Apostles, whom they were assured had been with Him +and been aided by Him. But this did not check their rage, which was +increased as they saw how many believed the Apostles. The three thousand +converts on the day of Pentecost were increased to five thousand. + +[Illustration: EPHESUS _From Photograph_ Page 232] + +As leaders of the Christian company Peter and John were again put into +prison--into the public jail for malefactors. But the divine power which +had been used through them was now used for them. A solemn warning was +given to the daring wickedness of the rulers. When they thought their +prisoners kept "with all safety," in the darkness, behind bolted doors, +"an angel of the Lord by night opened the prison doors, and brought them +out, and said, 'Go ye, and stand and speak in the temple to the people +all the words of this Life.'" + +We know not the manner in which he led them out as he invisibly opened +and closed the doors through which they passed, to obey without fear +the heavenly bidding. With consternation the rulers heard a messenger +declare, in words almost echoing the angel's command, "Behold the men +whom ye put in prison are in the temple standing and teaching the +people." + +Persecution scattered Christians who fled from Jerusalem, telling +wherever they went, of Christ as the Saviour. A deacon named Philip +preached in Samaria with great effect. "Now when the Apostles which were +at Jerusalem heard that Samaria had received the word of God, they sent +unto them Peter and John, who, when they were come down, prayed for them +that they might receive the Holy Ghost." + +These two were chosen because they had taken the most active part in +establishing the church in Jerusalem, and were specially fitted for +similar work elsewhere. With what peculiar feelings John must have +entered Samaria. He must have recalled a day when hot and weary he had +journeyed thither with his Lord and met the Samaritaness at the well. +Perhaps he now met her again, and together they talked over that +wonderful conversation which made her the first missionary to her +people, many of whom declared, "We know that this is indeed the Saviour +of the world." + +Did John on this visit enter into "a village of the Samaritans"--the +same where he had said, "Lord, wilt Thou that we bid fire to come down +from heaven and consume them?" Is it of them that it is now said he +"prayed for them"? His fire of indignation and revenge had changed to +the fire of love. The pentecostal flames had rested on his head. + +Once more--only once--we find the names of James and John together. One +short sentence, full of pathos, of injustice and cruelty, of affection +and sorrow, tells a story of the early Church: Herod "killed James the +brother of John with the sword." He was the first martyr of the +Apostles. The smaller circle of the three, and the larger one of the +twelve, is broken. For these brothers we may take up David's lamentation +over Saul and Jonathan, slightly changed, and say, "They were lovely and +pleasant in their lives: but in their death they were divided,"--for +through half a century John mourned the loss of his loved companion from +childhood. + +After James--one of the three whom Paul named pillars--had fallen, the +other two, Peter and John, stood for awhile side by side in strength and +beauty. To each of them he might have given the name Jachin by which one +of the pillars of Solomon's temple was called, meaning, "whom God +strengthens." Peter was the next to fall, after which John long stood +alone, until at last the three whom first we saw by the Sea of Galilee, +stood together by the glassy sea, in each of them fulfilled the promise +made through John, by their Lord,--"He that overcometh, I will make him +a pillar in the Temple of my God, and he shall go out thence no more." + +[Illustration: THE ISLE OF PATMOS _Old Engraving_ Page 233] + + + + +_CHAPTER XXXI_ + +_Last Days_ + + "I John ... was in the isle that is called Patmos, for the word of + God, and the testimony of Jesus.... And I heard behind me a great + voice, as of a trumpet saying, What thou seest, write in a book, + and send it to the seven churches."--_Rev._ i. 9-11. + + "Since I, whom Christ's mouth taught, was bidden teach, + I went, for many years, about the world, + Saying, 'It was so; so I heard and saw,' + Speaking as the case asked; and men believed. + Afterward came the message to myself + In Patmos Isle. I was not bidden teach, + But simply listen, take a book and write, + Nor set down other than the given word, + With nothing left to my arbitrament + To choose or change; I wrote, and men believed." + + +From Samaria John with Peter "returned to Jerusalem." This is the last +record of him in the Acts. We have but little information concerning him +after that event. He suddenly disappears. We have two glimpses of him +which are historic, and several through shadowy traditions. + +There was a very important meeting in Jerusalem to settle certain +questions in which the early Church was greatly interested, and about +which there had been much difference in judgment and feeling. St. Paul +was present. He says that St. John was there, one of the three +Pillar-Apostles who gave to him and Barnabas "the right hands of +fellowship." This is the only time of which we certainly know of the +meeting of these two Apostles; though we have imagined the possibility +of John's visiting the school of Gamaliel, and worshiping in the Temple +when young Saul was in Jerusalem. From this time, A.D., 50, we +lose sight of John and do not see him again until A.D., 68, in +the Isle of Patmos. As his Lord was hidden eighteen years, from the time +of His boyhood visit to Jerusalem until He entered on His public +ministry, so long His disciple is concealed from our view. Leaving +Jerusalem he probably never returned. Why he left we do not know. It may +have been because of persecutions. Perhaps the death of Mary relieved +him from the charge we may believe he had faithfully kept, and thus made +it possible for him to go about like other Apostles to preach the +Gospel. If so we have no hint in what direction he went. He may have +gone directly to Ephesus. On reaching it perhaps he found a welcome from +some who had heard him speak in their own language on the day of +Pentecost. It was a populous city, wealthy and wicked. Its magnificent +Temple of Diana was one of the seven wonders of the world. Its ruins +give us a hint of its former glory. + +All the traditions of early times make Ephesus the home of St. John in +the latter part of his life. From it as a centre he ministered to the +Churches of Asia Minor. + +Gospel truth found its way thither, even before Paul made it the centre +of his third missionary tour. He was driven from it, but he left the +foundation of a Christian Church, upon which John builded. There were +like foundations in at least six other important cities of Asia +Minor--Smyrna, Pergamum, Thyatira, Sardis, Philadelphia and Laodicea. + +The silence of the latter half of St. John's life is broken but once, +and that by himself. He tells us that he "was in the isle that is called +Patmos." It was not far from Ephesus, within a day's sail. It is a huge +rock, rugged and barren, only a few miles in length. + +Why was John in Patmos? He says, "for the word of God and the testimony +of Jesus." What does he mean by this? Perhaps that he was led thither by +circumstances of which we do not know, or by the guidance of the Spirit +of God, who there would make wonderful revelations to him. But more +probably he was banished thither for the preaching of the Gospel of +Jesus, and for being a faithful follower of Him, notwithstanding the +persecutions of Nero or Domitian. As told in an ancient Latin hymn,-- + + "To desert islands banished, + With God the exile dwells, + And sees the future glory + His mystic writing tells." + +The grotto of La Scala may have been the spot from which he looked out +upon the AEgean Sea, and upward into the heavens, communing in solitude +with his own thoughts, or with his Lord for whom he was there. Patmos +was for this a fitting place, whether he had gone there from his own +choice, or had been driven thither by the cruelty of his persecutor. In +such solitude did Milton muse, and Bunyan dream. + +It was the "Lord's Day," says John. He alone, and at this time only, +uses that name with which we have become familiar, though it may have +been in common use among the early Christians. It meant much to John, +even more than to us. It was a reminder of the day when he looked into, +and then entered, the tomb of his Lord, and believed that He had risen +from the dead. + +His meditations may have been aided by Old Testament Manuscripts, his +only companions; especially that of Daniel, in which it is claimed "the +spirit and imagery of the Book of Revelation is steeped." + +What a contrast there was between the peaceful waves of Gennesaret, +creeping silently upon the sandy beach of his childhood home, and the +breakers dashing upon the rocky coast of his exile abode in his old +age! How suggestive of the calm and turmoil of his life! + +[Illustration: SMYRNA _Old Engraving_ Page 233] + +But his musings were suddenly broken by "a great voice, as of a +trumpet," giving a command--"What thou seest, write in a book." He says, +"I turned to see the voice that spake with me." He beheld his Lord in +greater grandeur than he had seen Him on earth, even on Hermon. As he +gazed upon the divine figure he must have exclaimed, + + "Can this be He who used to stray, + A pilgrim on the world's highway, + Oppressed by power, and mocked by pride, + The Nazarene, the Crucified!" + +We do not wonder that he says,--"When I saw Him, I fell at His feet as +one dead." So had Paul done when the Lord appeared to him at Damascus. +John adds, "He laid His right hand upon me, saying, Fear not." The words +seem almost an echo from the Holy Mount,--"Jesus came and touched them, +and said, Arise, and be not afraid." + +The command to John was renewed, to write--of things which he had seen, +and what he was yet to behold. The early Christians called him the +Eagle, meaning that of all the sacred writers he had the loftiest +visions of divine truth. + +John's writings are of three kinds, the Book of The Revelation of the +secret purposes of God; his Gospel; and his three Epistles or letters. + +Although The Revelation is the last of the books of the Bible, it is +probably the first of those by John. It contains messages from the Lord +in Heaven to the seven churches in Asia, which we have mentioned, +concerning their virtues and their failings. To each was given a special +promise of reward to those who overcame sin, and were faithful to +Christ. From this Revelation of John we get our imagery of Heaven, +helping us to understand something of its glory. + +His Gospel is supposed to have been written next. Why did he write it? +As we have noticed, Matthew, Mark and Luke had already written their +Gospels. But there was abundant reason for John's writing the fourth +Gospel. We need not doubt the tradition that he was urged to do so by +the disciples, elders and bishops of the early Church. They had heard +him tell much concerning Christ of which the first three Evangelists had +not told. These things were too precious to be forgotten, or to be +changed by frequent repetition after his lips were silent. That must be +soon, for he was very old, having long passed the limit of human age. +They had listened to the story of the early call of the disciples, and +of the first miracle at Cana, and of the night visit of Nicodemus to +Jesus, and of the talk by the well of Samaria with the Samaritaness, and +of the washing of the disciples' feet, and of many other things which +Jesus said and did of which no one had written. In John's talks with +Christians, and his preaching in their churches, he explained fully and +simply the teachings of Jesus, as no one else had done, or could do. +They longed for a record of them, that they might read it themselves, +and leave it to their children, and those who never could hear the words +from his lips. + +So St. John wrote his Gospel, giving to his first readers his great +reason,--"These are written that ye may believe that Jesus is the +Christ, the Son of God; and that believing ye may have life in His +name." + +For the writing of his first Epistle he also gives a reason, +saying,--"That which we have heard, that which we have seen with our +eyes, that which we beheld, and our hands handled concerning the word of +life, ... that ... declare we unto you also, that ye also may have +fellowship with us." + +Through these words John draws us very near to his Lord and ours, Whom +we behold through his eyes, and hear through his ears. We almost feel +the grasp of a divine yet human hand. + +The great theme is the love of God, or as Luther expresses it, "The main +substance of this Epistle relates to love." John's Gospel abounds in +declarations and illustration of this greatest of truths, but it does +not contain the phrase in this Epistle in which he sums up the whole +Gospel, "GOD IS LOVE." Because of John's deep sense of God's +love, and because of the depth of his own love, the Beloved Apostle is +called, The Apostle of Love. + +John's second Epistle should be of special interest to the young. From +it we infer that there were two Christian homes, in each of which John +took delight. The mothers were sisters. His letter is addressed to "The +elect lady"--or as she is sometimes called the Lady Electa--and her +children. John tells of his love and that of others for them,--Mother +and children--because of their Christian character. He tells of his +great joy because of the children "walking in the truth"--living as +children should live who have learned of the teachings of Christ. + +From the group of children around him in the home where he wrote, he +sends messages to their aunt, saying, "The children of thine elect +sister salute thee." How the children of Electa must have prized that +letter! How little they thought that nineteen hundred years after they +received it, other children would read it, and think how happy were +those who had the Apostle John for their friend. + +This letter is one of the things that revealed his child-like spirit. We +remember the time when he did not have that spirit. At last he did have +it because he became so much like his Master who loved the little ones, +and taught His disciples to do the same. + +John thought of the child-spirit as the Christ-spirit, whether it was in +the old or the young. He called all who had it children. He called those +to whom he ministered in his old age his little children. This he does +in the last sentence of his last letter to the Christian church,--"My +little children, guard yourselves from idols." + +Because of his own child-like spirit and his seeking to cultivate it in +others, and because of his manifest interest in children, he may be +called the Apostle of Childhood. + +There is a beautiful tradition concerning him, that in his old age, when +he was too feeble to walk to the church or to preach, he was carried +thither, and said again and again,--"Little children, love one another." +Some said, "Master, why dost thou always say this?" He replied, "It is +the Lord's command, and if this alone is done, it is enough." Of his +death at the probable age of about one hundred nothing is known. It is +claimed that there is a sacred spot somewhere among the tangled thickets +of Mt. Prion which looks down on Ephesus where his body was laid. + +There is a tradition, inconsistent with the supposition that Mary died +in Jerusalem, that she accompanied John to Ephesus and was buried near +him; her eyes having been closed by him on whom her Son had looked with +dimming vision, commending her to his loving care. + +No magnificent tomb marks the place of John's burial. None is needed. +But there are richer and abundant memorials of St. John the Divine--an +imperishable name because that of the Beloved Disciple of Him Whose name +is above every name. + + + + +_CHAPTER XXXII_ + +_A Retrospect_ + + +How wonderful and charming a history is that of St. John! Our glimpses +of him have been few and often-times indistinct; but they have been +enough in number and clearness to reveal a noble and lovable character. + +We saw him first on the sea-shore of Gennesaret, not differing from any +other Galilean boy. We watched him playing and fishing with his +Bethsaidan companions, none of them thinking of how long their +friendship would be continued, or in what new and strange circumstances +of joy and sorrow, hope and fear, disappointment and glad surprises, +that companionship would become closer and closer. + +We saw John in his rambles about his home, amid scenes beautiful in +themselves, which became sacred because of what he there beheld and +heard. + +We discovered his relationship to a child in Nazareth whom he did not +know at first as the most wonderful being in the world. + +We entered his home and visited the school where he was taught of Him +who was called the coming Messiah; but who had already come, though his +parents and teachers knew it not. + +We followed him as a Jewish boy into the Temple, whose glories were to +become more glorious in his manhood by what he beheld therein. + +We saw him on the Jordan, standing with his kindred and namesake, who +pointed him to Jesus as the Messiah for whom he had been looking. From +that hour we have known him as a disciple of Jesus, later as one of his +twelve Apostles, then one of the chosen three, then the one--the beloved +Disciple. + +Through his eyes we have beheld the wonderful works of our Lord: with +his ears we have heard the most wonderful words ever spoken to man. We +have caught glimpses of him in most wonderful scenes which he was almost +the only one to behold--amid the glories of the transfiguration, in the +death-chamber changed to that of life, in the shadows of Gethsemane. + +We have learned through John the sacredness of human friendships, made +closer and holier by friendship with the loved and loving Lord. He has +been our guide to the Upper Room of joy and sadness; to the Priestly +Palace of suffering and of shame; to the cross of agony and death; to +the tomb of surprise and exaltation; to the mount of final blessing and +ascension. + +[Illustration: PERGAMOS AND THE RUINS OF THE CHURCH OF ST. JOHN + _Old Engraving_ Page 233] + +John saw what kings and prophets longed to see, but died without the +sight--the Messiah come. He witnessed probably all the miracles of +Jesus, from his first in Cana as a guest, to his last on the sea-shore +as a host--the signs of divine power inspired by pity and love. He +looked upon the enthusiastic but mistaken throng who in Galilee would +force upon Jesus an unwelcome crown; then upon the multitudes who hailed +him with hosannas on Olivet; then the maddened crowd who shouted through +the streets of Jerusalem, "Crucify Him." He witnessed Christ's movements +when the multitudes gathered about Him for instruction and healing, and +when he withdrew from them to pray. His eyes were dazzled by the +brightness of the transfiguration as he looked upon the form which at +last was enshrouded in darkness on Calvary. With another vision he +beheld that form in Heaven itself. + +On the Jordan he beheld Jesus as the Lamb of God which was to be offered +as a sacrifice. He saw the cross become His altar of sacrifice, and then +in Heaven discerned Him as the "Lamb as it had been slain." He was +witness of Christ's joys and sorrows, shame and suffering, humiliation +and exaltation, entering into them more fully than did any other human +being. + +From the hour in which John stood with the Baptist who told him to +behold Jesus, his eye was upon Him, until, because there was no more +for him to behold of his Lord on earth, the angels asked, "Why stand ye +gazing?" Having seen Him "lifted up" on a beclouded cross, he saw Him +"taken up" as a glorious "cloud received Him out of sight." + +John heard wondrous things. He became familiar with his Lord's voice, +its tones of instruction and exhortation, warning and reproof, +invitation and affection, forgiveness and benediction, prayer and +praise, depression and agony, joy and triumph. He was no careless +listener to the words spoken to Jesus--those of inquiry and pleading, +hypocrisy and contempt, mockery and deceit, hatred and love. Beside his +Lord, he heard saintly voices, and the voice of the Father. + +Much that John saw and heard when with his Lord he has made known. We +imagine some things were too tender and sacred for others' ears: +concerning such his lips were sealed. Other things were too precious for +silence: of such he is the most distinct echo. His Gospel is often a +commentary on the other three. He was an eye-witness of most of the +events of which he tells. His Gospel is rich with illuminated texts. +Having the best understanding of "the words of the Lord Jesus," he is +the fullest reporter of His teachings. Having the deepest insight into +the heart of hearts of his Lord, he is its clearest revealer. While many +others grasped separate truths, he placed them side by side in harmony +and unity, and thus held them up and revealed them to mankind. His +Lord's words were the most sacred treasures of his memory: his greatest +joy was to bring them forth for others to view and admire, that they too +might be inspired thereby to "love and good works." Without erasing +aught from the pictures drawn by his fellow-Evangelists, he has added +to, and filled in, and re-touched with a sympathizing hand. So familiar +had he become with his Lord's countenance, with all its varied +expressions, and so skilful was he in reproducing them, that his +composite portrait is the most beautiful and impressive of all attempts +to portray "the human face divine." + +Standing outside of some grand cathedral, before its stained window, we +mark the figures with their rich depth of color. Passing within we see +the same figures, but the outline is more distinct; the colors are +richer, and with more harmonious blending. So sometimes we seem to stand +with the three Evangelists outside the Gospel Cathedral; and then with +John within. + +Like Ruth in the field of Boaz he followed the reapers--the first three +Evangelists in the field of their Lord,--to "glean even among the +sheaves." He "gleaned in the field until evening," the close of the long +day of his life, "and beat out that he had gleaned," and gave it to +others. There was not need for them to ask him, "Where hast thou +gleaned?" There was only one field from which such harvest could be +gathered. Rather could they say as Naomi to Ruth, "Blessed is he that +did take knowledge of thee." + +There have been more noted illustrations of change in character than is +furnished in St. John. His early life was not profligate like that of +John Newton or John Bunyan. And yet the change in him was marked enough +to furnish an exhibition of contrast, showing the power of Christ's +teachings and example upon him, until he reached an unwonted degree of +perfection. He combined the noblest traits of the loftiest manhood and +womanhood, with the simplicity of childhood. His human kinship to Jesus +illustrated but faintly the closer and tenderer relation formed by the +transforming of his spirit into the likeness of Christ. This was more +royal than any merely human relationship. It was the closest relation of +which we know of the perfect Christ with imperfect man. We have watched +the changes in John's spirit, and seen his imperfections smoothed away, +and his character so polished that it became the brightest reflector of +the image of Jesus Christ. Yet from the first there were budding virtues +in him which Mary Magdalene's supposed gardener brought to perfection. + +[Illustration: RUINS OF LAODICEA _Old Engraving_ Page 233] + +In history John stands and must ever stand alone. He was one of the +two who first accepted the call of Christ to come to Him: he was the +last of the Apostles to repeat, in another and yet as true a sense, that +invitation to multitudes of men. He was one of those two who first saw +what may be called the beginning of the Christian Church, in the little +booth by the Jordan: and the last one of the Twelve to remember its +fuller establishments in the Upper Chamber of Jerusalem. He was the last +man who had seen the last prophet who told of the coming Messiah; and +was the last Evangelist to tell that He had come. He was one of the +three who were the last to behold the Shechinah, and to whom came the +voice of God the Father. + +John was the lone disciple in the palace of the high priest, witnessing +the injustice, mockery, and cruelty before Pilate; the last one with +whom the Lord spoke and on whom His eye rested before His death. He was +the lone disciple to gaze upon the cross and witness the dying agonies; +the first to look into the deserted tomb; the first of whom we are told +that he believed the Lord had risen therefrom. The last survivor of the +Apostolic band, he had the fullest opportunity to witness the fulfilment +of prophecies of which he was a careful student and clear interpreter. +He saw the sad close of the Jewish dispensation, and the glorious +beginning of Christianity. He saw the Holy City overthrown, as Christ +declared to Him on Olivet that it would be, and had a vision of the New +Jerusalem of which the old was a consecrated type, at last profaned. + +Of the golden Apostolic chain he was the last link binding the Church to +its Lord. He was the last known human kindred of the Son of Man. The +last words of inspiration were spoken to and recorded by him. He was the +latest prophet, historian, and Evangelist. One of the first to say, "I +have seen the Messiah," he was the last to say, "I have seen the Lord." + +We have caught glimpses of St. John in the early days of Christianity, +as a light and a pillar, a teacher and a guide. Sometimes for years +together he has been hidden from our view, and then has emerged with a +yet brighter halo around his head. We have watched him on a lonely isle +gazing into heaven, beholding glories of which he gives us hints, but +which he tells us he cannot fully describe. + +Because of his relation to the Lord, the fisher boy unknown beyond the +hamlet of Bethsaida two thousand years ago is "spoken of" as truly as +Mary of Bethany, whose memory he especially has made sacred and +perpetual. Wherever the Gospel is preached he too is remembered, honored +and loved. + +Because of his relation to the Lord, towns in lands of which he never +knew, bear his name; in which people are taught by his words and +inspired by his spirit. In them many a family is known by the name St. +John. Rivers in their flow bear his name from generation to generation +on earth, while he points men to the pure river "proceeding out of the +throne of God and the Lamb," which was "showed" him in Patmos. Societies +for fraternal fellowship and mutual helpfulness are called after him. +St. John's day has a sacred place in the calendar. Many a rural chapel +and stately city church are reminders of him. The richness of his +graces, and the yet future of his saintly influence, are symbolized in +the yet unfinished temple of surpassing grandeur in the City of New +York,--"The Cathedral of St. John the Divine." + +From all these earthly scenes in which we have beheld him, to which +history and tradition have pointed us, and from those things which are +memorials of him, we turn to the Heavenly scenes which he bids us behold +as they were revealed to him. Thither we follow him after all his trials +and labors and triumphs of earth. With reverence and gladness for him, +we listen to the voice of the Lord saying to him what He had told him to +say to the Churches of Asia:--"Because thou didst overcome I give thee +'to eat of the tree of life, which is in the midst of the Paradise of +God.' Thou shalt 'not be hurt with the second death.' I give thee 'a +white stone, and upon the stone a new name written.' I give thee 'the +morning star.' 'I will in no wise blot thy name out of the book of life! +I make you a pillar in the temple of My God.' O John, rememberest thou +thy petition and that of thy brother who has long been with Me,--'Grant +unto us that we may sit, one on Thy right hand, and one on Thy left hand +in Thy glory'? Thou thoughtest that 'glory' was an earthly throne, which +thou never sawest. But thou hast overcome thy pride and ambition, thy +jealous and revengeful spirit. Thou hast triumphed over those who were +thine enemies because thou wast My friend. Thou didst see My agonies and +victories in Gethsemane and on Calvary. Thou didst take up My cry on My +cross concerning My work on earth, and sound it forth,--'It is +finished.' Dost thou remember My final promise to him that overcometh, +which I made from this My true throne of glory, through thee, 'in the +isle that is called Patmos'--precious name even here because of thy +'testimony for' Me. That promise I now fulfil in thee. O John, one of My +chosen Twelve on earth; yea more, one of My chosen three; yet more, My +beloved one, here in Heaven, now, 'Sit down with Me on My throne, as I +also overcame and sat down with My Father in His throne.'" + + + + +_CHAPTER XXXIII_ + +_Legends and Traditions of St. John_ + + +After closing the history of St. John, we linger over the traditions +that cluster about his later years. They reveal the feelings of the +early Church toward him who was the last of the Apostolic band, and the +last who had seen their Lord. + +There is one legend so beautiful, so much like him, that we can almost +believe it as having a fitting place in his history. It belongs to the +time when he preached in the magnificent Church which Christians had +reared for him in Ephesus. We may not credit the story that on his brow +he wore a golden plate engraven with the inscription, "Holiness to the +Lord," but we can almost imagine it written there. His memorable +appearance and his tender manner, the loving voice with which he told +the story of his Lord, fastened all eyes upon him, and opened all ears +to his message of salvation. There was one, a young man, who standing in +the distance, looked and listened with such eager interest as to attract +the attention of the Apostle. In repentance and faith he found the peace +which nothing else can give. He was baptized and numbered with the +Ephesian Christians. St. John took special interest in him, training him +in Christian doctrine, and preparing him for a useful life. When the +hour for John's banishment came, in his anxiety for the youth, he +committed him to the care of the Bishop of the place, whom he charged to +be faithful in teaching and spiritual guidance. + +But the youth was exposed to many temptations from the heathen about +him. Their songs and dances and wine again charmed him as they did +before he heard the preaching of John. He yielded to their influences, +and renounced his profession of Christianity. In the absence of the +Apostle, the reproofs of the Bishop only maddened him. He no longer +attended the services of the Church, or sought the companionship of +Christians. Having entered the paths of sin, he wandered farther and +farther therein. At last he committed a crime against the government. In +fear of punishment he fled from Ephesus, and joined a company of robbers +and bandits in the wild ravines of the mountains. Though young in years, +he was so cunning and bold in crime that he became the leader of the +band. Inspired by his daring spirit they were ready for deeds of +violence that made them the terror of the whole region. + +On John's return from his exile in Patmos to Ephesus, he longed to know +of the welfare of the young disciple, who had been to him as an adopted +son, ever present to his mind and heart in his lonely island. The +Bishop, with downcast eyes, sorrow and shame, declared, "He is dead." +"How?" asked John, "and by what death?" "He is dead to God," said the +Bishop. "He has turned out wicked and abandoned, and at last a robber." + +John rent his garments as a sign of distress. Weeping he cried with a +loud lamentation, "Alas! alas! to what a guardian have I trusted our +brother!" The tender, faithful heart of the aged Apostle yearned for the +young man. He was ready to say, "How can I give thee up!" He knew the +mercy of God, and the power of love, human and divine; and determined +that the robber-chieftain should know it too. + +Immediately he procured a horse and guide, and rode toward the +stronghold of the robbers. It was in a wild mountainous ravine, with +rushing torrents and rugged rocks overgrown with brushwood and luxuriant +herbage. It was a place of grandeur, and yet of gloom--a fitting haunt +for the robber-band. Few travelers passed that way, and that hurriedly +and in terror. + +At last the Apostle and his guide heard from behind the rocks the hoarse +shouts of revelry. But he heeded them not, so intent was he on his +errand. He was seeking the prodigal, his adopted son--who was not +seeking the loving father. He drew the reins of his horse, while he +told his guide that their journey was ended, and prayed for themselves +and for him whom they sought. His nearness was discovered by one of the +band, who led him to the rest, and bound his guide. There was a great +contrast between the old man with his snowy locks and beard, in his +humble garb; and the younger, the wild looking bandit with his streaming +hair and loose white kilt; between the defenceless captive, and his +captors armed with Roman swords, long lances, and bows and arrows before +which he seemed perfectly powerless. + +As he looked upon their hardened features they looked into his benignant +face, and stood awed in his presence. Their rough manner, words and +tones were changed by his smile and even friendly greeting. He made no +resistance. His only motion was a wave of his hand. It was mightier than +sword or lance or bow. His only request was, "Take me to your captain." +Over-awed by the dignity of his manner and his calmness, the captors +obeyed their captive and silently led him to their chief. In an open +space the tall handsome young man was seated on his horse, wearing +bright armor and breastplate, and holding the spear of a warrior. At a +glance he recognized his old master, instructor and guide, who had been +to him as a father. His first thought was, "Why should this holy man +seek me?" He answered his own question, saying to himself, "He has come +with just and angry threatenings which I well deserve." John had been +called "a son of thunder." As such the trembling chief thought of him, +ready to hear him pronounce an awful woe. So with a mingled cry of fear +and anguish, he turned his horse and would have fled--a strange sound +and sight for his fellow-robbers. + +But St. John had no thunder tones for him, no threats of coming +punishment. The kind shepherd had found the sheep that had been lost. +The father had found the prodigal, without waiting for the wanderer's +return. John sprang toward him. He held out his arms in an affectionate +manner. He called him by tender names. With earnest entreaty he +prevailed on him to stop and listen. As young Saul, when near Damascus +caught sight of Jesus and heard His voice, dropped from his horse to the +ground; so did the young chieftain at the sight and voice of St. John. +With reverence he kneeled before him, and in shame bowed his head to the +ground. Like Peter who had denied the same Lord, the young man wept +bitterly. His cries of self-reproach and his despair echoed strangely in +that rocky defile. As St. John had wept for him, he wept for himself. +Those were truly penitential tears. John still spoke encouragingly. The +young man lifted his head and embraced the knees of the Apostle, +sobbing out, "No hope, no pardon." Then remembering the deeds of his +right hand, defiled with blood, he hid it beneath his robe. St. John +fell on his knees before him and enfolded him in his arms. He grasped +the hand that had been hidden, and bathed it in tears as if he would +wash away its bloody stains, and then kissed it, in thought of the good +he said it should yet perform. + +That hand cast away the sword it had wielded in murder, and lovingly, +gratefully held that of John, as the Apostle, and the robber-chief now +penitent and forgiven, together left the wilderness; within sight of the +astonished band; some of whom were greatly touched by what they had seen +and heard, while others were ready to scoff at what they called the +weakness of their leader. + +Another tradition is a beautiful illustration of the tenderness and +sympathy which we may judge was increasingly manifest in St. John's +character, the spirit of the Lord "whose tender mercies are over all His +works," the spirit St. John had seen in his Master who noticed the +sparrow falling to the ground. True it is, + + "He prayeth well who loveth well + Both man, and bird, and beast. + He prayeth best who loveth best + All things, both great and small; + For the dear Lord who loveth us, + He made and loveth all." + +There was a young tame partridge in which St. John took delight and +found recreation in many an hour from which he had turned from labor for +rest. A young hunter anxiously seeking the great Apostle was surprised +to find him in what seemed a frivolous employment. He doubted for a +moment whether this could be he. John asked, "What is that thing which +thou carriest in thy hand?" "A bow," replied the hunter. "Why then is it +unstrung?" said John. "Because," was the answer, "were I to keep it +always strung it would lose its spring and become useless." "Even so," +replied the Apostle, "be not offended at my brief relaxation, which +prevents my spirit from waxing faint." + +We have already alluded to a tradition which is perhaps the best known +of all, and universally accepted. In Ephesus, in extreme old age, too +infirm to walk, St. John was carried as a little child to the church +where he had so long preached. In feebleness his ministry had ended. The +last sermon as such had been preached. He could no longer repeat the +words of Christ he had heard on the mountain, and the sea-shore, and in +the Temple. He could no longer tell of the wonders of which he was the +only surviving witness. In Christians he saw the child-spirit, whether +in old or young. In his old age he was a father to all such as none +other could claim to be. His great theme --his only theme--was love. So +his only words, again and again repeated as he faced the congregation +were "Little children, love one another." And when asked why he repeated +the same thing over and over, he told them it was the Lord's command, +and if they obeyed it, that was enough. + +Traditions alone tell of St. John's death. One claims that as his +brother James was the first of the Apostles to suffer martyrdom, he was +the last. Others tell of miraculous preservation from death;--that he +was thrown into a caldron of boiling oil, and drank hemlock, without any +effect upon him. Sometimes he is pictured as holding a cup from which a +viper, representing poison, is departing without doing him any harm. + +There is still another story concerning his death. On the last Lord's +Day of his life, after the Holy Communion, he told some of his disciples +to follow him with spades. Leading them to a place of burial, he bid +them dig a grave into which he placed himself, and they buried him up to +the neck. Then in obedience to his command they placed a cloth over his +face and completed the burial. With weeping they turned away and +reported what had been done. But his disciples felt that, not the grave, +but the great church was the fitting place for his burial. So with +solemn service they went to bring his body thither. But on reaching the +grave they found it empty, as he and Peter had found the tomb of their +Lord on Easter morning. Then they remembered the words of Christ to +Peter concerning John, "If I will that he abide till I come, what is +that to thee?" + +But there is another tradition stranger still. People refused to believe +that St. John was dead, even though he had been supposed to be, and had +been buried. For centuries his grave was shown at Ephesus. Pilgrims +visiting it beheld a wonderful sight. The ground above it rose and fell, +as if the great Apostle were still breathing as he had done for one +hundred years, while treading the earth which now guarded his immortal +sleep. + +Such stories seem strange to us when we remember the chapter he wrote to +correct a mistake made by those who misunderstood his Master's word, and +believed that he would not die until the Lord returned to the earth. + +He probably escaped martyrdom which befell his fellow-Apostles. Dying, +probably in Ephesus, we think of him as peacefully entering the mansions +of which he had heard his Lord tell in far-off Jerusalem nearly seventy +years before. + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of A Life of St. John for the Young +by George Ludington Weed + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A LIFE OF ST. JOHN FOR THE YOUNG *** + +***** This file should be named 17166.txt or 17166.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/7/1/6/17166/ + +Produced by Janet Blenkinship, Curtis Weyant and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/17166.zip b/17166.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9b85532 --- /dev/null +++ b/17166.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fe04623 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #17166 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/17166) |
